23 Cad Escalade Escalade Esv Om en Us U 85619197a 2022may20 Ins1

ai165341138323_23_CAD_Escalade_COV_en_US_85619197A_2022MAY20.
pdf 1 5/24/2022 12:56:23 PM
Scan to Access
• Owner’s Manuals
United States • Warranty Information Canada
• Connected Services
• My Cadillac Rewards
• myCadillac Mobile App
2023 ESCALADE
• How-To Videos
C
• Vehicle Diagnostics
M
• Scheduled Maintenance
• Vehicle Features
ESCALADE
Y
CM
• Many Additional Resources
MY
OWNER’S MANUAL
CY
United States Canada
CMY
Customer Assistance United States and Canada Customer Assistance
K 1-800-458-8006 Connected Services 1-888-446-2000
Roadside Assistance 1-888-4-ONSTAR Roadside Assistance
1-800-224-1400 1-800-882-1112
85619197 A 2023
Cadillac Escalade Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16417396) - 2023 - Insert - 6/24/22
Insert to the 2023 Cadillac Escalade Owner’s Manual

This information replaces a portion of the
information under “Surround Vision
Recorder” found in the Driving and
Operating Section of the owner’s manual.
The minimum recommended SD card
specifications are at least 64GB, with a
FAT32 file system, and a video class of V30
or greater.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 85632771 2022 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/24/22
Introduction
Contents California Proposition 65 Warning
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 85619197 A First Printing 2022 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/24/22
2 Introduction
Introduction If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel Using this Manual
engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement
for additional and specific information on To quickly locate information about the
this engine. vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is
Refer to the purchase documentation in the manual and the page number where
relating to your specific vehicle to confirm it can be found.
the features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick Danger, Warning, and Caution
The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle reference. Warning messages found on vehicle labels
model names, and vehicle body designs
and in this manual describe hazards and
appearing in this manual including, but not Canadian Vehicle Owners what to do to avoid or reduce them.
limited to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC, the
CADILLAC Emblem, and ESCALADE are A French language manual can be obtained
trademarks and/or service marks of General from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, { Danger
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or from: Danger indicates a hazard with a high
or licensors. Propriétaires Canadiens level of risk which will result in serious
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute injury or death.
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide
the name “General Motors of Canada en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à
Company” for Cadillac Motor Car Division l'adresse suivante:
wherever it appears in this manual. { Warning
Helm, Incorporated Warning indicates a hazard that could
This manual describes features that may or Attention: Customer Service
may not be on the vehicle because of result in injury or death.
47911 Halyard Drive
optional equipment that was not purchased Plymouth, MI 48170
on the vehicle, model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications that may Caution
not be available in your region, or changes Caution indicates a hazard that could
subsequent to the printing of this owner’s result in property or vehicle damage.
manual, including changes in standard or
optional content.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/24/22
Introduction 3
Vehicle Symbol Chart Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
Here are some additional symbols that may Installed
be found on the vehicle and what they | : Lane Change Alert
mean. See the features in this manual for
information. @ : Lane Departure Warning
A circle with a slash through it is a safety u : Air Conditioning System A : Lane Keep Assist
symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
this,” or “Do not let this happen.”
9 : Airbag Readiness Light : : Oil Pressure
Symbols
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) X : Park Assist
The vehicle has components and labels that
use symbols instead of text. Symbols are $ : Brake System Warning Light ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
shown along with the text describing the
operation or information relating to a
9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly O : Power
specific component, control, message, gauge, P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
or indicator.
B : Engine Coolant Temperature I : Registered Technician
M : Shown when the owner’s manual has
additional instructions or information. _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited / : Remote Vehicle Start
* : Shown when the service manual has H : Flammable h : Risk of Electrical Fire
additional instructions or information.
[ : Forward Collision Alert > : Seat Belt Reminders
0 : Shown when there is more information
on another page — “see page.” R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location I : Side Blind Zone Alert
+ : Fuses h : Stop/Start
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/24/22
4 Introduction
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure
k : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/24/22
Introduction 5
Instrument Panel Overview
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/24/22
6 Introduction
1. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124. 15. Wireless Charging 0 104. 24. Instrument Panel Illumination Control
2. Air Vents 0 202. 16. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 0 140.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 0 225. 25. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View).
Lane-Change Signals 0 140. 17. Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) 0 237 (Out See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
of View). Engine Light) 0 114.
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 134.
Auto Stop Disable Switch (If Equipped). 26. Trailer Brake Control. See Towing
4. Tap Shift Controls (If Equipped). See Equipment 0 313 (If Equipped).
Manual Mode 0 229 or See Stop/Start System 0 222 (Out
Manual Mode (V-Series) 0 230. of View). 27. Electric Parking Brake 0 236.
5. Instrument Cluster 0 107. V-Mode (If Equipped) (Out of View). 28. Four-Wheel Drive 0 231 (If Equipped).
6. Driver Monitoring Camera. See Super Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 298 (If Four Corner Air Suspension System 0 243
Cruise 0 258 (If Equipped). Equipped) (Out of View). (If Equipped).
7. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 98. 18. ENGINE START/STOP Button. See Ignition Driver Mode Control 0 240
Positions 0 219.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 100.
19. Steering Wheel Controls 0 146.
8. Infotainment. See Overview 0 145.
20. Horn 0 98.
9. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp
System 0 137. 21. Steering Column Adjustment. See
Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 98.
10. Dual Automatic Climate Control System
0 197. 22. Hood Release. See Hood 0 337.
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 47 23. Cruise Control 0 246 (If Equipped).
(If Equipped). Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 248
11. USB Ports. See USB Port 0 154. (If Equipped).
12. Storage Compartment. Super Cruise 0 258 (If Equipped).
13. Infotainment Controls. See Overview Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 145. 0 287 (If Equipped).
14. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 139. Heated Steering Wheel 0 98 (If
Equipped).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Keys and Locks
Windows Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Keys
Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 32 Leaving children in a vehicle with a
Remote Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 remote key is dangerous and children or
Remote Key Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Windows others could be seriously injured or killed.
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 They could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 or other controls or make the vehicle
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 move. The windows will function with
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 the remote key in the vehicle, and
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Roof children or others could be caught in the
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 path of a closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with a remote key.
Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To remove the mechanical key, press the . Check the remote key’s battery. See
button near the bottom of the remote key, “Battery Replacement” later in this
and pull the mechanical key out. Never pull section.
the mechanical key out without pressing the . If the remote key is still not working
button. correctly, see your dealer or a qualified
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect technician for service.
the key blade for debris. Periodically clean
with a brush or pick.
Remote Key Operation
See your dealer if a replacement key or The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle
additional key is needed. entry when the remote key is within 1 m
(3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later
Contact Roadside Assistance if locked out of in this section.
the vehicle. See Roadside Assistance Program
The mechanical key inside the remote key The remote key functions may work up to
0 430.
can be used for all locks. 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
With an active OnStar or connected service
plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely Other conditions can affect the performance
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview of the remote key. See Remote Key 0 8.
0 439.
Remote Key
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 435.
If there is a decrease in the remote key
operating range:
. Check the distance. The remote key may
be too far from the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other vehicles or
objects may be blocking the signal.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of
page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Comfort and
available options and select “Comfort and Convenience”.
Convenience”. If equipped with the remote window open
K : Press once to unlock the driver door feature, double press and hold K on the
and the fuel door. If K is pressed again remote key for about three seconds to open
within three seconds, all remaining doors all windows. If equipped with the remote
unlock. The interior lamps may come on and window close feature, double press and hold
stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition Q for about three seconds to close all
is turned on. windows. The vehicle must be off and the
remote window operation feature must be
If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice enabled. To view available settings for this
to indicate unlocking has occurred.
Q : Press to lock all doors. If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on.
feature, touch the Settings icon on the
infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to
If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash once To view available settings for this feature, display the list of available options and
on the second press to indicate locking has touch the Settings icon on the infotainment
select “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start”.
occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps when home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the
Q is pressed again within three seconds. To list of available options and select “Remote b : Press twice to open or close the
view available settings for this feature, Lock, Unlock, Start”. liftgate. Press once to stop the liftgate from
touch the Settings icon on the infotainment moving.
Pressing K on the remote key disarms the
home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the
list of available options and select “Remote
alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System c : Press twice to open the liftglass.
0 27.
Lock, Unlock, Start”. 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle
If equipped with auto mirror folding, double locate. The turn signal lamps flash and the
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See
pressing and holding K for one second will horn sounds three times.
Vehicle Alarm System 0 27.
unfold the mirrors, if enabled. To view
If equipped with auto mirror folding, double available settings for this feature, touch the Press and hold 7 for more than
pressing and holding Q for one second will Settings icon on the infotainment home three seconds to activate the panic alarm.
fold the mirrors, if enabled. To view The turn signal lamps flash and the horn
available settings for this feature, touch the sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

turns off when the ignition is turned on or Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the
7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off Driver Door
for the panic alarm to work.
S : Press S twice to start the engine
from outside the vehicle using the remote
key. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14.
Keyless Access Operation
The Keyless Access system allows for doors
and the liftgate to be accessed without
removing the remote key from your pocket,
purse, briefcase, etc. The remote key must
be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door Driver Door Lock Sensor Shown, Passenger
being opened. If the vehicle has this feature, Similar
there will be a button on the outside door Driver Door Unlock Touchpad Shown,
handles. If equipped with remote folding mirror,
Passenger Similar touching the driver door handle sensor may
Keyless Access can be programmed to fold and unfold the mirrors. See Folding
When the doors are locked and the remote
unlock all doors on the first door handle Mirrors 0 31.
key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle,
press from the driver door button. Keyless
touching the driver door handle inside Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the
unlocking can be turned off. To view
touchpad will unlock the driver door. Passenger Doors
available settings for this feature, touch the
Touching the driver door handle outside
Settings icon on the infotainment home When the doors are locked and the remote
sensor will lock the doors.
page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle,
available options and select “Remote Lock, touching the door handle inside touchpad of
Unlock, Start”. the passenger door will unlock all doors.
If equipped with memory seats, remote keys Touching the door handle outside sensor will
1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of lock the doors.
memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 44.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior Enabling Keyless Unlocking: To view available settings for this feature,
Door Handles and Liftgate touch the Settings icon on the infotainment
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior K on the remote key at the same time for
door handles and liftgate can be disabled list of available options and select “Power
approximately four seconds. The turn signal Door Locks”.
and enabled. lamps will flash twice quickly to indicate
Disabling Keyless Unlocking: access is enabled. If equipped with remote folding mirror,
passive locking may fold and unfold the
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and Enabling Keyless Unlocking may also be mirrors. See Folding Mirrors 0 31.
K on the remote key at the same time for configured under Vehicle Personalization. To
view available settings for this feature, Temporary Disable of Passive Locking
approximately four seconds. The turn signal
lamps will flash four times quickly to touch the Settings icon on the infotainment Temporarily disable passive locking by
indicate access is disabled. Using any home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the pressing and holding K on the interior door
exterior handle to unlock the doors or open list of available options and select “Remote switch with a door open for at least
the liftgate will cause the turn signal lamps Lock, Unlock, Start”. four seconds, or until three chimes are
to flash four times quickly, indicating access Passive Locking heard. Passive locking will then remain
is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm disabled until Q on the interior door is
The Keyless Access system will lock the
system before starting the vehicle. vehicle several seconds after all doors are pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking may also be closed, if the vehicle is off and at least one Remote Left In Vehicle Alert
configured under Vehicle Personalization. To remote key has been removed or none When the vehicle is turned off and a remote
view available settings for this feature, remain in the vehicle. key is left in the vehicle, the horn will chirp
touch the Settings icon on the infotainment If equipped, the fuel door will also lock. three times after all doors are closed. To
home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the view available settings for this feature,
list of available options and select “Remote If other electronic devices interfere with the
remote key signal, the vehicle may not touch the Settings icon on the infotainment
Lock, Unlock, Start”. home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the
detect the remote key inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the doors may list of available options and select “Remote
lock with the remote key inside the vehicle. Lock, Unlock, Start”.
Do not leave the remote key in an
unattended vehicle.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert Mechanical Key Access To start the vehicle:
If the vehicle is on with a door open, and To access a vehicle with a weak remote key
then all doors are closed, the vehicle will battery, see Door Locks 0 15.
check for remote keys inside. If a remote
key is not detected, the Driver Information Programming Remote Keys to the
Center (DIC) will display NO KEY FOUND and Vehicle
the horn will chirp three times. This occurs Only remote keys programmed to the
only once each time the vehicle is driven. To vehicle will work. If a remote key is lost or
view available settings for this feature, stolen, a replacement can be purchased and
touch the Settings icon on the infotainment programmed through your dealer. The
home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or
list of available options and select “Remote stolen remote keys no longer work. Each
Lock, Unlock, Start”. vehicle can have up to eight remote keys
Keyless Liftgate Opening matched to it. 1. Place the remote key into the front
Press the touchpad on the underside of the Starting the Vehicle with a Low Remote cupholder.
liftgate handle to open the liftgate when all Key Battery 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral)
doors are unlocked, or when the remote key press the brake pedal and ENGINE
is within 1 m (3 ft). If the remote key battery is weak or if there
START/STOP.
is interference with the signal, the DIC may
Keyless Liftglass Opening display NO KEY FOUND, REPLACE BATTERY IN Replace the remote key battery as soon
KEYor NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED as possible.
Press the exterior liftglass button to open
the liftglass when all doors are unlocked, PLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET THEN START YOUR Battery Replacement
or when the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft). VEHICLE when starting the vehicle.
See Liftgate 0 19. { Warning
Never allow children to play with the
remote key. The remote key contains a
small battery, which can be a choking
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

To replace the battery:
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)
hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of
occur, resulting in severe injury or death. used batteries according to instructions
Seek medical attention immediately if a and local laws. Do not attempt to burn,
battery is swallowed. crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid
exposing the battery to environments
with extremely low air pressures or high
{ Warning temperatures.
To avoid personal injury, do not touch
metal surfaces on the remote key when Caution
it has been exposed to extreme heat.
If the remote key is not reassembled
These surfaces can be hot to the touch at
properly, liquids could enter the housing
temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F). 1. Press the button on the side of the
and damage the circuitry, resulting in a
remote key and pull the mechanical key
remote key malfunction and/or failure. To
out. Never pull the mechanical key out
Caution prevent damage, always follow the steps without pressing the button.
for remote key reassembly in this manual
When replacing the battery, do not touch
to ensure the remote key is sealed
any of the circuitry on the remote key.
properly whenever the remote key is
Static from your body could damage the
opened.
remote key.
Replace the battery in the remote key soon
Caution if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY.
Always replace the battery with the
correct type. Replacing the battery with
an incorrect type could potentially create
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

4. Remove the old battery. Do not use a If equipped with a remote start heated
metal object. steering wheel, it may come on during a
5. Insert the new battery, positive side remote start. See Heated Steering Wheel
toward the back cover. Replace with a 0 98.
CR2450 or equivalent battery. Laws in some local communities may restrict
6. Place the seal back into the groove the use of remote starters. For example,
around the battery compartment. some laws may require a person using
7. Reassemble the battery cover by remote start to have the vehicle in view.
snapping it back on the remote key. Check local regulations for any
requirements.
8. Reinsert the mechanical key.
If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not use the
Remote Vehicle Start remote start feature. The vehicle may run
2. Use the mechanical key blade in the slot out of fuel.
to remove the battery cover by hand. This feature allows the engine to be started
from outside the vehicle. The remote key range may be shorter while
the vehicle is running.
S : This button on the remote key is for
remote start. Other conditions can affect the performance
of the remote key. See Remote Key 0 8.
The climate control system will use the
previous settings during a remote start. The You are allowed multiple starts totaling
rear window defogger may come on during 30 minutes of engine run time. The
remote start based on cold ambient maximum run time of a single start is
conditions. The rear defog indicator light 15 minutes, and it will shut off
does not come on during remote start. automatically. You could do three 10 minute
starts, if you manually shut off after
If equipped, the heated and ventilated front 10 minutes. The last 10 minute start would
seats may also come on when the vehicle shut off automatically as your total
personalization setting is enabled. See 30 minutes will have been used.
3. Remove the seal by pulling on the tab to Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 47.
access the battery.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Starting the Engine Using Remote Start Canceling a Remote Start Door Locks
1. Press S twice on the remote key. The To cancel a remote start, do any of the
turn signal lamps will flash. The lamps following: { Warning
flash to confirm the request to remote . Press S once. The parking lamps will Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
start the vehicle has been received. turn off.
During the remote start, the parking . Passengers, especially children, can
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. easily open the doors and fall out of a
lamps will remain on as long as the
engine is running. . Turn the vehicle on and then back off. moving vehicle. The doors can be
unlocked and opened while the vehicle
2. The engine will shut off after 15 minutes Conditions in Which Remote Start Will
is moving. The chance of being thrown
or after the remainder of the 30 minute Not Work
out of the vehicle in a crash is
total running time is used, unless you The remote start will not operate if any of increased if the doors are not locked.
stop the remote start before engine the following occur: So, all passengers should wear seat
running has completed or the vehicle is . The ignition is in any mode other belts properly and the doors should be
turned on. locked whenever the vehicle is driven.
than off.
3. Press the brake pedal and turn the . A remote key is in the vehicle. . Young children who get into unlocked
ignition on to drive the vehicle.
. The hood is not closed. vehicles may be unable to get out.
Additional Engine Run Time . The hazard warning flashers are on. A child can be overcome by extreme
Remote start can be used for up to . There is an emission control system
heat and can suffer permanent injuries
30 minutes of total engine run time. or even death from heat stroke.
malfunction.
Always lock the vehicle whenever
After two remote starts of 15 minutes, . The engine coolant temperature is leaving it.
or multiple shorter time starts totaling too high.
. Outsiders can easily enter through an
30 minutes have been used, the vehicle . The oil pressure is low.
unlocked door when you slow down
must be started and then turned off before . The 30 minutes of engine run time have or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors
the remote start can be used again. been used. can help prevent this from happening.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

To lock or unlock the doors from inside the
vehicle:
. Press Q or K on a power door lock
switch.
. Pull the front door handle once to unlock
and open it. Pull the rear door handle
once to unlock it and again to open it.
To lock or unlock the doors from outside the
vehicle:
. Press Q or K on the remote key.
. Use the mechanical key in the driver
door. The key cylinder is covered by a The remote key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of 2. Insert the mechanical key into the slot at
cap. See “Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder the liftgate or door being opened or locked. the bottom of the handle and push
Access” later in this section. To unlock and open any door, press the upward all the way until the cover frees.
Keyless Access touchpad on the inside grip area of the Do not pry or pull on the key.
outside door handle. Touch the sensor on
the front outside door handle to lock. See
“Keyless Access Operation” in Remote Key
Operation 0 8.
Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder Access (In Case
of Dead Battery)
To access the driver door key lock cylinder
and unlatch the door:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the
remote key.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

3. Remove the cover. Soft-Close/Cinching
{ Warning
You or others could be injured if caught
in the path of a closing door. Make sure
the area is clear when using the
automatic soft-close/cinching feature.
If equipped, to close any door, gently push

or pull it until the power cinch motor draws
the door the rest of the way closed and
latches. Pull the handle during a soft-close
2. Turn downward to snap cover into to cancel the cinching and re-open the door.
position.
4. Insert the mechanical key in the cylinder.
3. Check to ensure cap is fully seated.
5. Turn the mechanical key clockwise until
it stops. Free-Turning Locks
6. Slowly turn the mechanical key The door key lock cylinder turns freely when
counterclockwise while pulling the either the wrong key is used, or the correct
handle to unlatch the door. key is not fully inserted. The free-turning
7. Repeat steps 4 and 5 if the door does door lock feature prevents the lock cylinder
not fully open. from being forced open. To reset the lock
cylinder, ensure the correct key is fully
To replace the cap: inserted into the lock cylinder. Rotate the
1. Align the top edge of the cover to the key until you feel the lock cylinder click
handle. back into place. Remove the key and
reinsert fully, rotate the key to unlock the
vehicle.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Power Door Locks Security Status indicator Delayed Locking
Press Q or K on the remote key. See This feature delays the actual locking of the
Remote Key Operation 0 8. doors until five seconds after all doors are
closed.
When Q is pressed on the power door lock
switch while the door is open, a chime will
sound three times indicating that delayed
locking is active.
The doors will then lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are closed. If a
door is reopened before five seconds have
elapsed, the five-second timer will reset once
A light on the upper surface of the driver's all the doors are closed again.
door trim is used to indicate vehicle security Press Q on the door lock switch again,
status. or press Q on the remote key, to override
Q : Press to lock the doors. The indicator This light will be OFF any time the ignition this feature and lock the doors immediately.
light in the switch will illuminate when is ON, except momentarily when vehicle
locked. This feature can also be programmed. To
doors are locking. view available settings for this feature,
K : Press to unlock the doors. Solid : Indicates securing with doors closed. touch the Settings icon on the infotainment
The fuel door is also locked or unlocked Fast Flash : Indicates securing with home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the
using these features. doors open. list of available options and select “Power
Door Locks”.
Slow Flash : Indicates battery conserving
secured state. Automatic Door Locks
No light : Indicates unsecured state. The doors will lock automatically when all
doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If a vehicle door is unlocked and then This can be manually overridden by pressing To open a rear door when the safety lock
opened and closed, the doors will lock either and holding Q on the power door lock is on:
when your foot is removed from the brake switch 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside
or the vehicle speed becomes faster than handle, by pressing the power door
13 km/h (8 mph). Safety Locks unlock switch, or by using the
To unlock the doors: The rear door safety locks prevent remote key.
. Press K on the power door lock switch. passengers from opening the rear doors 2. Open the door from the outside.
from inside the vehicle.
. Shift the transmission into P (Park). When the safety lock is enabled, adults and
Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. older children will not be able to open the
Automatic door unlocking can be rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety
programmed. To view available settings for locks to enable the doors to open from the
this feature, touch the Settings icon on the inside.
infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to To cancel the safety lock:
display the list of available options and 1. Unlock the door and open it from the
select “Power Door Locks”. outside.
Lockout Protection 2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the
same for the other door.
If the ignition is on or in accessory mode
and the power door lock switch is pressed
with the driver door open, all the doors will Doors
lock and only the driver door will unlock. The safety lock is on the inside edge of the
rear doors. To use the safety lock:
Liftgate
If the vehicle is off and locking is requested
while a door is open, when all doors are 1. Move the lever down to the lock { Warning
closed the vehicle will check for remote keys position.
inside. If a remote key is detected and the Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it
2. Close the door.
number of remote keys inside has not is driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch
3. Do the same for the other rear door. open, or with any objects that pass
reduced, the driver door will unlock and the
horn will chirp three times. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Warning (Continued) Caution
through the seal between the body and To avoid damage to the liftgate or
the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine liftgate glass, make sure the area above
exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) and behind the liftgate is clear before
which cannot be seen or smelled. It can opening it.
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Power Liftgate Operation
If the vehicle must be driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open: { Warning
. Close all of the windows. You or others could be injured if caught
. Fully open the air outlets on or under in the path of the power liftgate. Make
the instrument panel. sure there is no one in the way of the The power liftgate switch is on the overhead
. Adjust the climate control system to a liftgate as it is opening and closing. console. The vehicle must be in P (Park).
setting that brings in only outside air The modes are:
and set the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate Control Systems” Caution MAX : Opens to maximum height.
in the Index. Driving with an open and unsecured 3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that can be
. If the vehicle is equipped with a liftgate may result in damage to the set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to prevent
power liftgate, disable the power power liftgate components. the liftgate from opening into overhead
liftgate function. obstructions such as a garage door or
roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be
See Engine Exhaust 0 225. manually opened all the way.
OFF : Opens manually only.
To power open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode and then:
. Pressb twice quickly on the remote
key until the liftgate moves.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. Press 8 on the overhead console. The The power liftgate may be temporarily
driver door must be unlocked or locked disabled in extremely low temperatures,
without the security armed. or after repeated power cycling over a short
period of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can
still be operated manually.
If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while
the power function is in progress, the
liftgate will continue to completion. If the
vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has
completed moving, the liftgate may stop or
reverse direction. Check for Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages and make
. Press l on the bottom edge of the sure the liftgate is closed and latched before
liftgate next to the latch to close. driving.
Press any liftgate button, the emblem, Falling Liftgate Detection
. Press the emblem under the liftglass, or b on the remote key while the liftgate If the power liftgate automatically closes
after unlocking all doors. A locked vehicle is moving to stop it. Pressing any liftgate after a power opening cycle, it indicates that
can be opened if the remote key is within button or pressing b twice quickly on the the system is reacting to excess weight on
1 m (3 ft) of the emblem. remote key restarts the operation in the the liftgate or a possible support strut
reverse direction. Pressing the emblem will failure. A repetitive chime will sound while
restart the motion, but only in the opening the falling liftgate detection feature is
direction. operating. Remove any excess weight. If the
liftgate continues to automatically close
Caution after opening, see your dealer for service
before using the power liftgate.
Manually forcing the liftgate to open or
close during a power cycle can damage Interfering with the power liftgate motion
the vehicle. Allow the power cycle to or manually closing the liftgate too quickly
complete. after power opening may resemble a
support strut failure. This could also activate
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

the falling liftgate detection feature. Allow 2. Stop the liftgate movement at the
the liftgate to complete its operation and desired height by pressing any liftgate
wait a few seconds before manually closing button. Manually adjust the liftgate
the liftgate. position if needed.
Obstacle Detection Features 3. Press and hold l on the bottom edge
of the liftgate next to the latch on the
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during outside of the liftgate until the turn
a power open or close cycle, the liftgate will signals flash and a beep sounds. This
automatically reverse direction and move a indicates the setting has been recorded.
short distance away from the obstacle. After
removing the obstruction, the power liftgate The liftgate cannot be set below a minimum
operation can be used again. If the liftgate programmable height. If there is no light
encounters multiple obstacles on the same flash or sound, then the height adjustment
power cycle, the power function will may be too low. To open the liftgate, press K on the power
deactivate. After removing the obstructions,
Manual Operation door lock switch or press K on the remote
manually close the liftgate. This will allow key twice to unlock all doors, then press the
normal power operation functions to Select OFF to manually operate the liftgate. emblem. Once opened, raise the liftgate
resume. using the handle on the interior
Caution bottom edge.
If the vehicle is locked while the liftgate is
closing, and an obstacle is encountered that Attempting to move the liftgate too
prevents the liftgate from completely quickly and with excessive force may
closing, the horn will sound as an alert that result in damage to the vehicle.
the liftgate did not close.
Operate the liftgate manually with a
Setting the 3/4 Mode smooth motion and moderate speed. The
To change the position the liftgate stops at system includes a feature which limits the
when opening: manual closing speed to protect the
components.
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and power
open the liftgate.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The liftgate can be opened when locked if On-Open and Close : The kicking motion is
the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the activated to both open and close the
emblem. See Remote Key Operation 0 8. liftgate.
The liftgate has an electric latch. If the On-Open Only : The kicking motion is
battery is disconnected or has low voltage, activated to only open the liftgate.
the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will Off : The feature is disabled.
resume operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.
Hands-Free Operation
If equipped, the liftgate may be operated
with a kicking motion near the center of the
Press the button above the license plate to rear bumper at the location of the projected
open the liftglass, or press c twice quickly logo. The remote key must be within 1 m
on the remote key. Do not leave the (3 ft) of the rear bumper to operate the
liftglass open when raising the liftgate. power liftgate hands-free.
There will be a delay in the release of the The hands-free feature will not work while
liftglass if there is an attempt to open it the liftgate is moving. To stop the liftgate
while the rear wiper is in motion. while in motion use one of the liftgate
switches.
Use the pull cup to lower and close the
liftgate. Do not press the emblem while The hands-free feature can be customized.To
closing the liftgate. This will cause the view available settings for this feature,
liftgate to be unlatched. touch the Settings icon on the infotainment
list of available options and select “Comfort
and Convenience”. Choose from the
following:
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

This feature may be temporarily disabled
under some conditions. If the liftgate does
not respond to the kick, open or close the
liftgate by another method or start the
vehicle. The feature will be re-enabled.
When closing the liftgate using this feature,
there will be a short delay. The taillamps
will flash and a chime will sound.
Step away from the liftgate before it starts
moving.
Projected Logo
Kick Zone . 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free Operation
If equipped with this feature, a vehicle logo
Detection Zone
To operate, move your foot in a forward will be projected for one minute onto the
ground near the rear bumper when a . 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo Detection Zone
kicking motion near the center of the rear
bumper at the location of the projected remote key is detected within approximately The projected logo shows where to kick
logo, then pull it back. The kick must come 2 m (6 ft) from the rear bumper. The towards the rear bumper.
within 14 cm (6 in) of the rear bumper to projected logo may not be visible under
brighter daytime conditions. The projected logo will not be restarted
activate. Then step back. using the same remote key unless it has
. Do not sweep your foot side to side. been out of range for longer than
. Do not keep your foot under the bumper; 20 seconds.
the liftgate will not activate. If a remote key is again detected within
. Do not touch the liftgate until it has approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the liftgate,
stopped moving. or another kick has been detected, the
one-minute timer will be reset.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The projected logo will not work under . The vehicle remains parked for 72 hours Lens Cleaning
these conditions: or more, with no remote key use or
. The vehicle battery is low. Keyless Access operation. To re-enable,
. The transmission is not in P (Park). press any button on the remote key or
open and close a vehicle door.
. Hands Free Liftgate Control is set to off in
vehicle personalization. To view available The projected logo will not work for a single
settings for this feature, touch the remote key when a remote key:
Settings icon on the infotainment home . Has been left within approximately 5 m
page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list (15 ft) of the liftgate for several minutes.
of available options and select “Comfort . Has been left inside the vehicle and all
and Convenience”. vehicle doors are closed.
. Power liftgate is turned off. . Has approached the area outside of the
liftgate five times within 10 minutes.
If equipped, use a cotton swab to clean
the lens.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability
Action Hands-Free Liftgate Projected Logo
Remote key entering projected logo Operative On for one minute
detection zone
Remote key left inside projected logo Operative Off until remote key button press or a door is
detection zone for minimum of 10 minutes opened and closed
Remote key brought in and out of projected Operative Off for one hour or until remote key button
logo detection zone five times or more within press or a door is opened and closed
10 minutes
Vehicle remains parked for more than Operative Off until remote key button press or a door is
72 hours opened and closed
Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off
Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off
Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off
Hands-free liftgate is disabled in vehicle per- Non-operative Off
sonalization
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Power Assist Steps Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and Vehicle Alarm System
clothing clear of the power assist steps
when in motion. The steps will reverse
{ Warning direction if they encounter an obstruction
To avoid personal injury or property when opening or closing. Remove the
damage, before entering or exiting the obstruction, then open and close the door
vehicle, be sure the power assist step is on the same side to complete the motion of
fully extended. Do not step on the power the assist steps. If the obstruction is not
assist step while it is moving. Never place cleared, the assist steps remain extended
hands or other body parts between the while driving.
extended power assist step and the The power assist steps can be extended or
vehicle. retracted for cleaning. To view available
settings from the infotainment screen, touch
If equipped, the power assist steps will Settings > Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock,
deploy when the door is opened and Start. The indicator light, on the driver door near
automatically retract three seconds after the the window, indicates the status of the
door is closed. The power assist steps will Enable/Disable
system. See Power Door Locks 0 18
retract immediately if the vehicle starts The power assist steps can be enabled or
moving. disabled. To view available settings from the Arming the Alarm System
Disable the power assist steps before jacking infotainment screen, touch Settings > 1. Turn off the vehicle.
or placing any object under the vehicle. Too Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, Start.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways:
much ice buildup may prevent deployment . Use the remote key.
of the power assist steps. Check the step Vehicle Security . Use the Keyless Access system.
position before exiting the vehicle. If this
happens, disable the power assist steps, This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; . With a door open, press Q on the
clear the ice, then enable the assist steps however, they do not make the vehicle
interior of the door.
and confirm normal function prior to use. impossible to steal.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will
arm, and the indicator light will begin to
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the remote
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

key a second time will bypass the To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: The inclination sensor can set off the alarm
30-second delay and immediately arm . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have if it senses movement of the vehicle, such
the alarm system. exited. as a change in vehicle orientation.
The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the . Always unlock a door with the remote The intrusion sensor monitors the vehicle
doors are locked with the mechanical key. key, or use the Keyless Access system. interior, and can activate the alarm if it
If the driver door is opened without first Unlocking the driver door with the senses unauthorized entry into the vehicle’s
unlocking with the remote key, the horn will mechanical key will not disarm the interior. Do not allow passengers or pets to
chirp and the lights will flash to indicate system or turn off the alarm. remain in the vehicle when the intrusion
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, sensor is activated.
How to Detect a Tamper Condition Before arming the theft-deterrent system
or the door is not unlocked by pressing K
on the remote key during the 10-second If K is pressed on the remote key and the and activating the intrusion sensor:
pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. horn chirps three times, an alarm occurred . Make sure all doors and windows are
previously while the alarm system was completely closed.
The alarm will also be activated if a
armed. . Secure any loose items such as a
passenger door, the liftgate, or the hood is
opened without first disarming the system. If the alarm has been activated, a message sunshades.
When the alarm is activated, the turn will appear on the DIC. . Make sure there are no obstructions
signals flash and the horn sounds for about blocking the sensors in the front overhead
30 seconds. The alarm system will then Power Sounder, Inclination Sensor, and console.
re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized Intrusion Sensor . Close DVD screens before leaving the
event. In addition to the standard theft-deterrent vehicle.
system features, this system may also have
Disarming the Alarm System
a power sounder, inclination sensor, and
To disarm the alarm system or turn off the intrusion sensor.
alarm if it has been activated:
The power sounder provides an audible
. Press K on the remote key. alarm which is distinct from the vehicle’s
. Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless horn. It has its own power source, and can
Access system. sound an alarm if the vehicle’s battery is
. Start the vehicle. compromised.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Intrusion and Inclination Sensors Disable Steering Column Lock column, and the vehicle did not start.
Switch If this happens, immediately turn the
If equipped, the steering column lock is a steering wheel from side to side to
theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the unbind the column lock. If this does not
steering column when the vehicle is turned unlock the steering column, turn the
off and the driver door is opened, or when vehicle off and open the driver door to
the driver door is opened and then the reset the system. Then turn the vehicle
vehicle is turned off. The steering column on and immediately turn the steering
unlocks when the vehicle is turned on. wheel side to side for about 15 seconds.
The Driver Information Center (DIC) may In some cases, it may take significant
display one of these messages: force to unbind the column.
. A message to service the steering column To keep the steering column from binding,
lock indicates that an issue has been straighten the front wheels before turning
detected with the column lock feature off the vehicle.
and the vehicle should be serviced.
It is recommended that the intrusion and . A message that the steering column is Immobilizer
inclination sensors be deactivated if pets are locked indicates that the engine is See Radio Frequency Statement 0 435.
left in the vehicle or the vehicle is being running, but the steering column is still
transported. locked. It is normal for the column to be Immobilizer Operation
locked during a remote start, but the
With the vehicle off, press o in the front This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent
column should unlock after the brake
overhead console to turn off the feature. system.
pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started.
The indicator light may come on No message will display during a remote The system does not have to be manually
momentarily, or a message may display on start. armed or disarmed.
the instrument cluster, indicating that these . A message that the steering wheel must The vehicle is automatically immobilized
sensors have been disabled until the next be turned and the vehicle must be started when the vehicle is turned off.
time the alarm system is armed. again indicates that the column lock
mechanism is bound, the column locking
device was unable to unlock the steering
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The immobilization system is disarmed remote key. Or, you may try placing the
when the ignition is turned on or to remote key in the backup location. See Warning (Continued)
accessory mode and a valid remote key is Remote Key Operation 0 8. into the right lane, you could hit a
present in the vehicle. If the ignition modes will not change with vehicle on the right. Check the inside
the other remote key or in the backup mirror or glance over your shoulder
location, the vehicle needs service. If the before changing lanes.
ignition does change modes, the first
remote key may be faulty. See your dealer. The passenger side mirror is convex shaped.
A convex mirror surface is curved so more
It is possible for the immobilizer system to can be seen from the driver seat.
learn new or replacement remote keys. Up
The security light, in the instrument cluster, to eight remote keys can be programmed Power Mirrors
comes on if there is a problem with arming for the vehicle. To program additional
or disarming the theft-deterrent system. remote keys, see “Programming Remote
Keys to the Vehicle” under Remote Key
The system has one or more remote keys
Operation 0 8.
matched to an immobilizer control unit in
the vehicle. Only a correctly matched Do not leave the remote key or device that
remote key will start the vehicle. If the disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent
remote key is ever damaged, you may not system in the vehicle.
be able to start your vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the Exterior Mirrors
security light may come on briefly.
Convex Mirrors
If the engine does not start and the security
light stays on, there is a problem with the
system. Turn the ignition off and try again. { Warning To adjust each mirror:
A convex mirror can make things, like
If the vehicle will not change ignition modes 1. Press j or | for the driver or
other vehicles, look farther away than
(accessory mode, on, off), and the remote passenger side mirror. The indicator light
key appears to be undamaged, try another they really are. If you cut too sharply
(Continued) will illuminate.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

2. Press the arrows on the control pad to Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors
move the mirror in the desired direction.
Power Folding Mirrors Reset the power folding mirrors if:
3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed
of the vehicle and the area behind it can
while folding.
be seen.
. They are accidentally manually folded/
4. Press j or | again to deselect the unfolded.
mirror. . The mirrors do not stay in the unfolded
Memory Mirrors position.
. The mirrors vibrate at normal driving
The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See
speeds.
Memory Seats 0 44.
Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) the mirror controls to reset them to their
The vehicle may have SBZA. See Side Blind normal position. A noise may be heard
Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 294 during the resetting of the power folding
mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual
Lane Change Alert (LCA) If equipped, press g to power fold the folding operation.
mirrors. Press g again to unfold.
The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change Remote Mirror Folding
Alert (LCA) 0 294. The outside mirrors may automatically
unfold when the vehicle is driven above If equipped with power folding mirrors and
20 km/h (12 mph), but may be folded with the mirrors have been folded with the
the power folding mirror switch. If the power folding mirror switch, they may not
vehicle speed is driven above 40 km/h be automatically unfolded.
(25 mph), they may automatically unfold If equipped with power folding mirrors and
and may not be refolded with the power the mirrors have not been folded with the
folding mirror switch. power folding mirror switch and the vehicle
is in P (Park), they may be automatically
folded/unfolded as follows:
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

1. If doors are locked by double pressing Q K : Press to heat the outside mirrors. See Interior Mirrors
on the remote key, the mirrors will fold. “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual
If doors are unlocked by double pressing Automatic Climate Control System 0 197. Interior Rearview Mirrors
K on the remote key, the mirrors will Automatic Dimming Mirror Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view
unfold. See Remote Key Operation 0 8. of the area behind your vehicle.
2. If doors are locked by pressing the door If equipped, the driver outside mirror
handle lock/unlock button, the mirrors automatically adjusts for the glare of the Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the
will fold. If doors are unlocked by headlamps from behind. This feature comes mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with
pressing the door handle button, the on when the vehicle is started. water.
mirrors will unfold. See “Keyless Automatic Dimming Rearview
Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door” Reverse Tilt Mirrors
in Remote Key Operation 0 8. If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and Mirror
3. If passive locking is enabled and doors memory seats, the passenger and/or driver The rearview mirror automatically dims to
are locked by that feature, the mirrors mirror tilts to a preselected position when reduce the glare of the headlamps from
will fold. See “Passive Locking” in Remote the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the behind. This feature comes on when the
Key Operation 0 8. curb to be seen when parallel parking. vehicle is started.
This feature is turned on or off through The mirror(s) may move from their tilted
position when:
Rear Camera Mirror
vehicle personalization. To view available
settings for this feature, touch the Settings . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror
icon on the infotainment home page. Select or remains in R (Reverse) for about provides a wide angle camera view of the
“Vehicle” to display the list of available 30 seconds. area behind the vehicle.
options and select “Comfort and . The vehicle is turned off.
Convenience”. . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above
Heated Mirrors a set speed.
To view available settings from the
The rear window defogger also heats the
infotainment screen, touch Settings >
outside mirrors.
Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The adjustment options are:
Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the Press V to scroll through the adjustment
tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is options. . Brightness
automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a
clear view of the area behind the vehicle Press t and u to adjust the settings using
while the display is off. the indicators on the mirror. The indicators
will remain visible for five seconds after the
last button activation, and the settings will
remain saved.
. Zoom
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

See your dealer for service if a blue screen
{ Warning and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as
limited view. Portions of the road, indicated to return to the automatic
vehicles, and other objects may not be dimming mode.
seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle The Rear Camera Mirror may not work
using only this camera. Objects may properly or display a clear image if:
appear closer than they are. Check the . There is glare from the sun or headlamps.
outside mirrors or glance over your This may obstruct objects from view.
shoulder when making lane changes or If needed, push the tab to turn off the
merging. Failure to use proper care may display.
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
. Tilt
Troubleshooting
. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the

camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft
damp cloth, or, if equipped, with the Rear
Camera Washer. See Rear Window Wiper/
Washer 0 100.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to
been damaged, and/or the position or the improve fuel economy performance. This
mounting angle of the camera has may result in a pulsing sound when either
changed. rear window is down and the front windows
are up. To reduce the sound, open either a
Windows front window or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a { Warning
pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the Children could be seriously injured or
windows closed in warm or hot weather.
killed if caught in the path of a closing
They can be overcome by the extreme window. Never leave the remote key in a
heat and suffer permanent injuries or Power windows work when the ignition is
vehicle with children. When there are on, in accessory mode, or when Retained
even death from heat stroke. children in the rear seat, use the window Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See
lockout switch to prevent operation of Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 222.
the windows. See Keys 0 7. Using the window switch, press to open or
pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily disabled if
they are used repeatedly within a
short time.
Window Lockout
This feature stops the rear passenger
window switches from working.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Window Automatic Reversal System Programming the Power Windows
The express-close feature will reverse Programming may be necessary if the
window movement if it comes in contact vehicle battery has been disconnected or
with an object. Extreme cold or ice could discharged. If the window is unable to
cause the window to auto-reverse. The express-up, program each express-close
window will operate normally after the window:
object or condition is removed. 1. Close all doors.
Automatic Reversal System Override 2. Turn the ignition on or to
accessory mode.
{ Warning 3. Partially open the window to be
If automatic reversal system override is programmed. Then close it and continue
. Press 2 to engage the rear window active, the window will not reverse to pull the switch briefly after the
lockout feature. The indicator light is on automatically. You or others could be window has fully closed.
when engaged. injured and the window could be 4. Open the window and continue to press
. Press 2 again to disengage. damaged. Before using automatic reversal the switch briefly after the window has
system override, make sure that all fully opened.
Window Express Movement people and obstructions are clear of the Remote Window Operation
All windows can be opened without holding window path.
the window switch. Press the switch down If equipped with remote window open
fully and quickly release to express open the When the engine is on, override the feature, press and hold " on the remote
window. automatic reversal system by pulling and key for about three seconds to open all
holding the window switch if conditions windows. If equipped with remote window
If equipped, pull the window switch up fully
prevent it from closing. close feature, press and hold Q on the
and quickly release to express close the
window. remote key for three seconds to close all
windows. The vehicle must be off and the
Briefly press or pull the window switch in remote window operation must be enabled.
the same direction to stop that window’s To view available settings for this feature,
express movement. touch the Settings icon on the infotainment
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the While the sunroof always operates in halfway open during an express open. To
list of available options and select “Remote express mode, movement can be stopped by fully open the sunroof, press and release
Lock, Unlock, Start”. pressing the switch again. D (1) again.
Sun Visors The sunroof cannot be opened or closed if . Pull and release D (1) to express-close.
the vehicle has an electrical failure.
. Press or pull D (1) again to stop at the
desired location.
Sunshade Operation:
. Press and release C (2) to express-open.
. Pull and release C (2) to express-close.
. Press or pull C (2) again to stop at the
desired location.
Sunroof Vent Operation:
Pull the sun visor down to block glare.
Detach the sun visor from the center mount . Press and release E (3) to vent the
to pivot to the side window and, sunroof.
if equipped, extend along the rod. . Pull and release E (3) to close the
1. SLIDE Switch sunroof vent.
Roof 2. Power Sunshade Switch
Automatic Reversal System
3. TILT Switch
Sunroof The sunroof and power sunshade,
Sunroof Operation: if equipped, have an automatic reversal
If equipped, the ignition must be on or in . Press and release D (1) to express-open system that is only active when the sunroof
accessory mode, or Retained Accessory
to the fully open position. This vehicle and power sunshade are operated in
Power (RAP) must be active to operate the
may be equipped with a comfort stop express-close mode.
sunroof. See Ignition Positions 0 219 and
position to prevent excessive wind noise.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 222.
The sunroof will stop approximately
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If an object is in the path while remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe
express-closing, the reversal system will the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using
detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
or power sunshade slightly. remove grease from the sunroof.
If this condition occurs, attempt to remove
the object, then pull and release the switch
to express close. If the reversal occurs
multiple times, the DIC message OPEN THEN
CLOSE SUNROOF will display, and express is
disabled. To operate sunroof while express is
disabled, the switch must be either pressed
or pulled and held.
Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof

seal or in the track. This could cause an
issue with sunroof operation or noise.
It could also plug the water drainage
system. Periodically open the sunroof and
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Seats and Restraints 39

Seats and Restraints Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Head Restraints
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable
Head Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 66 head restraints in the outboard seating
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 67 positions.
Front Seats How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . 67
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 What Will You See after an Airbag { Warning
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 With head restraints that are not
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 installed and adjusted properly, there is a
Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
greater chance that occupants will suffer
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 47 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 drive until the head restraints for all
Rear Seats Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 occupants are installed and adjusted
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a properly.
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 If your vehicle has rear head restraints
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 that fold down, always return them to
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 the full upright position whenever an
Seat Belts Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 occupant is seated in the seat.
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 57 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 62 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 89
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
40 Seats and Restraints

Rear Seats
Second Row Seats
The vehicle’s second row seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating positions
that cannot be adjusted.
The second row outboard head restraints are
not removable.
The second row outboard head restraints are
designed to be folded.
When folding the second row seatbacks
down, the head restraint will automatically
Adjust the head restraint so that the top of The height of the head restraint can be
fold out of the way as the seat is
the restraint is at the same height as the adjusted.
folded down.
top of the occupant's head. This position To raise or lower the head restraint, press
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a The second row outboard head restraints
the button located on the side of the head
crash. can be folded forward to allow for better
restraint and pull up or push the head
visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied.
Front Seats restraint down, and release the button. Pull
and push on the head restraint after the
The vehicle's front seats have adjustable button is released to make sure that it is
head restraints in the outboard seating locked in place.
positions.
The front seat outboard head restraints are
not removable.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

When an occupant or child restraint is in the
seat, always return the head restraint to the
full upright position. Push the head restraint
up and rearward until it locks into place.
Push and pull on the head restraint to make
sure that it is locked.
Third Row Seats
The vehicle’s third row seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating positions
that cannot be adjusted up or down.
The third row outboard head restraints are
To fold the head restraint, press the button not removable. To fold the head restraint, press the button
on the side of the head restraint. The third row outboard head restraints are on the side of the head restraint.
designed to be folded.
When folding the third row seatbacks down,
the head restraint will automatically fold
out of the way as the seat is folded down.
The head restraint can be folded forward to
allow for better visibility when the rear seat
is unoccupied.
The head restraint will fold forward The head restraint will fold forward
automatically. automatically.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

When an occupant or child restraint is in the Reclining Seatbacks
seat, always return the head restraint to the
full upright position. Push the head restraint
up and rearward until it locks into place.
Push and pull on the head restraint to make
sure that it is locked.
Front Seats
Power Seat Adjustment
{ Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if you To adjust the seat:
try to adjust a driver seat while the . Move the seat forward or rearward by
vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat sliding the control forward or rearward. To recline the seatback:
only when the vehicle is not moving. . Raise or lower the front part of the seat . Tilt the top of the control rearward to
cushion by moving the front of the recline.
control up or down. . Tilt the top of the control forward to
{ Warning . Raise or lower the seat by moving the raise.
The power seats will work with the rear of the control up or down.
ignition off. Children could operate the { Warning
power seats and be injured. Never leave Sitting in a reclined position when the
children alone in the vehicle. vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the seat belts
cannot do their job.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Do not have a seatback reclined if the Uplevel Seat Adjustment
Warning (Continued) vehicle is moving.
The shoulder belt will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in front of Lumbar Adjustment
you. In a crash, you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would be there,
not at your pelvic bones. This could cause
serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is
in motion, have the seatback upright.
Then sit well back in the seat and wear
the seat belt properly. To adjust lumbar support, if equipped:
. Press and release or hold Feature
. Press and hold the front or rear of the Select (1) to scroll to lumbar support on
control to increase or decrease lumbar the infotainment display.
support. . Press Forward (5) or Rearward (3) to
. If equipped, press and hold the top or adjust lumbar forward or rearward.
bottom of the control to raise or lower . Press Up (2) or Down (4) to adjust lumbar
lumbar support. up or down.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Bolster Support Massage The massage feature will turn off after
To adjust bolster support, if equipped: approximately 20 minutes. Press the
massage On/Off Control (6) to restart the
Press and release or hold Feature Select (1) massage feature.
to scroll to bolster support on the
infotainment display. Press Forward (5) or Memory Seats
Rearward (3) to adjust bolster support
inward or outward.
Upper Shoulder Support
To adjust upper shoulder support,
if equipped:
. Press and release or hold Feature
Select (1) to scroll to upper shoulder
support on the infotainment display.
If equipped, the vehicle must be on to use
. Press Forward (5) or Rearward (3) to
the massage feature.
adjust shoulder support forward or
rearward. To activate and adjust massage:
. Turn the Feature Select (1) to scroll to
massage on the infotainment display. Overview
. Press Up (2) or Down (4) to adjust If equipped, the memory seat feature allows
massage type. drivers to save their unique driving positions
. Press Forward (5) or Rearward (3) to and a shared exit position. See “Saving
adjust the intensity. Seating Positions” later in this section. The
. To turn massage off or to activate saved positions can be recalled manually by
massage at last massage type and all drivers, see “Manually Recalling Seating
intensity settings, press the massage On/ Positions” later in this section, and drivers
Off Control (6). with remote key 1 and 2 can also recall
them automatically. See “Auto Seat Entry
Memory Recall” or “Auto Seat Exit Memory
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Recall” later in this section. To enable 2. Start the vehicle with another remote pressing 1 or 2, the two beeps will not
automatic recalls, turn on Seat Entry key. A DIC welcome message should sound indicating memory position were
Memory and/or Seat Exit Memory. See display indicating the driver number of not saved. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 to try
“Enabling Automatic Recalls” later in this the other remote key. Turn the vehicle again.
section. The memory recalls may be off and remove the other key or remote 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other remote
cancelled at any time during the recall. See key from the vehicle. key 1 or 2 using the other 1 or 2 memory
“Cancel Memory Seating Recalls” later in this 3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or button.
section. remote key. The DIC welcome message It is recommended to save the preferred
Identifying Driver Number should display the driver number of the driving positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
initial remote key. the only driver.
The vehicle identifies the current driver by
their remote key number 1–8. The current Saving Seating Positions To save the common exit seating position to
remote key number may be identified by Read these instructions completely before
Driver Information Center (DIC) welcome
B that is used by all drivers for Manually
saving memory positions. Recalling Seating Positions and Auto Seat
message, “You are driver x for memory
To save preferred driving positions to Exit Memory Recall features, repeat Steps 1–
recalls.” This message is displayed the first
few times the vehicle is turned on when a 1 and 2: 4 using B, the exit button.
different remote key is used. For Seat Entry 1. Turn the vehicle on or to accessory Manually Recalling Seating Positions
Memory to work properly, save positions to mode. A DIC welcome message may
the 1 or 2 memory button matching the indicate the driver number of the current Press and hold 1, 2, or B button until the
driver number of this welcome message. To remote key. See “Identifying Driver recall is complete, to recall the positions
aid in identifying remote key IDs, it is Number” previously in this section. previously saved to that button.
recommended to only carry one remote key 2. Adjust all available memory features to Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2 or
when entering the vehicle. Perform the the desired driving position. B buttons may be initiated and will
following if the welcome message is not complete to the saved memory position if
displayed: 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound.
4. Immediately upon releasing SET, press the vehicle is in or out of P (Park).
1. Move all keys and remote keys away
from the vehicle. and hold memory button 1 or 2 matching
the current Driver’s remote key number
until two beeps sound. If too much time
passes between releasing SET and
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Enabling Automatic Recalls . Seat Entry Memory is enabled. See . The vehicle is turned off and the driver
. Seat Entry Memory moves the driver seat “Enabling Automatic Recalls” previously in door is open or opened within a
to the selected 1 or 2 position when the this section. short time.
vehicle is started. Select Settings > Vehicle . The vehicle is in P (Park). . A seating position has been previously
> Seating Position > Seat Entry Memory > Seat Entry Memory Recall will continue if been saved to the B memory button.
ON or OFF. See “Auto Seat Entry Memory the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to See “Saving Seating Positions” previously
Recall” later in this section. reaching the saved memory position. in this section.
. Seat Exit Memory moves the driver seat . Seat Exit Memory is enabled. See
If the saved memory seat position does not
to the preferred exit position of the B automatically recall, verify the recall is “Enabling Automatic Recalls” previously in
button when the vehicle is turned off and enabled. See “Enabling Automatic Recalls” this section.
the door is opened. Select Settings > previously in this section. . The vehicle is in P (Park).
Vehicle > Seating Position > Seat Exit
Memory > Select ON or OFF. See “Auto If the memory seat recalls to the wrong Seat Exit Memory recall will continue if the
Seat Exit Memory Recall” later in this position, the driver’s remote key number 1 vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to
section. or 2 may not match the memory button reaching the saved memory position.
number positions they were saved to. Try Seat Exit Memory is not linked to the
Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall the other remote key or try saving the driver’s remote key. The seating position
Seat Entry Memory will automatically begin positions to the other 1 or 2 memory saved to B is used for all drivers.
movement to the seating positions of the 1 button. See “Saving Seating Positions”
or 2 button corresponding to the driver’s previously in this section. Cancel Memory Seating Recalls
remote key number 1 or 2 detected by the . During any memory recall:
Automatic Seat Entry Memory recalls are
vehicle when: only available for driver’s remote key Press a power seat control
. The vehicle is turned ON. numbers 1 and 2. Remote keys 3–8 will not Press SET memory button
. Seating positions have been previously provide Seat Entry Memory recalls. . During Manual memory recall:
saved to the same 1 or 2 button. See Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall
“Saving Seating Positions” previously in Release 1, 2, or B memory button
this section. Seat Exit Memory will begin movement to . During Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall:
the seating position of the B Turn vehicle off
button when:
Press SET, 1, 2, or B memory buttons
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. During Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall: When this feature is off, the heated and
Press SET, 1, 2, or B memory buttons ventilated seat symbols on the buttons are
white. When a heated seat is turned on, the
Obstructions symbol turns red. When a ventilated seat is
If something has blocked the seat while turned on, the symbol turns blue.
recalling a memory position, the recall may Press the button once for the highest
stop. Remove the obstruction and try the setting. With each press of the button, the
recall again. If the memory position still seat will change to the next lower setting,
does not recall, see your dealer. and then to the off setting. The indicator
lights next to the buttons indicate three for
Heated and Ventilated Front the highest setting and one for the lowest.
Seats If the heated seats are on high, the level
Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, may automatically be lowered after
{ Warning Heated Seat Buttons Similar approximately 30 minutes.
If temperature change or pain to the skin If equipped, the buttons are located on the The passenger seat may take longer to
cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause door panel. To operate, the engine must be heat up.
burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use running. Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats
care when using the seat heater,
Press J or z to heat the driver or When the vehicle is on, this feature will
especially for long periods of time. Do
passenger seat back and cushion. automatically activate the heated or
not place anything on the seat that ventilated seats at the level required by the
insulates against heat, such as a blanket, Press I or + to heat the driver or vehicle’s interior temperature.
cushion, cover, or similar item. This may passenger seat back.
cause the seat heater to overheat. An The active high, medium, low, or off heated
overheated seat heater may cause a burn Press C or {, if available, to ventilate the or ventilated seat level will be indicated by
driver or passenger seat. A ventilated seat the manual heated or ventilated seat
or may damage the seat.
has a fan that pulls or pushes air through buttons on the door panel. Use the manual
the seat. The air is not cooled. heated or ventilated seat buttons on the
door panel to turn auto heated or ventilated
seats off. If the passenger seat is
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

unoccupied, the auto heated or ventilated Start Auto Heat Seats or Remote Start Auto seat; for example, if a child entered the
seats feature will not activate that seat. To Cool Seats > ON or OFF. See Remote Vehicle vehicle through the rear door and left the
enable or disable auto heated or ventilated Start 0 14. vehicle without the vehicle being shut off.
seats, select Settings > Vehicle > Climate The feature can be turned on or off. Select
and Air Quality > Auto Cooled or Auto
Heated Seats > ON or OFF.
Rear Seats Settings > Vehicle > Rear Seat Reminder >
ON or OFF.
Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats Rear Seat Reminder
During a remote start, the heated or If equipped, the message REAR SEAT Second Row Seats
ventilated seats, if equipped, can be turned REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays Rear Seat Adjustment
on automatically. When it is cold outside, under certain conditions indicating there
the heated seats turn on, and when it is hot may be an item or passenger in the rear
outside the ventilated seats turn on. If the seat. Check before exiting the vehicle.
auto heated or ventilated seats feature, This feature will activate when a second row
if equipped, is not turned on, the heated or door is opened while the vehicle is on or up
ventilated seats may be canceled when the to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned
ignition is turned on. If necessary, press the on. There will be an alert when the vehicle
heated or ventilated seat button to use the is turned off. The alert does not directly
heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle detect objects in the rear seat; instead,
is started. under certain conditions, it detects when a
The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights rear door is opened and closed, indicating
may turn on during a remote start. that there may be something in the
rear seat.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is The feature is active only once each time To adjust the seat position:
normal. the vehicle is turned on and off, and will 1. Remove objects on the floor in front of
require reactivation by opening and closing or on the second row seat, or in the seat
To enable or disable remote start heated or the second row doors. There may be an tracks on the floor.
ventilated seats, select Settings > Vehicle > alert even when there is nothing in the rear
Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start > Remote
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

2. Lift the lever on the side of the seat
cushion and slide the seat forward or { Warning Warning (Continued)
backward. If either seatback is not locked, it could seating position before driving the
Reclining Seatbacks move forward in a sudden stop or crash. vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to
That could cause injury to the person make sure it is locked into place.
To recline the seatback: sitting there. Always push and pull on
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
Caution
1. Lift the lever fully while applying Folding a rear seat with the seat belts
pressure to the seatback, and the still fastened may cause damage to the
seatback will return to the upright seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle
position. If the lever is lifted without the seat belts and return them to their
applying pressure, the seat will release normal stowed position before folding a
to a folded position. rear seat.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked. The second row seats can be folded for
additional cargo space or folded and
Entering and Exiting the Third Row tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third
Manual Fold and Tumble Feature row seat.
1. Lift the lever on the outboard side of
the seat. Folding and Tumbling the Seat
{ Warning To fold and tumble the seat:
2. Move the seatback to the desired
Do not leave the second row seat in a
position, and then release the lever to 1. Make sure that there is nothing under,
lock the seatback in place. tumbled position while the vehicle is in
in front of, or on the seat.
motion. A tumbled seat is not locked.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to make It can move when the vehicle is in
sure it is locked.
motion. People in the vehicle could be
To return the seatback to the upright injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure
position: to return the seat to the passenger
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If the seatback cannot fold flat, try
moving the front seat forward and/or Warning (Continued)
put the front seatback in the upright the seat to the passenger seating
position. position. Push and pull on the seat to
make sure it is locked into place.
To fold and tumble the seat from the third

row seat:
1. Make sure that there is nothing under,
in front of, or on the seat.
2. Lift the lever on the outboard side of the

seat to release the seatback.
3. Lift the lever again to release the rear of

the seat from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the
Third Row Seat
{ Warning 2. Pull the strap on the bottom rear of the

Using the third row seating position second row seat to release the seatback.
The seatback will fold forward.
while the second row is folded, or folded
and tumbled, could cause injury in a
The seatback will fold forward to create sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return
a flat load floor. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

To fold and tumble the seat:
Warning (Continued)
1. Make sure that there is nothing under,
seating position before driving the in front of, or on the seat.
vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to
make sure it is locked into place.
{ Warning
Automatically folding and tumbling the
seat when someone is sitting in the seat,
could cause injury to the person sitting
there. Always make sure there is no one
3. Pull the strap again to release the rear of sitting in the seat before pressing the
the seat from the floor. The seat will automatic seat release switch.
tumble forward.
Automatic Fold and Tumble Feature Driver Side Rear Panel Switch
Caution
2. Press the automatic seat release switch
{ Warning Folding a rear seat with the seat belts
on the panel behind the rear doors. The
still fastened may cause damage to the
Do not leave the second row seat in a seatback automatically folds flat.
seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle
tumbled position while the vehicle is in 3. Press the switch again to release the rear
the seat belts and return them to their
motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. of the seat from the floor. The seat will
normal stowed position before folding a
It can move when the vehicle is in tumble forward.
rear seat.
motion. People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure The transmission must be in P (Park) for this
to return the seat to the passenger feature to work.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Folding and Tumbling the Second Row Seat The left switch folds the left seatback, 3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, make
from the Cargo Area and the right switch folds the right sure the seat belt in the center seating
seatback. position is not caught between the two
3. Press the switch again to release the rear seats and is not twisted.
of the seat from the floor. The seat will
tumble forward.
Heated Rear Seats
The switches (2) can be used to fold the
third row seatbacks from the cargo area. See
{ Warning
Third Row Seats 0 53. If temperature change or pain to the skin
cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause
Returning the Seat to the Sitting Position burns. See the Warning under Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 47.
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could
move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and That could cause injury to the person
Tumble Switches sitting there. Always push and pull on
2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
Switches
To fold and tumble the seat from the To return the seat to the sitting position
cargo area: from the tumbled position:
1. Make sure that there is nothing under, 1. Pull the seat down until it latches to the
in front of, or on the seat. floor. The seatback cannot be raised if
the seat is not latched to the floor.
2. Press the switch (1) on the side trim of
the cargo area to fold the second row 2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward.
seatback. Push and pull on the seatback to make If equipped, the buttons are on the rear of
sure it is locked. the center console.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

With the engine running, press M or L to 2. Make sure that there is nothing under,
heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. in front of, or on the seat.
An indicator on the rear climate control 3. If the second row seat is in the full rear
display appears when this feature is on. position, adjust it forward to allow the
Press the button once for the highest third row seat to fold fully flat.
setting. With each press of the button, the
seat will change to the next lower setting,
and then to the off setting. The indicator
lights next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the lowest.
If the heated seats are on high for
30 minutes, their level may automatically be
lowered. 5. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the
headliner.
Third Row Seats
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts 4. Disconnect the rear seat belt mini-latch,
still fastened may cause damage to the using a key in the slot on the
seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into
the seat belts and return them to their the headliner.
normal stowed position before folding a
rear seat.
The third row seatbacks can be folded to

increase cargo space.
1. Open the liftgate to access the controls 6. Stow the seat belt in the belt
for the third row seat. stowage clip.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Repeat the steps to fold the other 2. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, To return the third row seatback to the
seatback, if desired. if desired. upright position:
Power Seatback Folding The switches (1) can be used to fold or fold
and tumble the second row seats from the
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this cargo area. See Second Row Seats 0 48.
feature to work.
Returning the Third Row Seatback to the
Upright Position
1. Ensure the seat belt is in the belt

stowage clip.
2. Open the liftgate to access the controls
for the seat.
1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and 3. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side
Tumble Switches trim of the cargo area to raise the third
2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise 1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and row seatback.
Switches Tumble Switches
2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise The left switch raises the left seatback,
1. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side and the right switch raises the right
Switches
trim of the cargo area to fold the third seatback.
row seatback.
The left switch folds the left seatback,
and the right switch folds the right
seatback.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Folding the Third Row Seats from the If equipped, the red light on the switch
{ Warning Overhead Console will illuminate if the third row seatback
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not is not in the seating position.
properly attached, or twisted will not There are additional switches which can be
provide the protection needed in a crash. used to fold the third row seatbacks from
The person wearing the belt could be the cargo area. See Third Row Seats 0 53.
seriously injured. After raising the rear
seatback, always check to be sure that Seat Belts
the seat belts are properly routed and
attached, and are not twisted. This section describes how to use seat belts
properly, and some things not to do.
4. Reconnect the center seat belt mini-latch
to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. { Warning
5. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt
mini-latch is secure. cannot be worn properly. In a crash,
To fold the seats from the overhead console,
6. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if equipped: if you or your passenger(s) are not
if desired. wearing seat belts, injuries can be much
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this worse than if you are wearing seat belts.
feature to work. You can be seriously injured or killed by
1. Press and hold the switch to fold the hitting things inside the vehicle harder or
third row seatback. by being ejected from the vehicle. In
The left switch folds the left seatback, addition, anyone who is not buckled up
and the right switch folds the right can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
seatback.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
2. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle.
if desired. In a collision, passengers riding in these
3. Press and hold the switch to return the areas are more likely to be seriously
seatback to the seating position. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast Also, in nearly all states and in all
Warning (Continued) as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops Canadian provinces, the law requires
injured or killed. Do not allow passengers suddenly, you keep going until something wearing seat belts.
to ride in any area of the vehicle that is stops you. It could be the windshield, the
not equipped with seats and seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts! Buckle To Drive
Always wear a seat belt, and check that When you wear a seat belt, you and the If equipped, this feature delays the vehicle
vehicle slow down together. There is more from shifting out of P (Park) when the driver
all passenger(s) are restrained
time to stop because you stop over a longer seat belt is not buckled. The Buckle to Drive
properly too.
distance and, when worn properly, your feature must be turned ON in the
strongest bones take the forces from the infotainment system to work. To turn the
This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to
seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts Buckle to Drive feature on or off, select
buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt
makes such good sense. Settings > Vehicle > Buckle to Drive. See
Reminders 0 112.
Teen Driver 0 187, if equipped.
Why Seat Belts Work Questions and Answers About Seat Belts
If the vehicle is on and the brake pedal is
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a pressed with the vehicle in P (Park) but the
crash if I am wearing a seat belt? driver seat belt is not buckled, a message
A: You could be — whether you are displays in the Driver Information
wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance Center (DIC) and the vehicle will be delayed
of being conscious during and after a from shifting out of P (Park). Buckle the
crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, driver seat belt to clear the message and
is much greater if you are belted. shift out of P (Park). Shifting from P (Park)
will be delayed once for each time the
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I vehicle is started.
have to wear seat belts?
For some fleet vehicles, the feature is
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. always ON and cannot be turned OFF in the
They work with seat belts — not instead infotainment system. The vehicle will be
of them. Whether or not an airbag is delayed from shifting from P (Park) each
provided, all occupants still have to time the driver attempts to do so while the
buckle up to get the most protection.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

driver seat belt is not buckled. Turning the feature may not function properly if the
vehicle off then on will not change this airbag readiness light is on. See Airbag
condition. Readiness Light 0 113.
On some models, Buckle to Drive may also How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
delay shifting out of P (Park) if a front
passenger seat belt is unbuckled. A message Follow these rules for everyone's protection.
displays in the DIC. Buckle the front There are additional things to know about
passenger seat belt to shift out of P (Park). seat belts and children, including smaller
This feature may delay the vehicle from children and infants. If a child will be riding
shifting out of P (Park) if an object, such as in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 74 or
a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, Infants and Young Children 0 75. Review and
or other electronic device, is on the front follow the rules for children in addition to
passenger seat. If this happens, remove the the following rules. . Sit up straight and always keep your feet
object from the seat or buckle the seat belt on the floor in front of you (if possible).
to shift out of P (Park). It is very important for all occupants to . Wear the lap part of the belt low and
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted
If the driver, or on some vehicles, the snug on the hips, just touching the
people are hurt more often in crashes than
present front passenger remains unbuckled, thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
those who are wearing seat belts.
the DIC message will turn off after several strong pelvic bones and you would be
seconds and the vehicle can be shifted out There are important things to know about less likely to slide under the lap belt.
of P (Park). See “Seat Belts” and “Child wearing a seat belt properly. If you slid under it, the belt would apply
Restraints” in the Index for information force on your abdomen. This could cause
about the importance of proper serious or even fatal injuries.
restraint use. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder
If the driver seat belt or the front passenger and across the chest. These parts of the
seat belt is unbuckled when driving, the seat body are best able to take belt
belt reminder chime and light(s) will come restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks
on. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 112. This if there is a sudden stop or crash.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even
killed, by not wearing your seat belt
properly.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both
become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back.
Always use the correct buckle for your

seating position.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured or killed if
the shoulder belt is worn behind your
back, under your legs, or wrapped around
your neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around
Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an you. You may have to cut the seat belt if 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt
armrest. it is locked and tightened around you. across you. Do not let it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you
{ Warning Lap-Shoulder Belt pull the belt across you very quickly.
The seat belt can be pinched if it is All seating positions in the vehicle have a If this happens, let the belt go back
routed under plastic trim on the seat, lap-shoulder belt. slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt
such as trim around the rear seatback across you more slowly.
If you are using a rear seating position with If the shoulder portion of a passenger
folding handle or side airbag. In a crash,
a detachable seat belt and the seat belt is belt is pulled out all the way, the child
pinched seat belts might not provide not attached, see Third Row Seats 0 53 for
adequate protection. Never allow seat restraint locking feature may be
instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to engaged. See Child Restraint Systems
belts to be routed under plastic trim the mini-buckle.
pieces. 0 77. If this occurs, let the belt go back
The following instructions explain how to all the way and start again. If the
wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. locking feature stays engaged after
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, letting the belt go back to stowed
so you can sit up straight. To see how,
see “Seats” in the Index.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

position on the seat, move the seat If the belt is not long enough, see Seat
rearward or recline the seat until the Belt Extender 0 62.
shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Position the release button on the buckle
Engaging the child restraint locking so that the seat belt could be quickly
feature in the front outboard seating unbuckled if necessary.
position may affect the passenger 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height
sensing system. See Passenger Sensing adjuster, move it to the height that is
System 0 69. right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height
Adjuster” in this section for instructions
on use and important safety information.
To unlatch the belt, push the button on the

buckle. The belt should return to its stowed
position.
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat
belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed
position, the retractor may lock and cannot
be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat
belt straight out firmly to unlock the
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until webbing, and then release it. If the webbing
it clicks. is still locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
If the latch plate will not go fully into 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on
the buckle, check if the correct buckle is the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt
being used. is out of the way. If a door is slammed
against a seat belt, damage can occur to
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
both the seat belt and the vehicle.
it is secure.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster After the adjuster is set to the desired Seat Belt Pretensioners
position, try to move it down without
The vehicle has a shoulder belt height This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for
pushing the release button to make sure it
adjuster for the driver and front outboard the front outboard occupants.
has locked into position.
passenger positions. Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot
Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of Automatic Seat Belt Tightening System be seen, they are part of the seat belt
the belt is on the shoulder and not falling The vehicle may have the Automatic Seat assembly. They can help tighten the seat
off of it. The belt should be close to, but not Belt Tightening System. belts during the early stages of a moderate
contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the
height adjustment could reduce the Each time the front seat belts are buckled threshold conditions for pretensioner
effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See while the vehicle is in P (Park) or D (Drive) activation are met.
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 57. and the engine is running or in Auto Stop (if
equipped), the system may activate to Seat belt pretensioners can also help tighten
tighten the seat belts. the seat belts in a side crash or rollover
event.
The system also activates during emergency
braking and/or sudden driving maneuvers Pretensioners work only once. If the
and releases when driving conditions return pretensioners activate in a crash, the
to normal. pretensioners and probably other parts of
the vehicle's seat belt system will need to
The system will not activate if the Traction be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System
Control/Electronic Stability Control system is Parts after a Crash 0 63.
not functioning properly. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 238. Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while
If there is a problem with the Automatic entering or exiting the vehicle or at any
Seat Belt Tightening System, a message time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the
displays on the Driver Information Center seat belt can damage the webbing and
Push the release button to move the height (DIC). If a system unavailable message hardware.
adjuster to the desired position. displays repeatedly or if a service message
displays, see your dealer. Other seat belt
functions are not affected by the Automatic
Seat Belt Tightening System.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides But if a seat belt is not long enough, your
dealer will order you an extender. Only a
Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide
GM dealer issued extender should be used.
added seat belt comfort for older children
When you go in to order it, take the
who have outgrown booster seats and for
heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender
some adults. When installed on a shoulder
will be long enough for you. To help avoid
belt, the comfort guide positions the
personal injury, do not let someone else use
shoulder belt away from the neck and head.
it, and use it only for the seat it is made to
Comfort guides are available through your fit. The extender has been designed for
dealer for the rear outboard seating adults. Never use it for securing child
positions. Instructions are included with the restraints. For more information on the
comfort guides. proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see
the instruction sheet that comes with the
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy A pregnant woman should wear a extender.
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should
Seat belts work for everyone, including
pregnant women. Like all occupants, they
be worn as low as possible, below the Safety System Check
rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
are more likely to be seriously injured if Periodically check the seat belt reminder,
they do not wear seat belts. The best way to protect the fetus is to seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors,
protect the mother. When a seat belt is shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped),
worn properly, it is more likely that the and seat belt anchorages to make sure they
fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For are all in working order. Look for any other
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to loose or damaged seat belt system parts
making seat belts effective is wearing them that might keep a seat belt system from
properly. performing properly. See your dealer to
have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted
Seat Belt Extender seat belts may not protect you in a crash.
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under
you, you should use it. impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
have it replaced immediately. If a belt is
twisted, it may be possible to untwist by
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

reversing the latch plate on the webbing. New parts and repairs may be necessary
If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued) even if the seat belt system was not being
dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash.
Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if
working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 112. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the
webbing to dry. airbag readiness light stays on after you
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt
Care 0 63. start the vehicle or while you are driving.
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 113.
Seat Belt Care after a Crash
Keep belts clean and dry. Airbag System
Seat belts should be properly cared for and
{ Warning The vehicle has the following airbags:
maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver
in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt . A frontal airbag for the front outboard
Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and
system may not properly protect the passenger
free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior
hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be person using it, resulting in serious injury . A front center airbag for the driver and
lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. or even death in a crash. To help make front outboard passenger
Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris sure the seat belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in properly after a crash, have them driver
the system please see the dealer. Parts may inspected and any necessary . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible. front outboard passenger
functionality of the system. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and for
After a minor crash, replacement of seat
belts may not be necessary. But the seat the second and third row passengers
{ Warning belt assemblies that were used during any seated directly behind the driver
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged. . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt passenger and the second and third row
a crash, they might not be able to assemblies inspected or replaced. passengers seated directly behind the
(Continued) front outboard passenger
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on
the trim or on a label near the deployment { Warning Warning (Continued)
opening. You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you
For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the
the center of the steering wheel for the belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help
driver and on the instrument panel for the designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a
front outboard passenger. replace them. Also, airbags are not crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with
For the front center airbag, the word AIRBAG designed to inflate in every crash. In airbags. The driver should sit as far back
is on the inboard side of the driver seatback. some crashes seat belts are the only as possible while still maintaining control
restraint. See When Should an Airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the
For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the Inflate? 0 66. front outboard passenger airbags are
word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback most effective when you are sitting well
or side of the seat closest to the door. Wearing your seat belt during a crash
helps reduce your chance of hitting back and upright in the seat with both
For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on feet on the floor.
things inside the vehicle or being ejected
the ceiling or trim.
from it. Airbags are “supplemental Occupants should not lean on or sleep
Airbags are designed to supplement the restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in against the front center armrest or
protection provided by seat belts. Even the vehicle should wear a seat belt console in vehicles with a front center
though today's airbags are also designed to properly, whether or not there is an airbag.
help reduce the risk of injury from the force airbag for that person.
of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate Occupants should not lean on or sleep
very quickly to do their job. against the door or side windows in
seating positions with seat-mounted side
Here are the most important things to know { Warning impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.
about the airbag system: Because airbags inflate with great force
and faster than the blink of an eye,
anyone who is up against, or very close
to any airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not sit
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
{ Warning Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger frontal airbag
is in the passenger side instrument panel.
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates can
be seriously injured or killed. Always
secure children properly in the vehicle. To
read how, see Older Children 0 74 or
Infants and Young Children 0 75.
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of

the steering wheel. The front center airbag is in the inboard side
There is an airbag readiness light on the of the driver seatback.
center stack below the infotainment screen,
which shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light tells you
if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 113.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Warning (Continued)
do not attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or on or near any
other airbag covering.
Do not use seat or console accessories
that block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag or the
front center airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof of a
vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar rope or tie-down through any door or
window opening. If you do, the path of
The driver and front outboard passenger The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front an inflating roof-rail airbag will be
seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the outboard passenger, and second and third
blocked.
side of the seatbacks closest to the door. row outboard passengers are in the ceiling
above the side windows.
When Should an Airbag Inflate?
{ Warning This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See
If something is between an occupant and Airbag System 0 63. Airbags are designed to
an airbag, the airbag might not inflate inflate if the impact exceeds the specific
properly or it might force the object into airbag system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to predict
that person causing severe injury or even
how severe a crash is likely to be in time
death. The path of an inflating airbag
for the airbags to inflate and help restrain
must be kept clear. Do not put anything the occupants. The vehicle has electronic
between an occupant and an airbag, and sensors that help the airbag system
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

determine the severity of the impact. when either side of the vehicle is struck. In In any particular crash, no one can say
Deployment thresholds can vary with addition, the front center airbag is designed whether an airbag should have inflated
specific vehicle design. to inflate when the sensing system predicts simply because of the vehicle damage or the
Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in that the vehicle is about to roll over on its repair costs.
moderate to severe frontal crashes to help side. The front center airbag is not designed
reduce the potential for severe injuries, to inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal What Makes an Airbag Inflate?
mainly to the driver's or front outboard impacts, or rear impacts. In a deployment event, the sensing system
passenger's head and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are sends an electrical signal triggering a release
designed to inflate in moderate to severe of gas from the inflator. Gas from the
Whether the frontal airbags will or should
side crashes depending on the location of inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to
inflate is not based primarily on how fast
the impact. These airbags may also inflate break out of the cover. The inflator, the
the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what
in some moderate to severe frontal impacts. airbag, and related hardware are all part of
is hit, the direction of the impact, and how
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are not the airbag module.
quickly the vehicle slows down.
designed to inflate in rollovers or rear For airbag locations, see Where Are the
Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag Airbags? 0 65.
speeds depending on whether the vehicle is designed to inflate on the side of the
hits an object straight on or at an angle, vehicle that is struck. How Does an Airbag Restrain?
and whether the object is fixed or moving,
rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
moderate to severe side crashes depending collisions, even belted occupants can contact
Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate on the location of the impact. In addition, the steering wheel or the instrument panel.
during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, these roof-rail airbags may inflate during a In moderate to severe side collisions, even
or many side impacts. rollover or in a severe frontal impact. belted occupants can contact the inside of
In addition, the vehicle has advanced Roof-rail airbags are not designed to inflate the vehicle.
technology frontal airbags. Advanced in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags may
inflate when either side of the vehicle is Airbags supplement the protection provided
technology frontal airbags adjust the by seat belts by distributing the force of the
restraint according to crash severity. struck or if the sensing system predicts that
the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, impact more evenly over the
The front center airbag is designed to inflate or in a severe frontal impact. occupant's body.
in moderate to severe side crashes
depending upon the location of the impact,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are The parts of the airbag that come into airbags inflate. The feature may also
designed to help contain the head and chest contact with you may be warm, but not too activate, without airbag inflation, after an
of occupants in the outboard seating hot to touch. There may be some smoke event that exceeds a predetermined
positions in the first, second, and third rows. and dust coming from the vents in the threshold. After turning the ignition off and
The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not then on again, the fuel system will return to
designed to help reduce the risk of full or prevent the driver from seeing out of the normal operation; the doors can be locked,
partial ejection in rollover events, although windshield or being able to steer the the interior lamps can be turned off, and
no system can prevent all such ejections. vehicle, nor does it prevent people from the hazard warning flashers can be turned
But airbags would not help in many types leaving the vehicle. off using the controls for those features.
of collisions, primarily because the If any of these systems are damaged in the
occupant's motion is not toward those { Warning crash they may not operate as normal.
airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? When an airbag inflates, there may be
0 66. dust in the air. This dust could cause { Warning
Airbags should never be regarded as breathing problems for people with a A crash severe enough to inflate the
anything more than a supplement to seat history of asthma or other breathing airbags may have also damaged
belts. trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the important functions in the vehicle, such
vehicle should get out as soon as it is as the fuel system, brake and steering
What Will You See after an safe to do so. If you have breathing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears
Airbag Inflates? problems but cannot get out of the to be drivable after a moderate crash,
vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get there may be concealed damage that
After frontal and seat-mounted side impact could make it difficult to safely operate
fresh air by opening a window or a door.
airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so the vehicle.
quickly that some people may not even If you experience breathing problems
realize the airbags inflated. The front center following an airbag deployment, you Use caution if you should attempt to
airbag and roof-rail airbags may still be at should seek medical attention. restart the engine after a crash has
least partially inflated for some time after occurred.
they inflate. Some components of the airbag The vehicle has a feature that may
module may be hot for several minutes. For automatically unlock the doors, turn on the
location of the airbags, see Where Are the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers,
Airbags? 0 65. and shut off the fuel system after the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

In many crashes severe enough to inflate Passenger Sensing System properly seated occupant and determine if
the airbag, windshields are broken by the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
vehicle deformation. Additional windshield The vehicle has a passenger sensing system should be allowed to inflate or not.
breakage may also occur from the front for the front outboard passenger position.
The passenger airbag status indicator will According to accident statistics, children are
outboard passenger airbag. safer when properly secured in a rear seat
. Airbags are designed to inflate only once. light on the overhead console when the
vehicle is started. in the correct child restraint for their weight
After an airbag inflates, you will need and size.
some new parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the airbag Whenever possible, children aged 12 and
system will not be there to help protect under should be secured in a rear seating
you in another crash. A new system will position.
include airbag modules and possibly other Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
parts. The service manual for the vehicle front. This is because the risk to the
covers the need to replace other parts. United States and Canada rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag
. The vehicle has a crash sensing and inflates.
diagnostic module which records The words ON and OFF, and the symbols for
information after a crash. See Vehicle on and off, will be visible during the system { Warning
Data Recording and Privacy 0 436 and check. When the system check is complete,
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
Event Data Recorders 0 437. either the word ON or OFF, and the symbol
for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger be seriously injured or killed if the
. Let only qualified technicians work on the passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is
airbag systems. Improper service can Airbag Status Indicator 0 113.
because the back of the rear-facing child
mean that an airbag system will not work The passenger sensing system turns off the restraint would be very close to the
properly. See your dealer for service. front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflating airbag. A child in a
under certain conditions. No other airbag is forward-facing child restraint can be
affected by the passenger sensing system.
seriously injured or killed if the passenger
The passenger sensing system works with frontal airbag inflates and the passenger
sensors that are part of the front outboard seat is in a forward position.
passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors (Continued)
are designed to detect the presence of a
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. The system determines an infant is restraints should wear a seat belt
Warning (Continued) present in a child restraint. properly — whether or not there is an
Even if the passenger sensing system has . A front outboard passenger takes his/her airbag for that person.
turned off the passenger frontal airbag, weight off of the seat for a period
no system is fail-safe. No one can of time. { Warning
guarantee that an airbag will not deploy When the passenger sensing system has If the airbag readiness light ever comes
under some unusual circumstance, even turned off the front outboard passenger on and stays on, it means that
though the airbag is turned off. frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light something may be wrong with the airbag
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is system. To help avoid injury to yourself
the front seat, even if the airbag is off. off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator or others, have the vehicle serviced right
0 113. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 113
If securing a forward-facing child restraint
in the front outboard passenger seat, The passenger sensing system is designed to for more information, including important
always move the seat as far back as it turn on the front outboard passenger frontal safety information.
will go. It is better to secure child airbag anytime the system senses that a
restraints in the rear seat. Consider using person of adult size is sitting properly in the If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
another vehicle to transport the child front outboard passenger seat. Restraint
when a rear seat is not available. When the passenger sensing system has The passenger sensing system is designed to
allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON turn off the front outboard passenger
If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder frontal airbag if the system determines that
will accommodate a rear-facing child that the airbag is active. an infant is present in a child restraint. If a
restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should child restraint has been installed and the ON
For some children, including children in child
not be installed in the vehicle, even if the indicator is lit:
restraints, and for very small adults, the
airbag is off. 1. Turn the vehicle off.
passenger sensing system may or may not
The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger 2. Remove the child restraint from the
turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, depending upon the person's vehicle.
frontal airbag if: seating posture and body build. Everyone in
3. Remove any additional items from the
. The front outboard passenger seat is the vehicle who has outgrown child
seat such as blankets, cushions, seat
unoccupied. covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

4. Reinstall the child restraint following The passenger sensing system may or may engaged. Use the following steps to allow
the directions provided by the child not turn off the airbag for a child in a child the system to detect that person and enable
restraint manufacturer and refer to restraint depending upon the child’s size. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag:
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat It is better to secure child restraints in a 1. Turn the vehicle off.
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 87 or rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat transport the child when a rear seat is not 2. Remove any additional material from the
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 89. available. Never put a rear-facing child seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat
restraint in the front seat, even if the ON covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
Make sure the seat belt retractor is
locked by pulling the shoulder belt all indicator is not lit. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright
the way out of the retractor when position.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat,
installing the child restraint, even if the
Adult-Sized Occupant centered on the seat cushion, with legs
child restraint is equipped with a seat
belt lock off. When the retractor lock is comfortably extended.
set, the belt can be tightened but not 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is
pulled out of the retractor. pulled out all the way, the child restraint
5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint locking feature will be engaged. This
and restarting the vehicle, the ON may unintentionally cause the passenger
indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. sensing system to turn the airbag off for
Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback some adult-sized occupants. If this
and adjust the seat cushion, happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt
if adjustable, to make sure that the go back all the way, and then buckle the
vehicle seatback is not pushing the child belt again without pulling the belt out
restraint into the seat cushion. all the way.
Also make sure the child restraint is not 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person
trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If a person of adult size is sitting in the remain in this position for two to
If this happens, adjust the head restraint. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF three minutes after the ON indicator
See Head Restraints 0 39. indicator is lit, it could be because that is lit.
6. Restart the vehicle. person is not sitting properly in the seat or
that the child restraint locking feature is
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

approved by GM for your specific vehicle.
{ Warning See Adding Equipment to the { Warning
If the front outboard passenger airbag is Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 72 for more For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is
turned off for an adult-sized occupant, information about modifications that can turned off and the battery is
the airbag will not be able to inflate and affect how the system operates. disconnected, an airbag can still inflate
help protect that person in a crash, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, during improper service. You can be
resulting in an increased risk of serious such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, injured if you are close to an airbag
injury or even death. An adult-sized laptop, or other electronic device, is put on when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
occupant should not ride in the front an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, They are probably part of the airbag
outboard passenger seat, if the passenger remove the object from the seat. system. Be sure to follow proper service
airbag OFF indicator is lit. procedures, and make sure the person
{ Warning performing work for you is qualified to
Additional Factors Affecting System Stowing articles under the passenger seat do so.
Operation or between the passenger seat cushion
Seat belts help keep the passenger in and seatback may interfere with the Adding Equipment to the
position on the seat during vehicle proper operation of the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
maneuvers and braking, which helps the sensing system.
passenger sensing system maintain the Adding accessories that change the vehicle's
frame, bumper system, height, front end,
passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” Servicing the Airbag-Equipped or side sheet metal may keep the airbag
and “Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the importance
Vehicle system from working properly.
of proper restraint use. Airbags affect how the vehicle should be The operation of the airbag system can also
A thick layer of additional material, such as serviced. There are parts of the airbag be affected by changing, including
a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket system in several places around the vehicle. improperly repairing or replacing, any parts
equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, Your dealer and the service manual have of the following:
and seat massagers can affect how well the information about servicing the vehicle and . Airbag system, including airbag modules,
passenger sensing system operates. We the airbag system. To purchase a service front or side impact sensors, sensing and
recommend that you not use seat covers or manual, see Publication Ordering diagnostic module, airbag wiring, or front
other aftermarket equipment except when Information 0 435. center console
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. Front seats, including stitching, seams or system from properly turning off the
zippers passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing
Caution (Continued)
. Seat belts System 0 69. covering and/or airbag module replaced.
. Steering wheel, instrument panel, For the location of the airbags, see Where
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags,
overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 384 for Are the Airbags? 0 65. See your dealer
garnish trim additional important information. for service.
. Inner door seals, including speakers If the vehicle must be modified because you Replacing Airbag System Parts
Your dealer and the service manual have have a disability and you have questions
information about the location of the airbag about whether the modifications will affect after a Crash
modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have
module, and airbag wiring along with the questions about whether the airbag system { Warning
proper replacement procedures. will be affected if the vehicle is modified for A crash can damage the airbag systems
any other reason, call Customer Assistance. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger
See Customer Assistance Offices 0 429. may not properly protect you and your
sensing system for the front outboard
passenger position, which includes sensors Airbag System Check passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in
that are part of the passenger's seat. The serious injury or even death. To help
passenger sensing system may not operate The airbag system does not need regularly make sure the airbag systems are
properly if the original seat trim is replaced scheduled maintenance or replacement. working properly after a crash, have
with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim, Make sure the airbag readiness light is them inspected and any necessary
or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 113. replacements made as soon as possible.
designed for a different vehicle. Any object,
such as an aftermarket seat heater or a Caution
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
comfort enhancing pad or device, installed If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, replace airbag system parts. See your dealer
under or on top of the seat fabric, could or broken, the airbag may not work for service.
also interfere with the operation of the properly. Do not open or break the airbag
passenger sensing system. This could either coverings. If there are any opened or
prevent proper deployment of the passenger broken airbag coverings, have the airbag
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If the airbag readiness light stays on after The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the
the vehicle is started or comes on when you with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs.
are driving, the airbag system may not work height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's
properly. Have the vehicle serviced right booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 113. the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal
Child Restraints knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash.
continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
Older Children . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 59.
shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, According to accident statistics, children are
continue. If no, try using the rear seat safer when properly restrained in a rear
belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear seating position.
Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 59. If a comfort guide In a crash, children who are not buckled up
is not available, or if the shoulder belt can strike other people who are buckled up,
still does not rest on the shoulder, then or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older
return to the booster seat. children need to use seat belts properly.
. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the
hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. { Warning
If no, return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child to wear
. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot
the length of the trip? If yes, continue. properly spread the impact forces. In a
Older children who have outgrown booster If no, return to the booster seat. crash, they can be crushed together and
seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. seriously injured. A seat belt must be
Refer to How to Wear Seat Belts Properly Q: What is the proper way to wear seat
belts? used by only one person at a time.
0 57.
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder
belt and get the additional restraint a
shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or neck.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Warning (Continued)
their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go
all the way back into the retractor, but it
cannot do this if it is wrapped around the
child. Never leave children unattended in
a vehicle and never allow children to
improperly wear, or play with, the seat
Infants and Young Children belts.
{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the seat belt Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This Every time infants and young children ride
shoulder belt under both arms or behind includes infants and all other children. in vehicles, they should have the protection
their back. A child can be seriously Neither the distance traveled nor the age provided by appropriate child restraints.
injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder and size of the traveler changes the need, Neither the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its
belt properly. In a crash, the child would for everyone, to use safety restraints. In airbag system is designed for them.
fact, the law in every state in the United
not be restrained by the shoulder belt. Children who are not restrained properly can
States and in every Canadian province says
The child could move too far forward strike other people, or can be thrown out of
children up to some age must be restrained
increasing the chance of head and neck the vehicle.
while in a vehicle.
injury. The child might also slide under
the lap belt. The belt force would then be
{ Warning { Warning
applied right on the abdomen. That could Never hold an infant or a child while
cause serious or fatal injuries. The Children can be seriously injured or killed
riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an
shoulder belt should go over the shoulder if the shoulder belt is worn behind their
infant or a child will become so heavy it
and across the chest. back, under their legs, or wrapped around
(Continued)
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front
For example, in a crash at only passenger seat. Secure a rear-facing child
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat.
will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) It is also better to secure a forward-facing
force on a person's arms. An infant or child restraint in a rear seat. If a
child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint must be
child restraint. secured in the front passenger seat,
always move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
If a child restraint is installed in the Child restraints are devices used to restrain,
second row center seat, move the second seat, or position children in the vehicle and
row seat to the rearward position, are sometimes called child seats or car seats.
whenever possible, to minimize contact
There are three basic types of child
with the front center airbag. restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
. Rear-facing child restraints
. Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your child
depends on their size, weight, and age, and
{ Warning also on whether the child restraint is
Children who are up against, or very compatible with the vehicle in which it will
close to, any airbag when it inflates can be used.
be seriously injured or killed. Never put a For each type of child restraint, there are
(Continued) many different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

designed to be used in a motor vehicle and The harness system holds the infant in place
is designed by a genuine child restraint Warning (Continued) and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant
manufacturer. If it is, the child restraint will would apply force on a body area that is positioned in the restraint.
have a label saying that it meets federal unprotected by any bony structure. This
motor vehicle safety standards. alone could cause serious or fatal injuries.
The instruction manual that is provided with To reduce the risk of serious or fatal
the child restraint states the weight and injuries during a crash, young children
height limitations for that particular child should always be secured in an
restraint. In addition, there are many kinds appropriate child restraint.
of child restraints available for children with
special needs. Child Restraint Systems
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and head
injury in a crash, infants and toddlers
should be secured in a rear-facing child Forward-Facing Child Restraint
restraint until age two, or until they
A forward-facing child restraint provides
reach the maximum height and weight restraint for the child's body with the
limits of their child restraint. harness.
{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still so
small that the vehicle seat belt may not Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
remain low on the hip bones, as it
A rear-facing child restraint provides
should. Instead, it may settle up around
restraint with the seating surface against
the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt the back of the infant.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in When securing an add-on child restraint,
the Vehicle refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on the child
{ Warning restraint
A child can be seriously injured or killed 2. Instruction manual provided with the
in a crash if the child restraint is not child restraint
properly secured in the vehicle. Secure 3. This vehicle owner's manual
the child restraint properly in the vehicle The child restraint instructions are
using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH important, so if they are not available,
system, following the instructions that obtain a replacement copy from the
came with that child restraint and the manufacturer.
Booster Seats instructions in this manual.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
To help reduce the chance of injury, the restraint can move around in a collision or
A belt-positioning booster seat is used for
child restraint must be secured in the sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
children who have outgrown their
vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in Be sure to properly secure any child
forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are
vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt restraint in the vehicle — even when no
designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the child is in it.
seat belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and In some areas Certified Child Passenger
properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 80 for Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to
seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 74. more information. Never use a seat belt inspect and demonstrate how to correctly
extender when installing a child restraint. use and install child restraints. In the U.S.,
Never use non-regulated aftermarket anchors refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety
or attachments to secure a child restraint. Administration (NHTSA) website to locate
Children can be endangered in a crash if the the nearest child safety seat inspection
child restraint is not properly secured in the station. For CPST availability in Canada,
vehicle. check with Transport Canada or the
Provincial Ministry of Transportation office.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Securing the Child Within the Child
Restraint { Warning Warning (Continued)
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can See Passenger Sensing System 0 69 for
{ Warning be seriously injured or killed if the front additional information.
passenger airbag inflates. This is because If a child restraint is installed in a second
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint row center seat, move the second row
would be very close to the inflating seat to the rearward position, whenever
secured in the child restraint. Secure the
child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child possible, to minimize contact with the
restraint can be seriously injured or killed front center airbag.
that came with that child restraint.
if the front passenger airbag inflates and
the passenger seat is in a forward
Where to Put the Restraint
According to accident statistics, children and
position. { Warning
Even if the passenger sensing system has A child in a child restraint in the center
infants are safer when properly restrained in
an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal front seat can be badly injured or killed
rear seating position. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can by the frontal airbags if they inflate.
guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Never secure a child restraint in the
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under some unusual circumstance, even center front seat. It is always better to
under should be secured in a rear seating though it is turned off.
position. secure a child restraint in a rear seat.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
The vehicle is equipped with a front center When securing a child restraint with the
rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
airbag in the inboard side of the driver seat. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the
Even with a front center airbag, a child secure a forward-facing child restraint in
instructions that came with the child
restraint can be installed in any second row the front seat, always move the front
restraint to make sure it is compatible with
seating position. passenger seat as far back as it will go. this vehicle.
It is better to secure the child restraint in
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the a rear seat. Child restraints and booster seats vary
front. This is because the risk to the (Continued) considerably in size, and some may fit in
rear-facing child is so great if the airbag certain seating positions better than others.
deploys.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Do not install a child restraint in any rear Keep in mind that an unsecured child Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to
seating position where it cannot be installed restraint can move around in a collision or secure the child and the booster seat. If the
securely. sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. manufacturer recommends that the booster
Depending on where you place the child Be sure to properly secure any child seat be secured with the LATCH system, this
restraint and the size of the child restraint, restraint in the vehicle — even when no can be done as long as the booster seat can
you may not be able to access adjacent seat child is in it. be positioned properly and there is no
belts or LATCH anchors for additional interference with the proper positioning of
passengers or child restraints. Adjacent
Lower Anchors and Tethers for the lap-shoulder belt on the child.
seating positions should not be used if the Children (LATCH System) Make sure to follow the instructions that
child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system secures a child restraint came with the child restraint, and also the
interferes with the routing of the seat belt. during driving or in a crash. LATCH instructions in this manual.
The seat in front of an installed child attachments on the child restraint are used When installing a child restraint with a top
restraint should be adjusted to ensure to attach the child restraint to the anchors tether, you must also use either the lower
proper installation according to the child in the vehicle. This system is designed to anchors or the seat belts to properly secure
restraint manual. make installation of a child restraint easier. the child restraint. A child restraint must
When installing a child restraint in an In order to use the LATCH system in your never be attached using only the top tether.
adjustable second row seating position, the vehicle, you need a child restraint that has For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child
seat should be adjusted fore or aft to ensure LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible restraint where the combined weight of the
proper installation according to the child rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb),
restraint manual. If the seat is able to be properly installed using either the LATCH use either the lower LATCH anchorages with
recline, the seat back should be positioned anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt
to its full upright position before installing a use both the seat belts and the LATCH with the top tether anchorage. Where the
child restraint. anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or combined weight of the child and restraint
forward-facing child restraint. are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat
Wherever a child restraint is installed, be
sure to follow the instructions that came belt with the top tether anchorage only.
with the child restraint and secure the child
restraint properly.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Show with an X

Combined Weight of
Restraint Type the Child + Child LATCH-Lower Anchors
LATCH-Lower Seat Belt and Top
Restraint Seat Belt Only and Top Tether
Anchors Only Tether Anchor
Anchor
Rear-Facing Child
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Rear-Facing Child Greater than
X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Forward-Facing Child Greater than
X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 are Not all vehicle seating positions have lower
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 87 or labeled with the maximum child weight, anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt with which the LATCH system can be used used (with top tether where available) to
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 89. for installing the child restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child
The following explains how to attach a child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear
restraint with these attachments in the Seat) 0 87 or
vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 89.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor top tether always to be attached. In Canada,
the law requires that forward-facing child
restraints have a top tether, and that the
tether be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor
Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the top
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The
accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child
attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor
in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward
movement and rotation of the child restraint
during driving or in the event of a crash. Second Row — 60/40
The child restraint may have a single
tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will H : Seating positions with two lower
have a single attachment hook (2) to secure anchors.
the top tether to the anchor. } : Seating positions with top tether
Some child restraints with a top tether are anchors.
designed for use with or without the top
tether being attached. Others require the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The top tether anchors are on the rear of
the seatback for the outboard seating
positions and the rear of the seat cushion
for the center seating position in the second
row. Be sure to use an anchor located
directly behind the seating position where
the child restraint will be placed.
The lower anchors are located in the crease The lower anchors are located in the crease
between the seatback and seat cushion. between the seatback and seat cushion.
Second Row — Bucket
H : Seating positions with two lower

anchors.
} : Seating positions with top tether
anchors.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

For models with bucket second row seating, attached, or if the instructions that come
the top tether anchors are on the rear of with the child restraint say that the top
the seatback for each seating position in the tether must be attached.
second row. Be sure to use an anchor According to accident statistics, children and
located directly behind the seating position infants are safer when properly restrained in
where the child restraint will be placed. a child restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating position.
See Where to Put the Restraint 0 79 for
additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for
the LATCH System
For the third row seat, the top tether
anchors are on the back of the seatback. Be { Warning
sure to use an anchor located directly A child could be seriously injured or killed
behind the seating position where the child in a crash if the child restraint is not
restraint will be placed. properly attached to the vehicle using
For models with a cargo cover, the top either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle
Third Row Seat tether anchors are on the back of the rear seat belt. Follow the instructions that
seatbacks. Remove the cargo cover before came with the child restraint and the
} : Seating positions with top tether installing the top tether. The cargo cover instructions in this manual.
anchors.
should remain off while the top tether is in
use. Be sure to use an anchor directly
behind the seating position where the child { Warning
restraint will be placed. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal
Do not secure a child restraint in a position injuries during a crash, do not attach
without a top tether anchor if a national or more than one child restraint to a single
local law requires that the top tether be (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

1. Attach and tighten the lower
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) attachments to the lower anchors. If the
anchor. Attaching more than one child tighten the belt behind the child restraint child restraint does not have lower
restraint to a single anchor could cause after the child restraint has been attachments or the desired seating
the anchor or attachment to come loose installed. position does not have lower anchors,
or even break during a crash. A child or secure the child restraint with the seat
others could be injured. belt and top tether when recommended
Caution by the child restraint manufacturer. Refer
Do not let the LATCH attachments rub to your child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions in this
{ Warning against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may
manual.
Children can be seriously injured or damage these parts. If necessary, move
buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped desired seating position.
around their neck. The shoulder belt can LATCH attachments.
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
Do not fold the rear seatback when the
locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
pulled all the way out of the retractor. rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This attachments on the child restraint
It unlocks when the shoulder belt is to the lower anchors.
could damage the seat belt or the seat.
allowed to go all the way back into the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its 2. If the child restraint manufacturer
retractor, but it cannot do this if it is stowed position, before folding the seat. recommends that the top tether be
wrapped around a child’s neck. If the attached, adjust the top tether to its full
shoulder belt is locked and tightened The vehicle is equipped with a front center length and attach it to the anchor. Refer
around a child’s neck, the only way to airbag in the inboard side of the driver seat. to the child restraint instructions and the
loosen the belt is to cut it. Even with a front center airbag, a child following steps:
restraint can be installed in any second row 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
Buckle any unused seat belts behind the seating position.
child restraint so children cannot reach 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top
them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way If you need to secure more than one child tether according to your child
restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put restraint instructions and the
out of the retractor to set the lock, and
the Restraint 0 79. following instructions:
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If the position you are using has a
fixed or an adjustable head restraint
and you are using a dual tether,
route the tether around the head
restraint.
If the child restraint is installed next
to a center seat, make sure the top
tether does not interfere with the
center seating position shoulder
If the position you are using does belt/retractor. If it does, find
not have a headrest or head another suitable seating position to
restraint and you are using a single install the child restraint.
tether, route the tether over the 3. Before placing a child in the child
seatback. If the position you are using has a
fixed headrest or head restraint and restraint, make sure it is securely held in
you are using a single tether, route place. To check, grasp the child restraint
the tether around the inboard side at the LATCH path and attempt to move
of the headrest or head restraint. it side to side and back and forth. There
should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper installation.
Replacing LATCH System Parts

After a Crash
If the position you are using does { Warning
not have a headrest or head
restraint and you are using a dual A crash can damage the LATCH system in
tether, route the tether over the the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system
seatback. may not properly secure the child
restraint, resulting in serious injury or
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

When securing a child restraint with the If more than one child restraint needs to be
Warning (Continued) seat belts in a rear seat position, study the installed in the rear seat, be sure to read
even death in a crash. To help make sure instructions that came with the child Where to Put the Restraint 0 79.
the LATCH system is working properly restraint to make sure it is compatible with If the child restraint manufacturer
after a crash, see your dealer to have the this vehicle. recommends using a top tether, attach and
system inspected and any necessary If the child restraint has the LATCH system, tighten the top tether to the top tether
replacements made as soon as possible. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children anchor. Refer to the instructions that came
(LATCH System) 0 80 for how and where to with the child restraint and see Lower
If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it install the child restraint using LATCH. If a Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH
was being used during a crash, new LATCH child restraint is secured in the vehicle using System) 0 80.
system parts may be needed. a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see 1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
New parts and repairs may be necessary Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 80 for top tether anchor If the head restraint interferes with the
even if the LATCH system was not being proper installation of the child restraint,
used at the time of the crash. locations.
the head restraint may be removed. See
Do not secure a child seat in a position "Head Restraint Removal and
Securing Child Restraints (With without a top tether anchor if a national or Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) local law requires that the top tether be Tethers for Children (LATCH System)
anchored, or if the instructions that come 0 80.
The vehicle is equipped with a front center with the child restraint say that the top
airbag in the inboard side of the driver seat. 2. Pick up the latch plate and run the lap
tether must be anchored. and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
Even with a front center airbag, a child
restraint can be installed in any second row In Canada, the law requires that belt through or around the child
seating position. If you install a child forward-facing child restraints have a top restraint. Ensure the seat belt webbing is
restraint in a second row center seat, move tether, and that the tether be attached. routed as directly as possible and is not
the second row seat to the rearward If the child restraint or vehicle seat position caught on seat handles or plastic trim.
position, whenever possible, to minimize does not have the LATCH system, you will The child restraint instructions will show
contact with the front center airbag. be using the seat belt to secure the child you how.
restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the
it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion
Position the release button on the retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of
buckle, away from the child restraint, so tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
that the seat belt could be quickly retractor. into the retractor. When installing a
unbuckled if necessary. forward-facing child restraint, it may be
helpful to use your knee to push down
There must not be direct contact of the on the child restraint as you tighten
child restraint to the push button. the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. For forward-facing child restraints, attach
and tighten the top tether to the top
tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child
restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

anchor weight limits, and instructions Securing Child Restraints (With Warning (Continued)
listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 80. the Seat Belt in the Front close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
7. Before placing a child in the child Passenger Seat) forward-facing child restraint can be
restraint, make sure it is securely held in This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a seriously injured or killed if the front
place. To check, grasp the child restraint safer place to secure a forward-facing child outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates
at the seat belt path and attempt to restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint and the passenger seat is in a forward
move it side to side and back and forth. 0 79. position.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than In addition, the vehicle has a passenger Even if the passenger sensing system has
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. sensing system which is designed to turn off turned off the front outboard passenger
the front outboard passenger frontal airbag frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the under certain conditions. See Passenger one can guarantee that an airbag will not
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the Sensing System 0 69 and deploy under some unusual circumstance,
stowed position. If the top tether is attached Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 113 for even though it is turned off.
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. more information, including important
If the head restraint was removed, reinstall safety information. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
it before the seating position is used. See rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
"Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in
under Lower Anchors and Tethers for rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag the front outboard passenger seat,
Children (LATCH System) 0 80 for additional deploys. always move the seat as far back as it
information on installing the head restraint will go. It is better to secure the child
properly. { Warning restraint in a rear seat.
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can See Passenger Sensing System 0 69 for
be seriously injured or killed if the front additional information.
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates. This is because the back of the If the child restraint uses a top tether, see
rear-facing child restraint would be very Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 80 for top tether anchor
(Continued)
locations.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Do not secure a child seat in a position 3. Pick up the latch plate and run the lap
without a top tether anchor if a national or and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
local law requires that the top tether be belt through or around the restraint.
anchored, or if the instructions that come Ensure the seat belt webbing is routed
with the child restraint say that the top as direct as possible and is not caught
tether must be anchored. on seat handles or plastic trim. The child
In Canada, the law requires that restraint instructions will show you how.
forward-facing child restraints have a top
tether, and that the tether be attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure
the child restraint in this position, follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and the following instructions: 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of
1. Move the seat as far back as it will go the retractor to set the lock. When the
before securing the forward-facing child retractor lock is set, the belt can be
restraint. Move the seat upward or the tightened but not pulled out of the
seatback to an upright position, retractor.
if needed, to get a tight installation of
the child restraint. There must be finger
clearance between the push button and 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
the child restraint. it clicks.
When the passenger sensing system has Position the release button on the
turned off the front outboard passenger buckle, away from the child restraint, so
frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the that the seat belt could be quickly
passenger airbag status indicator should unbuckled if necessary.
light and stay lit when you start the
vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 113.
2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in
place. To check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
6. To tighten the belt, push down on the If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the
child restraint, pull the shoulder portion passenger airbag status indicator will come
of the belt to tighten the lap portion of on and stay on when the vehicle is started.
the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back If a child restraint has been installed and
into the retractor. the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On
There must be finger clearance between Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under
the push button and the child restraint. Passenger Sensing System 0 69.
If there is not clearance between the
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
buckle push button and the child
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
restraint, move the seat upward and
stowed position.
repeat prior installation steps. Otherwise
secure the child restraint in a rear seat.
When installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to use your
knee to push down on the child restraint
as you tighten the belt.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
92 Storage
Storage Storage Compartments Cupholders
Storage Compartments { Warning

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 storage compartments. In a crash, these
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 objects may cause the cover to open and
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
could result in injury.
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Glove Box
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Roof Rack System
To access the cupholders, press the cover
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
and release.
There is storage in front of the cupholders.
To open, pull the handle to the left. To

close, push the glove box up until it latches.
Use the vehicle key to lock or unlock.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Storage 93
Rear Cupholders Rear Storage
If equipped, the second row seat armrest

may have cupholders. Pull the armrest down
If equipped with cupholders in the back There is storage in the floor of the rear
to access the cupholders.
center console, press the cover and release cargo area. Lift the handle to access.
to access. There may be two USB ports, two Armrest Storage
HDMI ports, and a power outlet on the back
of the center console. For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull
the loop at the top of the armrest down to
access the cupholders.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
94 Storage
Center Console Storage Center Console Refrigerator/Freezer
Warning (Continued)
can break when their contents are frozen.
Use caution removing broken containers
to avoid personal injury.
{ Warning
Do not touch bin surfaces with wet or
damp hands while the freezer is on. Skin
could stick to the bin surface.
Caution
Press the button and lift to open. There is If equipped with a center console
refrigerator/freezer, lift the armrest to Do not put any objects between the front
an auxiliary jack, USB ports, an accessory seats and the center console side walls.
power outlet, a tote compartment, and a access. A light will turn on when the
armrest is up. The air path could be blocked and cause
device holder inside.
the unit to stop working.
On the rear of the console there are The refrigerator/freezer mode can only be
auxiliary jacks, a power outlet, and a used while the engine is running. If the
To use in refrigerator mode, press the
storage area. vehicle is turned off and turned back on
button once. One light on the button will be
again, the last operating mode will be
See Power Outlets 0 102 and the lit. The operating temperature is 5°C (41°F).
resumed.
infotainment section. To use in freezer mode, press the button
{ Warning twice. Two lights on the button will be lit.
The operating temperature is -5°C (23°F).
Do not store glass and aluminum
containers inside the bin when in freezer
mode. Glass and aluminum containers
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Storage 95
To turn off the refrigerator or freezer, press Additional Storage Features Convenience Net
the button until its lights are off. The bin
light can turn on when the refrigerator/ Cargo Tie-Downs
freezer is off.
The bottom mat is removable. Clean with
water and mild soap.
Clean the refrigerator/freezer bin while the
vehicle and the feature are turned off. Use a
damp, soft rag and wipe the bin carefully.
Do not scratch or puncture the bin surfaces.
Rear Console Storage
This vehicle may have a convenience net in

the rear of the vehicle. Attach it to the
There are two cargo tie-downs in the rear cargo tie-downs for storing small loads.
cargo area. These can be used to strap cargo Do not use the net to store heavy loads.
down and keep it from moving inside the
vehicle.
Roof Rack System
The vehicle may be equipped with side-rails
for a roof rack system. Cargo must be
secured with properly installed cross rails
and other accessories designed to carry
If equipped with storage in the back center cargo. These can be purchased from your
console, press the cover and release to dealer.
access. There may be two USB ports, two
HDMI ports, and a power outlet on the back
of the center console.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
96 Storage
weight designated in the instructions that
{ Warning came with the cross rails or other roof rack
Before driving and occasionally during a accessories, whichever is less.
trip, check that cargo is securely fastened,
rests evenly between the cross rails and { Warning
does not block the vehicle's lamps or Never load the roof rack with more
windows. Never load cargo directly on weight than specified in this section.
the roof of the vehicle or allow cargo to Loading cargo on the roof rack will make
hang over the rear or sides of the vehicle. the vehicle's center of gravity higher. To
Never load cargo without first properly avoid losing control of the vehicle, avoid
installing cross rails and other accessories overloading, high speeds, sudden starts,
designed to carry cargo. Personal injury, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt
death or damage to the vehicle or other maneuvers when carrying cargo on the
property may occur. roof rack.
If driving for a long distance, on rough The weight of any cargo carried on the roof
roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop rack system must be included in calculating
the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains the loaded weight of the vehicle. Do not
in its place. exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when
loading the vehicle, including cargo carried
Cargo Weight Limits
on the roof rack system and passengers
Do not exceed the maximum cargo weight and cargo carried in the vehicle. For more
for the roof rack system, including the information on vehicle capacity and loading,
weight of the cross rails and any other see Vehicle Load Limits 0 215.
accessories used to carry the cargo such as
bike racks or roof boxes. The maximum
cargo weight that can be loaded onto the
roof rack system is 100 kg (220 lb) or the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Instruments and Controls 97

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Instruments and Controls Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Controls Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Information Displays
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 116 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . 124
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Vehicle Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . 100 Vehicle Messages
Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Light . . . . 117 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Disabled Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Universal Remote System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Universal Remote System
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Universal Remote System Operation . . . 133
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Four Corner Air Suspension Light . . . . . . 120
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 110 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Transmission Temperature Gauge . . . . . . 110 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL)
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 113 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
98 Instruments and Controls

Controls Heated Steering Wheel If equipped with auto heated seats, the
heated steering wheel will turn on when the
Steering Wheel Adjustment auto heated seat is activated. The heated
steering wheel indicator will display the
state of the steering wheel heat. See Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 47.
Horn
To sound the horn, press a on the
steering wheel.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
( : If equipped, press to turn the heated

steering wheel on or off. An indicator next
To adjust the power tilt and telescoping to the button is lit when the feature is
steering wheel: turned on.
Press the control to move the steering The steering wheel takes about
wheel up and down or forward and three minutes to start heating.
rearward. Automatic Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper with Rainsense (AUTO
Do not adjust the steering wheel while If equipped with remote start, the heated Shown), If Equipped
driving. steering wheel may turn on during a remote
start along with the heated seats when it is
cold outside. The heated steering wheel
indicator may come on in remote start.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

when Rainsense is enabled. For intermittent windshield wiper lever is released, additional
wipes, move the windshield wiper lever to wipes may occur depending on how long
AUTO, then turn the band up for more the windshield washer has been activated.
frequent wipes or down for less frequent See Washer Fluid 0 351 for information on
wipes. If Rainsense is turned on, see filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
“Rainsense” later in this section.
{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the
washer until the windshield is warmed.
Windshield Wiper without Rainsense (INT
Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice
Shown)
on the windshield, blocking your vision.
With the ignition on or in accessory mode,
move the windshield wiper lever to select
the wiper speed. { Warning
HI : Use for fast wipes. Before driving the vehicle, always clear
INT : If equipped with intermittent wipers snow and ice from the hood, windshield,
LO : Use for slow wipes. only, move the windshield wiper lever to
washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the
INT. Turn the band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent wipes. vehicle, including all lamps and windows.
Reduced visibility from snow and ice
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. buildup could lead to a crash.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the
wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades
the wiper lever down. and windshield before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw
f : Pull the windshield wiper lever them. Damaged blades should be replaced.
toward you to spray windshield washer fluid See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 356.
AUTO : If equipped with Rainsense, use this and activate the wipers. The wipers will
continue until the lever is released or the Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper
setting for intermittent wipes when motor. See Electrical System Overload 0 359.
Rainsense is disabled, or Rainsense wipes maximum wash time is reached. When the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Night Vision Camera Washer on the windshield and controls the Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
When it is dark enough for the night vision frequency of the windshield wiper based on When using an automatic car wash, move
system to operate, activate the front the current sensitivity setting. the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This
windshield washer five times to clean the Keep this area of the windshield clear of disables the automatic Rainsense windshield
camera sensor. debris to allow for best system performance. wipers.
See Night Vision System 0 292 for AUTO : Move the windshield wiper lever to With Rainsense, if the transmission is in
information on using the night vision AUTO. Turn the band on the wiper lever to N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very
system. adjust the sensitivity. slow, the wipers will automatically stop at
Wiper Parking the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers The wiper operations return to normal when
are on LO, HI, or AUTO with Rainsense the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral)
turned off, they will immediately stop. or the vehicle speed has increased.
If the windshield wiper lever is then moved Rear Window Wiper/Washer

to OFF before the driver door is opened or
within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart
and move to the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers . Turn the band up for more sensitivity to
are performing wipes due to windshield moisture.
washing or Rainsense, the wipers continue . Turn the band down for less sensitivity to
to run until they reach the base of the moisture.
windshield. . Move the windshield wiper lever out of
Rainsense the AUTO position to deactivate
Rainsense. The rear window wiper/washer controls are
If equipped with Rainsense and the feature on the end of the windshield wiper lever.
is turned on, a sensor near the top center of To turn the Rainsense feature on or off, see
the windshield detects the amount of water “Rain Sense Wipers” under Settings > Turn the controls to adjust the setting.
Vehicle> Comfort and Convenience > Rain
Sense Wipers. OFF : Turns the wiper off.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a delay Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Rear Camera Washer
between wipes. If the rear wiper control is off, the rear
ON : Turns on the rear wiper. wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the transmission is in
1 : Push the windshield wiper lever R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper
forward to spray washer fluid on the rear is performing low or high speed wipes.
window. The wipers will clear the rear If the rear wiper control is off, the
window and either stop or return to your transmission is in R (Reverse), and the front
preset speed. For more washer cycles, push windshield wiper is performing INT wipes,
and hold the lever. then the rear wiper automatically performs
The rear window wiper/washer will not INT wipes.
If equipped, push the windshield wiper lever
operate if the liftgate is open or ajar. If the This feature can be turned on or off. See forward to spray washer fluid on the rear
liftgate is opened while the rear wiper is on, “Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear” under Settings camera lens. The lever returns to its starting
the wiper returns to the parked position and > Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience > Auto position when released. See Rear Camera
stops. Wipe in Reverse Gear. Mirror 0 32.
See “Rear Camera Washer” later in this The windshield washer reservoir is used for Activating the Rear Camera Washer also
section. the windshield, rear window, and rear mirror cleans the rear window.
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection camera, if equipped. See Rear Camera Mirror
When using an automatic car wash, move
0 32. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if Compass
either washer is not working. See Washer The vehicle may have a compass display on
the rear wiper control to OFF to disable the
Fluid 0 351. the Instrument Cluster. The compass receives
rear wiper. In some vehicles, if the
transmission is in N (Neutral) and the its heading and other information from the
vehicle speed is very slow, the rear wiper Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna,
will automatically park under the rear StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
spoiler. and vehicle speed information.
The wiper operations return to normal when The compass system is designed to operate
the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) for a certain number of miles or degrees of
or the vehicle speed has increased. turn before needing a signal from the GPS
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

satellites. When the compass display shows The accessory power outlets are powered as
CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in follows:
an open area where it can receive a GPS . The power outlets are powered when the
signal. The compass system will vehicle is started or the ignition is in
automatically determine when a GPS signal accessory mode, or until the driver door is
is restored and provide a heading again. opened within 10 minutes of turning off
the vehicle. See Retained Accessory Power
Clock (RAP) 0 222.
Set the time and date using the
infotainment system. See "Time/Date" under Caution
Settings 0 184. Leaving electrical equipment plugged in
for an extended period of time while the
Power Outlets Standard Floor Console vehicle is off will drain the battery.
Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct Current Always unplug electrical equipment when
Accessory power outlets can be used to plug not in use and do not plug in equipment
in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone that exceeds the maximum 15 amp
or MP3 player. rating.
The vehicle has two accessory power Certain power accessory plugs may not be
outlets: compatible with the accessory power outlet
. Below the center console in the map and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
pocket If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.
. Inside the center console (Standard Floor When adding electrical equipment, be sure
Console Only) to follow the proper installation instructions
included with the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 334.
Cooling Floor Console
Lift the cover to access and replace when
not in use.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

starting. If a USB powered streaming device
Caution is being used, it is suggested to use a USB
Hanging heavy equipment from the port for power. See USB Port 0 154.
power outlet can cause damage not
If uninterrupted power supply is required
covered by the vehicle warranty. The while driving, disable the Auto Engine Stop/
power outlets are designed for accessory Start System by pressing the Auto Stop
power plugs only, such as cell phone disable switch. See Stop/Start System 0 222.
charge cords.
If equipment is connected using more than
Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating 400 watts or a system fault is detected, a
Current protection circuit shuts off the power supply
and the indicator light will flash.
If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating
Standard Do not use a power outlet with a missing or
current power outlets.
damaged cover.
. Rear storage area When the ignition is on, power to the 110/
. Back of the center console The power outlet is not designed for the
120 Volt outlet is enabled. 110 Volts is
following, and may not work properly if
supplied to the outlet when it is enabled
they are plugged in:
and electrical equipment is plugged into that
outlet. One power outlet can be used with . Equipment with high initial peak wattage,
electrical equipment that uses a maximum such as compressor-driven refrigerators
of 400 watts. and electric power tools
. Other equipment requiring an extremely
Ensure that all connected devices do not
stable power supply, such as
exceed 400 watts.
microcomputer-controlled electric blankets
An indicator light on the outlet illuminates and touch sensor lamps
when the outlet is enabled and no system . Medical equipment.
fault is detected. The outlet will not provide
power when the ignition is off or the plug is
not fully seated into the outlet. The outlet
With Refrigerator/Freezer does not operate while the engine is
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Wireless Charging The operating temperature is −40 °C (−40 °F)
to 85 °C (185 °F) for the charging system and
If equipped and enabled, the vehicle has 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
wireless charging in the center console in A charging stopped alert may be displayed
front of the storage bin. The system on the infotainment screen, if the wireless
operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges charger or smartphone are outside of
one Qi compatible smartphone. The power normal operating temperature. Charging will
output of the system is capable of charging automatically resume when a normal
at a rate up to 3 amp (15 W), as requested operating temperature is reached.
by the compatible smartphone. See Radio
Frequency Statement 0 435. { Warning
{ Warning Remove all objects from the charger
before charging your compatible To charge a compatible smartphone:
Wireless charging may affect the smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys,
operation of an implanted pacemaker or 1. Confirm the smartphone is capable of
rings, paper clips, or cards, between the wireless charging.
other medical devices. If you have one, it smartphone and charger may become
is recommended to consult with your very hot. 2. Remove all objects from the charging
doctor before using the wireless charging pocket. The system may not charge if
system. On the rare occasion that the charging there are any objects between the
system does not detect an object, and smartphone and charger.
The vehicle must be on, in accessory mode, the object gets wedged between the 3. Place the smartphone face up against
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be smartphone and charger, remove the the rear of the charger.
active. The wireless charging feature may smartphone and allow the object to cool To maximize the charge rate, ensure the
not correctly indicate charging when the before removing it from the charger, to smartphone is fully seated and centered
vehicle is in RAP, during a Bluetooth phone prevent burns. in the holder with nothing under it.
call, or when phone projection (e.g. Apple
CarPlay / Android Auto) is active. See A thick smartphone case may prevent
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 222. the charger from working, or reduce the
charging performance. See your dealer
for additional information.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

4. A green ] will appear on the overheating. The ] may flash while the Freescale-WCT library
infotainment display, next to the phone phone is cooling down enough for wireless Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale
icon. This indicates that the smartphone charging to automatically resume. This is Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved.
is detected. normal. Individual phone performance
may vary. Redistribution and use in source and binary
5. If a smartphone is placed on the charger forms, with or without modification, are
and ] turns off or turns yellow, remove Software Acknowledgements permitted provided that the following
the smartphone and any objects from Certain Wireless Charging Module product conditions are met:
the pocket. Turn the smartphone from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the 1. Redistributions of source code must
180 degrees and wait a few seconds open source software detailed below. Refer retain the above copyright notice, this
before placing/aligning it on the pocket to the indicated open source licenses (as are list of conditions and the following
again. included following this notice) for the terms disclaimer.
6. If a smartphone is placed on the charger and conditions of their use. 2. Redistributions in binary form must
and ] turns red, the charger and/or the OSS Notice Information reproduce the above copyright notice,
smartphone is overheated. Remove the this list of conditions and the following
smartphone and any objects from the To obtain the source code that is
disclaimer in the documentation and/or
charger in order to cool the system. contained in this product, please visit
other materials provided with the
https://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
The smartphone may become warm during distribution.
the source code, all referred license terms,
charging. This is normal. In warmer warranty disclaimers and copyright notices 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder
temperatures, the speed of charging may be are available for download. LG Electronics nor the names of its contributors may be
reduced. will also provide open source code to you used to endorse or promote products
For vehicles with wireless phone projection, on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of derived from this software without
the smartphone may overheat during performing such distribution (such as the specific prior written permission.
wireless charging. The smartphone may slow cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon
down, stop charging, or shut down to email request to opensource@lge.com. This
protect the battery. The phone may need to offer is valid for three (3) years from the
be removed from its case to prevent date on which you purchased the product.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE Warning Lights, Gauges, and
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED Indicators
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
Warning lights and gauges can signal that
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
something is wrong before it becomes
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
serious enough to cause an expensive repair
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
or replacement. Paying attention to the
NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
warning lights and gauges could prevent
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
injury.
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Some warning lights come on briefly when
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, the engine is started to indicate they are
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR working. When one of the warning lights
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; comes on and stays on while driving,
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER or when one of the gauges shows there
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, may be a problem, check the section that
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR can be costly and even dangerous.
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Instrument Cluster AR Camera : If equipped, displays a camera
view in front of the vehicle.
Night Vision : If equipped, displays the
Night Vision camera onto the instrument
cluster. See Night Vision System 0 292.
To change the cluster configuration, touch
b on the touchscreen to the left of the
instrument cluster. Select the desired option
from the list.
The cluster layout can also be selected using
the infotainment display. See Settings 0 184.
Touchscreen Display
English Gauge Cluster Shown, Navigation, Augmented Reality, Night Vision, and Metric Similar
1. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124 The cluster display layout can be changed.
2. Fuel Gauge 0 108 There are three selectable views:
3. Speedometer 0 108
4. Tachometer 0 108 Gauge : Displays information zones to the
left and right of the speedometer.
Reconfigurable Instrument Cluster Map : Displays a navigation map. There is a touchscreen to the left of the
If equipped with a diesel engine, refer to the instrument cluster. Use it for the following:
Duramax Diesel Supplement.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Trip Information Speed Information Odometer
Touch a to view distance and average fuel The following options can be turned on or The odometer shows how far the vehicle has
economy for the current trip. View other off using the infotainment display. See been driven, in either kilometers or miles.
trip information by swiping right or left on Settings 0 184.
the touchscreen. Digital Speedometer Trip Odometer
Touch and hold a to reset the current trip. The speedometer shows how fast the The trip odometer shows how far the
vehicle is moving in either kilometers per vehicle has been driven since the trip
Instrument Cluster Layout odometer was last reset.
hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The
Touch b to view and select the available speedometer cannot be reset. The trip odometer is accessed and reset
instrument cluster layouts. through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Speed Sign
Head-Up Display (HUD) See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
Shows sign information, which comes from a
Touch HUD to select the height and roadway database in the onboard Tachometer
brightness of the head-up display. navigation, if equipped. The sign will show
“− −” when there is no detected speed limit The tachometer displays the engine speed in
Augmented Reality Camera (AR) revolutions per minute (rpm).
or the system is unavailable.
If equipped, while navigating touch i to
start Augmented Reality. This displays route
Speed Warning Fuel Gauge
guidance and upcoming turns as graphics on The overspeeding area within the analog
top of the front camera image that appears gauge is shown red. In digital speedometer,
on the cluster display. If there is no active the digital number is shown red.
navigation, then the camera image will
display without navigation overlays. Speedometer
Night Vision The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
If equipped, touch c to select the per hour (mph). When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge
sharpness and brightness of then night indicates about how much fuel is left in
vision system. the tank.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

There is an arrow near the fuel gauge Engine Oil Pressure Gauge The engine oil pressure gauge shows the
pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals)
door is on. or psi (pounds per square inch) when the
When the indicator nears empty, the low engine is running.
fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel This gauge displays on the infotainment
left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. display. If show in cluster is selected a
The fuel gauge may: digital value is shown on the instrument
cluster in the left zone.
. Take a little more, or less fuel to fill up
than it indicates. For example, the gauge Oil pressure can vary with engine speed,
may have indicated the tank is half full, outside temperature, coolant temperature,
but it actually will take a little more, and oil viscosity.
or less than half the tank's capacity to fill On some models, the oil pump will vary
the tank. engine oil pressure according to engine
. Moves a little while turning a corner, Metric needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as
speeding up, or braking. the engine speed or load varies. This is
. Take a few seconds to stabilize after the normal. If the oil pressure warning light or
ignition is turned on and goes back to Driver Information Center (DIC) message
empty when the ignition is turned off. indicates oil pressure outside the normal
operating range, check the vehicle's oil as
These are normal conditions, none of which soon as possible.
indicate a problem with the fuel gauge.
See Engine Oil 0 342.
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with the
engine oil low can also damage the
English engine. The repairs would not be covered
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Caution (Continued) Transmission Temperature Gauge
by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil
level as soon as possible. Add oil if
required, but if the oil level is within the
operating range and the oil pressure is
still low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge
English
The engine coolant temperature gauge Metric
measures the temperature of the vehicle's
engine.
This gauge displays on the infotainment
display. If show in cluster is selected a
digital value is shown on the instrument
cluster in the left zone.
While driving under normal operating
conditions, if the needle moves into the red
area, the engine is too hot. Pull off the road,
stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as
Metric soon as possible.
English
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The transmission temperature gauge shows Voltmeter Gauge system light comes on. See Charging System
the transmission fluid temperature. If the Light 0 114. The voltmeter gauge may also
gauge is reading in the red area and/or a read lower when in fuel economy mode.
message appears in the Driver Information This is normal.
Center (DIC), the vehicle must be stopped Readings outside the normal operating
and the cause checked. One possible cause is range can also occur when a large number
a low fluid level in the transmission. of electrical accessories are operating in the
This gauge displays on the infotainment vehicle and the engine is left idling for an
display. If show in cluster is selected a extended period. This condition is normal
digital value is shown on the instrument since the charging system is not able to
cluster in the left zone. provide full power at engine idle. As engine
speeds are increased, this condition should
Caution correct itself as higher engine speeds allow
Do not drive the vehicle while the the charging system to create maximum
transmission fluid is overheating, or the When the ignition is on, the voltmeter power.
transmission can be damaged. This could gauge indicates the battery voltage. The vehicle can only be driven for a short
lead to costly repairs that would not be This gauge displays on the infotainment time with the readings outside the normal
covered by the warranty. display. If show in cluster is selected a operating range. If the vehicle must be
digital value is shown on the instrument driven, turn off all accessories, such as the
cluster in the left zone. radio and air conditioner.
When the engine is running, this gauge Readings outside the normal operating
shows the condition of the charging system. range indicate a possible problem in the
The gauge can transition from a higher to electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced
lower or a lower to higher reading. This is as soon as possible.
normal. If the vehicle is operating outside
the normal operating range, the charging
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light
There is a driver seat belt reminder light on
the center stack, below the infotainment
screen.
When the vehicle is started, this light When the vehicle is started, these lights
flashes and a chime may come on to remind come on solid to remind rear passengers to
passengers to fasten their seat belt. fasten their seat belt. Then each light may
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is stay on solid or flash, and a chime may
buckled. This cycle continues several times if come on if the rear passenger remains
the front passenger remains or becomes unbuckled, or becomes unbuckled, when the
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. vehicle is moving. An X indicates the seat
When the vehicle is started, this light belt is not buckled. A check mark indicates
flashes and a chime may come on to remind If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the seat belt is buckled.
the driver to fasten their seat belt. neither the chime nor the light comes on.
If the all rear passenger seat belts are
Then the light stays on solid until the belt is The front passenger seat belt reminder light buckled, neither the chime nor the lights
buckled. This cycle may continue several and chime may come on if an object is put come on.
times if the driver remains or becomes on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic For information on the front seat belt
unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
device. To turn off the reminder light and/or reminder lights, see "Driver Seat Belt
If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the Reminder Light" and "Front Passenger Seat
chime, remove the object from the seat or
light nor the chime comes on. Belt Reminder Light" listed previously.
buckle the seat belt.
Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder The rear passenger seat belt reminder light
Second and Third Row Passenger Seat and chime may come on if an object is put
Light Belt Reminder Light on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag,
The vehicle may have a front passenger seat grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
The vehicle may have second and third row
belt reminder light near the passenger device. To turn off the reminder light and/or
passenger seat belt reminder lights.
airbag status indicator. See Passenger chime, remove the object from the seat or
Sensing System 0 69. buckle the seat belt.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Airbag Readiness Light Warning (Continued)
several more seconds, the status indicator
will light either ON or OFF, and the symbol
This light shows if there is an electrical airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in for on or off, to let you know the status of
problem with the airbag system. It is the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.
a crash, or they could even inflate
located on the center stack, below the
without a crash. To help avoid injury, If the word ON, and the on symbol, are lit
infotainment screen. The system check
includes the airbag sensor(s), the passenger have the vehicle serviced right away. on the passenger airbag status indicator, it
sensing system, the pretensioners, the means that the front outboard passenger
If there is a problem with the airbag frontal airbag is allowed to inflate.
airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash
system, a Driver Information Center (DIC)
sensing and diagnostic module. For more If the word OFF, and the off symbol, are lit
message may also come on.
information on the airbag system, see on the passenger airbag status indicator, it
Airbag System 0 63. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator means that the passenger sensing system
has turned off the front outboard passenger
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. frontal airbag.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 69 for
important safety information. The overhead If, after several seconds, both status
console has a passenger airbag status indicator lights remain on, if there are no
indicator. lights at all, or if the airbag readiness light
is on, there may be a problem with the
The airbag readiness light comes on for lights or the passenger sensing system. See
several seconds when the vehicle is started. your dealer for service right away.
If the light does not come on then, have it
fixed immediately. { Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes
{ Warning United States and Canada
on and stays on, it means that
If the airbag readiness light stays on something may be wrong with the airbag
after the vehicle is started or comes on When the vehicle is started, the passenger system. To help avoid injury to yourself
while driving, it means the airbag system airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or others, have the vehicle serviced right
might not be working properly. The and the symbols for on and off, for several (Continued)
(Continued) seconds as a system check. Then, after
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If a short distance must be driven with the Malfunctions are often indicated by the
Warning (Continued) light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, system before any problem is noticeable.
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 113 such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a Being aware of the light and seeking service
for more information, including important safe place to stop the vehicle. promptly when it comes on may prevent
safety information. damage.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) Caution
Charging System Light
If equipped with a diesel engine, see the If the vehicle is driven continually with
Duramax Diesel Supplement. this light on, the emission control system
may not work as well, the fuel economy
This light is part of the vehicle’s emission may be lower, and the vehicle may not
control on-board diagnostic system. It is run smoothly. This could lead to costly
located on the center stack, below the repairs that might not be covered by the
infotainment screen. If this light is on while
vehicle warranty.
The charging system light comes on briefly the engine is running, a malfunction has
when the ignition is turned on, but the been detected and the vehicle may require
engine is not running, as a check to show service. The light should come on to show Caution
the light is working. It should go out when that it is working when the ignition is in
Service Mode. See Ignition Positions 0 219. Modifications to the engine, transmission,
the engine is started. exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the
If the light stays on, or comes on while use of replacement tires that do not
driving, there may be a problem with the meet the original tire specifications, can
electrical charging system. Have it checked cause this light to come on. This could
by your dealer. Driving while this light is on lead to costly repairs not covered by the
could drain the battery. vehicle warranty. This could also affect
When this light comes on, or is flashing, the the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions
Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays Inspection/Maintenance test. See
a message. Accessories and Modifications 0 336.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If the light is flashing : A malfunction has the atmosphere. A few driving trips with service the vehicle may affect vehicle
been detected that could damage the the adapter removed may turn off the operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment
emission control system and increase vehicle light. 0 334. See your dealer if assistance is
emissions. Diagnosis and service may be . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient needed.
required. engine operation and poor driveability, The vehicle may not pass inspection if:
To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle which may go away once the engine is . The light is on when the engine is
speed and avoid hard accelerations and warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel running.
uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the brand. It may require at least one full
. The light does not come on when the
amount of cargo being hauled as soon as tank of the proper fuel to turn the light
off. See Recommended Fuel 0 302. ignition is in Service Mode.
possible.
. Critical emission control systems have not
If the light continues to flash, find a safe If the light remains on, see your dealer. been completely diagnosed. If this
place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait Emissions Inspection and Maintenance happens, the vehicle would not be ready
at least 10 seconds before restarting the for inspection and might require
engine. If the light is still flashing, follow Programs
several days of routine driving before the
the previous guidelines and see your dealer If the vehicle requires an Emissions system is ready for inspection. This can
for service as soon as possible. Inspection/Maintenance test, the test happen if the 12-volt battery has recently
If the light is on steady : A malfunction has equipment will likely connect to the been replaced or run down, or if the
been detected. Diagnosis and service may be vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). vehicle has been recently serviced.
required. See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass
Check the following: or cannot be made ready for the test.
. If fuel has been added to the vehicle
Brake System Warning Light
using the capless fuel funnel adapter,
make sure that it has been removed. See
“Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
under Filling the Tank 0 303. The The DLC is under the instrument panel to
diagnostic system can detect if the the left of the steering wheel. Connecting
adapter has been left installed in the devices that are not used to perform an
vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to Metric English
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
Warning (Continued) Service Electric Parking Brake
is turned on to show that the light is
working. If it does not come on then, have been pulled off the road and carefully
Light
it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if stopped, have the vehicle towed for
there is a problem. service.
If the light comes on and stays on, there is
a brake problem. Have the brake system Electric Parking Brake Light
inspected right away. This light may come
on if the brake fluid is low. See Brake Fluid
0 353. This light should come on briefly when the
If the light comes on while driving, pull off vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on,
the road and stop carefully. The brake have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if
system has electric brake boost. Vehicle there is a problem.
speed may be limited when the brake Metric English If this light stays on or comes on while
system warning light comes on. The brake driving, there is a problem with the Electric
pedal might be harder to push, or the brake This light comes on when the parking brake Parking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to a
pedal may go closer to the floor. It could is applied. If the light continues flashing dealer as soon as possible. In addition to the
take longer to stop. If the light is still on, after the parking brake is released, or while parking brake, other safety functions that
have the vehicle towed for service. See driving, there is a problem with the Electric utilize the EPB may also be degraded.
Transporting a Disabled Vehicle 0 401. Parking Brake system. A message may also A message may also display in the Driver
display in the Driver Information Information Center (DIC). See Electric Parking
{ Warning Center (DIC). Brake 0 236.
The brake system might not be working If the light does not come on, or remains
properly if the brake system warning flashing, see your dealer.
light is on. Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a crash.
If the light is still on after the vehicle has
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Antilock Brake System (ABS) Four-Wheel-Drive Light Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH)
Warning Light Light
Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light This light comes on when AVH is actively
is turned on to show that the light is displays what mode the vehicle is in. The holding the vehicle. See Automatic Vehicle
working. It is located on the center stack, light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO Hold (AVH) 0 237.
below the infotainment screen. If it does not (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed
come on then, have it fixed so it will be transfer case only). Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
ready to warn you if there is a problem. The light will flash when a shift is in
If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes progress. Once the shift is complete the
on again while driving, the vehicle needs light will be steady.
service. A chime may also sound when the If the light turns amber, there may be a
light stays on. malfunction with the four-wheel-drive
If the ABS warning light is the only light on, system. See your dealer.
the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is See Four-Wheel Drive 0 231. If equipped, the Lane Keep Assist Light may
not functioning. display the following colors:
If both the ABS warning light and the brake . Blank: LKA is disabled.
system warning light are on, ABS is not . White: Appears when the vehicle starts.
functioning and there is a problem with the A steady white light indicates that LKA is
regular brakes. See your dealer for service. not ready to assist.
See Brake System Warning Light 0 115.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. Green: Appears when LKA is turned on This indicator will also display if AEB or FPB Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
and ready to assist. LKA will gently turn is unavailable due to malfunction, weather
the steering wheel if the vehicle conditions, or if the windshield is not clean.
approaches a detected lane marking.
See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
. Amber: Appears when LKA is active. The 0 289.
light flashes amber as a Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) alert to indicate that the See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System
lane marking has been unintentionally 0 290.
crossed. If the system detects you are If equipped, this indicator will display amber
steering intentionally (to pass or change Vehicle Ahead Indicator when a nearby pedestrian is detected in
lanes), the LDW alert may not display. front of the vehicle.
LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System
is active in the direction of lane departure, 0 290.
or if LKA detects that you are accelerating,
braking, or actively steering. See Lane Keep Traction Off Light
Assist (LKA) 0 298.
If equipped, this indicator will display green
Automatic Emergency Braking when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber
(AEB) Disabled Light when you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 287. This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
is turned on to show that the light is
working. If it does not come on then, have
it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
This indicator displays when you turn off there is a problem.
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) or Front
Pedestrian Braking (FPB).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. To The light flashes when the TCS and/or the
Traction Control System (TCS) has been turn ESC off and on, see Traction Control/ StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working.
turned off. If StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Electronic Stability Control 0 238. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not Control 0 238.
turned off. To turn TCS and ESC off and on, assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust
see Traction Control/Electronic Stability driving accordingly. Engine Coolant Temperature
Control 0 238.
Warning Light
If TCS is off, wheel slip during acceleration is Traction Control System (TCS)/
not limited unless necessary to help protect StabiliTrak Light
the driveline from damage. Adjust driving
accordingly.
StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly while starting
the vehicle.
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by
is turned on to show that the light is your dealer. If the system is working
working. If it does not come on then, have normally the indicator light goes off.
it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle there is a problem.
is turned on to show that the light is Caution
working. It is located on the center stack, If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS The engine coolant temperature warning
below the infotainment screen. If it does not and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system light indicates that the vehicle has
come on then, have it fixed so it will be are not fully operational and may not assist overheated. Driving with this light on can
ready to warn you if there is a problem. in maintaining control. Adjust driving damage the engine and it may not be
accordingly. If the condition persists, see
This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ covered by the vehicle warranty. See
your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is Engine Overheating 0 350.
Information Center (DIC) message may
turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the display.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The engine coolant temperature warning
light comes on when the engine has
overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn off the
engine as soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating 0 350.
This light comes on when Terrain Mode is This light comes on when V Mode is
Driver Mode Control Light selected. selected.
This light comes on when Sport Mode is This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is This light comes on when My Mode is
selected. selected. selected. See Driver Mode Control 0 240.
Four Corner Air Suspension Light
This light comes on when Snow Mode is This light comes on when the Tow/Haul
selected. Mode is selected.
This light comes on when the air suspension
is raised to maximum ground clearance
height.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Tire Pressure Light
This light comes on when the air suspension This light comes on when the vehicle is
is raised to increased ground clearance lowered in ride height.
height. If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor
It displays green when the vehicle is System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly
changing to a lower ride height. when the vehicle is started. It is located on
the center stack, below the infotainment
screen. It provides information about tire
pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This light displays green when the vehicle is This indicates that one or more of the tires
changing to a higher ride height. are significantly underinflated.
This light comes on when the air suspension
is in Service Mode or Alignment Mode. A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire
pressure message may also display. Stop as
See Four Corner Air Suspension System soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the
0 243. pressure value shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure
0 374.
This light comes on when the air suspension When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On
is lowered for easy entry and exit from the Steady
vehicle. If the light flashes for about a minute and
then stays on, there may be a problem with
the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

the light will come on every time the It also comes on when the fuel gauge
vehicle is started. See Tire Pressure Monitor indicator nears empty. The light turns off
Operation 0 377. when fuel is added. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
Security Light
Caution
This light should come on briefly when the
Driving the vehicle with low engine oil engine starts. When the engine is off and
pressure can damage the engine and the the vehicle is on, the light should remain
repairs would not be covered by the illuminated. If it does not come on under
vehicle warranty. either condition, contact your dealer.
If the engine oil pressure light comes on If the light comes on and stays on when the
while driving: engine is running, it may not have adequate The security light should come on briefly as
1. Stop in a safe location and turn off oil pressure. The oil level may be low or the engine is started. If it does not come on,
the engine. there may be some other oil system have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
problem. Turn the engine off when it is safe If the system is working normally, the
2. Check the oil level. See Engine Oil to do so and contact your dealer. indicator light turns off.
0 342.
Low Fuel Warning Light If the light stays on and the engine does
3. Add oil if the oil level is below the not start, there could be a problem with the
normal operating range. theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer
4. Restart the vehicle. If the engine oil Operation 0 29.
pressure light stays on for more
than 10 seconds, turn the vehicle
back off. Do not restart the vehicle.
See your dealer for service.
A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel
gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is working.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

High-Beam On Light Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) Cruise Control Light
Light
This light comes on when the high-beam The cruise control light is white when the
headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/ This light comes on solid when there is a cruise control is on and ready, and turns
Low-Beam Changer 0 136. problem with the AFL system. green when the cruise control is set and
active.
IntelliBeam Light See Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) 0 138.
See Cruise Control 0 246.
Lamps On Reminder Adaptive Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the IntelliBeam

system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 134. This light comes on when the exterior lamps This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise
are in use, except when only the Daytime Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready,
Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior and turns green when the ACC is set and
Lamp Controls 0 134. active.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Curve Speed Control Light Door Ajar Light
If equipped, this light may illuminate green This light comes on when a door is open or
when ACC is actively controlling the vehicle not securely latched. Before driving, check
speed and detects a sharp curve on the road that all doors are properly closed.
ahead.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle down Information Displays y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll to
while navigating the curve and may increase
speed out of the curve, but will not exceed the previous or next selection.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
the set speed. V : Press the thumbwheel to open a menu
The DIC is displayed in the instrument or select a menu item. Press and hold to
See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) cluster. It shows the status of many vehicle
0 248. reset certain displays.
systems.
Super Cruise Light DIC information is broken down into three DIC Information Display Options
main zones: Select which info display to view on the DIC
Control Panel : A touchscreen display to left through the Settings menu, or by selecting
of the instrument cluster. show in cluster in the Vehicle Information
on the infotainment display. See Settings
Left Zone : Displays on the instrument 0 184 or
cluster to the left of the speedometer. Vehicle Information 0 127.
Right Zone : Displays on the instrument If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
This light comes on to show the status of cluster to the right of the speedometer.
Super Cruise. See Super Cruise 0 258. Duramax diesel supplement for more
information.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

DIC Information Displays Left Zone Additionally, the current detected traffic sign
Time/Date : Displays current date and time is displayed in the Traffic Sign Memory page
The following is the list of all possible DIC
information. in the DIC.
information displays and their locations.
Some of the information displays may not Auto Lane Change : Displays the status of a If another page on the DIC menu is selected
be available for your particular vehicle. driver-requested lane change when Super and the Traffic Sign Memory page is chosen
Cruise is active. See Super Cruise 0 258. again, the last recognized traffic sign will be
Control Panel
displayed. The indication of multiple signs
Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average Fuel Efficiency Gauge : Displays a gauge that is a on the display is possible.
Economy : The Trip display shows the guide to driving in an efficient manner.
Touch the main infotainment display while
current distance traveled, in either Efficient Driving is shown by a green ball in this display is active to reset or turn the
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the trip the center of the gauge. Inefficient driving is Traffic Sign alerts on or off. Upon successful
odometer was last reset. To reset the shown by a yellow ball above the center of reset, a no sign graphic appears until the
current trip, touch and hold the touchscreen the gauge. Aggressive braking is shown by a next traffic sign is detected or provided by
display when trip odometer is displayed. yellow ball below the center of the gauge. the navigation system map data. When
The Average Fuel Economy display shows Average Speed : Shows the average speed alerts are turned on and another page on
the approximate average liters per of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) the DIC menu is selected, a Sign Detected
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per or miles per hour (mph). This average is alert displays when a new traffic sign is
gallon (mpg). This number is calculated calculated based on the various vehicle recognized. The alert can be dismissed by
based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) speeds recorded since the last reset of this pressing the thumbwheel. In some cases,
recorded since the last time this menu item value. The average speed can be reset by traffic sign memory is cleared automatically
was reset. This number reflects only the touching reset in vehicle information screen. by the system. See Traffic Sign Assistant
approximate average fuel economy that the 0 297.
vehicle has right now, and will change as Traffic Sign Memory : If equipped, the
detected speed limit is displayed in the Timer : This display can be used as a timer.
driving conditions change. The Average Fuel
lower left of the speedometer gauge. If an To start the timer, touch Start while this
Economy can be reset along with the trip
additional sign is detected with the speed display is active. The display will show the
odometer by touching and holding the
limit sign a 1 symbol is displayed. amount of time that has passed since the
touchscreen display when trip odometer is
timer was last reset. To stop the timer,
displayed.
touch Stop briefly while this display is active
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

and the timer is running. To reset the timer When the remaining oil life is low, the Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the
to zero, touch and hold Reset while this CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will temperature of the automatic transmission
display is active. appear on the display. The oil should be fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch and roll changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil Fahrenheit (°F).
information, road wheel angle, and 0 342. In addition to the engine oil life Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the
four-wheel drive (4WD) status. system monitoring the oil life, additional engine air filter’s remaining useful life and
maintenance is recommended. See the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life
Battery Voltage : Shows the current battery Maintenance Schedule 0 415.
voltage. 95% means 95% of the current air filter life
The Oil Life display must be reset after each remains. Messages will display based on the
Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not engine air filter life and the state of the
Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL
system, the trailer brake display appears in time other than when the oil has just been CHANGE message displays, the engine air
the DIC. changed. It cannot be reset accurately until filter should be replaced at the time of the
TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting. the next oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil next oil change. When the REPLACE SOON
This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 Life System 0 344. message displays, the engine air filter
with either a trailer connected or Fuel Economy : Displays information about should be replaced at the earliest
disconnected. current and average fuel economy. convenience.
TRAILER OUTPUT shows the power output to Oil Pressure : Shows the engine oil pressure The Air Filter Life display must be reset after
the trailer any time a trailer with electric in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds per the engine air filter replacement. To reset,
brakes is connected. Output is displayed as a square inch). see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 345.
bar graph. Dotted lines may appear in the Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of
OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected. Engine Hours : Shows the total number of
hours the engine has run. the remaining life of the front and rear
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's brake pads. Messages will display based on
remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE Coolant Temperature : Shows the brake pad wear and the state of the system.
99% is displayed, that means 99% of the temperature of the coolant in either degrees Reset the Brake Pad Life display after
current oil life remains. Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F). replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life
System 0 353.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate To access the vehicle information menu, . Air Filter Life
pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is press T on the Multi Function Controller . Brake Pad Life
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in (MFC) or touch T from the list of home . Traction and Stability
pounds per square inch (psi). If the page icons displayed on the left side of the . Time and Date
pressure is low, the value for that tire is infotainment display.
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor . Efficiency Gauge
System 0 376 and The Vehicle Information App will display 3
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 377. cards per page. Head-Up Display (HUD)
The currently displayed page of cards is
Off : Allows for no information to be
displayed in the cluster info display areas. remembered from the last ignition cycle.
{ Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or too
Right Zone The menu may contain the following cards: high in your field of view, it may take
. Notifications you more time to see things you need to
Audio Now Playing : Displays the actively
playing audio. . Oil Life see when it is dark outside. Be sure to
. Tire Pressure keep the HUD image dim and placed low
Navigation : Displays a variety of navigation
information. . Fuel Economy in your field of view.
. Average Speed
Audio and Navigation : Displays both audio If equipped with HUD, some information
and navigation information together. . Traffic Sign Memory
about the operation of the vehicle is
. Timer projected onto the windshield. The image is
Off : Allows for no information to be
. Diesel Exhaust Fluid projected through the HUD lens on top of
displayed in the cluster info display areas.
. Fuel Filter Life the instrument panel. The information
Vehicle Information . Off-Road appears as an image focused out toward the
. Engine Hours front of the vehicle.
The following are all possible vehicle
information features. . Battery Voltage
. Oil Pressure
. Trailer Brake
. Coolant Temperature
. Transmission Fluid Temp
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Depending on how the vehicle is equipped, The HUD control is on a touchscreen to the
Caution the HUD may display some of the following left of the instrument cluster. HUD controls
If you try to use the HUD image as a vehicle information and vehicle messages or are also available on the infotainment
parking aid, you may misjudge the alerts: screen. See Settings 0 184.
distance and damage your vehicle. Do not . Speed To adjust the HUD image:
use the HUD image as a parking aid. . Audio 1. Adjust the driver seat.
. Phone
The HUD information can be displayed in 2. Start the engine.
various languages. The speedometer reading . Navigation
3. Touch HUD on the touchscreen to the
and other numerical values can be displayed . Driver Assistance Features
left of the instrument cluster.
in either English or metric units. . Vehicle Messages
4. Touch the icons above and below Height
The language selection is changed through Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in and Brightness to adjust the HUD.
the radio, and the units of measurement are the HUD may be cleared by using the
changed through the instrument cluster. See The HUD image will automatically dim and
steering wheel controls. brighten to compensate for outside lighting.
Settings 0 184.
Adjust as needed.
The HUD image can temporarily light up
depending on the angle and position of
sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD
image harder to see.
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option
If equipped, this feature under the HUD
Options menu of the infotainment screen
allows for adjusting the angle of the HUD
image. See Settings 0 184.
HUD Display on the Windshield
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

HUD Views Active Safety View : This displays the speed
view along with a driver assistance graphic
on the left. Driver assistance graphics show
your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and
lane status information. In addition to driver
assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and
trailer sway indicators will be displayed.
English Shown, Metric Similar

Speed View : This displays the speedometer
HUD Rotation: Press the icons above and reading in English or metric units, and speed
below Rotation to adjust the angle of the limit. Some information only appears on
HUD display. This feature may only be vehicles that have these features, and when
available in P (Park). they are active. English Shown, Metric Similar
Speed Limit Style Adjustment
If equipped, the speed limit style can be Navigation View : This displays the speed
changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit view along with indicators for vehicle ahead,
sign from the Options menu in the Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist,
instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel trailer sway, and pedestrian advisory.
while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to Turn-by-turn navigation information is
change the speed sign style or to turn it off. shown during active route. The compass
heading is displayed when navigation
routing is not active.
English Shown, Metric Similar Navigation turn-by-turn Alerts shown in the
instrument cluster may also be displayed in
any HUD view.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Care of the HUD . Cruise Control
Vehicle Messages .
Clean the inside of the windshield to remove Lighting and Bulb Replacement
Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the . Wiper/Washer Systems
any dirt or film that could reduce the status of the vehicle or some action that
sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. . Doors and Windows
may be needed to correct a condition.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth Multiple messages may appear one after . Seat Belts
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens another. . Airbag Systems
gently, then dry it. The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission
immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure
HUD Troubleshooting
cleared by pressing the thumbwheel. The . Battery
Check that: messages that require immediate action
. Nothing is covering the HUD lens. cannot be cleared until that action is Engine Power Messages
. The HUD brightness setting is not too performed.
REDUCED ACCELERATION DRIVE
dim or too bright. All messages should be taken seriously; WITH CARE
. The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. clearing the message does not correct the
. Polarized sunglasses are not worn. problem. This message displays when the vehicle's
. The windshield and HUD lens are clean.
propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in
If a SERVICE message appears, see your propulsion power can affect the vehicle's
If the HUD image is not correct, contact dealer. ability to accelerate. If this message is on,
your dealer. Follow the instructions given in the but there is no observed reduction in
The windshield is part of the HUD system. messages. The system displays messages performance, proceed to your destination.
See Windshield Replacement 0 357. regarding the following topics: Under certain conditions the performance
. Service Messages may be reduced the next time the vehicle is
. Fluid Levels
driven. The vehicle may be driven while this
message is on, but maximum acceleration
. Vehicle Security and speed may be reduced. Anytime this
. Brakes message stays on, or displays repeatedly,
. Ride Control Systems the vehicle should be taken to your dealer
. Driver Assistance Systems for service as soon as possible.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Under certain operating conditions, Universal Remote System Keep the original hand-held transmitter for
propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting use in other vehicles as well as for future
after the ignition has been off for Programming programming. Erase the programming when
two minutes. vehicle ownership is terminated. See
“Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons”
Vehicle Speed Messages later in this section.
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) To program a garage door opener, park
outside directly in line with and facing the
This message shows that the vehicle speed garage door opener receiver. Clear all people
has been limited to the speed displayed. The and objects near the garage door.
limited speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems, such as Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a
lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, new battery for quick and accurate
Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
(If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Programming the Universal Remote
Duramax Diesel supplement.) – For Diesel System
If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console. The Universal Remote system is compatible
Universal Remote System This system can replace up to three remote with radio-frequency devices operating
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 435. control transmitters used to activate devices between 433-434 MHz.
such as garage door openers, security Programming involves time-sensitive actions
systems, and home automation devices. and may time out, requiring the procedure
These instructions refer to a garage door to be repeated. Read these instructions
opener, but can be used for other devices. completely before programming the
Do not use the Universal Remote system Universal Remote system. It may help to
with any garage door opener that does not have another person assist with the
have the stop and reverse feature. This programming process.
includes any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

1. Hold the end of the hand-held . If the indicator light does not come 5. Press and release the Learn or Smart
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) on or the garage door does not button. Step 6 must be completed within
away from the Universal Remote system move, a second button press may be 30 seconds of pressing this button.
buttons with the indicator light in view. required. For a second time, press 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
The hand-held transmitter was supplied and hold the newly programmed and hold the trained Universal Remote
by the manufacturer of the garage door button for five seconds. If the system button for two seconds and
opener receiver. indicator light stays on continuously release. Repeat the “press/hold/release”
2. Press and release one of the three or the garage door moves when the sequence up to three times to complete
Universal Remote system buttons to be button is pressed, then programming the training process.
programmed. Press and hold the is complete. There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6. The Universal Remote system should now
hand-held transmitter button. Do not activate the garage door. Repeat the process
release the hand-held transmitter button . If the garage door does not move,
continue with programming for programming the remaining two
until the indicator light changes from a buttons.
slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. Steps 4–6.
Then release the hand-held transmitter For questions or programming help, see
button. www.homelink.com/gm or call
Some garage door openers may require 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the
substitution of Step 2 with the procedure U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international
under “Radio Signals for Some Gate rates will apply and may differ based on
Operators” later in this section. landline or mobile phone.
3. Press and hold the newly programmed Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators
Universal Remote system button for Some gate operators and radio-frequency
five seconds while watching the indicator laws require transmitter signals to time out
light and garage door activation. Learn or Smart Button
or quit after several seconds of transmission.
. If the indicator light stays on 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the This may not be long enough for the
continuously or the garage door Learn or Smart button inside garage on Universal Remote system to pick up the
moves when the button is pressed, the garage door opener receiver. The signal during programming.
then programming is complete. There name and color of the button may vary
is no need to complete Steps 4–6. by manufacturer.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If the programming did not work, replace Erasing Universal Remote System
Step 2 under “Programming the Universal Buttons
Remote System” with the following:
Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle
Press and hold the Universal Remote system ownership is terminated.
button while pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every To erase:
two seconds until the signal has been 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons
successfully accepted by the Universal until the indicator light begins to flash.
Remote system. The Universal Remote This should take about 10 seconds.
system indicator light will flash slowly at 2. Release both buttons.
first and then change to a rapid flash or
continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 Reprogramming a Single Universal
under “Programming the Universal Remote Remote System Button
System” to complete. To reprogram any of the system buttons:
Universal Remote System 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons.
Operation Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
Using the Universal Remote System after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
Press and hold the appropriate Universal button, proceed with Step 1 under
Remote system button for at least one-half “Programming the Universal Remote
second. The indicator light will come on System.”
while the signal is being transmitted.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
134 Lighting
Lighting Exterior Lighting 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with
the parking lamps and instrument panel
Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls lights.
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 IntelliBeam System
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 136
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . 136 If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 high-beam headlamps on and off according
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 137 to surrounding traffic conditions.
Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 137 The system turns the high-beam headlamps
Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . 138 on when it is dark enough and there is no
Headlamp Leveling Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 other traffic present.
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . 140 This light b comes on in the instrument
Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 The exterior lamp control is on the turn cluster when the IntelliBeam system is
signal lever. enabled.
Interior Lighting Turn the control to the following positions: Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn to O
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 again to reactivate the AUTO mode.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the
Lighting Features headlamps will automatically reactivate
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 AUTO : Automatically turns the exterior
Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 lamps on and off, depending on outside
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 lighting.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 143
; : Turns on all lamps, except the
headlamps.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Lighting 135
To enable the IntelliBeam system, press . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the . The vehicle is being driven on winding or
b on the turn signal lever when it is button on the turn signal lever. If this hilly roads.
dark outside and the exterior lamp control is happens, press b on the turn signal The automatic high-beam headlamps may
in AUTO or 2. lever when the exterior lamp control is in need to be disabled if any of the above
the AUTO or 2 position to reactivate the conditions exist.
Driving with IntelliBeam
IntelliBeam system. The instrument
The system only activates the high beams cluster light will come on to indicate the Adaptive Headlight System
when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). IntelliBeam system is reactivated. If equipped, the Adaptive Headlight system
The blue high-beam on light appears on the The high beams may not turn off allows the high beam to function as the
instrument cluster when the high beams automatically if the system cannot detect main driving light at night. There is a sensor
are on. another vehicle's lamps because of any of near the top center of the windshield that
the following: automatically detects the lights of oncoming
There is a sensor near the top center of the and preceding vehicles. Keep this area of the
windshield that automatically controls the . The other vehicle's lamps are missing,
windshield clear of debris to allow for best
system. Keep this area of the windshield damaged, obstructed from view,
system performance.
clear of debris to allow for best system or otherwise undetected.
performance. . The other vehicle's lamps are covered The system turns on all the high-beam
with dirt, snow, and/or road spray. headlamp LED segments when it is dark
The high-beam headlamps remain on, under enough and there is no other traffic present.
the automatic control, until one of the . The other vehicle's lamps cannot be
following situations occurs: detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, This light b displays on the instrument
. The system detects an approaching fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other cluster when the Adaptive Headlight system
vehicle's headlamps. airborne obstructions. is enabled.
. The system detects a preceding vehicle's . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked,
taillamps. or obstructed by something that blocks
the view of the light sensor.
. The outside light is bright enough that
. The vehicle is loaded such that the front
high-beam headlamps are not required.
end points upward, causing the light
. The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h
sensor to aim high and not detect
(12 mph). headlamps and taillamps.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
136 Lighting
Turning On and Enabling Adaptive Headlight . The outside light is bright enough that . The vehicle is loaded in a way that the
System high-beam headlamps are not required. front end points upward, causing the light
. The vehicle speed drops below sensor to aim high and not detect
approximately 20 km/h (12 mph). headlamps and taillamps.
. The Adaptive Headlight system is disabled . The vehicle is being driven on winding or
by the button on the turn signal lever. To hilly roads.
reactivate the system, press b on the The Adaptive Headlight system may need to
turn signal lever when the exterior lamp be disabled if any of the above conditions
control is in the AUTO or 2 position. exist.
The instrument cluster light will appear to
indicate the Adaptive Headlight system is Exterior Lamps Off Reminder
To enable the Adaptive Headlight system, reactivated. If a door is open, a reminder chime sounds
press b on the turn signal lever when it The high beams may not turn off when the headlamps or parking lamps are
is dark outside and the exterior lamp control automatically if the system cannot detect manually turned on and the vehicle is off.
is in AUTO or 2. another vehicle lamps because of any of the To turn off the chime, turn the exterior
following: lamp control to off or AUTO and then back
Driving with Adaptive Headlight System on, or close and re-open the door. In the
. The other vehicle lamps are missing,
The system only activates the high beams AUTO mode, the headlamps turn off once
damaged, obstructed from view,
when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). the vehicle is off or remain on until the
or otherwise undetected.
headlamp delay ends (if enabled in the DIC).
Individual segments of the headlamp high . The other vehicle lamps are covered with Touch the Settings icon on the infotainment
beam are faded out according to the traffic dirt, snow, and/or road spray. home page. Select Vehicle>Lighting to
situation, preventing high beam light from . The other vehicle lamps cannot be display the list of available settings.
glaring oncoming or preceding traffic. This detected due to dense exhaust, smoke,
gives the best light distribution without fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other Headlamp High/Low-Beam
glaring other road users. airborne obstructions. Changer
The Adaptive Headlight System remains on . The vehicle windshield is dirty, cracked,
until one of the following situations occurs: or obstructed by something that blocks Push the turn signal lever away from you
the view of the light sensor. and release to turn the high beams on.
. The fog lamps are turned on.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Lighting 137
To return to low beams, push the lever Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) with the taillamps, sidemarker, parking
again or pull it toward you and release. lamps, and the instrument panel lights. The
DRL can make it easier for others to see the radio lights will also be dim.
front of the vehicle during the day. Fully
functional DRL are required on all vehicles To turn off the automatic headlamp system,
first sold in Canada. turn the exterior lamp control to P and
then release it.
The DRL system comes on when the
following conditions are met:
. The ignition is on.
When the high-beam headlamps are on, this
. The exterior lamp control is in AUTO.
indicator light on the instrument cluster will
also be on. . The light sensor determines it is daytime.
When the DRL system is on, only the DRL
Flash-to-Pass are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps,
This feature lets you use the high-beam instrument panel lights, and other lamps
headlamps to signal a driver in front of you will not be on.
that you want to pass. It works even if the When it begins to get dark, the automatic
headlamps are in the automatic position. headlamp system switches from DRL to the
To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward headlamps.
you, then release it. To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp The vehicle has a light sensor on the top of
The high beam headlamps will stay on as control to O and then release. For vehicles the instrument panel that controls the
long as you hold the lever toward you. The first sold in Canada, off will only work when automatic headlamp system. Do not cover
high-beam indicator on the instrument the vehicle is parked. the sensor, otherwise the headlamps may
cluster will come on. Release the lever to come on when they are not needed.
return to normal operation. Automatic Headlamp System The system may also turn on the headlamps
When it is dark enough outside, the when driving through a parking garage,
automatic headlamp system turns on the heavy overcast weather, or a tunnel. This is
headlamps at the normal brightness, along normal.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
138 Lighting
There is a delay in the transition between Lights On with Wipers To adjust the AFL setting, go to the
the daytime and nighttime operation of the infotainment home screen and select
If the windshield wipers are activated in
automatic headlamp system so that driving Settings > Vehicle > Lighting.
daylight with the engine on, and the
under bridges or bright overhead street Moving the exterior lamp controls out of the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the
lights does not affect the system. The
automatic headlamp system is only affected
headlamps, parking lamps, and other Auto or 2 position will deactivate the
exterior lamps come on. The transition time system. The high-beam headlamps can move
when the light sensor detects a change in
for the lamps coming on varies based on horizontally when the vehicle speed is
lighting lasting longer than the delay.
wiper speed. When the wipers are not greater than 3 km/h (2 mph). Headlamps will
If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the operating, these lamps turn off. Move the not move horizontally when the
automatic headlamp system will come on exterior lamp control to P or ; to transmission is in R (Reverse).
immediately. Once the vehicle leaves the disable this feature.
garage, there is a slight delay for the If equipped, the AFL system automatically
modifies the low-beam lighting patterns to
automatic headlamp system to change if it Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) the situation to enable optimal light
is bright enough outside. During that delay,
the instrument cluster may not be as bright If equipped with the AFL system, the performance for the driver. Light distribution
as usual. Make sure the instrument panel high-beam headlamps move horizontally and intensity of low-beam light are
brightness control is in the full bright while turning the steering wheel to provide controlled based on exterior lighting
position. See Instrument Panel Illumination greater road illumination around curves. conditions, vehicle location, and driving
Control 0 140. situations.
To idle the vehicle with the automatic Town Light
headlamp system off, turn the control to
the off position.
The headlamps will also stay on after you
exit the vehicle.
The regular headlamp system can be turned To activate AFL, set the exterior lamp
on when needed. control to the Auto or 2 position, and
Adaptive Headlight system is active. See If equipped, the town light activates
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 134. automatically at a speed of 30 km/h
(18 mph) up to 55 km/h (34 mph).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Lighting 139
The light is wide and symmetrical. The Adverse Weather Light Headlamp Leveling Control
special beam pattern is designed to prevent
glare for other road users. Automatic Headlamp Leveling
Country Light If equipped, to reduce the glare to other
drivers, the headlamp inclination level
adjusts automatically based on vehicle load.
Hazard Warning Flashers

If equipped, the adverse weather light
activates automatically when driving in
adverse weather conditions (heavy rain,
If equipped, the country light activates snow, sleet, freezing rain, etc.).
automatically at a speed above 55 km/h The illumination is shifted more to the side
(34 mph). of the road to highlight road signs, and
The illumination of the current lane and the reduces glare caused by reflecting of wet
side of the road is improved, reducing glare roads.
to oncoming and preceding vehicles. Maneuvering Light
Freeway/Motorway Light
| : Press to make the front and rear turn

signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to
turn the flashers off.
If equipped, the maneuvering light activates When the hazard warning flashers are on,
automatically at speeds less than 7 km/h the vehicle's turn signals will not work.
If equipped, when driving faster than
90 km/h (55 mph) on freeways, the (4 mph) when the vehicle is in R (Reverse).
low-beam illumination is smaller and The maneuvering light illumination improves
extended. parking and maneuvering situations.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
140 Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change Signals Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is Interior Lighting
not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses
and Circuit Breakers 0 360. Instrument Panel Illumination
Turn Signal On Chime Control
If the turn signal is left on for more than
1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each
flash of the turn signal. The message TURN
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). To turn the chime
and message off, move the turn signal lever
An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes to the off position.
in the direction of the turn or lane change.
Cornering Lamps
Move the turn signal lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn. If equipped with cornering lamps, they This feature adjusts the brightness of all
automatically come on when all of the illuminated controls.
Raise or lower the lever for less than following occur:
one second until the arrow starts to flash to . The low-beam headlamps are on. D : Move the thumbwheel up or down to
signal a lane change. This causes the turn brighten or dim the lights.
. The turn signals are activated or the
signals to automatically flash three times.
It will flash six times if Tow/Haul Mode is steering wheel is at a turning angle. The thumbwheel is functional at night,
active. Holding the turn signal lever for . The vehicle speed is below 40 km/h or when the headlamps or parking lamps
more than one second will cause the turn (25 mph). are ON.
signals to flash until the lever is released. Interior Lamps
The lever returns to its starting position
Interior Ambient Lighting
whenever it is released.
If equipped, this feature allows the color of
If after signaling a turn or a lane change the
the interior lighting in the vehicle to be
arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a
chosen.
signal bulb could be burned out.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Lighting 141
To access, press { on the infotainment Dome Lamps Press and hold any of the overhead console
controls, then touch AMBIENT LIGHTING to lens to turn all dome lamps on or off
display the settings screen. manually.
Touch to select from the following: Reading Lamps
OFF : Turns the feature off. There are reading lamps on the overhead
ON : Turns the feature on. Ambient lighting console and over the rear seats. These lamps
provides the ability to customize the color come on when any door is opened.
and intensity of the interior accent lighting. Front Reading Lamps
Chose the color on the display screen to
make change to interior lighting color.
DEMO MODE : When the shift lever is in
P (Park), touch to turn the feature on in
colors chosen by the vehicle. When the shift
lever is not in P (Park) , the interior color There are dome lamps in the overhead
will default to the last active color selected. console and the headliner.
LINK TO DRIVE MODE : The light color is The dome lamps come on when any door is
matched to the color being used for the opened, K on the remote key is pressed,
drive mode. or when the vehicle is turned off.
To change the dome lamp settings, press
the following:
j OFF : Press to turn off the dome The front reading lamps are in the overhead
lamps. An indicator light on the button will console. Press the lamp lenses to turn the
turn on when the dome lamp override is front reading lamps on or off.
activated. Press j OFF again to Rear Reading Lamps
deactivate this feature and the indicator The rear reading lamps are over the rear
light turns off. seats.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
142 Lighting
Entry lighting can be disabled manually by Battery Load Management
closing all doors, pressing Q on the remote
The vehicle has Electric Power Management
key, or starting the vehicle.
(EPM), which estimates the battery's
This feature can be changed. On the temperature and state of charge. It then
infotainment home page, select the Settings adjusts the voltage for best performance
icon T Vehicle T Vehicle Locator Lights. and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge is low,
Exit Lighting the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring
Press the lens on each reading lamp to turn Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn the charge back up. When the state of
it on or off. on when the driver door is opened after the charge is high, the voltage is lowered
vehicle is turned off. slightly to prevent overcharging. The
Lighting Features The exterior and interior lamps remain on voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on
for a set amount of time, then automatically the Driver Information Center (DIC),
Entry Lighting turn off. if equipped, may show the voltage moving
up or down. This is normal. If there is a
The interior lamps turn on when pressing K The interior lights turn on when the vehicle problem, an alert will be displayed.
on the remote key or opening any doors, is turned off.
The battery can be discharged at idle if the
and the dome lamp control is in the door The exterior lamps turn off immediately by electrical loads are very high. This is true for
position. turning the exterior lamp control off. all vehicles. This is because the generator
Some exterior lamps also turn on when This feature can be changed. On the (alternator) may not be spinning fast
pressing K on the remote key or opening infotainment home screen, select the enough at idle to produce all the power that
any doors. Low-Beam lamps will only turn Settings icon T Vehicle T Exit Lighting. is needed for very high electrical loads.
on briefly at night, or in areas with limited A high electrical load occurs when several of
lighting. the following are on, such as: headlamps,
All lamps will gradually fade out after about high beams, fog lamps, rear window
30 seconds. defogger, climate control fan at high speed,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Lighting 143
heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer . The doors are closed and then re-opened.
loads, and loads plugged into accessory
power outlets. Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes
the battery. It does this by balancing the after the vehicle is turned off, if the parking
generator's output and the vehicle's lamps or headlamps have been manually
electrical needs. It can increase engine idle left on. This protects against draining the
speed to generate more power, whenever battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
needed. It can temporarily reduce the power the exterior lamp control to the O position
demands of some accessories. and then back to the ; or 2 position.
Normally, these actions occur in steps or To keep the lamps on for more than
levels, without being noticeable. In rare 10 minutes, the vehicle must be on or in
cases at the highest levels of corrective accessory mode.
action, this action may be noticeable to
the driver. If so, a DIC message might be
displayed and it is recommended that the
driver reduce the electrical loads as much as
possible.
Battery Power Protection

This feature helps prevent the battery from
being drained, if the interior courtesy lamps
or reading lamps are accidentally left on.
If any of these lamps are left on, they
automatically turn off after 10 minutes,
if the ignition is off. The lamps will not
come back on again until one of the
following occurs:
. The ignition is turned on.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
144 Infotainment System

Infotainment System Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . 172
Introduction
If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Read the following pages to become familiar
Introduction Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 with the features.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . 173
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 { Warning
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Voice Recognition
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Taking your eyes off the road for too
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 long or too often while using any
Phone infotainment feature can cause a crash.
Radio Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 You or others could be injured or killed.
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Do not give extended attention to
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 182 your glances at the vehicle displays and
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Settings focus your attention on driving. Use voice
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 commands whenever possible.
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Audio Players The infotainment system has built-in
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 154 Trademarks and License Agreements features intended to help avoid distraction
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Trademarks and License by disabling some features when driving.
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 These features may gray out when they are
unavailable. Many infotainment features are
Rear Seat Infotainment also available through the instrument cluster
Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) System . . . 157 and steering wheel controls.
Navigation Before driving:
Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 163 . Become familiar with the operation,
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 center stack controls, steering wheel
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 controls, and infotainment display.
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 171
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Infotainment System 145

. Set up the audio by presetting favorite Infotainment Controls on the Multifunction audio source is the radio, the
stations, setting the tone, and adjusting Controler (MFC) Apple CarPlay or Android Auto
the speakers. Now Playing View with the audio
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they source plays the radio.
can be called easily by pressing a single 3. n (Power/Volume) Knob
control or by using a single voice . Press to turn the power on.
command.
. Press and hold when the system is
See Distracted Driving 0 206. on to turn the power off and
display the time.
Overview . Press to mute/unmute the system
Infotainment System when on.
. Turn to decrease or increase the
The infotainment system is controlled by
volume.
using the infotainment display, controls on
the center console, steering wheel controls, 4. 6 (Phone)
and voice recognition. 1. l (Navigation) . Press to access the phone menu.
. Press to access the navigation . Press and hold to access the Apple
screen. CarPlay or Android Auto Phone
. Press and hold to access the Apple View, if connected.
CarPlay or Android Auto Map View, 5. T (Vehicle Information)
if connected, regardless of active . Press to access the vehicle
route guidance. information.
2. e (Radio/Audio) 6. Primary Knob
. Press to open the active audio . Turn to highlight a feature. Press
source page. to activate the highlighted feature.
. Press and hold to access the Apple . Move right/left or up/down to
CarPlay or Android Now Playing change the highlighted area on the
View, if connected. If the current display screen.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

7. { (Home Page) 2. Continue holding the icon/card and drag
. Press to access the Home Page. it to the desired position.
See “Home Page” later in this 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in
section. the desired position.
. Press and hold to access the Apple 4. To move an application to another page,
CarPlay or Android Auto Phone drag the icon to the edge of the display
Home screen, if connected. toward the desired page. Cards must
8. 0 (Back) stay on the first page.
. Press to return to the previous 5. Continue dragging and dropping
display in a menu. application icons as desired.
6. Application cards on the first page can
Home Page be replaced, moved or deleted based on
The Home Page is where vehicle application user preference while in edit mode. g : Press to start voice recognition. Press
icons or cards are accessed. Some and hold to activate a connected phones
7. Touch Done to save changes or Cancel to voice recognition. See Voice Recognition
applications are disabled when the vehicle is not save and exit edit mode.
moving. 0 173.
There will always be 10 icons per page
Swipe left or right across the display or use except on the last page. If an icon is moved w : Press to use Conversation
the MFC to move the home page. Move the from the first page to the second, then that Enhancement. See “Conversation
knob right/left to change the page or touch icon from the second page will replace the Enhancement” in Settings 0 184.
on one of the page count indicators at the one removed from the first. C : Press to tune to the next strong station
bottom of the screen to jump to a when listening to the radio, play the next
specific page. Steering Wheel Controls song/track when listening to a media source
Managing Home Page Icons/Cards If equipped, some audio controls can be when supported, or play the next favorite
1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page adjusted at the steering wheel. station/channel when favorites is the source.
icons/cards to enter edit mode. Edit B : Press to tune to the previous strong
mode is not available when the vehicle is station when listening to the radio, play the
moving. previous song/track when listening to a
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

media source when supported, or play the Navigation Android Auto
previous favorite station/channel when
Touch the Nav icon on the infotainment Touch the Android Auto icon to activate
favorites is the source.
display or l on the MFC to display the Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported
e : Press to open the audio source list. navigation map. See Using the Navigation device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and
System 0 163. Android Auto 0 182.
Thumbwheel : Press the thumbwheel to
access the Now Playing song list or select a Phone Users
list item. Scroll up or down to move to a
list item. Touch the Phone icon on the infotainment Touch the Users icon to sign in or create a
display or 6 on the MFC to display the new user profile, and follow the on-screen
6 : Press to answer or end a call when in a Phone menu. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 178 instructions.
call. Press to access the recent call list when or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) Only four user profiles can be active at one
not in a call. 0 179. time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to
0 : Press to mute or unmute the volume. remove a profile from the menu before
Vehicle Information creating or signing into an existing profile.
x− : Press to decrease the volume or press Touch T on the infotainment display or The removed profile can be logged into at a
and hold to continually decrease the later time.
volume. press T on the MFC. See Vehicle
Information 0 127. Settings
x+ : Press to increase the volume or press
and hold to continually increase the volume. Apple CarPlay Touch the Settings icon to display the
Settings menu. See Settings 0 184.
Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate
Using the System Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a Apps
Audio supported device is connected. See Apple
CarPlay and Android Auto 0 182. If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for
Touch the Audio icon on the infotainment download. Touch the Apps icon on the
display or e on the Multifunction Controler Home Page to begin.
(MFC) to display the active audio source Downloading and using in-vehicle apps
page. Examples of available sources may requires Internet connectivity which can be
include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, and accessed with a data plan through the
Bluetooth. vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

if equipped, or a compatible mobile device Shortcut Menu Touch and Hold
hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation
The shortcut menu is along the left edge of
of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s
the display. It shows up to five applications.
Settings menu under Mobile Network
Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, Proximity Sensing
or similar.
The infotainment system uses proximity
Availability of apps and connectivity varies sensing. When a hand approaches the
by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data screen, the view changes from the Multi
plan rates apply. Features are subject to Function Controller (MFC) view to the
change. For more information, see touch view.
www.my.cadillac.com/learn for US/Canada Touch and hold can be used to move or
and see my.cadillac.com.mx. for Mexico. Infotainment Gestures delete an application.
OnStar Services Use the following finger gestures to control Drag
the infotainment system.
If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon
to display the OnStar Services and Account Touch/Tap
pages. See OnStar Overview 0 439.
Camera
Touch the Camera icon to access the camera
application. See Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing 0 274.
Rear Media
Drag is used to move applications on the
If equipped, touch the Rear Media icon to Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the
access the Rear Seat Infotainment Touch/tap is used to select an icon or item, it must be held and moved along the
application. See Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) option, activate an application, or change display to the new location. This can be
System 0 157. the location inside a map.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch
only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do
not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then
Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right
and left.
Spread
Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain

images, or a web page. Place finger and
thumb apart on the display, then move
Nudge is used to move items a short them together.
distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle
and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays
a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and
thumb together on the display, then move For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or
Fling or Swipe vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to
them apart.
wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface
with the microfiber cloth, remove dirt that
could scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean.
Never use window cleaners or solvents.
Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not use
bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Software Updates Finding a Station Manual tuning can be done by:
Seeking a Station . Touch 7 or 6.
Over-the-Air Software Updates
. Turn the Primary Knob on the
If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings infotainment controls.
0 184 for details on software updates. . Place a finger on the infotainment display
and swipe right or left.
Radio Touch H to save the tuned station as a
AM-FM Radio favorite.
Stations
Playing the Radio
From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon From the AM or FM active source page,
to display the active audio source page.
Choose from the list at the left side of the touch 7 or 6 to seek for the previous or
display. Examples of available sources may next strong station. Touch H to save the
include AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped) and station as a favorite.
Bluetooth. Manual Tune
Touch ! to list all available stations or

select Categories at the top of the list to
access the categories list. The list contains
categories associated with the AM or FM
stations. Touch a category name to display
a list of stations for that category. Touching
a station from the list will tune the radio to
Touch # to display the Manual Tune that station.
screen.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Touch H to save the selected station as a Sound Mode : Touch to select Front or Rear Touch Off or On.
favorite. and to adjust Surround or Surround 3D. Reset Music Index
Audio Settings Adaptive Volume Select to clear the metadata from the
This feature will automatically adjust the connected USB devices.
From the AM or FM audio source main
audio volume based on vehicle speed and
page, touch * to display the following: road noise. Favorites
. Front Passenger Volume From the active audio source page, choose
Touch Off or On.
. Sound q Favorites from the list at the left side to
. Adaptive Volume HD Radio
display a list of audio favorites.
. HD Radio Enhances AM and FM radio with digital
channels for better sound quality and Favorites are stored by touching H. This
. RDS
information. will highlight indicating that it is now saved
. Manage Phones as a favorite.
. Metadata Corrector Touch Off or On.
. Reset Music Index RDS HD Radio Technology
Front Passenger Volume Radio Data System (RDS) displays If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with
information about the currently playing features such as digital quality sound, more
This setting allows the front seat passengers stations available on a single frequency such
to adjust the audio volume of their headrest radio content such as song or
program name. as HD2 and HD3, and display information
speakers independently from the cabin such as artist and song title.
volume. Touch Off or On.
From the Now Playing display, touch the HD
Sound Manage Phones Radio icon to turn HD on or off.
Select and the following may display: Select to manage the vehicle Bluetooth Station Access
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, phone connections and phone pairing.
To access HD Radio stations:
and Treble, using the options on the Metadata Corrector
infotainment display. 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD
This feature, when on, will add and correct Radio is turned on and the station is
Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the information associated with the media files broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will
controls on the infotainment display. on connected devices. automatically tune to the HD version of
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

the current channel (HD1) after several If the HD Radio signal weakens while When information is broadcast from a RDS
seconds. The radio will also display icons listening to HD1, the radio will automatically station, the station name or call letters
representing additional channels (HD2, switch to the analog version of the radio display on the audio screen. Radio text
...HD8), that may be available. When the station. supporting the currently playing broadcast
radio successfully tunes to a HD station, If the HD Radio signal loses reception while may also appear.
the HD logo will display and digital listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio
audio will play. mutes until the signal can be recovered or
Satellite Radio
2. Touch the display arrows or swipe the until the station is changed. SiriusXM Radio Service
coverflow left/right to tune to the
previous or next HD Radio station. HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM
weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to radio subscription can receive SiriusXM
There may be a delay before the station toggle HD Radio reception on and off. programming.
starts playing.
Radio Data System (RDS) SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of
The HD Radio station number is indicated programming and commercial-free music,
next to the HD logo. If equipped, RDS features are available for coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In
HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call
information. When supported, the 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see
For a list of all stations, see radio may: www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
www.hdradio.com. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program
When SiriusXM is active, the channel name,
HD Radio Troubleshooting Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc.
number, song title, and artist appear on the
Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to . Display text from radio stations that display.
process. This can take several seconds. include station name and messages.
SiriusXM with 360L
Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital This system relies on receiving specific
Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be information from these stations and only SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced
weak, the station is out of range, or the works when the information is available. in-vehicle listening experience for
station may be out of alignment. Verify It is possible that a radio station could subscribers. The experience now offers more
proper reception on another station. broadcast incorrect information that causes categories and system learned
the radio features to work improperly. If this recommendations toward discovering more
happens, contact the radio station. personalized content.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, . For You Favorites
including streaming content and listening . Music From the active audio source page, choose
recommendations, OnStar Connected Access . Sports
is required. Connected vehicle services vary q Favorites from the list at the left side to
. News display a list of audio favorites.
by model and require a complete working
electrical system, cell reception, and GPS . Talk
Favorites are stored by touching H. This
signal. An active connected plan is required. Touching a category will show the channels will highlight indicating that it is now saved
Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use associated with that category. as a favorite.
and subscription information. Direct Tune
User Settings
Finding a Channel From the SiriusXM source main page, touch
Seeking a Channel % to display the following:
. Audio Settings
. Listener Options
. Account Information
Audio Settings
Touch * to display the Audio Settings
Access Direct Tune by touching ) to bring menu. See “Audio Settings” in AM-FM Radio
up the keypad. Navigate through all 0 150.
channels using S CH or CHT on the Direct Listener Options
From the SiriusXM active source page, touch Tune display. Directly enter a channel using
S CH or CHT to seek for the previous or the keypad and touch GO. When a new Select and the following may display:
next channel. Touch H to save the channel channel is entered, the information about SiriusXM Favorites : Touch to show XM
as a favorite. that channel displays on the right side. This favorite channels.
information will update with each new History : Touch to show history of channels.
Browsing Categories
channel. Touch H to save the channel as a
Touch ( to show the following categories: favorite.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Listener Settings : Touch to hide explicit SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Audio Players
language channels and content, start songs
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
at the beginning when tuning a music Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices
provides digital radio reception. Tall
channel, or reset the listening history.
buildings or hills can interfere with satellite When using media devices such as USB and
Account Information radio signals, causing the sound to fade in mobile devices, consider the source.
Select to show the XM account information. and out. In addition, traveling or standing Untrusted media devices could contain files
under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, that affect system operation or performance
Radio Reception or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM and should be avoided.
signal for a period of time. Some cellular
Unplug electronic devices from the accessory
power outlets if there is interference or
services may interfere with SXM reception USB Port
causing loss of signal.
static in the radio. Audio stored on a USB device may be
Mobile Device Usage listened to.
FM
Mobile device usage, such as making or The vehicle may be equipped with two USB
FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 receiving calls, charging, or just having the ports in the center console under the
to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in mobile device on may cause static armrest and another two on the center
electronic circuit that automatically works to interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile stack. These ports are for data and charging.
reduce interference, some static can occur, device or turn it off if this happens. There may also be two USB ports at the
especially around tall buildings or hills, rear of the center console and a USB port on
causing the sound to fade in and out. Multi-Band Antenna each side of the third row seats for
AM The roof antenna may be used for radio, charging only.
navigation, and OnStar, depending on the
The range for most AM stations is greater
equipped options. Keep clear of obstructions
Caution
than for FM, especially at night. The longer To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all
range can cause station frequencies to for clear reception. If the vehicle has a
sunroof, and it is open, reception can also accessories and disconnect all accessory
interfere with each other. Static can also
be affected. cables from the vehicle when not in use.
occur when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception. When Accessory cables left plugged into the
this happens, try reducing the treble on the vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be
radio. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

To play a USB device: USB Sound Menu
Caution (Continued)
1. Connect the USB. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu”
damaged or cause an electrical short if
2. Touch Audio from the Home Page. under AM-FM Radio 0 150.
the unconnected end comes in contact
with liquids or another power source such 3. Touch the More option and then touch USB Browse Menu
as the accessory power outlet. the USB device. When a list of songs, albums, artists,
Use the following when playing an active or other types of media displays, the up and
Playing from a USB USB source: down arrows and A-Z appear on the left
A USB mass storage device can be connected side. Select A-Z to view a display that will
p : Touch to play the current media source. show all letters of the alphabet and select
to the USB port.
j : Touch to pause playback of the current the letter to go to.
Audio extensions supported by the USB may
include: media source. Touch the up and down arrows to move the
. MP3 7: list up and down.
. AAC . Touch to seek the beginning of the Touch Browse and the following may
. OGG current or previous track. display:
. 3GP . Touch and hold to reverse quickly Playlists:
through playback. Release to return to 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on
My Media Library
playing speed. Elapsed time displays. the USB.
MyMedia is only available when more than
one indexed device is connected. It allows 6: 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all
access to content from all indexed media . Touch to seek the next track. songs in that playlist.
sources. MyMedia will show as an available . Touch and hold to advance quickly 3. Touch a song from the list to begin
source in the Source page. through playback. Release to return to playback.
USB MP3 Player and USB Devices playing speed. Elapsed time displays. Supported playlist extensions are m3u
Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play and pls.
The USB MP3 players and USB devices
connected must comply with the USB Mass music in random order. Artists:
Storage Class specification (USB MSC). 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored
on the USB.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all Composers: File System and Naming
albums by the artist. 1. Touch to view the composers on File systems supported by the USB may
3. To select a song, touch All Songs or the USB. include:
touch an album and then touch a song 2. Touch a Composer to view a list of . FAT32
from the list. albums by that composer. . NTFS
Songs: 3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a . HFS+
1. Touch to display a list of all songs on list of songs.
The songs, artists, albums, and genres are
the USB. 4. Touch a song from the list to begin taken from the file’s song information and
2. To begin playback, touch a song from playback. are only displayed if present. The radio
the list. Folders: displays the file name as the track name if
Albums: 1. Touch to view the directories on the song information is not available.
1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. the USB. Supported Apple Devices
2. Touch the album to view a list of all 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. To view supported devices, see
songs on the album. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin my.cadillac.com/learn.
3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback.
Media Playback and Mute
playback. Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on
USB playback will be paused if the system is
Genres: the connected Apple device and get a list of
muted. If the steering wheel mute control is
1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. podcast episodes.
pressed again, playback will resume.
2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. Audiobooks:
If the source is changed while in mute,
3. Touch an artist to view albums by that 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on playback resumes and audio will unmute.
artist. the Apple device.
4. Touch an album to view songs on the 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of Bluetooth Audio
album. chapters. Music may be played from a paired
5. Touch a song to start playback. 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview)
playback. 0 178 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone) 0 179 for help pairing a device.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Volume and song selection may be When touching Bluetooth, the radio may Rear Seat Infotainment
controlled by using the infotainment not be able to launch the audio player on
controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is the connected device to start playing. When Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI)
selected and no volume is present, check the the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile
volume setting on the infotainment system. device to begin playback. System
Music can be launched by touching All devices launch audio differently. When If equipped, the system includes two HDMI
Bluetooth from the recent sources list on selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio ports, two Bluetooth headphones, and video
the left of the display or by touching the may show as paused on the display. Press touchscreen displays in back of the driver
More option and then touching the play on the device or touch p on the and passenger seats.
Bluetooth device. vehicle display to begin playback. The RSI system may not operate properly
To play music via Bluetooth: Browse functionality will be provided where until the temperature is above −20 °C (−4 °F)
supported by the Bluetooth device. This and below 55 °C (131 °F).
1. Power on the device, and pair to connect
the device. media content will not be part of the System Operation
2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home MyMedia source mode.
To use:
Page, then touch Bluetooth from the Some smartphones support sending
recent sources list on the left of the 1. Double-tap anywhere on either screen to
Bluetooth music information to display on
display. power on and view the Home screen.
the radio. When the radio receives this
Bluetooth Sound Menu information, it will check to see if any is 2. Touch } on the status bar to turn the
available and display it. For more screen off.
See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” information about supported Bluetooth
under AM-FM Radio 0 150. The screens can be turned on and off
features, visit your brand website. See
through each individual touchscreen,
Manage Bluetooth Devices Online Account 0 429 for details.
independently from the other, and through
From the Home Page: See Radio Frequency Statement 0 435. front seat control.
1. Touch Audio. Playback of any media playing through that
2. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. specific screen is paused when the screen is
turned off.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Screens can be locked via the front seat HDMI Input 5. Touch or swipe down to close the
control. overlay. Touching anywhere on the
An HDMI cable is required to connect an screen or waiting about three seconds
Sources HDMI device to the RSI hub. The RSI HDMI will also slide the overlay down.
inputs allow connection to video games, disc
6. Touch to open the settings menu.
players, cameras, smartphones, tablets,
streaming devices, and A/V dongles that 7. Touch to pair or connect the Bluetooth
have HDMI (version 1.4a) outputs. headphones, adjust the headphone
volume or have the audio play through
App View the vehicle’s interior speakers.
8. Touch to open the Home Screen.
Touch, swipe, or drag input to navigate
within an app.
. HDMI 1 Touching an ad will open it in a second tab.
. HDMI 2 To close the second tab, touch the first tab,
. Apps (if equipped) or touch the z.
Status Bar: Rear Screen Settings

. }: Touch to turn off the screen. From the rear screen home page, touch *
Double-tap anywhere on the screen to to access the settings menu.
turn the screen on again.
The menu may contain the following:
. X: Touch to go to Bluetooth Headphone
Screen Brightness
Setup menu. See “Settings” later in this 1. Touch to adjust the zoom level.
section. 2. Touch to navigate page history back or Select Screen Brightness. Move the bar left
. *: Touch to go to the Settings menu. forward. or right to adjust the display brightness.
3. Touch to reload the page. Each screen may be uniquely adjusted.
4. Touch to share screen with the other
rear screen.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Customer Owned Bluetooth Headphones 5. Once a headphone is paired, touch
options for that headphone to access the
Caution
The RSI system supports Bluetooth Do not store the headphones in heat or
headphones. Up to four Bluetooth menu where the headphone can be
renamed, connected, disconnected, or to direct sunlight. This could damage the
headphones can be paired to each REAR
SCREEN. This screen provides a list of all forget. headphones and repairs would not be
Bluetooth headphones that have been paired Provided Bluetooth Headphones covered by the vehicle warranty. Storage
to the RSI system, as well as control over in extreme cold can weaken the batteries.
their use and settings. New Bluetooth { Warning Keep the headphones stored in a cool,
headphones can be connected, or the dry place.
The headphones have a built-in
Bluetooth headphone settings can be
changed from or on this screen. rechargeable lithium ion battery pack
that presents a serious fire hazard if
To pair Bluetooth headphones to one of the damaged, defective, or improperly used.
rear screens:
To avoid battery leakage and/or a
1. Select Bluetooth Headphones or touch
potential fire:
X from the desired Rear Screen
. Do not attempt to burn, crush, or cut
Home Page. Batteries in this product should not be
the battery
2. Select Connect Headphones. disposed of with household waste. Batteries
. Do not expose the battery to should be recycled at an appropriate facility.
3. Make sure the Bluetooth headphones are environments with extremely low air
in pairing mode. Once recognized by the Contact local authorities for details on
pressures or temperatures above 60 °C recycling.
system, the Bluetooth headphones are (140 °F)
displayed on the list of Available
Headphones. . Do not charge the battery at
temperatures above 45 °C (113 °F)
4. Select the Bluetooth headphones from
the list. The headphones may need to be . Do not charge the battery if the
unpaired from your phone before pairing headphones are defective or damaged
to the RSI.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. While the headphones are powered off, 5. Select the Bluetooth headphone from the
press and hold the power button for list. Once connected, touch OK at the
two seconds to enter pairing mode. The Pairing Successful pop-up.
headphone name will display as “GM RSI 6. Touch OK.
BT HP.” See “Pairing to RSI Screen” below
for pairing instructions with RSI screen. To un-pair the Headphones from the screens,
. To power off, press and hold the power touch the Headphone icon from the desired
button for two seconds while the power Rear Screen Home page. Then touch the
is on. options button under the Headphone that
you want to un-pair. Select Forget
. Press the CH-CHANNEL SELECT button (1)
Headphones. This step must be done
to change between the audio associated separately for each screen.
with Screen 1 or Screen 2. This function
only works after pairing to both RSI Voice Over
1. CH-Channel Select Screens. If equipped, the RSI system has a Voice Over
2. Power feature to benefit the visually and hearing
Paring to RSI Screen
3. Volume impaired.
4. USB-C Charging Port Only two headphones can be active per RSI
Screen. When activated, Voice Over provides audible
The RSI includes two new Bluetooth wireless feedback to the user about which area on
headphones. The headphones are used to To pair a Bluetooth headphone to one of the screen they are touching, identifying
listen to various multimedia. The wireless the rear screens: active buttons, as well as providing
headphones have a power button, channel 1. Touch the Headphone icon from the information feedback of screen identification,
select button, and a volume control button. desired Rear Screen Home Page. current status, list content, metadata, and
To use the included Bluetooth Wireless 2. Select Add New Headphones. pop-up information. It allows for the user to
Headphones: activate features through a double tap
3. Make sure the Bluetooth headphone is in
. Press the POWER button for one second anywhere on the screen which relates to the
pairing mode.
to turn the headphones on. The power last single touched and audibly announced
4. Once recognized by the system, the actionable button.
indicator will illuminate. Bluetooth headphone is displayed on the
list of Available Headphones.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

To turn Voice Over on or off, touch *, The HDMI input allows an HDMI A/V cable Touch the HDMI port that was connected to
touch the toggle, and then press OK to to be connected from an auxiliary device the external device on the home screen.
confirm. Voice Over turns off every time the such as a camcorder, video game system, HDMI Playing View
vehicle is turned off. or Apple device. A cable from Apple is
required for Apple devices.
Reset Rear Media
Touch the HDMI port that the external
Select to reset the Apps and log out users. device was connected to on the home
Open Source License screen.
Select to show the license information. For certain HDMI devices that support USB
charging, the USB ports can be used as a
Rear Consumer Ports (RCP) power source.
If equipped with RSI, the RCP are in the rear Content from these HDMI ports are NOT
of the center console. These include two accessible through the infotainment display. HDMI playing view shows the video content
HDMI ports and two USB-C charge only and includes:
ports. To use the HDMI input of the RSI system:
1. Connect the auxiliary device with an
. { (Home): Touch { to return to the RSI
HDMI Home selection screen.
HDMI cable.
2. Power on both the auxiliary device and . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the
the RSI video screen. Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See
“Settings” later in this section.
3. Touch { (Home) on the desired display . Share: Touch to share the screen with the
and select HDMI as the source. other rear screen. The screen can be
HDMI shared through the connected device.
HDMI Connection Rear Media App from the Home Screen
The RCP provides two HDMI ports to mirror The Rear Media App allows a front user to
video devices. control the Rear Seat Video Screen sources.
Connect the external device to watch the To access, touch the Rear Media App icon
device content through the RSI screen. from the Home Page.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The Rear Screens may be powered on or off Summary View 2. Touch to close an app on the rear
from the Rear Media App. Touch Screen 1 or screen.
Screen 2 to select a screen. Touch summary 3. Touch to have the audio play through
to view both Rear Screens together. the vehicle’s interior speakers.
Touching the Power icon next to the 4. Touch to change video sources.
highlighted screen icon turns that screen on
or off. Screen Detail View with Content Playing
The audio for the rear users can be muted
by the front user by pressing the mute icon
associated with the left or right rear screen
on the Rear Media App screen, or both rear
screens by pressing the MUTE ALL button. 1. Current source for rear screens.
2. Touch to lock rear screen from touch
The current source from the desired Rear
inputs.
Screen can also be shown on the other Rear
Screen by pressing the Share button on the 3. Touch to mute the rear screen audio.
lower right side of the RSI screens. 4. Touch to power rear screen on or off.
Source Selecting from the Rear Media App Screen Detail View without Content 1. Art shown for current content playing.
Playing 2. Touch to close an app on the rear
Sources may be selected for the highlighted screen.
Rear Screen. Select Sources from the Rear 3. Touch to have the audio play through
Media App screen, then select from the list the vehicle’s interior speakers.
of available sources shown on the RSI
4. Share to Screen.
Sources screen.
5. Touch to play or pause the currently
playing content.
6. Touch to change video sources.
Rear Media Settings
From the Rear Media page, touch Settings to
1. Shows source name. access the settings menu.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The menu may contain the following: There is no sound from the headphones Navigation
Remember Screen Power Status with the indicator light on : Make sure the
headphones have sufficient charge. Plug the Using the Navigation System
Select to have rear screens automatically headphones to a USB-C port to charge.
power on when the vehicle is started. If equipped, launch the Nav application by
Check to see if headphones are paired to the touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or
Rear Screen Voice-Over screens. Make sure that you are listening in on the shortcut tray near the left side of
Select to have Video Voice Over for the to the correct screen by pressing the the infotainment display.
individual rear screens. channel select button.
When the Nav application is launched for
Allowed Applications If the steps above do not work, then unpair the first time, a product walkthrough is
the headphones from the RSI screens, turn available. Use of the feature requires the
Select to choose which applications are the headphones off, turn them back on and
visible. Terms and Conditions and the Privacy
attempt to pair them. See pairing statement to be confirmed. If available and
Account procedures for the Bluetooth headphone signed into a profile, it is also suggested to
previously in this section. enable and confirm Personalized Navigation.
Select to show the vehicle data plan.
Reset Rear Media Video Distortion Personalized Navigation (If Equipped)
Select to reset the applications. Video distortion can occur when operating If Personalized Navigation is available and
cellular phones, scanners, CB radios, Global confirmed, this feature learns preferences by
Rear Media Terms of Use Positioning Systems (GPS), two-way radios, remembering where the vehicle has been.
Select to view the terms of use. mobile faxes, or walkie talkies. It uses the locations and navigation history
Privacy Statement It might be necessary to turn off the video to personalize routes and results.
player when operating one of these devices Personalized Navigation may learn elements
Select to view the Privacy statement. in or near the vehicle. such as:
RSI Troubleshooting . Personalized routes based on preferred
No power : The ignition might not be on or streets.
in accessory mode. . Search results that provide best matches
at the top of the list.
. Predictive traffic.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. Local map content updating. Settings, and then Destination Cards. Show . Fast Food
Personalized Navigation can also be enabled on Map should be on by default. Select and . Coffee
or disabled at a later time. Select Settings, enter Home and/or Work address and save. . ATMs
then Navigation Privacy, and then change . Lodging
setting for Collect Data with Profile . Parking
Information. See Settings 0 184. . Grocery Stores
Navigation Map View . Avoid on Route
. Highways
. Toll Roads
. Unpaved Roads
. Ferries
To stop showing Destination Cards on the . Tunnels
map view, switch Show on Map to Off. . Carpool Lanes
Touch the drive To Home or drive To Work . Country Borders
pop-up to start either route. . Rear Seat Requests
After opening the Nav application for the Map and Navigation Settings . Accept
first time, the application will always open . Always Ignore
Touch Settings to display options. The
in full map view displaying the vehicle’s
following may display: To access the following, touch Settings and
current location. The Search option will
appear along the left side of the navigation . Map Orientation then More Settings:
map view. . 3D Heading Up . Destination Cards
Destination Cards . 2D Heading Up . Map Preferences
. 2D North Up . Preferred Landmarks
From the Nav application, set up Home and
. Show on Map . Navigation Voice Control
Work addresses to enable one-touch
navigation. To set up Home and Work . Fuel . Traffic Preferences
addresses, select Settings, then More . Food . Alert Preferences
. Restaurants . Manage History
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. Navigation Privacy: See “Personalized Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : Choose any of the road features to avoid
Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned while on route:
this section. on, the system will display terrain . Highways
. About information on the map in 3D view. . Unpaved Roads
To exit a list, touchS in the upper left Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or . Ferries
corner to go back to the main map view Off. When turned on, the system will . Carpool Lanes
automatically adjust the zoom level when
Make sure to set up preferences before . Toll Roads
the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the
setting a destination and starting active turn is completed, the system automatically . Tunnels
guidance. brings the zoom back to the originally set . Country Borders
Map Preferences level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn Navigation Voice Control
with the next turn occurring shortly after,
Touch to choose between basic map feature the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both Touch to access the voice control setting
configurations: turns are completed. display.
Map Colors . Navigation Volume – To adjust the
Preferred Route
. Day (Light) volume level, use the sliding bar on the
To access, touch Settings, then More Navigation screen. If the voice guidance
. Night (Dark)
Settings, and then Preferred Route. prompt is being heard, volume can also
. Auto – Touch to automatically change be adjusted using the knob on the center
modes based on lighting conditions. Choose from two different route options:
Fastest or Eco-Friendly. stack or the volume switch on the
3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or steering wheel.
. Fastest would be the route with the
Off. When turned on, the system will shortest drive time. . Directional Navigation Prompts – Allows
display all 3D Landmarks on the map prompts to play on the left or right side
. Eco-Friendly would be the most
depending on the zoom level. of the vehicle depending on the direction
fuel-efficient route. of the upcoming turn. This can be turned
3D Buildings (Default is Off) : Touch On or
Off. When turned on, the system will Avoid on Route on or off.
display all of the possible 3D building shapes To access, touch Settings, and then Avoid on . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a
on the map depending on the zoom level. Route. Call. Options available are:
‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

‐ Tone Only . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display Maps
‐ None upcoming School Zones.
. Traffic Camera Alerts The Nav application requires a map database
Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) to run. It is stored on an SD card that is
Manage History connected to the infotainment system. If the
While in Map View, select Settings, then
More Settings, and then Traffic Preferences. Touch Manage History to access the History map database is not available, a missing SD
When Show Traffic on Map is turned on, the options: card error message will be displayed.
feature provides an overview of the traffic . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to SD Card Error Messages
flow using different coded colors. The clear the recent destinations. The SD card only works for one unique
following options are available for rerouting: vehicle. The SD card must pass
. Show Traffic Flow on Map – Toggles
. Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear
the search history. authentication verification to be used for
whether or not the flow of traffic is that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios
shown on the map. Navigation Privacy and messages include:
. Auto Reroute – The system will Touch to change the navigation privacy . The SD card has initialized for the first
automatically reroute if the system settings. The Navigation Privacy settings are: time: “Once initialized, this SD card can
detects there is a traffic issue ahead. . Collect Data with Profile Information – only be used for navigation in this
. Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the Turn this on to enable Personalized vehicle.”
system detects there is a traffic issue Navigation. See “Personalized Navigation” . The SD card is not working properly: “SD
ahead, it will display a pop-up with earlier in this section. card is not functioning properly.
details about the issue. Choose to reroute . Collect Anonymized Data – Turn this on (Error Code).”
or cancel the alert. to enable improvement in Nav product . The SD card is not paired with the
. Never Check – The system will not check quality. existing system: “This SD card is not valid
for a better route until one of the above for navigation in this vehicle. See Owner’s
About
options is selected. Manual for more detail or visit your
Touch to display software information, dealer.”
Alert Preferences
such as: . The SD card has been removed from the
Set alerts on or off during both inactive and . Telenav Terms and Conditions
active guidance views. The following alerts slot: “SD card has been removed.
. Telenav Privacy Statement (Error Code).”
may be available:
. Navigation Version
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Selecting "Confirm" after initialization information by touching the pin one more Search While in Motion with No Front Seat
message will start initializing. For the other time. It will automatically time out if no Passenger Present
messages, touch OK to return to the action is taken. The search display will not allow changes or
Home Page. text input with the keyboard when the
Navigation Symbols vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display
showing three rows of the most commonly
Following are the most common symbols used categories appears.
that may appear in the Nav application.
Search While in Motion with Front Seat
Passenger Present
If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) If the system detects that the front seat
are places of interest for parking and gas passenger is present with both driver and
stations. passenger seat belts buckled, touching the
search icon will display an alert message
Destination that allows the passenger to search for a
This indicates the vehicle’s current location Search destination.
and direction on the map. Touch Search on the infotainment display to Receiving Destination Directions from
open the search display. It has a search field Different Sources
entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, and Destinations can be received or transferred
keyboard. from different sources to the Nav application
Auto Complete for route guidance. If equipped, some of
Enter a partial location in the field entry box these sources may include:
on the search display. Auto complete will . Navigation from search results.
The destination pin marks the location of attempt to complete the destination based . OnStar Advisor destination download.
the final destination. Touch the pin to view on what is being entered. Touch the . An address from the Contacts list.
the destination address or to add it or suggested item to search. . An application on the smartphone that
remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the
can send destinations to the vehicle.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. An application downloaded to the vehicle Editing a Waypoint residential roads. The detailed areas include
that can send destinations to the Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants,
When waypoints are added during active
navigation system. airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas
guidance, the system allows a stop to be
deleted or the order to be changed. stations, tourist attractions, and historical
Waypoints monuments.
Add up to five waypoints, which are To edit a waypoint, touch Destinations. The
following options will be available: If the vehicle does not have an applicable
additional destinations, along the route. To service plan, the map database may not
add an additional stop or waypoint: . Modify destination order by touching the
include data for newly constructed areas or
1. From active guidance, touch Add a Stop. arrow buttons on the waypoint map database corrections that are
destinations list. completed after production. The navigation
2. Search for the destination using One-Box,
. Delete a waypoint by touching the trash system provides full route guidance in the
Voice search, or the Quick Category
icons. can icon. The icon can be selected again detailed map areas.
to re-add the waypoint in case it was
3. Choose search results Along Route, Zoom Control
accidentally selected. Touch z on the top
Nearby, or Near Destination.
right corner so the system can recalculate To zoom in or out, perform one of the
4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch the route. following:
Add to Trip.
If there is only one address in the . Rotate the Multifunction Controller (MFC)
Route options are not available for destinations list, the system will disable to zoom in or out on the map.
waypoints. the move and delete functions. The . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or
Arriving at a Waypoint system will not allow the final destination single tap with two fingers to zoom out
to be deleted. on the map.
When approaching a waypoint, the system
will display a Destination Arrival view. To Map Information . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom
continue on to the next destination touch out by pinching and then zoom in by
Road network attributes are contained in the spreading those two fingers on the map.
the Done message on the infotainment map database for map information.
display. Attributes include information such as street Map Gestures and Map Scale
names, street addresses, and turn Use the following gestures on the
restrictions. A detailed area includes all infotainment display to adjust the map scale
major highways, service roads, and and display options.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. Pinch to zoom in or out. Junction View then touch Map Preferences to access
. Pan the map. When a vehicle is on the highway and Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or
. Use two fingers to tilt down and change approaching the exit, an image displays the disabled.
from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back lane that the vehicle must stay in to Directions
to 2D. complete the next maneuver. Touch Turn List to display Directions.
. Rotate the map.
Quick-Turn View Directions displays the turns and directions
The MFC can also shift up, down, left, from the current location to the final
or right to pan the map. destination.
See Using the System 0 147. Highway Exits List
Mute
When in active guidance, the audio prompts
while using navigation can be muted. Touch
Mute in the Active Menu. A slash will
appear on the speaker to indicate voice
guidance is muted. When the vehicle is approaching a turn with
the next turn following in quick succession,
Active Guidance View a quick-turn list appears below the primary
When a destination is chosen and a turn indicator. An audio prompt will
navigation session is active, the navigation announce the quick turn. Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon
system enters into an Active Guidance displays next to the current street name
Auto-Zoom
View (AGV). near the bottom of the display. The icon
When approaching a maneuver, the map only appears when on a highway with
Lane Guidance
will automatically zoom in to show both the defined exits.
The map will display the lane information vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to
for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. give a better view of the maneuver. Once While traveling on roads with designated
the maneuver is complete, the system will exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit
zoom back to the previous zoom level. list displays the exit number, distance to the
Touch Settings, then More Settings, and
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

exit from the current vehicle position, and Incident Alert (If Equipped) Accessing Favorites
convenience stops that may be available, During active guidance, if the system Touch Favorites in the Navigation menu.
such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. determines that there is an incident ahead Saving Favorites
Next Maneuver Menu but there is not a better route, the system
will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. Favorites can be added from a number of
When in Active Guidance, the Next the system’s applications. Touch the
Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and This will only show once per incident.
favorites icon to save content as a favorite.
Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next Incident Reports (If Equipped)
Maneuver at the top of the menu to the left Editing Favorites
Incident report icons, along with traffic flow
of the map. ETA and Distance to Destination data, display on the map during both active Favorites can be edited by selecting the Edit
are displayed in the same place as the Next and inactive guidance. button for the favorite and updating the
Maneuver information, but appear above the content. Tap and hold on the Favorites item
Next Maneuver Turn Arrow. End Trip to enter Edit page.
Repeat Voice Guidance Touch End Trip to end active guidance and Reorder Favorites
return to inactive guidance.
Touch and hold the Reorder button on the
Resume Trip right side on a favorite item, then continue
The trip can be resumed if it was canceled to hold and drag it to the desired position
by touching Resume Trip at the top of the in the list.
Navigation menu. Delete Favorites
If the system has determined that the Touch the checkbox next to the favorite and
This symbol indicates the next guidance destination has been reached, either because
maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last select Delete.
the arrival view displayed or the destination
spoken guidance instruction. has been passed, the Resume Trip option Delete all favorites by selecting Delete All.
will not appear.
Recents
Favorites Touch Recents in the Navigation menu.
The navigation favorites can have addresses
or POIs that have been saved through the
favorite icon on the details view.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Last Parked Location The smart POI icons such as fuel stations predefined issues on the selection page,
The Last Parked Location is the last location and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the
the vehicle engine was turned off. That location, driver search behavior, driving information for analysis.
location is displayed in the first row of the conditions, and vehicle conditions.
Connected Navigation
Recents list. Touching the last Parked Touch a smart POI icon to open the
Location shows the Address Details view to corresponding details: Connected Navigation is a subscription
either save the address or drive to it. The . Left side: Name and address of the POI +
service that enables certain capabilities
Last Parked Location can be deleted by within the navigation system, such as
ETE (Estimated Time Enroute.)
entering the Edit display. Once the Last Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and
Parked Location is deleted, it no longer
. Right side: E Personalized Navigation capabilities. The
appears in the Recents list, unless the Smart Fuel Station Icons system will show an alert when the
vehicle is started at that location again. subscription is expiring and will ask to
Fuel station prices are shown if available for renew the plan.
Show POI Icons nearby stations when the vehicle is low
on fuel. Global Positioning System (GPS)
Touch Search in the Navigation menu. More
than eight categories of icons can be Smart Parking Icons If equipped, the position of the vehicle is
selected. When approaching destination, the system determined by using satellite signals, various
will attempt to display nearby parking vehicle signals, and map data.
Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped)
destinations with pricing information, At times, other interference such as the
if available. satellite condition, road configuration,
Report an Issue Using POI Details (If condition of the vehicle, and/or other
Equipped) circumstances can affect the navigation
system's ability to determine the accurate
In the POI details page, a POI issue can be position of the vehicle.
reported if the data is not accurate or the
address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue The GPS shows the current position of the
near the bottom of the display to access the vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites.
issue selection page. Touch one of the When the vehicle is not receiving signals
from the satellites, a symbol appears in the
status bar.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

This system might not be available or . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when
interference can occur if any of the . The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting.
following are true: once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning
. Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, table in a parking lot. at an intersection.
trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be
. Satellites are being repaired or improved. parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally.
For more information if the GPS is not . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate
functioning properly, see Problems with . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. automatic rerouting during high-speed
Route Guidance 0 172 and . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. driving.
If the System Needs Service 0 173. . The tires are replaced or worn. . Automatic rerouting might display a route
.
returning to the set waypoint if heading
Vehicle Positioning The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect.
for a destination without passing through
. This is the first navigation use after the a set waypoint.
At times, the position of the vehicle on the map data is updated.
map could be inaccurate due to one or more . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle
. The 12-volt battery has been disconnected due to a regulation by time or season or
of the following reasons:
for several days. any other regulation which may be given.
. The road system has changed.
. The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic . Some routes might not be searched.
. The vehicle is driving on slippery road
where driving is at low speeds, and the .
surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. The route to the destination might not be
vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.
. The vehicle is traveling on winding roads shown if there are new roads, if roads
or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance have recently changed, or if certain roads
are not listed in the map data. See Maps
. The vehicle is approaching a tall building Inappropriate route guidance can occur 0 166.
or a large vehicle. under one or more of the following
. The surface streets run parallel to a conditions: To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the
freeway. map, park with the vehicle running for two
. The turn was not made on the road
to five minutes, until the vehicle position
. The vehicle has been transferred by a indicated. updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in
vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available
. The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the
incorrectly. next right or left turn.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

a location that is safe and has a clear view Voice Recognition Destination Entry command is, “Directions to
of the sky and away from large Place of Interest at <hotel>.” If these
obstructions. If equipped, voice recognition allows for commands do not work, try saying, “Take
hands-free operation within the navigation, me to Place of Interest” or “Find address”
If the System Needs Service audio, and phone. This feature can be and the system will walk you through by
If the navigation system needs service, see started by pressing g on the steering asking additional questions.
your dealer. wheel.
Hybrid Speech Recognition
However, not all features within these areas
Map Data Updates are supported by voice commands.
If equipped, this feature helps distinguish
words by using Internet-based information
The map data in the vehicle is the most Generally, only complex tasks that require
along with the system’s voice recognition
up-to-date information available when the multiple manual interactions to complete
database. This allows you to speak more
vehicle was produced. are supported by voice commands.
naturally when using voice recognition.
See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on For example, tasks that take more than one
ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or or two touches, such as a song or artist to Using Voice Recognition
replacement SD card. Features are subject to play from a media device, would be Voice recognition becomes available once
change. For more information on this supported by voice commands. Other tasks, the system has been initialized. This begins
feature, see my.cadillac.com/learn. like adjusting the volume or seeking up or when the ignition is turned on. Initialization
down, are audio features that are easily may take a few moments.
Database Coverage Explanations performed by touching one or two options,
and are not supported by voice commands. 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls
Coverage areas vary with respect to the to activate voice recognition.
level of map detail available for any given In general there are flexible ways to speak
area. Some areas feature greater levels of commands for completing the tasks. 2. The audio system mutes and the system
detail than others. If this happens, it does plays a prompt.
If your language supports it, try stating a 3. Clearly speak one of the commands
not mean there is a problem with the one-shot command, such as “Directions to
system. As the map data is updated, more described in this section.
address <number, street, city, state/
detail can become available for areas that province>.” Do not include the ZIP code A voice recognition system prompt can
previously had limited detail. See Map Data while stating the address during the be interrupted while it is playing by
Updates 0 173. command. Another example of a one-shot pressing g again.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Once voice recognition is started, both the select. Manual interaction in the voice Natural Language Commands
infotainment display and instrument cluster recognition session is permitted. Interaction Most languages do not support natural
show the selections and visual dialog during a voice session may be completed language commands in sentence form. For
content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some those languages, use direct commands like
off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a the examples shown on the display.
0 184. selection is made using a manual control,
There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands
supported: the same way as if the selection were made
using a voice command. Once the system Voice recognition can understand commands
. Informative verbal prompts: This type of
completes the task, or the session is that are naturally stated in sentence form or
prompt will provide more information terminated, the voice recognition dialog direct commands that state the application
regarding the supported actions. stops. and the task.
. Short prompts: This type of prompt will For best results:
provide simple instructions about what An example of this type of manual
intervention is touching an entry of a . Listen for the prompt before saying a
can be stated. command or reply.
displayed number list instead of speaking
. Auto informative prompts: This type of . Speak the command naturally, not too
the number associated with the entry
prompt plays during the first few speech desired. fast, not too slow.
sessions, then automatically switches to
. Use direct commands without a lot of
the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition
has been gained through using the extra words. For example, “Call <name>
. Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or
system. terminate the voice recognition session song name, or “Tune” followed by the
If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice radio station number.
recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated. . Navigation destinations can be made in a
Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press any MFC button or press g, C , B , single command using keywords. A few
While a voice recognition session is active, e, 6, 0, or the thumbwheel on the examples are: “I want directions to an
steering wheel controls to terminate the address,” “I need to find a place of
there may be corresponding options
voice recognition session and show the interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.”
showing on the displays. A selection can be
made by manually touching the option, display where voice recognition was
or by speaking the number for the option to initiated.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The system responds by requesting more If a cell phone number has been saved with The Back Command
details. For other POIs, say the name of a a name and a place, the direct command Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the
category like “Restaurants,” “Shopping should include both, for example “Call infotainment display to go to the
Malls,” or “Hospitals.” <name> at work.” previous menu.
. Navigating to a destination outside of the
Using Voice Recognition for List Options If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken
current country takes more than one
command. The first command is to tell When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will all the way back to the starting display, and
the system where the navigation will take ask to confirm or select an option from then “Back” is spoken one more time, the
place, such as an Address, Intersection, that list. voice recognition session will cancel.
POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection When a display contains a list, there may be Help
is selected, the second command is to options that are available but not displayed. Say “Help” on any voice recognition display
say, “Change Country.” Once the system The list on a voice recognition screen and the help prompt for the display is
responds, say the country before saying functions the same as a list on other played.
the rest of the address and/or displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to
intersection. help display other entries from the list. Voice Recognition for the Radio
If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” If browsing the audio sources when voice is
Manually scrolling or paging the list on a
then “Change Country.” touched, the voice recognition commands
display during a voice recognition session
Direct commands might be more clearly suspends the current voice recognition event for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are
understood by the system. An example of a and plays the prompt “Please select available.
direct command would be “Call <number>.” manually or touch the Back icon on the “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and
Examples of these direct commands are infotainment display to try again.” tune to the last AM radio station.
displayed on most of the screens while a
If manual selection takes more than “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and
voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone
15 seconds, the session terminates and tune to the last FM radio station.
Commands,” is spoken, the system
prompts that it has timed out. The display
understands that a phone call is requested “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM
returns to the display where voice
and will respond with questions until and tune to the last SiriusXM channel.
recognition was initiated.
enough details are gathered to make a call.
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : Tune to
the radio station whose frequency is
identified in the command (like “nine fifty”).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

“Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : Tune to the “Play Artist <artist name>” : Begin playback “Play Chapter <chapter name>” : Begin
radio station whose frequency is identified of a specific artist. playback of a specific chapter.
in the command (like “one oh one “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter
point one”). specific album name. a specific audiobook.
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM HD” : Tune “Play Album <album name>” : Begin “Play Audiobook <audiobook name>” :
to the HD Radio station whose frequency is playback of a specific album. Begin playback of a specific audiobook.
identified in the command.
“Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a
“Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD” : Tune to specific song name. specific name.
the HD Radio station whose frequency is
identified in the command. “Play Song <song name>” : Begin playback “Play Episode <episode name>” : Begin
of a specific song, if available. playback of a specific episode.
“Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD <HD
channel number>” : Tune to the HD Radio “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a
station whose frequency and HD channel are specific genre. specific podcast.
identified in the command. “Play Genre <genre name>” : Begin “Play Podcast <podcast name>” : Begin
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel number>” : playback of a specific genre. playback of a specific podcast.
Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the
channel number is identified in the specific playlist name. desired media content.
command.
“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : Begin Handling Large Amounts of Media Content
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel name>” : Tune playback of a specific playlist.
to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel It is expected that large amounts of media
name is identified in the command. “Play <device name>” : Play music from a content will be brought into the vehicle.
specific device identified by name. The It may be necessary to handle large
Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia device name is the name displayed on the amounts of media content in a different
The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as way than smaller amounts of media. The
for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. system may limit the options of voice
“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a recognition by not allowing selection of files
“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a by voice at the highest level if the number
specific artist name. specific name.
of files exceeds the maximum limit.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Changes to voice commands due to media Once the number of files has exceeded “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a
content limits are: approximately 24,000, there is no support specific destination address, which includes
. Files including other individual files of all for accessing the songs directly through the entire address consisting of the house
media types such as songs, audiobook voice commands. There will still be access to number, street name, city, state/province,
chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. the media content by using commands for and country. Do not include the ZIP code.
. Album type folders including types such playlists, artists, and genres. “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter
as albums and audiobooks. The access commands for playlists, artists, a destination Place of Interest category or
There are no restrictions if the number of and genres are prohibited after the number major brand name.
files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When of this type of media exceeds 12,000. The name must be precisely spoken.
the number of files connected to the system The system will provide feedback the first Nicknames or short names for the
is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content time voice recognition is initiated if it has businesses will not likely be found. Lesser
cannot be accessed directly with one become apparent that any of these limits known businesses might have to be located
command like “Play <song name>.” are reached during a device initializing by category, such as fast food, hotels,
The restriction is that the command “Play process. or banks.
Song” must be spoken first; the system will Voice recognition performance will degrade “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to
then ask for the song name. The reply to some extent based on many factors when enter a specific destination contact name.
command would be to say the name of the adding large amounts of data to recognize. “Cancel Route” : End route guidance.
song to play. If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs
through playlists or artist name would work “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a
Similar limits exist for album content. stored home location.
If there are more than 12,000 albums, but better.
fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be Voice Recognition for Navigation Voice Recognition for the Phone
accessed directly with one command like,
“Play <album name>.” The command “Play “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter “Call <contact name>” : Initiate a call to a
Album” must first be spoken; the system specific destination information. stored contact. The command may include
will then ask for the album name. The reply location if the contact has location numbers
“Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to stored.
would be to say the name of the album enter specific destination information.
to play.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

“Call <contact> At Home,” “At Work,” “On Phone Assistant Voice Recognition . Review the controls and operation of the
Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a infotainment system.
stored contact and location at home, at Press and hold g on the steering wheel . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The
work, on mobile device, or on another controls to pass through and launch Google system may not work with all mobile
phone. phone assistant or Siri. devices. See “Pairing” later in this section.
“Call <cell phone number>” : Initiate a call For the low radio, whether connected by Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a
to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth or phone projection, the only Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a
digits, or three digit emergency numbers. available voice recognition is either Siri Hands-Free Profile to make and receive
(iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). phone calls. The infotainment system and
“Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing
process. Follow the instructions on the voice recognition are used to control the
infotainment display. Phone system. The system can be used while the
ignition is on or in accessory mode. The
“Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Bluetooth (Overview) range of the Bluetooth system can be up to
number. 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support
The Bluetooth-capable system can interact
“Switch Phone” : Select a different with many mobile devices, allowing: all functions and not all mobile devices work
connected cell phone for outgoing calls. with the Bluetooth system. See
. Placement and receipt of calls in a
my.cadillac.com for more information about
“Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter hands-free mode. compatible mobile devices.
special numbers like international numbers. . Sharing of the device’s address book or
The numbers can be entered in groups of contact list with the vehicle. Controls
digits with each group of digits being
To minimize driver distraction, before Use the controls on the center stack and the
repeated back by the system. If the group
driving, and with the vehicle parked: steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth
of digits is not correct, the command
. Become familiar with the features of the system.
“Delete” will remove the last group of digits
and allow them to be re-entered. Once the mobile device. Organize the phone book Steering Wheel Controls
entire number has been entered, the and contact lists clearly and delete
command “Call” will start dialing the duplicate or rarely used entries. g : Press and hold to start voice recognition
number. If possible, program speed dial or other on the connected Bluetooth mobile device.
shortcuts. 6 : Press to answer, end or switch between
calls.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Infotainment System Controls Pairing Information Pairing a Phone
For information about how to navigate the . If no mobile device has been connected, 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled
menu system using the infotainment the Phone main page on the infotainment on the cell phone before the pairing
controls, see Using the System 0 147. display will show the Connect Phone process is started.
option. Touch this option to connect. 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
Audio System . A Bluetooth smartphone with music or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
When using the Bluetooth mobile device capability can be paired to the vehicle as near the bottom of the display.
system, sound comes through the vehicle's a smartphone and a music player at the 3. Touch Add Phone/Connect Phone.
front audio system speakers and overrides same time.
the audio system. The volume level while on . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the
4. Select the vehicle name shown on the
a mobile device call can be adjusted by infotainment display from your cell
Bluetooth system.
pressing the steering wheel controls or the phone’s Bluetooth Settings list.
. The pairing process is disabled when the
volume control on the MFC. The adjusted vehicle is moving. 5. Follow the instructions on the cell phone
volume level remains in memory for later to confirm the six-digit code showing on
. Pairing only needs to be completed once,
calls. The volume cannot be lowered beyond the infotainment display and touch Pair.
unless the pairing information on the cell The code on the cell phone and
a certain level.
phone changes or the cell phone is infotainment display will need to be
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a deleted from the system. acknowledged for a successful pair.
. If multiple paired cell phones are within
Phone) range of the system, the system connects
6. Start the pairing process on the cell
phone to be paired to the vehicle. See
Pairing to the paired cell phone that is set to the cell phone manufacturer's user guide
First to Connect. If there is no cell phone for information on this process. Once the
A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be set to First to Connect, it will link to the
paired to the Bluetooth system and then cell phone is paired, it will show under
cell phone which was used last. To link to Connected.
connected to the vehicle before it can be a different paired cell phone, see “Linking
used. See the mobile device manufacturer's to a Different Phone” later in this section. 7. If the vehicle name does not appear on
user guide for Bluetooth functions before your cell phone, there are a few ways to
pairing the device. start the pairing process over:
. Turn the cell phone off and then
back on.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. Go back to the beginning of the 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to 2. Touch Phones.
Phone menus on the infotainment enable the setting for that device. Disconnecting a Connected Phone
display and restart the pairing
Cell phones and mobile devices can be 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
process.
added, removed, connected, and
. Reset the cell phone, but this step disconnected. A sub-menu will display 2. Touch Phones.
should be done as a last effort. whenever a request is made to add or 3. Touch the information icon next to the
8. If the cell phone prompts to accept manage cell phones and mobile devices. connected cell phone or mobile device to
connection or allow phone book show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s
Secondary Phone information display.
download, touch Always Accept and
Allow. The phone book may not be A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary 4. Touch Disconnect.
available if not accepted. Phone by touching the information icon to
the right of the paired cell phone name to Deleting a Paired Phone
9. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell
phones. open the phone settings menu. If a cell 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
First to Connect Paired Phones can connect simultaneously alongside near the bottom of the display.
If multiple paired cell phones are within another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing 2. Touch Phones.
range of the system, the system connects to so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as
Incoming Calls. This means the mobile 3. Touch the device name next to the
the paired cell phone that is set as First to connected cell phone to display the cell
Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as device can only receive calls. The Address
Book of a Secondary Phone will not be phone’s or mobile device’s information
the First to Connect phone: display.
available and hands-free outgoing calls
1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. cannot be placed using this cell phone. 4. Touch Forget Device.
2. Touch Settings, then touch System. Linking to a Different Phone
If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while
3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all in the Phones list to swap it into the
connected cell phones and mobile To link to a different cell phone, the new
Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired
devices. it possible to place outgoing calls from the to the Bluetooth system.
4. Touch the phone name of the cell phone Contacts and Recents list.
to open the cell phone’s settings menu. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page
Listing All Paired and Connected Phones or the phone icon on the shortcut tray
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. near the bottom of the display.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

2. Touch Phones. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book Searching Contacts Using the Keypad
3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from stored in the cell phone.
To search for contacts using the keypad:
the not connected phone list. See “First The Recents menu accesses the recents call 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
to Connect Paired Phones” and list from your cell phone.
“Secondary Phone” previously in this 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone
section. To make a call using the Contacts menu: numbers or contact names using the
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. digits on the keypad to search.
Switching to Handset or 2. Touch Contacts. Results will show on the right side of the
Handsfree Mode display. Touch one to place a call.
3. The Contacts list can be searched by
To switch between handset or using the first character. Touch A-Z on
handsfree mode:
Accepting or Declining a Call
the infotainment display to scroll
. While the active call is hands-free, touch through the list of names. When an incoming call is received, the
the Handset option to switch to the infotainment system mutes and a ring tone
Touch the name to call.
handset mode. is heard in the vehicle.
4. Touch the desired contact number to call.
The mute icon will not be available or Accepting a Call
functional while Handset mode is active. To make a call using the Recents menu:
Use the steering wheel scroll wheel to select
. While the active call is on the handset, 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page.
#, otherwise press 6 on steering wheel
touch the Handset option to switch to the 2. Touch Recents. controls.
hands-free mode. 3. Touch the name or number to call. Declining a Call
Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Making a Call Using the Keypad Use steering wheel scroll wheel to
Calls
To make a call by dialing the numbers: select K.
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Call Waiting
system using personal cell phone contact
information for all cell phones that support 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
Call waiting must be supported on the
the Phone Book feature. Become familiar number.
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the
with the cell phone settings and operation. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to wireless service carrier to work.
Verify the cell phone supports this feature. start dialing the number.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Accepting a Call Ending a Call Active Call View
Press 6 on steering wheel controls to . Press 6 on the steering wheel controls. This setting allows whether answering
answer. . Touch # on the infotainment display, incoming call will display the active
call view.
Declining a Call next to a call, to end only that call.
Touch On or Off.
Use steering wheel scroll wheel to select Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
K to decline. OnStar Phone TTY Mode
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send
numbers during a call. This is used when This setting enables or disables the OnStar
Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting
calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the Phone TTY Mode for OnStar Advisor Calls
Calls Only)
Keypad to enter the number. and OnStar Emergency Calls.
To switch between calls, touch Phone on the
Touch Disable or Enable.
Home Page to display Call View. While in Phone Settings
Call View, touch the call information of the Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
call on hold to change calls. Touch 6 on the home page and then touch
Settings. The following may display: If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple
Three-Way Calling . Contacts CarPlay capability may be available through
Three-way calling must be supported on the . Active Call View a compatible smartphone. If available and
Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the . OnStar Phone TTY Mode connected, the Android Auto and Apple
wireless service carrier to work. CarPlay icons will change from gray to white
Contacts on the Home Page of the infotainment
To start a three-way call while in a display.
current call: Sort Contacts : This sorts the displayed
order of contact names by First Name or To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:
1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add Last Name.
another call. For Wired Phone Projection
Re-sync Phone Contacts : This allows the 1. Download the Android Auto app to your
2. Initiate the second call by selecting from contact list to re-sync by importing the
Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. smartphone from the Google Play store.
contacts from the currently connected There is no app required for Apple
3. When the second call is active, touch the phone.
merge icon to conference the three-way CarPlay.
call together.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

2. Connect your Android phone or Apple 2. For first time connection, there are two Apple CarPlay may automatically launch.
iPhone by using the factory-provided ways to set up wireless projection: If not, touch the Android Auto or Apple
phone USB cable and plugging into a . Connect your Android phone or Apple CarPlay icon on the Home Page to launch.
USB data port. For best performance, it is iPhone by using the factory-provided To disconnect the phones wireless
highly recommended to use the device’s phone USB cable and plugging into a projection:
factory-provided USB cable, which should USB data port. For best performance,
be replaced after significant wear to 1. Select Settings from the Home Page.
it is highly recommended to use the
maintain connection quality. Aftermarket device’s factory-provided USB cable, 2. Select Phones
or third-party cables may not work. which should be replaced after 3. Touch the device name on the Apple
3. When the phone is first connected to significant wear to maintain CarPlay or Android Auto sub-menu.
activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, connection quality. Aftermarket or 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
the message “Device Projection Privacy third-party cables may not work.
Consent” will appear. . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. Press { on the center stack to return to the
. Touch Continue to launch Apple See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 178 or Home Page.
CarPlay or Android Auto. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) Features are subject to change. For further
. Touch Disable to remove Apple 0 179. information on how to set up Android Auto
CarPlay and Android Auto capability 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see
from the vehicle Settings menu. phone for wireless projection to work. my.cadillac.com.
Other functions may still work. 4. When the phone is first connected to Android Auto is provided by Google and is
For Wireless Phone Projection activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy.
1. Download the Android Auto app to your agree to the terms and conditions on Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is
smartphone from the Google Play store. both the infotainment system and the subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
There is no app required for Apple phone. Touch Continue to launch Apple Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto
CarPlay. CarPlay or Android Auto. support see https://support.google.com/
5. Follow the instructions on the phone. androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons Google may change or suspend availability
on the Home Page will illuminate depending at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google,
on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Google Play, and other marks are Refer to the User Terms and Privacy Voice
trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a Statement for important details. To view, Allows adjustment of the infotainment voice
trademark of Apple Inc. touch the Settings icon on the Home Page recognition features.
of the infotainment display.
Press { on the center stack to exit Android Conversation Enhancement
Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into The settings menu is organized into three
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and categories. Select the desired category by Allows adjustment of the conversation
touching System, Vehicle, or Search. enhancement features.
hold { on the center stack.
To access the System menus: Time, Date, and Unit
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be
disabled from the infotainment system. To 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Allows setting of the clock.
do this, touch Home, Settings, and then Page of the infotainment display. Phone Projection
phone projection. Use the On/Off toggled to 2. Touch the desired category to display a
turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. list of available options. Allows interacting directly with a mobile
device on the infotainment display. See
3. Touch to select the desired feature Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 182.
Settings setting.
Phones
Certain settings can be managed in the 4. Touch the options on the infotainment
Owner Center sites when an account is display to change a setting. Adjusts different phone settings.
established, and may be modified if other Wi-Fi Hotspot
users have accessed the vehicle or created
System
accounts. This may result in changes to the The menu may contain the following: Allows adjustment of different Wi-Fi
security or functionality of the infotainment features.
Display
system. Some settings may also be Networks
transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For Allows the adjustment of the Head Up
display, instrument cluster, and infotainment Shows connected and available Wi-Fi
instructions, in the U.S. see my.cadillac.com networks.
or in Canada see mycadillac.ca or display.
moncadillac.ca. Sounds
Allows adjustment of the infotainment
system sounds.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the There are two options available under hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot
vehicle, the infotainment system can be Software Updates, "Check for Updates" and can be used. Applicable data rates may
connected to an external protected Wi-Fi "Previous Updates". Selecting "Check for apply.
network, such as a mobile device or home Updates", will check and list if any updates To connect the infotainment system to a
hotspot, to utilize connected services. are available for this vehicle. "No updates secured mobile device hotspot, home
Device Remote Access available" will display if there is no update hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on
available. Selecting "Previous Updates" will the Home Page, select the System tab,
Allows devices to interact with vehicle list all the previous SW version(s) installed
features and access data. followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the
in the vehicle. The steps to check for, appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the
Language download, and install updates may vary by on-screen prompts. Download speeds
vehicle. may vary.
Sets the display language used on the
infotainment display. It may also use the The vehicle can be used normally during the On most compatible mobile devices,
selected language for voice recognition and software download. Once the download is activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the
audio feedback. complete, there may be a prompt to accept Settings menu under Mobile Network
the installation of the update upon the next Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot,
Privacy ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is or similar.
Allows adjustment of the infotainment shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the
privacy settings. vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven Availability of Over-the-Air software updates
during the installation. The system will varies by vehicle and country. Features are
Software Updates deliver messages indicating success or error subject to change. For more information on
If equipped, the vehicle can download and during and after the download and this feature, see Online Account 0 429 for
install select software updates over a installation processes. details.
wireless connection. The system will prompt Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software Download Preferences
for certain updates to be downloaded and updates requires Internet connectivity, which
installed. There is also an option to check Allows the infotainment system to disable
can be accessed through the vehicle’s or enable the download of new updates in
for updates manually. built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and the background.
To manually check for updates, touch active. If required, data plans are provided
Settings on the Home Page and select the by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi
System tab. Follow the on-screen prompts. hotspot such as a compatible mobile device
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

About Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the Comfort and Convenience
Shows the infotainment system software system. Touch Back to go back to the Adjusts different comfort and convenience
information. previous menu. settings.
Display Optimization Teen Driver Lighting
Touch to adjust the screen for best quality. See Teen Driver 0 187. Adjusts different lighting settings.
Running Applications Rear Seat Reminder Power Door Locks
Shows a complete list of applications that Allows for a chime and a message when the Adjusts different door lock settings.
are currently running on the infotainment rear door has been opened before or during
operation of the vehicle. Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
system.
Buckle to Drive Adjusts different remote lock settings.
Return to Factory Settings
This feature can prevent shifting out of Park Ride Height
Allows resetting the infotainment system
settings in the vehicle. when the driver, and if applicable the front Adjusts different ride height settings.
passenger, seat belt is not buckled. See
Vehicle Buckle To Drive 0 56. Running Boards
The menu may contain the following: Super Cruise Lane Change Adjusts different running board settings.
Valet Mode See Super Cruise 0 258. Seating Position
This will lock the infotainment system and Driver Mode Customization Adjusts different seat settings.
steering wheel controls. It may also limit See “Driver Mode Customization” in Driver Suspension
access to vehicle storage locations, Mode Control 0 240. Adjusts different suspension settings.
if equipped.
Climate Remote Key Relearn
To enable valet mode:
Adjusts different climate settings. This sets up a new or forgotten key for use
1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.
Collision/Detection Systems in the vehicle. Place the key in the
2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation transmitter pocket. Make sure vehicle is
screen. Adjusts different driver assistance system parked and touch Start.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. settings.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Search . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. confirmation message displays. Teen
. Access or delete Report Card data. Driver restrictions will be applied
Enter a setting keyword to find a specific
whenever this remote key is used to
setting. Set up/Add keys to activate Teen Driver and
operate the vehicle.
assign restrictions to the key:
Teen Driver Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a
. If the remote key has already been
registered, the option to remove the
If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be maximum of eight keys. Label the key to key displays. If Remove is touched,
registered for beginner drivers to encourage tell it apart from the other keys. the remote key is no longer
safe driving habits. When the vehicle is registered. A confirmation message
For a pushbutton start system:
started with a Teen Driver key, it will displays, and Teen Driver restrictions
automatically activate certain safety 1. Start the vehicle.
will not be applied if this remote key
systems, allow setting of some features, and 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle is used to operate the vehicle.
limit the use of others. The Report Card will must be in P (Park). For manual
record vehicle data about driving behavior transmissions, the vehicle must be In vehicles with a pushbutton start system,
that can be viewed later. When the vehicle stopped with the parking brake set. if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key
is started with a registered key, the Driver are both present at start up, the vehicle will
3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start
Information Center (DIC) displays a message and then Teen Driver.
that Teen Driver is active. the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not
4. Enter the PIN. be active.
To access:
5. Place the remote key you wish to For a keyed ignition system:
1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then register in the transmitter pocket. The
touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. 1. Start the vehicle.
key does not need to be the one that
2. Create a Personal Identification Number started the vehicle. See Remote Key 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle
(PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. Operation 0 8 for transmitter pocket must be in P (Park). For manual
Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change location. transmissions, the vehicle must be
the PIN, touch Change PIN. stopped with the parking brake set.
6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch Setup
The PIN is required to: Keys or Add/Remove Teen Driver Keys. 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle
. If the remote key has not previously and then Teen Driver.
. Set up/Add or remove keys.
. Change Teen Driver settings. been registered, the option to add 4. Enter the PIN.
the key displays. Touch Add and a
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

5. Touch Setup Keys or Add/Remove Teen Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the that contain explicit content, and the Explicit
Driver Keys. The system displays maximum speed of the vehicle. When the Content Filter selection in the Audio Settings
instructions for registering or speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is will be unavailable for change.
unregistering a key. A confirmation started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC When Teen Driver is Active:
message displays. displays a message that the top speed is
. If equipped, the radio will mute when the
Manage Settings or Teen Driver Settings limited.
driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the
Depending on the options of your vehicle, On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter front passenger seat belt, is not buckled.
the following menu items may be displayed: is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum The audio from any device paired to the
acceleration will be limited. The DIC will vehicle will also be muted.
Buckle to Drive : When turned ON, Buckle to display a message that the acceleration is . An object placed on the front passenger
Drive prevents the driver from shifting out limited.
of P (Park) for a period of time after the seat, such as a briefcase, handbag,
brake pedal is pressed if the driver, or on Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
some vehicles the detected passenger, has warning in the DIC when exceeding a device, could cause the passenger sensing
not buckled their seat belt. On some selectable speed. Turn the speed warning on system to falsely sense an unbuckled
vehicles, Buckle to Drive is always ON when or off and choose the desired speed warning front passenger and mute the radio.
Teen Driver is active and is not configurable. level. The speed warning does not limit the If this happens, remove the object from
See Buckle To Drive 0 56. speed of the vehicle. On some infotainment the seat. See Passenger Sensing System
systems, touch Set Teen Driver Speed 0 69.
Audio Volume Limit : Allows a maximum Warning to set the warning speed. . Some safety systems, such as Automatic
audio volume to be set. Turn the audio Emergency Braking, if equipped, cannot
volume limit on or off. Use the arrows to Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Choose the
desired speed warning level. The speed be turned off.
choose the maximum allowable level for the
warning does not limit the speed of the . The gap setting for Adaptive Cruise
audio volume. On some infotainment
systems, touch Set Audio Volume Limit to vehicle. Control and alert timing for Forward
choose the maximum allowable audio SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter : Allows the Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be
volume level. SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter to be turned changed.
ON or OFF. When ON, the teen driver will . When trying to change a safety feature
Set Audio Volume Limit : Use the arrows to that is not configurable in Teen Driver,
choose the maximum allowable level for the not be able to listen to SiriusXM stations
the feature may be grayed out or
audio volume. removed from the infotainment menu,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

or the DIC will display a message . Overspeed Warnings – the number of . Tailgating Alerts (if equipped)– the
indicating that Teen Driver is active and times the speed warning setting was number of times the driver was alerted
the action is not available. exceeded. for following a vehicle ahead too closely.
. Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. . Wide Open Throttle – the number of Report Card Data
. Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) times the accelerator pedal was pressed
nearly all the way down. Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until
– When the vehicle is low on fuel, the the Report Card is reset or until the
low fuel light on the instrument cluster . Forward Collision Alerts (if equipped) – maximum count is exceeded. If the
flashes and the DIC low fuel warning the number of times the driver was maximum count is exceeded for a Report
cannot be dismissed. notified when approaching a vehicle Card line item, that item will no longer be
. Do not tow a trailer if equipped with ahead too quickly and at potential risk for updated in the Report Card until it is reset.
Automatic Emergency Braking. a crash. Each item will report a maximum of
. Forward Automatic Braking, also called 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report
Report Card
Automatic Emergency Braking (if a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi).
The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s equipped) – the number of times the
consent to record certain vehicle data when vehicle detected that a forward collision To delete Report Card data, do one of the
the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen was imminent and applied the brakes. following:
Driver key. There is one Report Card per . . From the Report Card display, touch
Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) –
vehicle. Data is only recorded when a the number of times the vehicle detected Reset.
registered Teen Driver key is used to that a rearward collision was imminent . Touch Clear PIN and All Teen Driver Keys
operate the vehicle. and applied the brakes. from the Teen Driver menu. This will also
The Report Card data is collected from the . Traction Control – the number of times unregister any Teen Driver keys and
time Teen Driver is activated or the last the Traction Control System activated to delete the PIN.
time the Report Card was reset. The reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. Forgotten PIN
following items may be recorded: . Stability Control – the number of events See your dealer to reset the PIN.
. Distance Driven – the total distance which required the use of electronic
driven. stability control.
. Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle . Antilock Braking System Active – The
speed detected. number of Antilock Brake System
activations.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Trademarks and License Explicit Language Notice: Channels with
frequent explicit language are indicated with
Agreements an “XL” preceding the channel name.
Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM
FCC Information
Satellite Radio receivers by notifying
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 435. SiriusXM:
. USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com
If you decide to continue service after your
or call 1-888-601–6296.
trial, your selected subscription plan will
automatically renew thereafter. You will be . Canada Customers — See
charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete disassemble, reverse engineer, hack,
"Made for iPhone," means that an electronic terms and how to cancel, which includes manipulate, or otherwise make available any
accessory has been designed to connect calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees technology or software incorporated in
specifically to iPhone, respectively, and has and programming are subject to change. receivers compatible with the SiriusXM
been certified by the developer to meet Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one Satellite Radio System or that support the
Apple performance standards. Apple is not time activation fee, and other fees may SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any
responsible for the operation of this device apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice
or its compliance with safety and regulatory fees and programming subject to change. compression software included in this
standards. Please note that the use of this Subscriptions subject to Customer product is protected by intellectual property
accessory with iPhone may affect wireless Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. rights including patent rights, copyrights,
performance. iPhone are trademarks of SiriusXM service is only available in the and trade secrets of Digital Voice
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other 48 contiguous United States and Canada. Systems, Inc.
countries. In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements:
may occur in extreme northern latitudes. 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is
This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that
Satellite Radio. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or
for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

be manufactured, distributed, HD Radio Technology MPEG4–AVC (H.264)
or marketed in the SiriusXM THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC
Service Area. PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
2. For products to be distributed, marketed, PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
and/or sold in Canada, a separate CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
agreement is required with Canadian COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC
Canada). VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
HD Radio Technology manufactured under CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
and Foreign Patents. For patents see OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
https://dts.com/patents. HD Radio and the LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO
HD, HD Radio, and “ARC” logos are LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED
registered trademarks or trademarks of FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM
TouchSense Technology and TouchSense States and/or other countries. MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
System 1000 Series Licensed from Bluetooth HTTPS://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System VC-1
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
1000 protected under one or more of the
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1
U.S. Patents at the following address
use of such marks by General Motors is PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html
under license. Other trademarks and trade PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
and other patents pending.
names are those of their respective owners. CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
Java COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD
(“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1
Java is a registered trademark of Oracle VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A
and/or its affiliates. CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS
OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER
LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS
FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL Personal Use Only: You agree to use this
END USER TERMS
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM Data for the solely personal, noncommercial
MPEG LA, LLC. SEE The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided
purposes for which you were licensed, and
HTTPS://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. for your personal, internal use only and not
not for service bureau, timesharing or other
for resale. It is protected by copyright, and
MPEG4–Visual similar purposes. Except as otherwise set
is subject to the following terms (this “End
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER forth herein, you agree not to otherwise
User License Agreement”) and conditions
THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
which are agreed to by you, on the one
STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE disassemble or reverse engineer any portion
hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”)
BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL of this Data, and may not transfer or
and its licensors (including their licensors
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
and suppliers) on the other hand.
except to the extent permitted by
MP3 The Data for areas of Canada includes mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology information taken with permission from and all accompanying materials on a
licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. Canadian authorities, including: © Her permanent basis if you retain no copies and
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © the recipient agrees to the terms of this End
WMV/WMA Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may
This product includes technology owned by Corporation, GeoBase®. only be transferred or sold as a complete
Microsoft Corporation and under a license HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the set as provided to you and not as a subset
from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or United States Postal Service® to publish and thereof.
distribution of such technology outside of sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions
this product is prohibited without a license
from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices Except where you have been specifically
Licensing, GP as applicable. are not established, controlled, or approved licensed to do so by HERE and without
by the United States Postal Service. The limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
following trademarks and registrations are not (a) use this Data with any products,
owned by the USPS: United States Postal systems, or applications installed or
Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. otherwise connected to or in communication
with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY
applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT,
limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN
Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
This Data may contain inaccurate or ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS
of time, changing circumstances, sources LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
comprehensive geographic data, any of States, Territories, and Countries do not
which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR
ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, allow certain liability exclusions or damages
No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) limitations, so to that extent the above may
SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE not apply to you.
This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you
agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH Export Control
its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER You agree not to export from anywhere any
suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION part of the Data provided to you or any
representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. direct product thereof except in compliance
express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability with, and with all licenses and approvals
otherwise, including but not limited to, required under, applicable export laws, rules
content, quality, accuracy, completeness, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE and regulations. Entire Agreement: These
effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a terms and conditions constitute the entire
particular purpose, usefulness, use or results LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE agreement between HERE (and its licensors,
to be obtained from this Data, or that the including their licensors and suppliers) and
Data or server will be uninterrupted or NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
error free. and supersedes in their entirety any and all
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT,
WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

written or oral agreements previously the Contracting Officer, federal government
existing between us with respect to such agency, or any federal official must notify
subject matter. HERE prior to seeking additional or
Governing Law alternative rights in the Data.
The above terms and conditions shall be Unicode

governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations of Use in https://www.unicode.org/
Convention for Contracts for the copyright.html.
NOTICE OF USE
International Sale of Goods, which is Free Type Project
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER)
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for Portions of this software are copyright ©
NAME:
any and all disputes, claims, and actions 2010 The FreeType Project
arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC (https://www.freetype.org). All rights
provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) reserved.
Government End Users ADDRESS: Open Source SW
If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL Further information concerning the OSS
of the United States government or any 60606. licenses is shown in the infotainment
other entity seeking or applying rights display.
similar to those customarily claimed by the This Data is a commercial item as defined in
FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User QNX
United States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined at License Agreement under which this Data Portions of this software are copyright ©
48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in was provided. 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights
accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights reserved.
Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. Part C – EULA
or otherwise furnished shall be marked and
If the Contracting Officer, federal Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH
embedded as appropriate with the following
government agency, or any federal official & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved.
“Notice of Use,” and be treated in
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
accordance with such Notice:
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES,
contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF
"Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR
Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING
Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS
with the license terms below. AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT
Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES),
non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR
the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR WMA
you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain
Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use
QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of
rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS this product is prohibited without a license
retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft.
all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU
intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR For more information on the Software,
required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. including any open source software license
reproduce, distribute or transfer, terms (and available source code) as well as
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE copyright attributions applicable to the
or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN
attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, Runtime Configuration indicated above,
THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY please contact the Manufacturer or contact
modify or create derivative works of, the NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC,
Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,
or marks in or on the Software, and to (licensing@qnx.com).
WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
ensure that all copies bear any notice
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Linotype
Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp.
registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark
Office and may be registered in certain
other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype
Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH.
Usage in text form of each of the Licensed
Trademarks is:
The trademark attribution requirements for
the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at
https://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/
trademarks.html.
END USER NOTICE
The marks of companies displayed by this
product to indicate business locations are
the marks of their respective owners. The
use of such marks in this product does not
imply any sponsorship, approval,
or endorsement by such companies of this
product.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Climate Controls 197

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 The climate control buttons on the center stack and on the climate control display are used to
Rear Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . 200 adjust the heating, cooling, and ventilation.
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 203
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Center Stack Climate Controls
1. ON/OFF 7. Max Defrost

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 8. Rear Window Defogger
3. Air distribution 9. Air Conditioning
4. Driver temperature 10. Recirculation
5. Fan Control 11. Sync
6. Passenger Temperature
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
198 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation OFF : Press OFF to turn the fan on or off. automatic fan control and the fan can be
The system automatically controls the fan When off is selected, the system will stop controlled manually. Press AUTO to return
speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and air from flowing into the cabin. If on is to automatic operation.
recirculation in order to heat or cool the selected or any other buttons are pressed, To turn off the fan and climate control
vehicle to the desired temperature. the climate control system will turn on and system, press OFF on the center stack
operate at the current setting. climate controls. The airflow will be blocked
When AUTO is underlined, the system is in
full automatic operation. If the air delivery y / z : The temperature can be adjusted from entering in all air delivery modes,
mode or fan setting is manually adjusted, separately for the driver and the passenger. except defrost.
the auto indicator turns off and the display Press to decrease or lift to increase the The maximum automatic fan speed can be
will show the selected settings. Auto temperature. Press or lift and hold to rapidly set to low, medium, or high. To adjust the
operation can be turned off individually for increase or decrease the temperature. automatic fan speed select Settings >
climate settings. SYNC : Touch SYNC on the climate control Vehicle > Climate > Auto Fan Speed.
For automatic operation: display to link all climate zone settings to Air Delivery Mode Control : When the
the driver settings. Adjust the driver side climate information is displayed, press the
1. Press AUTO. temperature control to change the linked desired air delivery mode on the climate
2. Set the temperature. Allow the system temperature. When the passenger setting is control display to change the direction of
time to stabilize. Then adjust the adjusted, the SYNC underline turns off. the airflow. The selected air delivery mode
temperature as needed for best comfort. button is lit. Pressing any of the air delivery
Rear : Touch Rear on the infotainment
To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the screen to open the rear climate control buttons cancels automatic air delivery
vehicle faster, recirculation may be screen. The rear climate control settings can control and the direction of the airflow can
automatically selected in warm weather. The now be adjusted from the front be controlled manually. Press AUTO to
recirculation light will not come on. Press passenger area. return to automatic operation.
@ to select recirculation; press it again to Manual Operation To change the current mode, select one of
select outside air. the following:
English units can be changed to metric units
z 9 y : Press to decrease or lift to
increase the fan speed. Press or lift and hold z : Air is directed to the windshield,
through the instrument cluster. See “Cluster outboard a/c outlets, and side window
the fan controls to adjust speed more
Options Menu” under Instrument Cluster outlets.
quickly. The fan speed setting displays. Any
0 107.
adjustment of the fan speed cancels
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel active. This helps to quickly cool the air The rear window defogger only works when
outlets. inside the vehicle and reduce the entry of the vehicle is on. The defogger turns off if
outside air and odors. the vehicle is turned off or to
[ : Air is primarily directed to the floor accessory mode.
outlets, with some air directed to the Pressing this button cancels automatic
windshield, outboard a/c outlets, and side recirculation. Press AUTO to return to To turn Auto Rear Defog off or on, select
window outlets. automatic operation; recirculation runs Settings > Climate > Auto Rear Defog >
automatically as needed. Select ON or OFF. When Auto Rear Defog is
d : Clears the windshield of fog or frost Manual recirculation mode is not available selected, the rear window defogger turns on
more quickly. Air is directed to the automatically when the vehicle is first
when in Defrost or some air distribution
windshield. Press d to turn on or off. modes with air to the windshield. started in cold weather and turns off when
Changing the air delivery mode also turns the vehicle is warmed.
the defrost off. Auto Defog : The climate control system
uses a sensor to automatically detect high The heated outside rearview mirrors turn on
A/C : Touch AC on the climate control humidity inside the vehicle. When high when the rear window defogger button is
display to turn the automatic air humidity is detected, the climate control on and help to clear fog or frost from the
conditioning on or off. If the fan is turned system may adjust to outside air supply, surface of the mirrors.
off or the outside temperature falls below turn on the air conditioner, and direct more
freezing, the air conditioner will not run. Caution
air to the windshield. If the climate control
Press AUTO to return to automatic operation system does not detect possible window Do not try to clear frost or other material
and the air conditioner runs as needed. fogging, it returns to normal operation. To from the inside of the front windshield
turn Auto Defog off or on, select Settings > and rear window with a razor blade or
Automatic Air Recirculation : When the Climate > Auto Defog > Select ON or OFF. anything else that is sharp. This may
AUTO indicator light is on, the air is
damage the rear window defogger grid
automatically recirculated as needed to help Rear Window Defogger and affect the radio's ability to pick up
quickly cool the inside of the vehicle.
K : Press to turn the rear window defogger stations clearly. The repairs would not be
@ : Press to alternate between on or off. An indicator light on the button covered by the vehicle warranty.
recirculating air inside the vehicle or pulling comes on to show that the rear window
in outside air. The indicator light on the defogger is on. Driver and Passenger Heated and Cooled
button is lit when recirculation mode is Seats : Press I or + to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Press J or z to heat the driver or Sensor Afterblow Feature
passenger seat cushion and seatback. If equipped, under certain conditions, the
Press C or { to cool the driver or fan may stay on or may turn on and off
passenger seat. several times after you turn off and lock the
vehicle. This is normal.
There are also auto heated and cooled seats,
for more information see Heated and Rear Climate Control System
Ventilated Front Seats 0 47.
The rear climate control system is on the
Remote Start Climate Control Operation : rear of the center console. The settings can
The climate control system may run when be adjusted with the rear climate controls
the vehicle is started remotely. The rear and the rear climate display.
defog may come on during remote start
based on cold ambient conditions. The rear
defog indicator light does not come on
during a remote start. If equipped with The solar sensor, on top of the instrument
heated or cooled seats, they may come on panel near the windshield, monitors the
during a remote start. See Remote Vehicle solar heat.
Start 0 14 and The climate control system uses the sensor
Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 47. information to adjust the temperature, fan
speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
If the sensor is covered, the automatic
climate control system may not work
properly.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

5. Rear Control Lockout
6. Rear AUTO (Automatic Operation)
7. REAR O (On/Off)
8. Temperature Control
Rear : Touch to open the rear climate
control screen. The rear climate control
settings can now be adjusted from the front
passenger area.
O : Press O or REAR O to turn the rear
climate control system on or off. If the rear
climate control system is turned off using
Rear Climate Controls
REAR O on the rear climate display, the O
button and the temperature or air delivery
1. Heated Rear Seats (if equipped) mode buttons on the rear climate controls
2. Air Delivery Mode Control must be pressed within five seconds to turn
3. Fan Control it back on.
4. Temperature Control SYNC : Touch SYNC on the rear climate
display to match the rear climate control
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) O (On/Off) temperature to the front climate control
driver temperature. The SYNC button will be
lit. Press the temperature, MODE, or AUTO
Rear Climate Display button to unlink the set driver and rear
temperatures. The SYNC button turns off.
1. Temperature Setting
Rear Control Lockout : Touch Rear Control
2. Air Delivery Mode Control Lockout on the rear climate display to lock
3. Fan Control or unlock control of the rear climate control
4. SYNC (Synchronized Temperatures) system from the front climate control
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

display. When locked the rear climate Y/ \/Y : Touch the desired mode on Move the slider knob (1) to change the
control system cannot be adjusted from the the rear climate display or the MODE button direction of the airflow and to shut off the
rear climate controls on the rear of the on the rear of the center console to change air flow. The horizontal vanes rotate up and
center console. the direction of the airflow in the rear down. A metallic click sounds every time
Automatic Operation seating area. they pass through the horizontal position.
Rear AUTO : Touch to turn on or off. The air M or L : If equipped, press M or L to Operation Tips
delivery and fan speed are controlled heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from
automatically. The AUTO indicator appears See Heated Rear Seats 0 52. the air inlets at the base of the
on the display on the rear of the center windshield that could block the flow of
air into the vehicle.
console. If the Mode or fan control buttons Air Vents . Clear snow off the hood to improve
are manually adjusted, this cancels the
automatic operation. Adjustable air vents are in the center and on visibility and help decrease moisture
the side of the instrument panel. drawn into the vehicle.
Manual Operation
. When you enter a vehicle in cold
A«/ªAª : Touch or press the fan weather, press the fan up button to the
controls on the rear climate display or on maximum fan level before driving. This
the rear of the center console to increase or helps clear the intake ducts of snow and
decrease the airflow. Pressing A « when moisture, and reduces the chance of
the system is off will turn the system on. fogging the inside of the window.
The air delivery mode remains in its . Keep the air path under the front seats
previous setting. clear of objects to help circulate the air
« / ª : Touch or press and hold the rear inside of the vehicle more effectively.
temperature controls on the rear climate . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors
display or on the rear of the center console can adversely affect the performance of
to adjust the rear passenger temperature. the system. Check with your dealer
Press « for warmer air and press ª for 1. Slider Knob before adding equipment to the outside
cooler air. of the vehicle.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Rear System Air Vents
This vehicle has four round or rectangular
air vents in the headliner above the second
and third row seats.
To open a rectangular outlet, move the

slider knob and rotate the outlet barrel left
to right to change the direction of the air
flow and to shut off the air flow. 1. Open the glove box door completely.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
To open a round outlet, press on the center The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other
vane bump. Use the center vane to rotate airborne irritants from outside air that is
the outlet and change the direction of the pulled into the vehicle.
airflow. Press on the center vane leading
edge to shut off the air flow. The filter should be replaced as part of
routine scheduled maintenance. To find out
what type of filter to use, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 420.
2. Press the sides of the glove box bin

inward to clear the stoppers and rotate
downward to lower the bin.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

4. Pull the lever (1) on the left side of the During service, all refrigerants should be
filter door and slide left (2), then remove reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting
the door. Remove the old filter. refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is
5. Install the new air filter. harmful to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
6. Reinstall the filter door. inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the health-based concerns.
glove box.
The air conditioning system requires periodic
See your dealer if additional assistance is maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule
needed. 0 415.
Service
3. Unhook the string dampener to fully All vehicles have a label underhood that
remove the glove box bin. identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning evaporator should never
be repaired or replaced by one from a
salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced
by a new evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22
Driving and Operating 205

Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 225 Assistance Systems for Parking or
Driving Information Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . 206 Automatic Transmission Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Manual Mode (V-Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Automatic Parking Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . 282
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . 284
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Rear Pedestrian Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Brakes System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . 287
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Automatic Emergency
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Ride Control Systems Night Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Starting and Operating Traction Control/Electronic Stability
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . 294
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Traffic Sign Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Surround Vision Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 222
Four Corner Air Suspension System . . . 243
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Fuel
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Cruise Control Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 224 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Dynamic Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) . . . 248 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Super Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22
206 Driving and Operating

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Driving Information Distracted Driving
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Distraction comes in many forms and can
Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . 304
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other
Trailer Towing are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from
General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 305 economy possible: the road. Many local governments have
Driving Characteristics and . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction.
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 or turn them off when not required. your area.
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the
Trailering App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
. Avoid idling the engine for long periods steering wheel, and focus your attention on
Conversions and Add-Ons driving.
of time.
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 334 . When road and weather conditions are
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving
situations. Use a hands-free method to
appropriate, use cruise control.
place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Always follow posted speed limits or
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,
drive more slowly when conditions
or look up information on phones or
require.
other electronic devices.
. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.
. Designate a front seat passenger to
. Combine several trips into a single trip.
handle potential distractions.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming
sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting
. Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program
maintenance. all trip information into any navigation
device prior to driving.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Wait until the vehicle is parked to . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle
retrieve items that have fallen to the (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers)
floor. are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend to mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a
children. and be ready. vehicle while driving.
. Allow enough following distance between
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or
you and the driver in front of you.
Braking
restraint.
. Avoid stressful conversations while . Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and
reaction time. Deciding to push the brake
driving, whether with a passenger or on a
cell phone. Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Death and injury associated with impaired
{ Warning driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about
three-quarters of a second. In that time, a
Taking your eyes off the road too long or
too often could cause a crash resulting in { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels
20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of
injury or death. Focus your attention on Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency.
driving. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
Refer to the infotainment section for more can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and
information on using that system and the of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you.
navigation system, if equipped, including serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking.
pairing and using a cell phone. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic.
Defensive Driving Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is
alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not
Defensive driving means “always expect the pump the brakes. Doing so could make the
unexpected.” The first step in driving who has been drinking or is impaired by
drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine
defensively is to wear the seat belt. See stops, there will be some power brake assist
Seat Belts 0 55. home; or if you are with a group,
designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

applied. Once the power assist is used up, it Electric Power Steering . Holding both sides of the steering wheel
can take longer to stop and the brake pedal allows you to turn 180 degrees without
The vehicle is equipped with an electric removing a hand.
will be harder to push.
power steering system, which reduces the
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows
Steering amount of effort needed to steer the
vehicle. It does not have power steering steering while braking.
Caution fluid. Regular maintenance is not required. Off-Road Recovery
To avoid damage to the steering system, If the vehicle experiences a system
do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, malfunction and loses power steering,
or similar objects at speeds greater than greater steering effort may be required.
3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving Power steering assist also may be reduced if
over other objects such as lane dividers you turn the steering wheel as far as it can
turn and hold it there with force for an
and speed bumps. Damage caused by
extended period of time.
misuse of the vehicle is not covered by
the vehicle warranty. See your dealer if there is a problem.
Curve Tips
. Take curves at a reasonable speed.
. Reduce speed before entering a curve.
. Maintain a reasonable steady speed
through the curve. The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the
. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve
edge of a road onto the shoulder while
driving. Follow these tips:
before accelerating gently into the
straightaway. 1. Ease off the accelerator and then,
if there is nothing in the way, steer the
Steering in Emergencies vehicle so that it straddles the edge of
. There are some situations when steering the pavement.
around a problem may be more effective
than braking.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

2. Turn the steering wheel about . Slow down and adjust your driving
one-eighth of a turn, until the right front according to weather conditions. Stopping { Warning
tire contacts the pavement edge. distance can be longer and vehicle control When driving off-road, bouncing and
3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight can be affected when traction is reduced quick changes in direction can easily
down the roadway. by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other throw you out of position. This could
material on the road. Learn to recognize cause you to lose control and crash. You
Loss of Control warning clues — such as enough water, and your passengers should always wear
ice, or packed snow on the road to make
Skidding seat belts.
a mirrored surface — and slow down
There are three types of skids that when you have any doubt.
Before Driving Off-Road
correspond to the vehicle's three control . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration,
. Have all necessary maintenance and
systems: or braking, including reducing vehicle
speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any service work completed.
. Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check
sudden changes could cause the tires to
. Steering or Cornering Skid — too much inflation pressure in all tires, including the
slide.
speed or steering in a curve causes tires spare, if equipped.
to slip and lose cornering force. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only
. Read all the information about
. Acceleration Skid — too much throttle the braking skid.
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual.
causes the driving wheels to spin.
Off-Road Driving . Know the local laws that apply to off-road
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking driving.
reasonable care suited to existing conditions, Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for
and by not overdriving those conditions. But off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
skids are always possible. drive and vehicles not equipped with All
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these

Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must
not be driven off-road except on a level,
{ Warning
. Unsecured cargo on the load floor can
suggestions: solid surface. For contact information about
be tossed about when driving over
. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal the original equipment tires, see the
rough terrain. You or your passengers
and steer the way you want the vehicle warranty manual.
can be struck by flying objects. Secure
to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be One of the best ways for successful off-road the cargo properly.
ready for a second skid if it occurs. driving is to control the speed. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Driving on Hills
Warning (Continued) { Warning
. Keep cargo in the cargo area as far Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of what the Driving to the top of a hill at high speed
forward and as low as possible. The can cause a crash. There could be a
vehicle can and cannot do.
heaviest things should be on the floor, drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even
forward of the rear axle. another vehicle. You could be seriously
. Heavy loads on the roof raise the
{ Warning injured or killed. As you near the top of a
vehicle's center of gravity, making it Many hills are simply too steep for any hill, slow down and stay alert.
more likely to roll over. You can be vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the
seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can . Use headlamps even during the day to
vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads cause loss of control. Driving across hills make the vehicle more visible.
inside the cargo area, not on the roof. can cause a rollover. You could be injured . Never go downhill forward or backward
or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. with either the transmission or transfer
For more information about loading the case in N (Neutral). The brakes could
vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 215 and Before driving on a hill, assess the overheat and you could lose control.
Tires 0 369. steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the
terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the { Warning
Environmental Concerns vehicle and walk the hill before driving
. Always use established trails, roads, and further. If the vehicle has the two-speed
areas that have been set aside for public automatic or electronic transfer case,
When driving on hills: shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral)
off-road recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations. . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on can cause your vehicle to roll even if the
. Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, the steering wheel. transmission is in P (Park). This is because
or grasses or disturb wildlife. . Maintain a slow speed. the N (Neutral) position on the transfer
. Do not park over things that burn. See . When possible, drive straight up or down case overrides the transmission. You or
Parking over Things That Burn 0 224. the hill. someone else could be injured. If leaving
. Slow down when approaching the top of the vehicle, set the parking brake and
the hill. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet . If you cannot make it up the hill,
Warning (Continued) grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, back straight down the hill.
shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral)
the transfer case to any position but can hit something and potentially using only the brake. The vehicle can
N (Neutral). roll over. roll backward quickly and you could
. Hidden obstacles can make the steepness lose control.
. When driving down a hill, keep the of the incline more severe. If a rock is . If driving downhill when the vehicle
vehicle headed straight down. Use a low driven across with the uphill wheels, or if stalls, shift to a lower gear, release
gear because the engine will work with the downhill wheels drop into a rut or the parking brake, and drive straight
the brakes to slow the vehicle and help depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. down the hill.
keep the vehicle under control. . If an incline must be driven across, and 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after
the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. stalling, set the parking brake, shift into
{ Warning This should help straighten out the P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
Heavy braking when going down a hill vehicle and prevent the side slipping.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help.
can cause your brakes to overheat and If the vehicle stalls on a hill: 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle
fade. This could cause loss of control and 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and would take if it rolled downhill.
you or others could be injured or killed. then apply the parking brake.
Apply the brakes lightly when descending
a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle
2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the { Warning
engine. Getting out of the vehicle on the
speed under control.
. If driving uphill when the vehicle downhill side when stopped across an
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle across stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls
the incline of the hill. Driving across an parking brake, and back over, you could be crushed or killed.
incline puts more weight on the downhill straight down. Always get out on the uphill side of the
wheels, which could cause a downhill . Never try to turn the vehicle around. vehicle and stay well clear of the
slide or a rollover. If the hill is steep enough to stall the rollover path.
vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it
to roll over.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice Driving in Water After Off-Road Driving
Use a low gear when driving in mud — the Remove any brush or debris that has
deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep { Warning collected on the underbody or chassis,
the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. Driving through rushing water can be or under the hood. These accumulations can
Traction changes when driving on sand. On dangerous. Deep water can sweep your be a fire hazard.
loose sand, such as on beaches or sand vehicle downstream and you and your After operation in mud or sand, have the
dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. passengers could drown. If it is only brake linings cleaned and checked. These
This affects steering, accelerating, and shallow water, it can still wash away the substances can cause glazing and uneven
braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid ground from under your tires. Traction braking. Check the body structure, driveline,
sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. could be lost, and the vehicle could roll steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and
Traction is reduced on hard packed snow over. Do not drive through rushing water. exhaust system for damage and check the
and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce fuel lines and cooling system for any
vehicle speed when driving on hard packed leakage.
Caution
snow and ice. More frequent maintenance service is
Do not drive through standing water if it required. See the Maintenance Schedule
{ Warning is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, 0 415.
axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers Driving on Wet Roads
damage the axle and other vehicle parts.
can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary
greatly and the vehicle could fall through Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle
If the standing water is not too deep, drive traction and affect your ability to stop and
the ice; you and your passengers could through it slowly. At faster speeds, water
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe accelerate. Always drive slower in these
can get into the engine and cause it to stall. types of driving conditions and avoid driving
surfaces only. Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is through large puddles and deep-standing or
under water. Do not turn off the ignition flowing water.
when driving through water. If the exhaust
pipe is under water, the engine will not
start. When going through water, the brakes
get wet and it may take longer to stop. See
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

There is no hard and fast rule about
{ Warning hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow { Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They down when the road is wet. Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a
might not work as well in a quick stop Other Rainy Weather Tips long downhill slope can cause brake
and could cause pulling to one side. You overheating, can reduce brake
could lose control of the vehicle. Besides slowing down, other wet weather performance, and could result in a loss of
driving tips include: braking. Shift the transmission to a lower
After driving through a large puddle of . Allow extra following distance.
water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply gear to let the engine assist the brakes
. Pass with caution. on a steep downhill slope.
the brake pedal until the brakes work
normally. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in
good shape.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir { Warning
forces. Driving through flowing water filled. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with
could cause the vehicle to be carried . Have good tires with proper tread depth. the ignition off is dangerous. This can
away. If this happens, you and other cause overheating of the brakes and loss
See Tires 0 369.
vehicle occupants could drown. Do not of steering assist. Always have the engine
. Turn off cruise control.
ignore police warnings and be very running and the vehicle in gear.
cautious about trying to drive through Hill and Mountain Roads
flowing water. . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in
Driving on steep hills or through mountains its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross
Hydroplaning is different than driving on flat or rolling the center line.
terrain. Tips include:
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build . Be alert on top of hills; something could
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in good
up under the vehicle's tires so they actually be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
shape.
ride on the water. This can happen if the . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g.,
road is wet enough and you are going fast . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, and
falling rocks area, winding roads, long
enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it cooling system. grades, passing or no-passing zones) and
has little or no contact with the road. . Shift to a lower gear when going down take appropriate action.
steep or long hills.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Winter Driving . Allow greater following distance and
watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can { Warning
Driving on Snow or Ice occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded Snow can trap engine exhaust under the
areas. The surface of a curve or an vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to
Caution overpass can remain icy when the get inside. Engine exhaust contains
To avoid damage to the wheels and surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be
brake components, always clear snow and steering maneuvers and braking while seen or smelled. It can cause
ice from inside the wheels and on ice.
unconsciousness and even death.
underneath the vehicle before driving. . Turn off cruise control.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
Cold Weather Mode . Clear snow from the base of the
Snow or ice between the tires and the road
creates less traction or grip, so drive In very low temperatures, a cold weather vehicle, especially any blocking the
carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C message may display on the Driver exhaust pipe.
(32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Information Center (DIC). The engine speed, . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on
Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain transmission shift patterns, and cabin fan the vehicle side that is away from the
until roads can be treated. speed may operate differently to enable the wind, to bring in fresh air.
vehicle to warm up quicker. You can
For Slippery Road Driving: . Fully open the air outlets on or under
manually override the cabin fan speed in
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly cold weather mode. the instrument panel.
causes the wheels to spin and makes the . Adjust the climate control system to
surface under the tires slick. Blizzard Conditions circulate the air inside the vehicle and
. Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal set the fan speed to the highest
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 238. for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there setting. See “Climate Control Systems.”
. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside
For more information about CO, see
vehicle stability during hard stops, but Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program
0 430. To get help and keep everyone in Engine Exhaust 0 225.
the brakes should be applied sooner than
when on dry pavement. See Antilock the vehicle safe:
Brake System (ABS) 0 235. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

To save fuel, run the engine for short
{ Warning Vehicle Load Limits
periods to warm the vehicle and then shut
the engine off and partially close the If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, It is very important to know how much
window. Moving about to keep warm also they can explode, and you or others weight the vehicle can carry. This
helps. could be injured. The vehicle can weight is called the vehicle capacity
If it takes time for help to arrive, when overheat, causing an engine compartment weight and includes the weight of all
running the engine, push the accelerator fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as occupants, cargo, and all
pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than little as possible and avoid going above nonfactory-installed options. Two labels
the idle speed. This keeps the battery 56 km/h (35 mph). on the vehicle may show how much
charged to restart the vehicle and to signal weight it was designed to carry, the
for help with the headlamps. Do this as Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out Tire and Loading Information label and
little as possible, to save fuel. the Certification/Tire label.
Turn the steering wheel left and right to
If the Vehicle Is Stuck clear the area around the front wheels. Turn
off any traction system. Shift back and forth { Warning
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear,
free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, Do not load the vehicle any heavier
spinning the wheels as little as possible. To
ice, or snow. prevent transmission wear, wait until the
than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. (GVWR), or either the maximum
The Traction Control System (TCS) can often
help to free a stuck vehicle. See Traction Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, front or rear Gross Axle Weight
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 238. and press lightly on the accelerator pedal Rating (GAWR). This can cause
when the transmission is in gear. Slowly systems to break and change the
If TCS cannot free the vehicle, turn TCS off spinning the wheels in the forward and way the vehicle handles. This could
and use the rocking method. See “Rocking reverse directions causes a rocking motion
the Vehicle to Get it Out” following.
cause loss of control and a crash.
that could free the vehicle. If that does not Overloading can also reduce stopping
get the vehicle out after a few tries, it performance, damage the tires, and
might need to be towed out. If the vehicle
does need to be towed out, see Transporting
shorten the life of the vehicle.
a Disabled Vehicle 0 401.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Tire and Loading Information Label pressures (4). For more information on if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
tires and inflation see Tires 0 369 and and there will be five 150 lb
Tire Pressure 0 374. passengers in your vehicle, the
There is also important loading amount of available cargo and
information on the vehicle Certification/ luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
Tire label. It may show the Gross (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the 5. Determine the combined weight of
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for luggage and cargo being loaded on
the front and rear axles. See the vehicle. That weight may not
“Certification/Tire Label” later in this safely exceed the available cargo and
section. luggage load capacity calculated in
“Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit–
Step 4.
Label Example 6. If your vehicle will be towing a
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo trailer, load from your trailer will be
A vehicle specific Tire and Loading
should never exceed XXX kg or transferred to your vehicle. Consult
Information label is attached to the
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. this manual to determine how this
center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and
reduces the available cargo and
loading information label shows the 2. Determine the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your
number of occupant seating the driver and passengers that will vehicle.”
positions (1), and the maximum vehicle be riding in your vehicle.
capacity weight (2) in kilograms and See Trailer Towing 0 309 for important
3. Subtract the combined weight of the information on towing a trailer, towing
pounds.
driver and passengers from XXX kg safety rules, and trailering tips.
The Tire and Loading Information label or XXX lbs.
also shows the size of the original 4. The resulting figure equals the
equipment tires (3) and the available amount of cargo and
recommended cold tire inflation luggage load capacity. For example,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg
(150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs) (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (750 lbs) (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs)
= 317 kg (700 lbs) (250 lbs)
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and Loading
Information label for specific
information about the vehicle's capacity
weight and seating positions. The
combined weight of the driver,
passengers, and cargo should never
exceed the vehicle's capacity weight.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Certification/Tire Label actual loads on the front and rear axles,
Warning (Continued)
weigh the vehicle at a weigh station.
Your dealer can help with this. Be sure . Never stack heavier things, like
to spread the load equally on both suitcases, inside the vehicle so
sides of the center line. that some of them are above the
tops of the seats.
The warranty does not cover parts or
components that fail because of . Do not leave an unsecured child
overloading. restraint in the vehicle.
The label will help determine how much . When you carry something inside
cargo and installed equipment the the vehicle, secure it whenever
vehicle can carry. you can.
. Do not leave a seat folded down
Label Example Using heavier suspension components
to get added durability might not unless you need to.
A vehicle specific Certification/Tire label change the weight ratings. Ask your
is attached to the B-pillar. The label There is also important loading
dealer to help load the vehicle properly.
may show the size of the vehicle's information for off-road driving in this
manual. See “Loading the Vehicle for
original tires and the inflation pressures { Warning Off-Road Driving” under Off-Road
needed to obtain the gross weight Things you put inside the vehicle can
capacity of the vehicle. This is called Driving 0 209.
strike and injure people in a sudden
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). stop or turn, or in a crash. Add-On Equipment
The GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo. . Put things in the cargo area of the There may be a limit on how many
vehicle. Try to spread the weight people can be inside the vehicle when
The Certification/Tire label may also evenly. carrying removable items. Be sure to
show the maximum weights for the (Continued) weigh the vehicle before buying and
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle installing the new equipment.
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Caution Caution (Continued) Ignition Positions
Overloading the vehicle may cause broken in. Hard stops with new linings
damage. Repairs would not be covered by can mean premature wear and earlier
the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the replacement. Follow this breaking-in
vehicle. guideline every time you get new
brake linings.
Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle . Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or See Trailer Towing 0 309 for the
rear axle. trailer towing capabilities of the
vehicle and more information.
Starting and Operating Following break-in, engine speed and load
can be gradually increased.
New Vehicle Break-In
On new vehicles, the various mechanical and Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have
Caution electrical systems experience a “break-in” pushbutton starting.
The vehicle does not need an elaborate period during the first 6 400 km (4,000 mi) The Remote Key must be in the vehicle for
break-in. But it will perform better in the of routine driving. As the vehicle is driven, the system to operate. If the pushbutton
long run if you follow these guidelines: the mechanical systems adjust to provide start is not working, the vehicle may be
optimal fuel economy and transmission shift near a strong radio antenna signal causing
. Do not drive at any one constant performance.
speed, fast or slow, for the first interference to the Keyless Access system.
800 km (500 mi). Do not make Electrical systems will adapt and calibrate See Remote Key Operation 0 8.
full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting during the break-in period. A one-time To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be
to brake or slow the vehicle. occurrence of clicks and similar vehicle on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal
noises is normal during this process. must be applied.
. Avoid making hard stops for the first
300 km (200 mi) or so. During this Normal driving charges the vehicle’s battery
time the new brake linings are not yet to achieve the best operation of the vehicle,
(Continued) including fuel economy and the Stop/Start
System. See Stop/Start System 0 222.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

not start. Move the steering wheel from left If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and
{ Warning to right while attempting to start the must be shut off while driving, press and
Turning off the vehicle while moving may vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than
cause loss of power assist in the brake needs service. two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.
and steering systems and disable the If the vehicle must be shut off in an Accessory Mode (Amber Indicator Light) :
airbags. While driving, only shut the emergency: This mode allows some electrical accessories
vehicle off in an emergency. 1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. to be used when the engine is off.
Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This With the ignition off, pressing the button
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator may deplete power assist, requiring one time without the brake pedal applied
Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press increased brake pedal force. will place the ignition system in
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can accessory mode.
engine off.
be done while the vehicle is moving. The ignition will switch from accessory
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply mode to off after five minutes to prevent
turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) the brakes and steer the vehicle to a battery rundown.
will remain active. See Retained Accessory safe location.
Power (RAP) 0 222. ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This
3. Come to a complete stop. mode is for driving and starting. With the
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition 4. Hold the brake pedal down and shift to ignition off, and the brake pedal applied,
will return to accessory mode and display P (Park). The shift lever must be in pressing the button once will turn the
the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver P (Park) to turn the ignition off. ignition on. Once engine cranking begins,
Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is
5. Continue to hold the brake pedal down. release the button. Engine cranking will
shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will
6. Set the parking brake. See Electric continue until the engine starts. See Starting
turn off.
Parking Brake 0 236. the Engine 0 221.
The vehicle may have an electric steering
7. Press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn Service Mode
column lock. The lock is activated when the
ignition is turned off and either front door is the ignition off. This power mode is available for service and
opened. A sound may be heard as the lock 8. Release the brake pedal. diagnostics, and to verify the proper
actuates or releases. The steering column operation of the malfunction indicator lamp
lock may not release with the wheels turned as may be required for emission inspection
off center. If this happens, the vehicle may purposes. With the vehicle off, and the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

brake pedal not applied, pressing and
holding the button for more than
Caution Caution
five seconds will place the vehicle in Service Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the Cranking the engine for long periods of
Mode. The instruments and audio systems vehicle is moving. If you do, you could time, by trying to start the engine
will operate as they do when the ignition is damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) immediately after cranking has ended,
on, but the vehicle will not be able to be only when the vehicle is stopped. can overheat and damage the cranking
driven. The engine will not start in Service motor, and drain the battery. Wait at
Mode. Press the button again to turn the Starting Procedure least 15 seconds between each try, to let
ignition off. 1. The remote key must be in the vehicle. the cranking motor cool down.
Starting the Engine Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake
pedal applied. When the engine begins 2. If the engine does not start after five to
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the cranking, let go of the button. 10 seconds, especially in very cold
Duramax diesel supplement. weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
The idle speed will go down as the
be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
engine gets warm. Do not race the
Caution engine immediately after starting it.
pushing the accelerator pedal all the way
If you add electrical parts or accessories, to the floor and holding it there while
Operate the engine and transmission
pressing ENGINE START/STOP for up to a
you could change the way the engine gently to allow the oil to warm up and
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least
operates. Any resulting damage would lubricate all moving parts.
15 seconds between each try, to allow
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. When the low fuel warning light is on the cranking motor to cool down. When
See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 334. and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is the engine starts, let go of the button
displayed in the Driver Information and accelerator. If the vehicle starts
Shift the vehicle into P (Park) or N (Neutral). Center (DIC), press the ENGINE START/ briefly but then stops again, do the
To restart the engine when the vehicle is STOP position to continue engine same thing. This clears the extra gasoline
already moving, use N (Neutral) only. cranking. from the engine. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it. Operate
the engine and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Stop/Start System Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto Auto Stop Disable Switch
Starts may occur because:
If equipped and enabled, the Stop/Start . The climate control settings require the
system will shut off the engine to help
engine to be running to cool or heat the
conserve fuel. It has components designed
vehicle interior.
for the increased number of starts.
. The vehicle battery needs to charge.
{ Warning . The vehicle battery has recently been
disconnected.
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature
. Minimum vehicle speed has not been
causes the engine to shut off while the
reached since the last Auto Stop.
vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle
. The accelerator pedal is pressed.
before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle
may restart and move unexpectedly. . The engine or transmission is not at the
Always shift to P (Park), and then turn required operating temperature.
Uplevel Shown, Others Similar
the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. . The outside temperature is not in the
required operating range. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can
Auto Engine Stop/Start . The vehicle is shifted out of D (Drive) to be disabled and enabled by pressing h.
When the brakes are applied and the vehicle any gear other than P (Park). Auto Stop/Start is enabled each time you
is at a complete stop, the engine may turn . Certain driver modes have been selected. start the vehicle.
off. When stopped, the tachometer displays See Driver Mode Control 0 240 and
When the h indicator is illuminated, the
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 0 108. When Four-Wheel Drive 0 231.
system is enabled.
the brake pedal is released or the . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will . The driver door has been opened or the Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
restart. driver seat belt has been unbuckled.
When the vehicle is turned from on to off,
To maintain vehicle performance, other . The hood has been opened. the following features (if equipped) will
conditions may cause the engine to . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum continue to function for up to 10 minutes,
automatically restart before the brake pedal allowed time. or until the driver door is opened. These
is released. features will also work when the vehicle is
on or in accessory mode:
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Infotainment System Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine
. Power Windows (during RAP this { Warning Running
functionality will be lost when any door It can be dangerous to get out of the
is opened) vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) { Warning
. Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will with the parking brake set. The vehicle
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle
be lost when any door is opened) can roll. If you have left the engine with the engine running. It could
. Auxiliary Power Outlet running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
overheat and catch fire.
. Audio System You or others could be injured. To be
sure the vehicle will not move, even It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
. OnStar System
when you are on fairly level ground, use if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the
Shifting Into Park the steps that follow. If you are pulling a parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
{ Warning Towing Tips 0 305. is running. If you have left the engine
Parking on grades with poor traction such running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
To shift into P (Park): You or others could be injured. To be
as ice, snow, mud, or gravel may cause
the vehicle to unintentionally move and 1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the sure the vehicle will not move, even
Electric Parking Brake (EPB). See Electric when you are on fairly level ground,
could result in injury, death, and/or
Parking Brake 0 236. always set the parking brake and shift to
vehicle damage. If equipped with
four-wheel drive, use AUTO or 4 (HI) to 2. Press the P (Park) switch on top of the P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 223.
provide additional traction. Be sure to shift lever. If you are towing a trailer, see Driving
apply the parking brake. See Electric 3. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 305.
Parking Brake 0 236 and vehicle off.
Four-Wheel Drive 0 231. If you have to leave the vehicle with the
If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on a engine running, the vehicle must be in
hill, the EPB may apply automatically. The P (Park) with the EPB set.
driver may not be able to release the EPB
using the EPB switch. It should automatically Confirm that the vehicle is in P (Park).
release when the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Shifting out of Park shift lock release button is pressed when Extended Parking
you are attempting to shift out of P (Park).
This vehicle is equipped with an electronic If all of these conditions are met but the It is best not to park with the vehicle
transmission. The shift lock release button is vehicle will not shift out of P (Park), see running. If the vehicle is left running, be
designed to prevent inadvertent shifting out your dealer for service. sure it will not move and there is adequate
of P (Park). ventilation.
To shift out of P (Park): Parking over Things That Burn See Shifting Into Park 0 223 and
1. Ensure the engine is running. Engine Exhaust 0 225.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
{ Warning If the vehicle is left parked and running with
Things that can burn could touch hot the remote key outside the vehicle, it will
3. Press and hold the shift lock release exhaust parts under the vehicle and
button on the shift lever. continue to run for up to 15 minutes.
ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves,
4. Move the shift lever to the desired If the vehicle is left parked and running with
dry grass, or other things that can burn. the remote key inside the vehicle, it will
position. For N (Neutral) hold the lever in
the N (Neutral) position until the N continue to run for up to 30 minutes.
indicator illuminates red.
Dynamic Fuel Management
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is
5. The P indicator will turn white and the If equipped, Dynamic Fuel Management parked on a hill, due to lack of
gear indicator on the shift lever will turn allows the engine to operate in multiple available fuel.
red when the vehicle is no longer in cylinder patterns, up to the full 8-cylinder
operation, depending on driving conditions. The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken
P (Park). out of P (Park) while it is running.
When less power is required, such as
6. After releasing the shift lever, it will cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the
return to the center position. system will reduce any combination of
If equipped, the Buckle to Drive feature may operating cylinders enabling the vehicle to
prevent shifting from P (Park). See Buckle To achieve better fuel economy. When greater
Drive 0 56. power is required, such as passing or
merging onto a freeway, the system will
If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), a
maintain full 8-cylinder operation.
Driver Information Center (DIC) message
may be displayed. Ensure the engine is
running, the brake pedal is applied, and the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) Automatic Transmission
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is
{ Warning suspected that exhaust is coming into the
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide vehicle:
(CO), which cannot be seen or smelled.
. Drive it only with the windows
Exposure to CO can cause
completely down.
unconsciousness and even death.
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
Never park the vehicle with the engine
. The vehicle idles in areas with poor
running in an enclosed area such as a
ventilation (parking garages, tunnels,
garage or a building that has no fresh air
deep snow that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes). ventilation.
. The exhaust smells or sounds strange Running the Vehicle While Parked Base Model Shown, V-Series Similar
or different.
It is better not to park with the engine The shift pattern is displayed in the top of
. The exhaust system leaks due to the shift lever. The selected gear position
corrosion or damage. running.
will illuminate red on the shift lever, while
. The vehicle exhaust system has been If the vehicle is left with the engine running, all others will be displayed in white. If the
modified, damaged, or improperly follow the proper steps to be sure the shift is not immediate, as in very cold
repaired. vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park conditions, the indicator on the shift lever
0 223 and Engine Exhaust 0 225. may flash until it is fully engaged.
. There are holes or openings in the
vehicle body from damage or If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see The shift lever always starts from a center
aftermarket modifications that are not Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips position, represented by an up/down arrow
completely sealed. 0 305. on the shift pattern. After releasing the shift
(Continued) lever, it will return to the center position.
The transmission does not operate when the
vehicle is off.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

If the vehicle is in accessory mode, the
transmission can be shifted into P (Park). { Warning
If the vehicle is turned off while at a It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle
relatively high vehicle speed, the if the transmission is not in P (Park) with
transmission will automatically shift to the parking brake set. The vehicle
N (Neutral). Once the vehicle is stopped, can roll.
P (Park) is automatically selected. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
is running. If the engine has been left
running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be
sure the vehicle will not move, even
when on fairly level ground, always set
the parking brake and place the This vehicle is equipped with an electronic
transmission into P (Park). See Shifting controlled transmission. The shift lock
release button is designed to prevent
Into Park 0 223 and
inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) unless
Electric Parking Brake 0 236. the ignition is on, the brake pedal is applied,
and the shift lock release button is pressed.
When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE
P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The
P (Park) when starting the engine to prevent transmission will shift to P (Park)
the vehicle from moving easily. automatically, unless the vehicle is in
N (Neutral). See “Car Wash Mode” later in
this section.
The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is
moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift
into P (Park).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

To shift in and out of P (Park), see Shifting too high, the vehicle will shift to N (Neutral).
Into Park 0 223 and Reduce the vehicle speed and try the shift { Warning
Shifting out of Park 0 224. again. Shifting into a drive gear while the
Service Shift Lever Message To shift into R (Reverse): engine is running at high speed is
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on
If the message SERVICE SHIFTER SEE
the brake pedal, the vehicle could move
OWNER’S MANUAL appears in the Driver 2. Press and hold shift lock release button very rapidly. You could lose control and
Information Center (DIC), the shift lever on the side of the shift lever.
needs service. Have the vehicle serviced as hit people or objects. Do not shift into a
3. From the center position, move the shift drive gear while the engine is running at
soon as possible. If the vehicle is lever forward through the first detent to
automatically shifting into P (Park), check to high speed.
the end of travel. R is illuminated in red.
see if the P (Park) button on top of the shift
lever is stuck. To operate the vehicle, hold 4. After releasing the shift lever, it will
the shift lever in the desired gear, return to the center position. Caution
R (Reverse) or D (Drive), until vehicle speed To shift out of R (Reverse): Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with
exceeds 15 km/h (10 mph), then release the the engine running at high speed may
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
shift lever. damage the transmission. The repairs
2. Shift to the desired gear. would not be covered by the vehicle
R : Use this gear to back up.
3. After releasing the shift lever, it will warranty. Be sure the engine is not
If the vehicle is shifted from either return to the center position. running at high speed when shifting the
R (Reverse) to D (Drive) or L (Low), or L (Low) vehicle.
or D (Drive) to R (Reverse) while the speed is At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be
too high, the vehicle will shift to N (Neutral). used to rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without The vehicle is not designed to stay in
Reduce the vehicle speed and try the shift N (Neutral) for more than five minutes.
again. damaging the transmission. See If the
Vehicle Is Stuck 0 215. It may automatically shift into P (Park).
For V-Series models, if the vehicle is shifted N (Neutral) is not intended for towing. If the
from either R (Reverse) to D (Drive) or N : In this position, the engine does not vehicle needs to be towed, see Transporting
M (Manual Mode), or M (Manual Mode) or connect with the wheels. To restart the a Disabled Vehicle 0 401.
D (Drive) to R (Reverse) while the speed is engine when the vehicle is already moving,
use N (Neutral) only.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

To shift into N (Neutral): 3. Shift to N (Neutral). Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver in
1. Move the shift lever forward to the first 4. Turn off the engine and release the Vehicle)
detent from the center position. brake pedal. To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the
If the vehicle is in P (Park), apply the 5. The indicator should continue to show N. engine on and the vehicle occupied:
brake pedal and press the shift lock If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
release button while moving the shift 6. The vehicle is now ready for the 2. Apply the brake pedal.
lever forward. N will illuminate in red. car wash. 3. Shift to N (Neutral).
2. After releasing the shift lever, it will Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver Out of
return to the center position. 4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is
Vehicle) now ready for the car wash.
To shift out of N (Neutral): To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver Out of
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. engine off and the vehicle unoccupied: Vehicle)
2. Shift to the desired gear. If shifting from 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), press the shift To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the
2. Apply the brake pedal. engine on and the vehicle unoccupied:
lock release button.
3. Open the door. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
3. After releasing the shift lever, it will
return to the center position. 4. Shift to N (Neutral). 2. Apply the brake pedal.
5. Turn off the engine and release the 3. Open the door.
Car Wash Mode brake pedal. 4. Shift to N (Neutral), then release the
This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that 6. The indicator should continue to show N. brake pedal.
allows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral) If it does not, repeat Steps 2–5.
for use in automatic car washes. 5. The indicator should continue to show N.
7. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4.
Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver in vehicle is now ready for the car wash. 6. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The
Vehicle) 8. The vehicle may automatically shift to vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the P (Park) upon re-entry. 7. The vehicle may automatically shift to
engine off and the vehicle occupied: P (Park) upon re-entry.
1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

3. After releasing the shift lever, it will
Caution return to the center position.
A transmission hot message may display
Downshifting the transmission on a slippery
if the automatic transmission fluid is too
road could result in skidding. See “Skidding”
hot. Driving under this condition can under Loss of Control 0 209.
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the
engine to cool the automatic Caution
transmission fluid. This message clears
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle
when the transmission fluid has cooled
in one place on a hill using only the
sufficiently.
accelerator pedal may damage the
D : This position is for normal driving. transmission. The repair will not be
If more power is needed for passing, press covered by the vehicle warranty. If the
the accelerator pedal down. vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. Electronic Range Select (ERS), or Manual
When stopping on a hill, use the brakes Mode, allows manual selection of gear
To shift into D (Drive): to hold the vehicle in place. positions. Use this mode when driving
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. downhill or towing a trailer to limit the top
gear and vehicle speed. The shift position
2. From the center position, move the shift Manual Mode indicator within the Driver Information
lever back.
Electronic Range Select (ERS) Center (DIC) displays a number next to the L
. If the vehicle is in P (Park) press the
indicating the highest available gear.
shift lock release button while pulling
Caution To enter ERS/Manual Mode:
the shift lever back.
. D will illuminate in red. Driving with the engine at a high rpm 1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), pull back
. After releasing the shift lever, it will
without upshifting while using Tap Shift, the shift lever to activate L (Low). The L
could damage the vehicle. Always upshift will illuminate red, and the D will turn
return to the center position.
when necessary while using Tap Shift. white.
To shift out of D (Drive):
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Shift to the desired gear.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

2. Tap the left steering wheel control to Manual Mode (V-Series) Permanent Tap Shift Mode
reduce the highest gear available, or the To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:
right control to increase the highest gear Tap Shift
available. 1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), pull back
Caution on the shift lever to activate M (Manual
3. To exit, pull back the shift lever a second Mode). The M in the shift pattern will
time. The D will illuminate red, and the L Driving with the engine at a high rpm
illuminate in red, and the D will switch
will turn white. without upshifting while using Tap Shift, to white. While in Permanent Tap Shift
When shifting to L (Low), the transmission could damage the vehicle. Always upshift Mode, the M on the instrument cluster
shifts to a preset lower gear range. The when necessary while using Tap Shift. will be highlighted and the current gear
highest gear available while in this range shown.
will be displayed next to the L (Low) in the 2. After releasing the shift lever, it will
DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) return to the center position.
0 124. All gears below are available to use.
For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown next 3. Pull the control toward you to shift. Pull
to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears the left control to downshift, and the
are shifted automatically. To shift to 5 right control to upshift. To shift to the
(Fifth) gear, tap the right steering wheel lowest available gear, pull and hold the
control or shift into D (Drive). left control.
L (Low) prevents shifting to a lower gear To exit Permanent Tap Shift Mode:
range if the engine speed is too high. If the 1. To exit M (Manual Mode) and return to
vehicle speed is not reduced within the D (Drive), pull back on the shift lever.
allotted time, the lower gear range shift will The D in the shift pattern will illuminate
not complete. Slow the vehicle, then tap the If equipped, vehicles with Tap Shift have in red, and the M will switch to white.
left steering wheel control to the desired controls on the back of the steering wheel 2. After releasing the shift lever, it will
lower gear range. to manually shift the automatic return to the center position.
Cruise control can be used while in ERS. transmission.
M (Manual Mode) can be exited to return to
D (Drive) at any speed by pulling the lever
rearward from the center position. It is not
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

necessary to stop the vehicle or shift to The transmission will only allow shifting . Cause tires to wear faster.
N (Neutral) or P (Park) prior to shifting back into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed
to D (Drive). and engine revolutions per minute (rpm). { Warning
Temporary Tap Manual Shift Mode The transmission will not automatically shift With four-wheel drive, the vehicle will be
to the next higher gear if the engine rpm is
To enter Temporary Tap Shift Mode: free to roll if the transfer case is in
too high. It will only automatically shift to
N (Neutral), even when the shift lever is
1. With the transmission in D (Drive) and the next lower gear if the engine rpm is
too low. in P (Park). Be sure the transfer case is in
not in Permanent Tap Shift Mode, the
Tap Shift controls will activate a a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, or 4 n — not in
Temporary Tap Manual Shift Mode, Drive Systems N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park 0 223.
allowing the transmission to be manually
shifted. While in Temporary Tap Shift Four-Wheel Drive Caution
Mode, the D on the instrument cluster
will be highlighted and the current gear If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the Extended high-speed operation in 4 n
shown. front axle for extra traction.
may damage or shorten the life of the
2. To shift to the lowest available gear, Four-wheel drive engages the front axle for drivetrain.
press and hold the left control. extra traction.
3. To deactivate, hold the right control An engagement noise and bump is normal
Caution when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or
briefly. Automatic shifts return after no
manual shifts have been done for seven Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in 4 N (Neutral), with the engine running.
to 10 seconds. m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended
period of time. These conditions may Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control
While using Tap Shift, the vehicle will have and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control
cause premature wear on the vehicle’s
firmer, quicker shifting. This can be used for (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic
powertrain.
sport driving or when climbing or Stability Control 0 238.
descending hills, to stay in gear longer,
or to downshift for more power or engine Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or
braking. 4 n may:
. Cause a vibration to be felt in the
steering system.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Automatic Transfer Case The settings are: while climbing or descending steep hills.
Two-Speed Transfer Case N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed
needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle below 72 km/h (45 mph).
Towing 0 402 and Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control
Transporting a Disabled Vehicle 0 401. and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving Electronic Stability Control 0 238.
on most streets and highways. The front Shifts between 2 m, 4 m , and AUTO
axle is not engaged. This setting provides
the best fuel economy. Any of these shifts can be made at normal
driving speed.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use
when road surface conditions are variable. The actual 4x4 shift request is only made
When driving in AUTO, the front axle is after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic
engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to will remain flashing until the shift request
the front and rear wheels automatically has completed. A DIC message displays to
If equipped, the transfer case controls are based on driving conditions. This setting indicate that the 4x4 transfer case has been
used to shift into and out of four-wheel provides slightly lower fuel economy than requested to shift to the new desired state.
drive. 2 m. Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC
message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops
To shift the transfer case, press the desired 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this
flashing, and the current setting is indicated.
button. The graphic in the instrument position when extra traction is needed, such
cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. as when driving on snowy or icy roads, When a shift to 2 m is completed
The graphic displayed will change to indicate when off-roading, or when plowing snow. successfully while in P (Park), the parking
the setting requested. brake will engage. To resume driving, shift
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting
When the shift is complete the graphic will the transmission to the desired gear and
engages the front axle and delivers extra
stop flashing. The DIC message turns off manually release the parking bake or press
torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See
once the shift is complete. If the transfer
deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and Electric Parking Brake 0 236.
case cannot complete a shift request, it will
go back to its last chosen setting.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide for the shift to occur. After this time, a remain flashing until the shift request
additional traction when parking on a steep graphic in the instrument cluster will has completed. A DIC message displays
grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. to indicate the state of the request.
mud, or gravel. Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the
Caution DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic
Shifting Into 4 n
Shifting the transmission into gear before stops flashing, and the current setting is
1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle the requested mode indicator light has indicated.
must be stopped or moving less than stopped flashing could damage the If vehicle speed is higher when shift
5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in request occurs, a DIC message displays.
transfer case.
N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to Reduce vehicle speed.
be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). If the transmission is not shifted into
If the transmission is not in N (Neutral)
2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to
when the shift request occurs, DIC messages
only made after the button is released. 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the
will display. The vehicle will allow
The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing transfer case will remain in its original state.
20 seconds for this shift to occur. After this
until the shift request has completed. This will be indicated in the instrument
time, a graphic in the instrument cluster will
A DIC message displays to indicate that cluster.
indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n.
the 4x4 transfer case has been requested With the vehicle moving less than
to shift to the new desired state. 5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in Caution
Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before
DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic
stops flashing and the current setting is Shifting Out of 4 n the requested mode indicator light has
indicated. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving stopped flashing could damage the
less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transfer case.
If vehicle speed is higher when shift request
occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce transmission in N (Neutral) and the
ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to If the transmission is not shifted into
vehicle speed. N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to
be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the
when shift request occurs, a DIC message 2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4 transfer case will remain in its original state.
displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds shift request is only made after the This will be indicated in the instrument
button is released. The 4x4 graphic will cluster.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h Shifting Out of N (Neutral) Single Speed Transfer Case
(3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), To shift out of N (Neutral):
attempt the shift again.
1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off.
Shifting Into N (Neutral) See Ignition Positions 0 219.
To shift into N (Neutral): 2. Set the parking brake. See Electric
1. Start the vehicle. Parking Brake 0 236.
2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. 4. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Transfer
4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be
pedal. made into 2 m. When the shift to 2 m is
complete, the graphic in the instrument
5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer
the N (Neutral) symbol starts flashing in case cannot complete a shift, the graphic
the instrument cluster. When the shift is If equipped, the transfer case controls are
will return to the previously selected used to shift into and out of four-wheel
complete, the graphic stops flashing. setting.
If the parking brake and/or brake pedal drive.
is not applied within 20 seconds, the To shift the transfer case, press the desired
transfer case will remain in the original button. The graphic in the instrument
state. cluster will flash while a shift is in progress.
6. If the transmission is not shifted into The graphic displayed will change to indicate
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed the setting requested.
to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the When the shift is complete the graphic will
transfer case will remain in its original stop flashing. The DIC message turns off
state. This will be indicated in the once the shift is complete. If the transfer
instrument cluster. case cannot complete a shift request, it will
go back to its last chosen setting.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

The settings are: Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC Antilock Brake System (ABS)
message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving flashing, and the current setting is indicated. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps
on most streets and highways. The front prevent a braking skid and maintain steering
axle is not engaged. This setting provides The actual 4x4 shift request is only made while braking hard.
the best fuel economy. after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic
will remain flashing until the shift request
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this has completed.
setting when extra traction is needed, such
as when driving on snowy or icy roads, A DIC message displays. Once the 4x4 shift
when off-roading, or when plowing snow. has completed, the DIC message disappears,
the 4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) current setting is indicated.
Use when road surface conditions are If there is a problem with ABS, this warning
light stays on. See Antilock Brake System
variable. When driving in AUTO, the front Brakes (ABS) Warning Light 0 117.
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is
sent to the front and rear wheels Electric Brake Boost ABS does not change the time needed to
automatically based on driving conditions. get a foot on the brake pedal and does not
Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost
This setting provides slightly lower fuel always decrease stopping distance. If you
have hydraulic brake circuits that are
economy than 2 m. electronically controlled when the brake
get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will
not be enough time to apply the brakes if
Shifts between 2 m, 4 m, and AUTO pedal is applied during normal operation.
that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always
The system performs routine tests and turns
Any of these shifts can be made at normal leave enough room ahead to stop, even
off within a few minutes after the vehicle is
driving speed. with ABS.
turned off. Noise may be heard during this
The actual 4x4 shift request is only made time. If the brake pedal is pressed during Using ABS
after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic the tests or when the electric brake boost
system is off, a noticeable change in pedal Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake
will remain flashing until the shift request pedal down firmly. Hearing and feeling ABS
has completed. A DIC message displays. force and travel may be felt. This is normal.
operate is normal.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Braking in Emergencies Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 116. come on, or keeps flashing, have the vehicle
There are also parking brake-related Driver serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if the red
ABS allows steering and braking at the same
Information Center (DIC) messages. EPB status light is flashing. See your dealer.
time. In many emergencies, steering can
help even more than braking. Before leaving the vehicle, check the red EPB If the amber service EPB warning light is on,
status light to ensure that the parking brake press the EPB switch. Continue to hold the
Electric Parking Brake is applied. switch until the red EPB status light remains
If a message displays on the DIC indicating on. If the amber service EPB warning light is
the transmission is unable to shift soon, the on, see your dealer.
service electric parking brake is on, and the If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is
EPB light flashes at the same time, the moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long
system must be reset. Start the vehicle, as the switch is pressed. If the switch is
apply the EPB, and then release it. The pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop,
message and light should turn off. See the EPB will remain applied.
Electric Parking Brake Light 0 116 and The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB
Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 116. in some situations when the vehicle is not
EPB Apply moving. This is normal, and is done to
periodically check the correct operation of
To apply the EPB: the EPB system, or as required by other
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. safety functions that utilize the EPB.
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can be
applied when the vehicle is on or off. 2. Press the EPB switch. If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear
If there is not enough electrical power, the The red EPB status light will flash and then wheels to prevent vehicle movement.
EPB cannot be applied or released. To stay on once the EPB is fully applied. If the
prevent draining the battery, avoid EPB Release
red EPB status light flashes continuously,
unnecessary repeated cycles of the EPB. then the EPB is only partially applied or To release the EPB:
The system has a red EPB status light and there is a problem with the EPB. A DIC 1. Turn the ignition on or to
an amber service EPB warning light. See message will display. Release the EPB and accessory mode.
Electric Parking Brake Light 0 116 and try to apply it again. If the light does not 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
3. Press the EPB switch momentarily.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

The EPB is released when the red EPB status Brake Assist pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The
light is off. brakes release when the accelerator pedal is
Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applied or automatically release after a few
If the amber service EPB warning light is on, applications due to emergency braking
release the EPB by pressing and holding the seconds. The brakes may also release under
situations and provides additional braking to other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold
EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if
until the red EPB status light is off. If either the vehicle.
the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough
light stays on after release is attempted, see to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake HSA is available when the vehicle is facing
your dealer. pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement uphill in a forward gear, or when facing
during this time may occur. Continue to downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must
Caution apply the brake pedal as the driving come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA
Driving with the parking brake on can situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages to activate.
overheat the brake system and cause when the brake pedal is released.
premature wear or damage to brake
Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH)
system parts. Make sure that the parking Hill Start Assist (HSA)
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving. { Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does
If you are towing a trailer and parking on a not replace the need to pay attention
hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing and drive safely. You may not hear or
Tips 0 305. feel alerts or warnings provided by this
Automatic EPB Release system. Failure to use proper care when
driving may result in injury, death,
The EPB automatically releases if the vehicle
or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving
is running, placed into gear, and an attempt
is made to drive. Avoid rapid acceleration 0 207.
when the EPB is applied to preserve parking
When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill
brake lining life.
Start Assist (HSA) temporarily prevents the
vehicle from rolling in an unintended
direction during the transition from brake
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

panel will come on while AVH is actively Trailer Sway Control (TSC) is also on
{ Warning holding the vehicle. See Automatic Vehicle automatically when the vehicle is started.
Do not rely on this feature. It does not Hold (AVH) Light 0 117. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 322.
replace the need to pay attention and If cruise control is being used and traction
drive safely. You may not hear or feel Ride Control Systems control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit
alerts or warnings provided by this wheel spin, cruise control will disengage.
system. Failure to use proper care when Traction Control/Electronic Cruise control may be turned back on when
driving may result in injury, death, Stability Control road conditions allow.
or vehicle damage. Both systems come on automatically when
System Operation the vehicle is started and begins to move.
When Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) is The vehicle has a Traction Control System The systems may be heard or felt while
turned on and the vehicle is braked to a (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability they are operating or while performing
stop, AVH prevents the vehicle from moving Control (ESC). These systems help limit diagnostic checks. This is normal and does
during the transition from brake pedal wheel spin and assist the driver in not mean there is a problem with the
release to accelerator pedal apply. The maintaining control, especially on slippery vehicle.
brakes release when the accelerator pedal is road conditions.
applied. The brakes may also release under It is recommended to leave both systems on
other conditions. Do not rely on AVH to TCS activates if it senses any of the drive for normal driving conditions, but it may be
hold the vehicle. wheels are spinning or beginning to lose necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
traction. When this happens, TCS applies the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the
If the accelerator pedal is not applied within brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces Vehicle Is Stuck 0 215 and “Turning the
a few minutes, the Electric Parking Brake engine power to limit wheel spin. Systems Off and On” later in this section.
will apply. The parking brake will also apply
if the driver door is opened or the driver StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle When the transfer case (if equipped) is in
seat belt is unfastened while AVH is holding senses a difference between the intended Four-Wheel Drive Low, the TCS and
the vehicle. path and the direction the vehicle is actually StabiliTrak/ESC are automatically disabled, g
traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies comes on, and the appropriate message will
AVH can be turned on by pressing AUTO braking pressure to one or more of the
HOLD. The indicator light on the switch will appear on the Driver Information
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in Center (DIC).
come on. The AVH light on the instrument keeping the vehicle on the intended path.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays The current status of each system is
on, see your dealer as soon as possible. displayed next to the Traction and Stability
icons. To turn either system off or on, select
Turning the Systems Off and On or touch the Traction and Stability screen to
access the Traction and Stability menu
Caution screen.
The indicator light for both systems is to Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate
the right of the center stack and below the heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle
screen. This light will: driveline could be damaged.
. Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin
To turn Traction (TSC) or Stability (ESC) off
. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated and on, access the Traction and Stability
. Turn on and stay on when either system screen from the Vehicle Information main
is not working screen in the infotainment system. See
See Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Vehicle Information 0 127 for instructions on
Light 0 119. navigating and selecting items.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), and d comes on Traction and Stability Menu
and stays on to indicate that the system is
To turn off TCS, select or touch the Traction
inactive and is not assisting the driver in
virtual button on the screen. The traction off
maintaining control. Adjust driving
accordingly. light i displays in the instrument cluster.
See Traction Off Light 0 118.
If d comes on and stays on:
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when disabled,
1. Stop the vehicle. the system will not turn off until the wheels
2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. stop spinning.
3. Start the engine. Traction and Stability Screen
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

To turn TCS back on, select or touch the The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
Traction virtual button on the screen. The feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature.
traction off light i displayed in the See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 322 or
instrument cluster will turn off. Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 237.
To turn StabiliTrak/ESC off, first turn off TCS Adding accessories can affect the vehicle
to enable the Stability virtual button on the performance. See Accessories and
screen, then select or touch the Stability Modifications 0 336.
virtual button. The StabiliTrak/ESC off light
g will display in the instrument cluster. See
Driver Mode Control
StabiliTrak OFF Light 0 119. Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver
to adjust the overall driving experience to
To turn StabiliTrak/ESC back on, select or
better suit preference by adjusting multiple
touch the Stability virtual button on the
subsystems simultaneously. Drive mode To activate each mode, press the MODE
screen. StabiliTrak/ESC will turn on, but TCS
availability and affected vehicle subsystems button on the instrument panel to the left
will remain off.
are dependent upon vehicle trim level, of the steering wheel. To activate Terrain
TCS cannot be on when StabiliTrak/ESC is region, and optional features. mode, press g button located next to
off. If both systems are turned off, selecting the MODE button.
Tour will be the default mode at every
or touching the Traction virtual button will
ignition cycle. A unique and persistent Tour Mode : Use this mode for normal city
turn both systems back on.
indicator will be displayed in the instrument and highway driving to provide a smooth
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if cluster for each mode. ride. This setting provides balance between
the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph) and comfort and handling. This is the standard/
Depending on trim level, Tour mode, Sport
cannot be turned off again until speed is default mode. There is no persistent
mode, Snow/Ice mode, Off-Road mode, Tow/
reduced. Traction control will remain off. indicator in the instrument cluster for
Haul mode, Terrain mode, My mode, and V
Vehicles equipped with the four corner air this mode.
mode may be available.
suspension re-enable StabiliTrak/ESC at
32 km/h (20 mph). 8 Sport Mode : Use this mode where road
conditions or personal preference demand a
more controlled response. When in Sport
mode the vehicle automatically down shifts.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

In this mode, the vehicle also monitors 7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for vehicle is on a low grade or when the
driving behaviors and automatically enables off-road recreational driving. Off-Road mode accelerator pedal is pressed. While in the
Performance Shift Features when spirited should be used to improve driving at Electronic Range Select (ERS) Mode (see
driving is detected. These features maintain moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt, Manual Mode 0 229 or
lower transmission gears to increase unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The Manual Mode (V-Series) 0 230), grade
available engine braking and improve accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use. braking is deactivated, allowing the driver to
acceleration response. The vehicle resumes If equipped with the following features, select a range, and limiting the highest gear
normal operation after a short period when Off-Road mode modifies pedal mapping, ride available.
no spirited driving is detected. The steering height, and Traction Control System (TCS) For more information on trailer weight
changes to provide more precise control. performance. For more information on specifications, see Towing Equipment 0 313.
If the vehicle has Magnetic Ride Control, the off-road driving, see Off-Road Driving 0 209.
suspension changes to provide better g Terrain Mode : Use this mode when
cornering performance. _ Tow/Haul Mode : Use this mode traveling on very rough roads at very low
when hauling heavy loads for increased speeds, such as a two-track or heavily rutted
6 Snow/Ice Mode : Use this mode to performance and vehicle control. Tow/Haul road. This mode can also be used for pulling
improve vehicle acceleration on snow and Mode adjusts the transmission shift pattern, a boat out of the water on a trailer. When
ice covered roads. When active, Snow/Ice steering, and Electronic Stability Control in Terrain mode, the vehicle shifts
Mode adjusts acceleration to optimize (ESC) performance. automatically, but will hold a lower gear
traction on slippery surfaces. This can longer to maximize engine torque. This
compromise the acceleration on dry asphalt. If the vehicle is turned off while in Tow/
Haul mode and then restarted within four mode has a unique pedal map and
This feature is not intended for use when transmission shift pattern for better control
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, hours or less, it will remain active.
Otherwise, the vehicle will start in Tour at lower speeds and over rough terrain. This
or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If mode modifies accelerator pedal mapping,
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 215. mode. Tow/Haul mode turns on trailer sway
control. transmission shift pattern, ride height, and
V-Series only: If traction control is disabled Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (eSLD).
when in Snow/Ice mode the transfer case If equipped with a diesel engine, exhaust
braking is automatically activated when When the vehicle comes to a stop on an
and the electronic limited slip differential upward grade, automatic vehicle hold is
will operate in a more aggressive manner to Tow/Haul mode is selected. The system will
command down shifts to reduce vehicle engaged until the driver presses the
provide maximum traction. accelerator pedal. Stop/Start and cruise
speed when the brake is applied. The normal
tow/haul shift pattern will return once the control are disabled in Terrain mode.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Active Braking during lift throttle will be V Mode Control is a form of traction control that
engaged. This feature automatically applies manages tire spin while launching the
light braking to simulate heavy engine vehicle. This feature is intended for use
braking of four-wheel-drive low. It also during closed course race events where up
applies light braking in D (Drive) until the to 97 km (60 mph) are desirable. Launch
vehicle is at idle speeds. In L1 and L2 light Control is only available when the following
braking will typically bring the vehicle to a criteria are met:
stop. Active Braking during lift throttle also ‐ V mode is selected.
reduces trailer braking.
‐ The vehicle is not moving.
Terrain mode automatically exits to Tour ‐ The steering wheel is pointing straight.
mode if the brake temperatures become too
hot, electronic parking brake becomes ‐ The brake pedal is firmly pressed to the
inoperable, or the vehicle cannot perform floor, equivalent to a panic brake event.
braking or vehicle hold. ‐ The accelerator pedal is rapidly applied to
If equipped, to activate V mode, press the V wide open throttle. If the vehicle rolls due
For more information on off-road driving, mode button on the center console.
see Off-Road Driving 0 209 and to wide open throttle, release the
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 213. V Mode and My Mode throttle, press the brake pedal more
firmly, and reapply the accelerator to
V mode and My mode is used to personalize wide open throttle.
everyday driving. This mode allows the
driver to configure the vehicle system Launch Control will initially limit vehicle
settings to their driving preferences. My speed as rapidly applying the accelerator
mode will remain active every time the pedal to a wide open throttle. Allow the
vehicle is started. To customize V mode or engine rpm to stabilize and wait for the
My mode, see “Drive Mode Customization.” traction control light to begin flashing – this
indicates that the vehicle is ready to launch.
Launch Control (V-Series Only) A smooth, quick release of the brake pedal,
Launch Control is available within V mode while maintaining the fully pressed
only to allow high levels of vehicle accelerator pedal, will manage wheel slip.
acceleration in a straight line. Launch
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

After the first launch the system will learn Steering : Steering settings adjust the effort Magnetic Ride Control
what traction is available and adjust for required to turn the steering wheel. Steering
repeated runs. Re-entering V mode will reset feel is less responsive at lower settings and This vehicle may have a semi-active damping
launch control targets to 100%. Launch more responsive at higher settings. system called Magnetic Ride Control. With
Control is designed for a closed course race this feature, improved vehicle ride and
Suspension : Suspension settings adjust the handling is provided under a variety of
track and not intended for public roads. The stiffness of the shocks and / or springs. The
system is not intended to compensate for passenger and loading conditions.
ride is more comfortable at lower settings
lack of driver experience or familiarity with
the race track.
and stiffer at higher settings for better Locking Rear Axle
control.
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give
Drive Mode Customization Engine Shift : Engine shift settings adjust more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand,
The vehicle is equipped to modify the the throttle response, gear shifting, and or gravel. It works like a standard axle most
following settings based on vehicle content. engine performance. Throttle response of the time, but when traction is low, this
Through the center radio display, select increases at higher settings and gear shifting feature will allow the rear wheel with the
Vehicle > Settings > Drive Mode is more aggressive. most traction to move the vehicle.
Customization to customize and personalize Brake Response : Brake response settings
My mode or V mode, or turn on or off adjust the brake pedal response. Brake pedal Four Corner Air Suspension
Visualization. feel is less sensitive at lower settings and System
These settings will be retained over each more sensitive at higher settings.
The Four Corner Air Suspension feature
key cycle, and do not have to be reset each All-Wheel Drive (AWD) : AWD settings provides full time load leveling capability
time the vehicle is started. The following adjust the driveline system. Each setting is along with the benefit of adjusting ride
settings may be available depending on tuned for optimal driving and handling height for increased convenience and
region, trim level, and optional features. performance in different road conditions. capability.
Engine Sound : Engine sound settings adjust
the volume of engine noise. Engine sound is
quieter at lower settings and louder at
higher settings.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Changing Ride Height Entry/Exit Height
{ Warning Entry/Exit Height is 50 mm (2 in) lower than
To help avoid personal injury or death, Normal Height. This ride height lowers the
make sure the area underneath the vehicle for easy entry and exit from the
vehicle and inside the wheel wells is clear vehicle as well as providing a lower height
when lowering the vehicle. for loading and unloading cargo from any
door or the rear liftgate.
This ride height can be selected in the Ride
{ Warning Height Menu at any vehicle speed. When
To help avoid personal injury or death, Entry/Exit Height is select at higher speeds,
always select the lowest ride height for the vehicle will wait to lower until the
the current driving conditions. Higher ride vehicle slows to less than 12 km/h (7 mph).
heights raise the vehicle's center of The vehicle will automatically raise to
gravity, increasing the chance of a Press either ‘Up’ or ‘Down’ Ride Height Normal Height from Entry/Exit Height when
rollover during extreme maneuvers. Button to open the Ride Height menu. Use speed increases above 8 km/h (5 mph). If no
these buttons to select the desired ride door has been opened since lowering to
height in the menu. After a brief pause, the Entry/Exit Height, the vehicle will wait to
{ Warning menu will timeout and the selection will raise to Normal Height until 30 km/h
Heavy loads on the roof rack will make finalize. Ride heights that are unavailable for (19 mph). This gives the driver more
the vehicle's center of gravity higher, selection will be greyed out in the menu. flexibility when lowering to Entry/Exit
increasing the possibility of a rollover. To Height for passenger pick up and drop off.
Ride Height Descriptions
avoid losing control of the vehicle, always The driver can enable Automatic Entry/
select the normal height setting and Normal Height Egress Mode to automatically lower to
avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp Normal Height is the standard vehicle height Entry/Exit Height when the vehicle is shifted
turns, sudden braking, or abrupt used for everyday driving. to P (PARK). Automatic Entry/Egress Mode
maneuvers when carrying cargo on the may be enabled via the infotainment screen
roof rack. under Settings/Vehicle/Ride Height. When
the vehicle is higher than Normal Height,
Automatic Entry/Egress Mode is disabled.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

When the vehicle is in Tow/Haul Driver The vehicle will automatically lower from The vehicle will lower to Aerodynamic
Mode, Off-Road Driver Mode, or it senses a Increased Height to Normal Height to Height when vehicle speed exceeds
trailer is connected, Automatic Entry/Egress provide improved stability if aggressive 105 km/h (65 mph) for a period of time. The
Mode is disabled. maneuvers are detected. vehicle will raise to Normal Height when the
Increased Height Maximum Height vehicle slows to less than 48 km/h
(30 mph).
Increased Height is 25 mm (1 in) higher than Maximum Height is 50 mm (2 in) higher
Normal Height. This ride height raises the than Normal Height. This ride height raises Aerodynamic Height is automatically
vehicle for off-road use, allows for higher the vehicle for off-road use and is only disabled when a trailer is connected to the
speeds than Maximum Height, and is only available with specific optional content. vehicle or Tow/Haul Driver Mode is active.
available with specific optional content. To raise the vehicle to Maximum Height, Lowered Height (V-Series Only)
Increased Height can be selected in the Ride first shift the transfer case to 4 n. Once the Lowered Height is 20 mm (0.75 in) lower
Height Menu while vehicle speed is less transfer case is in 4 n and vehicle speed is than Normal Height. This ride height lowers
than 80 km/h (50 mph). If vehicle speed less than 48 km/hr (30 mph), select the vehicle to enhance handling and is only
exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph), the vehicle will Maximum Height in the Ride Height Menu. available with specific optional content.
automatically lower to Normal Height. If vehicle speed exceeds 48 km/h, the V Mode will automatically set Lowered
Off-Road Driver Mode and Terrain Driver vehicle will automatically lower to Increased Height when enabled. See Driver Mode
Mode will automatically set Increased Height. Control 0 240.
Height when vehicle speed is less than The vehicle will automatically lower from
80 km/h (50 mph). If vehicle speed exceeds Suspension Modes
Maximum Height to Normal Height to
80 km/h (50 mph), the vehicle will lower to provide improved stability if aggressive The air suspension has two special modes,
Normal Height. Normal Height will be maneuvers are detected. Service Mode and Alignment Mode, located
maintained until vehicle speed is slowed to in the infotainment screen under Settings/
less than 16 km/h (10 mph) and then the Aerodynamic Height Vehicle/Suspension.
vehicle will automatically raise back to Aerodynamic Height is 20 mm (0.75 in)
Increased Height. lower than Normal Height. This ride height
Service Mode
lowers the vehicle at higher vehicle speeds Service Mode will disable all air suspension
to improve aerodynamics. operation including raising and lowering the
vehicle and operation of the air compressor.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

This mode is useful when the vehicle is System Over-Temperature Cruise Control
being towed on a flat bed or when any If the air suspension is under heavy use, the
work under the vehicle is being performed. system may temporarily suspend all height { Warning
Service Mode is automatically enabled when changes to allow compressor cooldown.
the vehicle is put on a hoist or a floor jack When this occurs and a height change is Cruise control can be dangerous where
is used to raise a corner. Service Mode requested, a ‘Leveling System Unavailable’ you cannot drive safely at a steady
automatically disables when vehicle speed message will be displayed in the instrument speed. Do not use cruise control on
exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph). cluster. winding roads or in heavy traffic.
Alignment Mode Suspension Lowered for Stability Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast
Alignment Mode will optimize the vehicle In the event of a loss of Electronic Stability
changes in tire traction can cause
height to provide the most accurate wheel Control, the air suspension will lower the
vehicle at higher speeds to provide increased excessive wheel slip, and you could lose
alignment. This mode should be enabled control. Do not use cruise control on
once the vehicle is driven onto the stability. This will be accompanied by a
‘Vehicle Lowering for Stability’ message in slippery roads.
alignment station.
the instrument cluster.
To enable Alignment Mode, ensure the If equipped with cruise control, a speed of
vehicle is at Normal Height and shift the Excessive Vehicle Loading about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
vehicle to Neutral. Alignment Mode If the air suspension detects excessive maintained without keeping your foot on
automatically disables when vehicle speed vehicle loading, it will not raise above the accelerator. Cruise control does not work
exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph). Normal Height. at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
Air Suspension Operation with Door(s) or Air Suspension Service If the Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Hood Open Control system begins to limit wheel spin
If a ‘Service Leveling System’ message is while using cruise control, the cruise control
The air suspension will temporarily suspend displayed in the instrument cluster, see your automatically disengages. See Traction
all height changes while the hood or any authorized dealer immediately. Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 238.
door is open. The air suspension resumes
If a collision alert occurs when cruise control
height changes once the hood and all doors
is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See
are closed. An open rear liftgate does not
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 287.
suspend the air suspension operation.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

When road conditions allow you to safely SET− : Press the control down briefly to set Resuming a Set Speed
use it again, the cruise control can be the speed and activate cruise control. If the If the cruise control is set at a desired speed
turned back on. cruise control is already active, use to
decrease vehicle speed. and then the brakes are applied or * is
If the brakes are applied, cruise control pressed, the cruise control is disengaged
disengages. * : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory.
without erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed reaches about
Setting Cruise Control 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up
briefly. The vehicle returns to the previous
If J is on when not in use, SET− or RES+ set speed.
could get pressed and go into cruise when
not desired. Keep J off when cruise is not Increasing Speed While Cruise Control is at a
being used. Set Speed
To set cruise control: If the cruise control system is already
activated:
1. Press J. . Press and hold RES+ up until the vehicle
2. Get up to the desired speed. accelerates to the desired speed, then
3. Press and release SET−. release it.
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. . To increase vehicle speed in small
J : Press to turn the system on and off. increments, press RES+ up briefly to the
A white indicator appears in the instrument When the cruise control has been set to the first detent. For each press, the vehicle
cluster when cruise is turned on. desired speed, a green cruise control goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
RES+ : If there is a set speed in memory, indicator appears on the instrument cluster
and a cruise set speed message appears on The speedometer reading can be displayed
press the control up briefly to resume that
the Driver Information Center (DIC) and in either English or metric units. See
speed or press and hold to accelerate. If the
Head-Up Display (HUD), if equipped. Instrument Cluster 0 107. The increment
cruise control is already active, use to
value used depends on the units displayed.
increase vehicle speed.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Reducing Speed While Cruise Control is at a Using Cruise Control on Hills . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
Set Speed How well the cruise control works on hills . To turn off cruise control, press J.
If the cruise control system is already depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and Erasing Speed Memory
activated: the steepness of the hills. When going up
. Press and hold SET− down until the steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal The cruise control set speed is erased from
desired lower speed is reached, then may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed. memory if J is pressed or if the ignition is
release it. When going downhill, Cruise Grade Braking turned off.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in small helps maintain the driver selected speed.
Adaptive Cruise Control
increments, press SET− down briefly. For Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the
each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h vehicle is started and cruise control is active. (Advanced)
(1 mph) slower. It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
The speedometer reading can be displayed It assists in maintaining driver selected allows the cruise control set speed and
in either English or metric units. See speed when driving on downhill grades by following gap to be selected. Read this
Instrument Cluster 0 107. The increment using the engine and transmission to slow entire section before using this system. The
value used depends on the units displayed. the vehicle. following gap is the following time (or
To disable and enable Cruise Grade Braking distance) between your vehicle and a vehicle
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise detected directly ahead in your path,
Control for the current ignition cycle, press and hold
the Tow/Haul button for five seconds. moving in the same direction. If no vehicle
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the A Driver Information Center (DIC) message is detected in your path, ACC works like
vehicle speed. When you take your foot off displays. regular cruise control. ACC uses camera and
the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the radar sensors. See Radio Frequency
previous set cruise speed. For other forms of Grade Braking, see Statement 0 435.
Automatic Transmission 0 225 and
While pressing the accelerator pedal or Driver Mode Control 0 240. If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can
shortly following the release to override speed up the vehicle or apply limited,
cruise, briefly applying the SET− control will Ending Cruise Control moderate braking to maintain the selected
result in cruise set to the current vehicle There are four ways to end cruise control: following gap. To disengage ACC, apply the
speed. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. brake. If the Traction Control System (TCS)
or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control
. Press *. (ESC) activates while ACC is engaged, ACC
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

may automatically disengage. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 238. { Warning
When road conditions allow ACC to be ACC will not detect or brake for children,
safely used, ACC can be turned back on. pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system Do not use ACC when:
will disengage and prevent engagement
. On winding and hilly roads or when
of ACC.
the sensors are blocked by snow, ice,
ACC can reduce the need for you to or dirt. The system may not detect a
frequently brake and accelerate, especially vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of
when used on expressways, freeways, and the vehicle clean.
interstate highways. When used on other
. Visibility is poor due to rain, snow,
roads, you may need to take over the
fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust; when
control of braking or acceleration more
other foreign objects obscure the
5 : Press to turn the system on or off. The
often. indicator turns white on the instrument
camera and/or radar; or when the
cluster when ACC is turned on.
vehicle in front or oncoming traffic
{ Warning causes additional environmental RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous
ACC has limited braking ability and may obstructions, such as road spray. ACC set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC
not have time to slow the vehicle down performance is limited under these is already activated. To increase speed by
enough to avoid a collision with another conditions. about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ to the first
vehicle you are following. This can occur . On slippery roads where fast changes detent. To increase speed to the next
when vehicles suddenly slow or stop 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer,
in tire traction can cause excessive
ahead, or enter your lane. Also see press RES+ to the second detent.
wheel slip.
“Alerting the Driver” later in this section. SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and
Complete attention is always required activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if
while driving and you should be ready to ACC is already activated. To decrease speed
take action and apply the brakes. See by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– to the
Defensive Driving 0 207. first detent. To decrease speed to the next
5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer,
press SET– to the second detent.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

* : Press to disengage ACC without erasing Warning (Continued)
the selected set speed.
if the brakes are not applied manually.
[ : Press to select a following gap time You and others could be seriously injured
(or distance) setting for ACC of Far, Medium,
or killed.
or Near.
The speedometer reading can be displayed Regular Cruise Control Indicator Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
in either English or metric units. See
Instrument Cluster 0 107. The increment When ACC is engaged, a green o or \ If 5 is on when not in use, it could get
value used depends on the units displayed. indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster pressed and go into ACC when not desired.
and the following gap will be displayed. Keep 5 off when cruise is not being used.
Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise
When the regular cruise control is engaged, Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is
Control
a green J indicator will be lit on the the vehicle speed when no vehicle is
To switch between ACC and regular cruise instrument cluster; the following gap will detected in its path.
control, press and hold *. A Driver not display.
Information Center (DIC) message displays. While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set
When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph),
control mode will be set to the last mode although the minimum allowable set speed
used before the vehicle was turned off. is 25 km/h (15 mph).
To set ACC while moving:
{ Warning
1. Press 5.
Always check the cruise control indicator
ACC Indicator (Base ACC Indicator (Uplevel) on the instrument cluster to determine 2. Get up to the desired speed.
Level) which mode cruise control is in before 3. Press and release SET–.
using the feature. If ACC is not active, the 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator
vehicle will not automatically brake for pedal.
other vehicles, which could cause a crash
After ACC is set, it may immediately apply
(Continued)
the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected
closer than the selected following gap.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

ACC can also be set while the vehicle is . If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h Increasing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed
stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is (3 mph), it returns to the previous set
If ACC is already activated, do one of the
applied. speed.
following:
. If the vehicle is stopped with the brake
. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the
pedal applied, press RES+ and release the
higher speed. Briefly press and release
brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle
SET– and release the accelerator pedal.
until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is
The vehicle will now cruise at the higher
pressed.
speed.
A green ACC indicator and the set speed When the accelerator pedal is pressed,
ACC Indicator (Base ACC Indicator (Uplevel)
display on the instrument cluster. The ACC will not brake because it is
Level) vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a overridden. While overridden, the ACC
vehicle ahead was present and moved. See indicator will turn blue on the instrument
o or \ displays on the instrument “Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later cluster and HUD, if equipped.
cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), in this section.
. Press and hold RES+ until the desired set
if equipped. When ACC is turned on, the
Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed speed is displayed, then release it.
indicator will be lit white. When ACC is
will increase to the set speed under the . To increase speed in small increments,
active, the indicator will turn green.
following conditions: press RES+. to the first detent. For each
Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding . There is no vehicle ahead. press, the vehicle goes 1 km/h (1 mph)
traffic speeds, and weather conditions when . The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected faster.
selecting the set speed.
following gap. . To increase speed in larger increments,
Resuming a Set Speed . The vehicle speed is not being limited press RES+ to the second detent. For each
If ACC is set at a desired speed and then the because of a sharp turn. press, the vehicle speed increases to the
brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the
without erasing the set speed from memory. speedometer.
To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up The set speed can also be increased while
briefly. the vehicle is stopped.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. If stopped with the brake applied, press . To decrease speed in larger increments,
RES+ until the desired set speed is press SET− to the second detent. For each
displayed. press, the vehicle speed decreases to the
. If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the
there is another vehicle directly ahead, speedometer.
pressing RES+ will increase the set speed. The set speed can also be decreased while
. Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a the vehicle is stopped.
vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is . If stopped with the brake applied, press
pulling away and the brake is not applied or hold SET− until the desired set speed is
will cause the ACC to resume. displayed. Far Gap Setting
When it is determined that there is no Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is
beyond the selected following gap, then When a slower moving vehicle is detected
the vehicle speed will increase to the set ahead within the selected following gap,
speed. ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and
attempt to maintain the follow distance gap
Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed selected.
If ACC is already activated, do one of the With ACC active, press [ on the steering
following: wheel to adjust the following gap. Each
. Use the brake to get to the desired lower press cycles the gap button through three Medium Gap Setting
speed. Release the brake and press SET–. settings: Far, Medium, or Near.
The vehicle will now cruise at the lower
speed. When pressed, the current gap setting
displays briefly on the instrument cluster
. Press and hold SET– until the desired
and HUD (if equipped). The gap setting will
lower speed is reached, then release it. be maintained until it is changed.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller
increments, press SET− to the first detent.
For each press, the vehicle goes about
1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

following gap. The range of selectable gaps
may not be appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Changing the gap setting automatically
changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far,
Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 287.
Near Gap Setting Medium Gap Setting with Trailer Courtesy Gap
If equipped, and a trailer is electrically Press and hold [ on the steering wheel
connected, the gap setting display will be as when vehicle is moving to temporarily
follows: increase the gap with the vehicle ahead to
allow for merging traffic.
Press and hold [ when stopped to cancel
ACC from resuming automatically (if the
stop is brief) and remain stationary. This can
be used to allow traffic to merge between
you and the vehicle ahead. Press RES+ or
Near Gap Setting with Trailer the accelerator pedal to resume ACC.
Since each gap setting corresponds to a Following distance gap will return to the
following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the original selection after hold.
Far Gap Setting with Trailer following distance will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the
further back your vehicle will follow a
vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and
weather conditions when selecting the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Alerting the Driver Approaching and Following a Vehicle Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC
If the set speed is high enough, and the left
turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead
in the selected following gap, ACC may
assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle
prior to the lane change.
If ACC is engaged, driver action may be The vehicle ahead indicator is in the { Warning
required when ACC cannot apply sufficient instrument cluster and HUD display (if When using ACC to pass a vehicle or
braking because of approaching a vehicle equipped). It only displays when a vehicle is perform a lane change, the following
too rapidly. detected in your vehicle’s path moving in distance to the vehicle being passed may
the same direction. If this symbol is not be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient
When this condition occurs, the collision displaying, ACC will not respond to or brake acceleration or braking when passing a
alert symbol will flash on the windshield. for vehicles ahead.
Either eight beeps will sound from the front, vehicle or performing a lane change.
or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will ACC automatically slows the vehicle down Always be ready to manually accelerate
pulse five times. Touch the Settings icon on and adjusts vehicle speed to follow the or brake to complete the pass or lane
the infotainment home page. Select vehicle in front at the selected following change.
“Vehicle” to display the list of available gap. The vehicle speed increases or
options and select “Collision/Detection decreases to follow the vehicle in front of Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects
Systems”. you, but will not exceed the set speed.
See Defensive Driving 0 207.
It may apply limited braking, if necessary. { Warning
When braking is active, the brake lamps will
ACC may not detect and react to stopped
come on. The automatic braking may feel or
or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For
sound different than if the brakes were
applied manually. This is normal. example, the system may not brake for a
vehicle it has never detected moving. This
can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a
vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. There is a fault in the system. available options and select ”Alert Type” and
Warning (Continued) . The radar falsely reports blockage when “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in “Collision/
ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may driving in a desert or remote area with Detection Systems”.
not stop and could cause a crash. Use no other vehicles or roadside objects. If equipped with Driver Attention System
caution when using ACC. Your complete . A DIC message may display to indicate (DAS) located on top of the steering column,
attention is always required while driving that ACC is temporarily unavailable. when the vehicle ahead drives away, and
and you should be ready to take action The ACC active symbol will turn white when DAS determines if the driver's attention is
and apply the brakes. ACC is no longer active. on the road ahead, ACC resumes
automatically. See “Attention to the Road”
Irregular Objects Affecting ACC In some cases, when ACC is temporarily under Super Cruise 0 258. If necessary, press
unavailable, regular cruise control may be RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume
ACC may have difficulty detecting the used. See “Switching Between ACC and
following objects: ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes
Regular Cruise Control” previously in this or if the driver door is opened and the
. Vehicles with cargo extending from the section. Always consider driving conditions driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC
back end. before using either cruise control system. automatically applies the Electric Parking
. Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB
Notification to Resume ACC
vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car status light will turn on. See Electric Parking
fitted, or horse carriages. ACC will maintain a following gap behind a Brake 0 236. To release the EPB, press the
. Objects that are close to the front of your detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a accelerator pedal.
vehicle. stop behind that vehicle.
A DIC warning message may display
ACC Automatically Disengages If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting
away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 0 130.
ACC may automatically disengage and the ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to
driver will need to manually apply the check traffic ahead before proceeding. In
brakes to slow the vehicle if: addition, the left and right sides of the { Warning
. The sensors are blocked. Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times, If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC
. The Traction Control System (TCS) or or three beeps will sound. Touch the is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the
Stabilitrack/ESC has activated or been Settings icon on the infotainment home vehicle will no longer be held at a stop.
disabled. page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Curves in the Road The curve speed control indicator n may
Warning (Continued)
illuminate green when ACC is actively
The vehicle can move. When ACC is { Warning controlling the vehicle speed and detects a
holding the vehicle at a stop, always be On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle sharp curve on the road ahead.
prepared to manually apply the brakes. ahead in your lane. You could be startled ACC automatically slows the vehicle down
if the vehicle accelerates up to the set while navigating the curve and may increase
speed, especially when following a vehicle speed out of the curve, but will not exceed
{ Warning exiting or entering exit ramps. You could the set speed.
Leaving the vehicle without placing it in lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do
P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave not use ACC while driving on an entrance
the vehicle while it is being held at a or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the
stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in brakes if necessary.
P (Park) and turn off the ignition before
leaving the vehicle.
{ Warning
ACC Override
On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is in another lane, or may not have time to
active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the react to a vehicle in your lane. You could When following a vehicle and entering a
instrument cluster and in the HUD (if crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead
equipped) indicating ACC braking will not control of your vehicle. Give extra and accelerate to the set speed. When this
occur. ACC will resume operation when the attention in curves and be ready to use happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not
accelerator pedal is not being pressed. the brakes if necessary. Select an appear.
appropriate speed while driving in curves.
{ Warning
The ACC will not automatically apply the ACC may operate differently in a sharp
brakes if your foot is resting on the curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the
accelerator pedal. You could crash into a curve is too sharp.
vehicle ahead of you.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it Towing with ACC
is completely in the lane. The brakes may If equipped when towing a trailer, ACC
need to be manually applied. driving characteristics such as following gap,
Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle acceleration rates and braking rates may be
The detection of objects in front of the modified to provide a better towing
vehicle may not be possible if: experience.
. The vehicle or object ahead is not within ACC should not be used while towing a
your lane. trailer with an aftermarket trailer brake
. The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, controller. Aftermarket trailer brake
ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your
or is shifted to one side of the lane. controllers may not function properly with
lane and apply the brakes.
the ACC system.
ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ Driving in Narrow Lanes
ACC may be used when towing a trailer
or braking that is considered unnecessary. Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside when trailer attached is within GM-approved
It could respond to vehicles in different objects may be incorrectly detected when allowable size and weight limits. See Trailer
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary located along the roadway. Towing 0 309.
objects when entering or exiting a curve.
This is normal operation. The vehicle does Do Not Use ACC on Hills When towing a trailer with ACC, it is
not need service. important to properly set the Trailer Gain.
See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control
Other Vehicle Lane Changes
System” in Towing Equipment 0 313 for
Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure.
Use Tow/Haul mode when driving down
steep hills or mountain grades, or when
hauling heavy loads. See Driver Mode
Control 0 240.
Disengaging ACC
Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills
as ACC may not detect a vehicle ahead. There are three ways to disengage ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Press *. Cleaning the Sensing System The Super Cruise System may initiate a lane
change maneuver in following scenarios:
. Press 5. The camera sensor on the windshield behind
the rearview mirror and the radar sensors . to pass slower traffic
Erasing Speed Memory . when the current lane is ending ahead
on the front of the vehicle can become
The cruise control set speed is erased from blocked by snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. . to return to the initial lane
memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is These areas need to be cleaned for ACC to
operate properly. See “Super Cruise Lane Change” later in this
turned off. section and Turn and Lane-Change Signals
Weather Conditions Affecting ACC If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control 0 140.
may be available. See “Switching Between
System operation may be limited under
snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.
ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously
in this section. Always consider driving
{ Warning
Accessory Installations and Vehicle conditions before using either cruise control Super Cruise can only assist to maintain
Modifications system. lane position, or steer to change lanes,
when driving on compatible roads. You
Do not install or place any object around For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the must supervise the driving task and
the front camera windshield area that would Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 406.
monitor the road conditions. You may
obstruct the front camera view.
Super Cruise need to respond to traffic events by
Do not install objects on top of the vehicle steering, braking, or accelerating. See
that overhang and obstruct the front If equipped, Super Cruise can steer to Defensive Driving.
camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other maintain lane position under certain
items that can be transported on a roof rack conditions on Super Cruise-enabled roads Super Cruise is:
system. See Roof Rack System 0 95. that are separated from opposing traffic. . Not a self-driving system
Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog Super Cruise can also steer to perform a . Not a crash avoidance or warning
lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability lane change under certain conditions on system
to detect an object. Super Cruise-enabled roads. . Not a substitute for proper supervision
A lane change can be initiated by the driver of the driving task.
using the turn signal lever.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Super Cruise uses the following to detect
the current lane position and lane markings Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
ahead on compatible roads under certain lane or, under some circumstances, to . Not respond to oncoming traffic.
conditions: change lanes. Super Cruise can only be . Not function in city driving conditions.
. Cameras used with Adaptive Cruise Control.
. Global Positioning System (GPS) sensing
Super Cruise does:
. A high-precision map
. Not prevent crashes or warn of
{ Warning
. GPS-enhancement data downloaded
possible crashes. Some state and local laws may require
through OnStar hands to be kept on the steering wheel
. Not steer to avoid stopped or
Super Cruise works with Adaptive Cruise at all times. Only remove your hands
slow-moving vehicles, cross-traffic,
Control (ACC), which controls acceleration from the steering wheel if Super Cruise is
construction barriers or cones,
and braking while Super Cruise is enabled engaged, it is safe to do so, and it is
motorcycles, children, pedestrians,
and operating. Review and understand both animals, or other objects on the road. permitted by state and local laws.
this section and the ACC section before
. Not steer in response to vehicles or
using Super Cruise. See Adaptive Cruise
Control (Advanced) 0 248. objects next to your vehicle, including
vehicles attempting to enter your lane.
{ Warning
An active Connected Service plan that Failure to supervise the driving task and
. Not respond to traffic lights, stop
includes Super Cruise Services is required to to respond appropriately, even while
use Super Cruise. signs, or other traffic control devices. Super Cruise is operating, can cause a
. Not respond to crossing traffic. crash. Super Cruise may not respond as
{ Warning . Not make turns. you would to all driving situations and
Super Cruise does not perform all aspects . Not steer to merge onto or to exit may not maintain lane position under all
of driving, nor does it do everything a highways. conditions.
driver can do. Super Cruise only steers to . Not steer to avoid, or steer through It is extremely important to pay
maintain vehicle position in the current construction zones. attention to the operation of the vehicle,
(Continued) even while using Super Cruise. Do not
. Not function on surface streets.
(Continued) (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

When Super Cruise is Available
use a hand-held device while driving, . Not when approaching an intersection
even with Super Cruise engaged. To that is controlled with a traffic light,
prevent serious injury or death: stop sign, or other traffic control
device.
. Always remain properly seated in the
driver seat with your seat belt . Not when lane markings are not
fastened. present or cannot be detected. For Super Cruise Indicator
example, there is too much glare,
. Never remove your hands from the Super Cruise is designed to operate
weather conditions are poor, or lanes
steering wheel when Super Cruise is are poorly marked. only when:
not operating. . ACC is on. See Adaptive Cruise Control
. Not on slippery or icy roads.
. Always make sure traffic conditions (Advanced) 0 248.
are safe before using Super Cruise. . Not in adverse weather conditions,
. Teen Driver is not active.
including rain, sleet, fog, ice, or snow.
. Always keep the entire vehicle and the . The GPS detects the vehicle is on a
sensors clean. Sensors are on the . Not on winding or hilly roads. compatible road.
front, sides, and rear of the vehicle. . Not for city driving. . Both the camera and the radar sensors
. Always observe posted speed limits. . Not during heavy or emergency are functioning and not covered,
Only use Super Cruise at or below the braking. obstructed, or damaged.
posted speed limit. . Not on surface streets. . The Driver Attention System (DAS) detects
Super Cruise should not be used in . the driver's head and eyes are directed
Not on a road shoulder, service drive,
complex or uncertain driving conditions, toward the road ahead.
or under an elevated freeway.
including: . The lane markings are clearly visible and
. Not when towing a trailer that does
. Not in construction zones.
able to be detected by the system.
not meet GM approved guidelines.
. Not when approaching or exiting toll . Not in a highway exit lane.
plazas.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

2. Press ].
Warning (Continued)
. Only remove your hands from the
3. ACC will set the speed to the current
vehicle speed or resume to the higher
steering wheel if the steering wheel
previously stored ACC set speed.
light bar, ^, and \ are green.
Super Cruise may not begin steering When engaged and not steering the vehicle,
immediately, even when Super Cruise the steering wheel light bar flashes blue,
is available and ] has been pressed. and ^ will be blue. The driver is in control
of steering and Super Cruise is not steering
Poor Conditions the vehicle.
When the vehicle is positioned in the center
of the lane, the steering wheel light bar and
^ display will turn green, indicating Super
Cruise is steering the vehicle.
When Super Cruise controls the steering,
traffic and other conditions and laws permit,
and it is safe to do so, your hands can be
taken off the steering wheel.
Poor Conditions Always pay attention to the road and the
operation of the vehicle. Always monitor
Using Super Cruise and be attentive of surrounding traffic,
To engage: including vehicles that may cross the road in
{ Warning 1. Press J to turn on ACC. Make sure the front of your vehicle.
To prevent serious injury or death: white \ indicator displays in the Super Cruise steering can be overridden with
. Always check that Super Cruise is instrument cluster. See Adaptive Cruise manual steering at any time. When Super
Control (Advanced) 0 248. When Super Cruise is engaged, always be prepared to
available ^ before pressing ].
Cruise is available, the white ^ will
(Continued)
display in the instrument cluster.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

take immediate action — including steering, Automatic Lane Changes
accelerating, and braking quickly, Warning (Continued)
Super Cruise System may initiate a single
if necessary. lane change when enabled through vehicle
. Glance over your shoulder.
Super Cruise, when engaged, will enable the settings under following conditions:
Forward Collision System to alert and brake. . Use the turn signals.
. The Super Cruise System may initiate a
Steering Manually and Changing Lanes Super Cruise Lane Change lane change to the left to pass a slower
moving vehicle ahead and a subsequent
The vehicle can always be manually steered, Super Cruise can steer to perform a single lane change to right to return to your
even with Super Cruise engaged; for lane change under certain conditions when original lane.
example, when manually changing lanes. requested by the driver or initiated by the . Super Cruise System may initiate a lane
When the steering wheel is moved Super Cruise System. change to left or right when current lane
manually, the steering wheel light bar To request a lane change: is ending ahead.
flashes blue and ^ on the instrument On Demand Lane Changes . To cancel a Super Cruise lane change,
cluster turns blue to indicate Super Cruise is return the turn signal lever to the neutral
not steering the vehicle. 1. Verify the lane next to your vehicle is
position or move the turn signal lever.
clear and conditions are safe to make a
When ready to allow Super Cruise to lane change. . Super Cruise steering can be overridden
resume steering again, position the vehicle with manual steering at any time to
2. Use the turn signal lever to activate the cancel a Super Cruise lane change.
in the center of the lane, hold the steering
turn signal in the direction of the desired
wheel until the steering wheel light bar If Super Cruise detects that traffic is clear,
lane change.
turns green, and then release the steering Super Cruise will steer the vehicle to
wheel when it is safe to do so. 3. Return the turn signal lever to the
perform the lane change. A message appears
neutral position after the lane change.
on the Driver Information Center (DIC)
{ Warning See Turn and Lane-Change Signals 0 140.
during the lane change to provide more
To help prevent crashes before making a 4. To cancel a lane change, return the turn information on the status of the lane
signal lever to the neutral position, move change.
lane change:
the lever in the opposite direction of the
. Always check mirrors. lane change, or steer manually at The Super Cruise Lane Change feature can
(Continued) any time. be enabled or disabled through the vehicle
personalization menu. The Super Cruise Lane
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Change feature can be enabled or disabled Take Over Alert
through the vehicle personalization menu.
Touch the Settings icon on the infotainment { Warning
Super Cruise will not maintain the
list of available options and select “Super
Cruise Lane Change.” vehicle’s speed while the steering wheel
light bar is flashing red. If the steering
Super Cruise Lane change is disabled when wheel light bar flashes red, immediately
attached trailer is detected. resume manual steering to prevent
Do not use Super Cruise Lane Change serious injury or death. If you do not
feature when towing a trailer. resume manual steering, the vehicle will
begin to slow in the same lane and
{ Warning eventually come to a complete stop on
Super Cruise Lane Change may not detect the road. The instrument cluster light ^, will also
a vehicle in an adjacent lane. Always turn red and a message will display in the
Any time the steering wheel light bar Driver Information Center (DIC). In addition,
supervise the driving task and monitor
flashes red, resume manual steering beeps will sound, or the Safety Alert Seat
traffic conditions when using the Super immediately. will vibrate. To view Collision and Detection
Cruise Lane Change feature. Only request options, touch the Settings icon on the
a lane change when traffic conditions are To begin steering manually, hold the
steering wheel firmly (with both hands) infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to
safe for a lane change, and always be display the list of available options and
ready to manually steer the vehicle. See using the highlighted regions as shown in
the picture below. select “Collision/Detection Systems”. After
“Steering Manually and Changing Lanes” you begin steering manually, then Super
listed previously in this section. Cruise will disengage.
The red flashing steering wheel light bar
could occur under any of the following
conditions:
. Lane markings are poor, or visibility is
limited.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. The Driver Attention System (DAS) does
not detect that the driver's head and eyes Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
are directed toward the road. traffic events by steering, braking, to bring the vehicle back into the correct
. ACC is canceled. or accelerating. See Defensive Driving lane and, in rare circumstances, could
. The vehicle is on a tight curve, or the 0 207. Super Cruise also cannot over-correct and cause the vehicle to
lanes are too wide, or the vehicle goes determine whether you are awake, momentarily cross into a lane next to
into a curve too fast. asleep, impaired, or properly focused on your vehicle unless you manually steer to
. The road speed limit of Super Cruise safe driving. The vehicle could crash into maintain your lane position.
capable non-divided road is below other vehicles, drive out of the lane,
28 km/h (45 mph). or drive off the road. Complete attention The Driver Attention System (DAS) on the
. The compatible road ends. is always required while driving, even steering column continually monitors driver
while using Super Cruise. Be prepared to head and eye position to estimate driver
. The vehicle is approaching an intersection
take over steering or apply the brakes at attention to the road. The camera does not
controlled by a traffic light, stop sign, record or share pictures, audio, or video.
or other traffic control device. any time.
. A Super Cruise system fault occurs. Sunglasses, hats, or other types of clothing
.
that change the shape of the head may
Super Cruise is unable to complete the
lane change maneuver. { Warning interfere with camera performance. To
To prevent serious injury or death, be improve camera performance, raise or lower
Attention to the Road the steering wheel, or change the seat
alert and pay special attention when
position.
passing highway exits, entrances, and
{ Warning crossings with Super Cruise, and be ready
Super Cruise is a driver assistance system to take control of the vehicle when
and cannot accurately detect or predict necessary. Changes in lane markings
all situations. Super Cruise is not a crash around exits and entrances can
avoidance system. To prevent serious momentarily cause Super Cruise to not
injury or death, you must supervise the detect the correct lane. If this occurs,
driving task and monitor the road Super Cruise may attempt steering inputs
conditions. You may need to respond to (Continued)
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Pay close attention to the road ahead to avoid these three increasing alerts:
. If the steering wheel light bar flashes green, the system has detected that your head and eyes may not be
directed toward the road.
First Alert
. The flashing will stop when the system detects that your head and eyes appear to be directed toward
the road.
. If the steering wheel light bar flashes green for too long, Super Cruise will alert the driver to take control of
steering immediately by flashing the light bar red. Also, either beeps will sound or the Safety Alert Seat will
vibrate. Touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available
Second Alert options and select ”Alert Type” and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in “Collision/Detection Systems”.
. Take over steering, then Super Cruise will disengage.
. To re-engage Super Cruise, press ]. See “Using Super Cruise” previously in this section.
. If the steering wheel light bar flashes red for too long, a voice command will tell you to take control of the
vehicle.
. Take control of the steering immediately; ACC and Super Cruise will disengage.
. A DIC message will indicate that Super Cruise is locked out. Super Cruise cannot be re-engaged until the next
Third Alert ignition cycle.
. Continued failure to take over steering will cause the vehicle to brake to a stop and OnStar will be called. The
brake lamps and hazard warning flashers will come on.
. Take control of the vehicle and continue driving.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects; When entering a curve, Super Cruise may
Cross-Traffic Warning (Continued) not detect the lane markings and may not
You may not have time to react to a adjust the steering enough to stay in your
{ Warning vehicle in the lane next to your vehicle lane of travel. When this happens, you will
while on curves in the road. need to steer the vehicle.
Super Cruise is not a crash avoidance
system. Super Cruise does not steer to Super Cruise may detect other lane
prevent a crash with stopped or slow Super Cruise may hand control back to the markings that are not in your lane and may
driver more often driving around a sharp or may not steer appropriately to maintain
moving vehicles, or with vehicles crossing
curve while towing a trailer. your lane.
the road such as those that are traveling
through intersections. You must supervise Super Cruise may operate differently in
the driving task and may need to steer sharp curves. It may drift out of your lane
and brake to prevent a crash, especially of travel if the curve is too sharp.
in stop-and-go traffic or when a vehicle
suddenly enters your lane. Always pay
attention when using Super Cruise.
Failure to do so could result in a crash
involving serious injury or death.
Curves in the Road
{ Warning
The vehicle could drift out of your lane of Super Cruise may occasionally provide an
travel. To prevent crashes, always be alert and/or steering that is considered
ready to manually steer. unnecessary. It could respond to lane
markings in different lanes, signs, guardrails,
Super Cruise may not detect your lane on and other stationary objects when entering
curves in the road. Super Cruise may not or exiting a curve. This is normal operation.
detect the markings that show your lane. The vehicle does not need service.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Other Vehicles Entering Your Lane Towing a Trailer Super Cruise Indicator Light Summary
Super Cruise may be used when towing a
trailer when Trailer attached is within size
and weight limits designated in the Trailer
Towing section, see Trailer Towing.
When Super Cruise is used with vehicles
equipped with aftermarket trailer brake
controller, Super Cruise may not disengage
when manual trailer brake is applied.
Do not use Super Cruise Lane Change when
towing a trailer.
For additional information on towing a
trailer, see Trailer Towing 0 309.
Super Cruise may not detect a vehicle that The steering wheel light bar and instrument
enters your lane, or may not brake fast Super Cruise on Hills cluster light provide the following important
enough to avoid a crash. You must manually Super Cruise on Non-Divided Roads information about Super Cruise operation:
brake and steer the vehicle.
Super Cruise may be available on
Intersections; Vehicles Crossing the Road non-divided roads that are mapped, outside
Ahead of urbanized areas and have a road speed
Super Cruise will not brake the vehicle when limit above 28 km/h (45 mph).
approaching an intersection that is Do not use Super Cruise while driving on
controlled by a traffic light or stop sign. steep hills.
Super Cruise will not detect vehicles crossing
the road ahead, including at intersections,
and will not automatically steer or brake to
prevent a collision. You must manually
brake and steer the vehicle.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Steering Wheel Light Bar Instrument Cluster Light Super Cruise Description
Super Cruise is off. There is no automatic steering. Operate the vehicle
Off Off
manually.
Off White Super Cruise is available and can be engaged.
Solid Green Solid Green Super Cruise is steering. Pay attention to the road and vehicle operation.
Super Cruise is not steering. Operate the vehicle manually. See “Steering
Flashing Blue Solid Blue
Manually and Changing Lanes” previously in this section.
Super Cruise has detected you are not paying sufficiently close attention to
Flashing Green Solid Green the road. Pay attention to the road. See “Attention to the Road” previously in
this section.
Take over steering immediately. Super Cruise will disengage. See “Take Over
Flashing Red Solid Red
Alert” previously in this section.
Disengaging Super Cruise . Press the brake pedal while your hands Immediately after a disengagement,
are on the steering wheel. Both Super pressing the ] within 10 seconds will
There are two ways to disengage Super
Cruise steering and Adaptive Cruise display a DIC message with the reason for
Cruise:
Control will disengage. Super Cruise disengagement.
. Press ] while your hands are on the
Super Cruise Messages
steering wheel. The Super Cruise steering
will disengage. If ^ does not appear, ] can be pressed
to display a DIC message as to why the
system is unavailable.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Super Cruise Message Summary
Subscription Required Press OnStar Button . The owner’s required Connected Services subscription may have
ended.
. Press the Blue OnStar button in your vehicle to speak with an
OnStar representative, who can help determine the issue and
what actions to take
Unavailable Turn on Adaptive Cruise Control Adaptive Cruise Control must be on before Super Cruise can be
enabled.
. Set speed is not required before enabling Super Cruise.
. Adaptive Cruise Control is not required to be engaged before
enabling Super Cruise.
Unavailable Lane Ending Super Cruise is disabled because the driving lane is ending.
Unavailable No Road Information . There is no map information available for that portion of the
road. Recent road reconstruction may turn off Super Cruise for
that section of road until new map information is available.
. The vehicle is not on the correct type of road. A controlled
access freeway or compatible divided or non-divided road is
required for Super Cruise.
. There are lanes entering or exiting on both the left and right
side of the road.
. The vehicle is approaching an interchange or intersection.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Super Cruise Message Summary (cont'd)
Unavailable Sensors Can’t Find Lane Lines . Rain or snow is inhibiting the system’s ability to see lane lines.
. Direct sunlight is on the front camera at dawn or dusk.
. There are missing or poor lane line markings on the road.
. There is sun glare on the road surface.
. There is heavy rain, puddles, or road spray, or inclement weather
conditions that may affect vehicle performance.
Unavailable Sensor Can’t See Face Clearly . Cups, food, hands, or other objects are obscuring the DAS view
of the driver’s face.
. The steering column is pointed too high or low for the DAS to
see the driver. Adjust the steering column or the seat if the
message occurs frequently.
. Sun is shining into the Driver Attention System (DAS) camera.
. Dawn or dusk sun glare is on the driver’s face.
Unavailable Looking Away From Road for Too Long The DAS system detects that the driver is not looking at the road.
Unavailable Driving Too Fast The vehicle is traveling faster than 137 km/h (85 mph).
The vehicle is traveling more than 16 km/h (10 mph) over road speed
limit on super cruise capable non-divided road.
The maximum Super Cruise speed in curves will vary based on how
sharp the curve is. The vehicle will automatically decrease speed if
needed.
Unavailable Driving in Exit Lane The Super Cruise system has detected that the vehicle is in an
exit lane.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Super Cruise Message Summary (cont'd)
Unavailable GPS Signal Lost . There is poor reception in isolated areas.
. Reception is being blocked by buildings or other large structures.
Unavailable You Have Taken Vehicle Control . The brake pedal is being pressed.
. The Adaptive Cruise Control has been canceled or turned off.
Unavailable Sensor Blocked Clear snow, ice, dirt, or other contaminants from the front and rear
areas of the vehicle.
Unavailable Sharp Curve Some curves are too sharp to be navigated by the Super Cruise
system. Super Cruise will be available after the curve is traveled.
Unavailable Over Weight Limit Super Cruise has detected trailer is over allowable weight limit.
Unavailable Trailer Too Unstable Super Cruise has detected that trailer attached is causing unstable
condition. Check trailer and/or load.
Unavailable Trailer Too Large Trailer size (length/width) is larger than supported for Super Cruise
operation.
Unavailable Lane Too Narrow Super Cruise has detected lane width ahead is too narrow for Super
Cruise operation while towing a trailer.
Super Cruise Unavailable Super Cruise is unavailable for reasons not described in other
messages.
Super Cruise Locked Out See Owner’s Manual The driver did not take control of the vehicle when prompted by the
Super Cruise system. The Super Cruise system will be disabled until
the ignition is turned off and back on.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Map Updates information will continue to be shared for
emergency services and Super Cruise,
Caution (Continued)
Super Cruise map information must be which your dealer has. Without proper
periodically updated at least once every if equipped.
training and tools the vehicle may
seven months to determine whether Super System Care
Cruise is available on certain roads. become damaged.
The camera on the steering column has a
See the following website for Super Cruise lens cover that may become dirty over time
map open source compliance documentation, and affect camera performance. Clean the
including the license information: lens cover with a soft cloth sprayed with This vehicle may have features that work
https://oss.veoneer.com/ glass cleaner. Wipe the lens gently, then dry together to help avoid crashes or reduce
it. Never use abrasive cloths/cleaners or crash damage while driving, backing, and
Data Download corrosive chemicals of any kind on the lens parking. Read this entire section before
If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and cover. using these systems.
has an active service plan, additional data Super Cruise uses the front radar, front
may be collected through the OnStar camera, and 360 degree cameras for its { Warning
system. This includes information about: the operation. Clean surfaces are required for Do not rely on the Driver Assistance
vehicle’s operation; a crash involving the Super Cruise operation. See Adaptive Cruise Systems. These systems do not replace
vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its Control (Advanced) 0 248, “Surround Vision the need for paying attention and driving
features; and, in certain situations, the Camera” under Assistance Systems for safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or
location and approximate GPS speed of the Parking or Backing 0 274, and Lane Keep warnings provided by these systems.
vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Assist (LKA) 0 298 for care information.
Conditions and Privacy Statement on the Failure to use proper care when driving
OnStar website. Caution may result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving 0 207.
Location Services The Super Cruise system is a highly
sophisticated system and should only be Under many conditions, these systems
This setting enables or disables sharing of will not:
vehicle location outside the vehicle for serviced by technicians with the proper
certain purposes. Even if the Location training, tools, and safety instructions, . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
Services setting is disabled, vehicle location (Continued) or animals.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Warning (Continued)
Some driver assistance features alert the
. Detect vehicles or objects outside the
driver of obstacles by beeping. To view
area monitored by the system. available settings for this feature, touch the
. Work at all driving speeds. Settings icon on the infotainment home
. Warn you or provide you with enough page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of
time to avoid a crash. available options and select “Comfort and
Convenience”.
. Work under poor visibility or bad
weather conditions. If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the
driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating
. Work if the detection sensor is not pulse alert instead of beeping. To view
cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, available settings for this feature, touch the
mud, or dirt. Settings icon on the infotainment home
. Work if the detection sensor is page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of
covered up, such as with a sticker, available options and select “Collision/
magnet, or metal plate. Detection Systems”.
. Work if the detection sensor viewing Cleaning
zone is interrupted by an installed
accessory, such as a bike rack, or hitch Depending on vehicle options, keep these
mounted cargo carrier. areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best
driver assistance feature performance. Driver
. Work if the area surrounding the Information Center (DIC) messages may
detection sensor is damaged or not display when the systems are unavailable or
properly repaired. blocked.
Complete attention is always required . Front and rear bumpers and the area
while driving, and you should be ready to below the bumpers
take action and apply the brakes and/or . Front grille and headlamps
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
. Front camera lens in the front grille or
near the front emblem
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Front side and rear side panels Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
. Outside of the windshield in front of the
rearview mirror When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse),
the RVC displays an image of the area
. Side camera lens on the bottom of the
behind the vehicle in the infotainment
outside mirrors display. The previous screen displays when
. Rear side corner bumpers the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after
. Rear Vision Camera above the license a short delay. To return to the previous
plate screen sooner, press Home or Back on the
Radio Frequency infotainment system, shift into P (Park),
or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 1. View Displayed by the Camera
This vehicle may be equipped with driver 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive). The rear 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
assistance systems that operate using radio vision camera is above the license plate.
frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement Displayed images may be farther or closer
0 435. than they appear. The area displayed is
limited and objects that are close to either
Assistance Systems for Parking or corner of the bumper or under the bumper
do not display.
Backing
A warning triangle may display to show
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), that RPA or RCTA has detected an object.
Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front and Rear Park This triangle changes from amber to red and
Assist (FRPA), Surround Vision, Reverse increases in size the closer the object.
Automatic Braking (RAB) and Backing
Warning System, Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA), and Enhanced Automatic Parking
{ Warning
Assist (APA) may help the driver park or The camera(s) do not display children,
avoid objects. Always check around the pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
vehicle when parking or backing. 1. View Displayed by the Camera animals, or any other object outside of
the cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Warning (Continued) { Warning
distances may be different from actual The camera(s) do not display children,
distances. Do not drive or park the pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,
vehicle using only these camera(s). animals, or any other object outside of
Always check behind and around the the cameras’ field of view, below the
vehicle before driving. Failure to use bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
proper care may result in injury, death, distances may be different from actual
or vehicle damage. distances. Do not drive or park the
1. Views Displayed by the Surround vehicle using only these camera(s).
Surround Vision System Vision Cameras Always check behind and around the
2. Area Not Shown vehicle before driving. Failure to use
If equipped the Surround Vision system can
proper care may result in injury, death,
display various views surrounding the
vehicle in the infotainment display. See or vehicle damage.
below for camera view descriptions and
Camera Views
more information.
{ Warning
The Surround Vision cameras have blind
spots and will not display all objects near
the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside
mirrors that are out of position may not 1. Views Displayed by the Surround
display surround view correctly. Always Vision Cameras
check around the vehicle when parking or 2. Area Not Shown
backing.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Touch the camera view buttons along the 2. Front/Rear Top-Down View by selecting X, Home or Back. Shifting
bottom of the infotainment display to Displays a front or rear overhead view into P (Park) while in this view will
access each view (if equipped): of the vehicle. To view, select Front/ automatically engage the Electric
Rear Top-Down View on the Parking Brake (EPB).
1. Front/Rear Standard View infotainment display when the camera 5. Surround View
Displays an image of the area in front app is active. Displays an image of the area
or behind the vehicle. To select, touch 3. Front/Rear side View surrounding the vehicle. Surround
Front/Rear Standard View on the View is displayed alongside the
Displays a view that shows objects
infotainment display when a camera currently selected view when below 12
next to the front or rear sides of the
view is active. kph (8 mph). Surround View is
vehicle. To select, touch Front/Rear
When the hitch guidance is selected, Side View on the infotainment display disabled when above 12 kph (8 mph).
Rear Standard View will remain visible when a camera view is active. Touch 6. Camera App Guidance Lines
across gear changes, otherwise the the button to toggle between front The Camera App supports three
view will toggle between Front and and rear camera views. Park Assist and possible guidance modes: No
Rear Standard View based on gear RCTA overlays are not available when Guidance, Vehicle Guidance and
position. Front/Rear Side View is active. Trailering Guidance. To change
If equipped, the front view camera 4. Hitch View guidance mode, select the appropriate
also displays when the Park Assist Displays a zoomed-in view of the hitch guidance icon. Depending on the
system detects an object within area to assist with aligning the guidance mode and view selected,
30 cm (12 in). vehicle’s hitch ball with the trailer different guidance lines may appear.
To access this view when in a forward coupler and monitoring the trailer A grayed-out icon indicates that
gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), select connection. To view, select Hitch View guidance lines are not available.
CAMERA on the infotainment display on the infotainment display when the Certain views do not support Guidance
and select Rear Standard View. The Camera App is active. To access this lines.
view will close after 8 seconds and view when in a forward gear above . Standard Guidance Lines are
can be closed early by selecting X, 12 km/h (8 mph), select CAMERA on available in Front/Rear Standard
Home or Back. the infotainment display and select Views, Front/Rear Top-Down Views
Hitch View. The view will close after and Surround View when the
eight seconds and can be closed early
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

vehicle guidance mode is selected. 7. Interior Trailer View installation instructions (see your
Standard Guidance Lines show Displays a view of the interior of the dealer for accessory trailer
current and intended vehicle path. trailer. The feature is available when a camera(s) and information). To
. Hitch Guidance Line is available in trailer is connected. The feature view, select Rear Trailer View on
Rear Standard View when the requires user installation of an the infotainment display when the
Trailering Guidance mode is accessory trailer camera on the Camera App is active. To access
selected. Hitch Guidance displays a interior of the trailer per the accessory this view when in a forward gear
single centered guidance line on trailer camera installation instructions above 12 km/h (8 mph), select
the infotainment display to assist (see your dealer for accessory trailer CAMERA on the infotainment
with aligning the vehicle’s hitch camera(s) and information). To view, display and select Rear Trailer
with a trailer coupler. Align the select Interior Trailer View on the View. The view can be closed by
Hitch Guidance Line with the infotainment display when the Camera selecting X, Home or Back.
trailer coupler by continuously App is active. To access this view . Rear Side View with Available
steering the vehicle to keep the when in a forward gear above Articulation Functionality
guidance line centered on the 12 km/h (8 mph), select CAMERA on Displays a rearward split view of
coupler when backing. Park Assist the infotainment display and select the left and right sides of the
overlays will not display when the Interior Trailer View. The view will vehicle and trailer, when a trailer is
Hitch Guidance Line is active. close after 8 seconds and can be connected. The view will
. Rear Trailer Guidance Lines are closed early by selecting X, Home automatically pan to show more of
available in the Rear Trailer View or Back. the left or right side based on the
when the Trailering Guidance 8. Rear Trailer Views position of the trailer when a
mode is selected and the rear . Rear Trailer View compatible profile is configured
trailer camera calibration has been Displays a view of the area behind and selected via the Trailering App.
successfully completed. Rear Trailer the trailer when a trailer is To view, select Rear Side View with
Guidance Lines show the intended connected. The feature requires Available Articulation Functionality
path (yellow) and the current path user installation of an accessory on the infotainment display when
(blue) of the trailer. The current trailer camera on the rear exterior the Camera App is active. To access
path guidance lines will converge surface of the trailer per the this view when in a forward gear
with the intended path guidance accessory trailer camera above 12 km/h (8 mph), select
lines. CAMERA on the infotainment
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

display and select Rear Side View Additional Views and Alerts . Trailer Angle Indicator
with Available Articulation . Turn Signal Activated Views The vehicle may be equipped with a
Functionality. The view can be Trailer Angle Indicator. The Trailer Angle
Displays a rearward view of the left or
closed by selecting X, Home Indicator gives the driver a visual
right side of the vehicle and trailer when
or Back. representation of the trailer’s position
a trailer is connected. Views are provided
. Picture-in-Picture Side View based on turn signal activation with the relative to the vehicle. (Available only in
Displays a rearward split view of right-side view being shown when the Reverse, Guidelines On, Rear Trailering
the left and right sides of the right turn signal is active and the left side Views).
vehicle and trailer with an overlay view being shown when the left turn
view of the area behind the trailer signal is active. The feature can be { Warning
when a trailer is connected. The enabled or disabled. To view available Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the
feature requires user installation of settings from the infotainment screen, vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when
an accessory trailer camera on the touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/ traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to
rear exterior surface of the trailer Detection Systems. The view can be briefly check the status of your trailer. Do
per the accessory trailer camera closed early by selecting X, Home or Back.
not use for any other purpose, such as
installation instructions (see your A Trailer Length Indicator Overlay is making lane change decisions. Before
dealer for accessory trailer available in the Turn Signal Activated
camera(s) and information). To making a lane change, always check the
Views when the trailer is relatively mirrors and glance over your shoulder.
view, select Picture-in-Picture Side straight behind the vehicle and a
View on the infotainment display Improper use could result in serious
compatible profile is configured and
when the Camera App is active. To injury to you or others.
selected via the Trailering App. The
access this view when in a forward overlay will not be visible when the
gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), select HD Surround Vision with Trailer Camera
position of the trailer is too far to the left Provisions
CAMERA on the infotainment or right. The overlay can be enabled or
display and select Picture-in-Picture disabled. To view available settings from If equipped, this feature provides additional
Side View. The view can be closed the infotainment screen, touch Settings > views to aid in trailering/towing. The
by selecting X, Home or Back. Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems. system shows multiple views in the
infotainment display using five cameras
mounted around the vehicle and up to two
additional accessory cameras that can be
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

mounted on or in a trailer. The front camera . Interior Trailer View . Surround View
is in the grille under the front emblem, the . Surround View . Guidance Lines
side cameras are on the bottom of the . Guidance Lines . Hitch Guidance
outside mirrors, the rear camera is in the . Hitch Guidance Troubleshooting
tailgate handle and the bed camera is
mounted on the rear of the cab. Surround Vision (360 Degrees) The Transparent Trailer calibration may take
Additionally, up to two accessory cameras If equipped, the Surround Vision system can longer than expected or not calibrate if:
can be mounted to the rear and/or interior display various views surrounding the . The vehicle is driven too fast during
of the trailer. See your dealer for accessory vehicle in the infotainment display using calibration. Speed should be maintained
trailer cameras. To access, touch CAMERA on four cameras mounted around the vehicle. below 50 km/h (31 mph).
the infotainment display or shift to The front camera is in the grille under the . The vehicle is not driven straight during
R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen front emblem, the side cameras are on the
when not in reverse, touch the Home or calibration. Steering should be maintained
bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear as straight as possible, excessive steering
Back buttons on the infotainment display. camera is in the tailgate handle. during calibration may extend
Certain trailer views require a compatible The Surround Vision system can be accessed calibration time.
trailer profile be configured and selected. by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment . The calibration is attempted in low light.
A compatible trailer is a box type trailer display or when the vehicle is shifted into Calibration should be attempted when
(cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen there is enough light.
hitch. sooner, when not in R (Reverse), press the . The calibration is attempted during
Available camera views: Home or Back button on the infotainment adverse weather conditions. Calibration
. Front/Rear Standard View system, shift into P (Park), or, while in D during conditions such as snow or heavy
. Front/Rear Top-Down View
(Drive), reach a vehicle speed of rain should be avoided.
approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). . The road surface is not ideal for
. Front/Rear Side View
. Hitch View Available camera views: calibration. Calibration should be
. Front/Rear Standard View attempted on an alternate road surface.
. Rear trailer View
. Front/Rear Top-Down View
. Rear Side view with a available
articulation functionality . Front/Rear Side View
. Picture-in-Picture Side View . Hitch View
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. The accessory trailer cameras are . The accessory cameras are not recognized. backing and parking maneuvers when the
swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure Ensure that the accessory camera(s) are vehicle is driven at no more than 9 km/h
that the camera mounted to the rear of connected and power cycle the vehicle. (6 mph). An illuminated indicator in the Park
the trailer is connected to the rear trailer . The accessory trailer cameras are Assist button indicates the system is ready.
camera input. swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure Sensors located in the bumpers measure the
. The accessory trailer camera is mounted, that the accessory camera(s) are distance between the vehicle and objects
angled or rotated outside of the defined connected to the correct input. using sonar technology. These sensors are
mounting location (see camera . The accessory trailer camera(s) are designed to detect certain objects up to
installation instructions). connected to the correct camera input. 1.8 m (6 ft) behind and 1.3 m (4 ft) in front of
Distortion may be observed in the calibrated . The accessory trailer camera(s) are not your vehicle that are taller than
Transparent Trailer View if: installed according to the installation 25 cm (10 in).
. The accessory trailer camera is mounted, instructions. Different environmental conditions may
angled or rotated outside of the defined A feature may be unavailable or not affect whether and how far the Park Assist
mounting location (see camera activating as expected if: system can detect objects. Keep the sensors
installation instructions). . The customization is disabled. Check the clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and
The Transparent Trailer icon may appear customization settings where applicable. clean sensors after a car wash in freezing
grayed out if: temperatures. Sensors that are not clean
. The accessory trailer cameras are
may not detect objects or may cause the
. A compatible trailer profile is not swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure system to alert when not required.
configured or a non-compatible trailer that the accessory camera(s) are
profile is selected. connected to the correct camera input.
. The vehicle is in R (Reverse).
{ Warning
A view may switch automatically if:
. The trailer is not connected. The Park Assist System is no substitute
. The vehicle is shifted to another gear.
for careful and attentive driving. The Park
. The accessory rear trailer camera is not
Park Assist Assist system does not detect children,
connected or connected to the incorrect
pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects
input. The vehicle may be equipped with Rear Park located below the bumper or that are too
The preview may not be provided or the Assist (RPA) or Front and Rear Park Assist close or too far from the vehicle. It is not
wrong preview may be provided if: (FRPA). Under certain conditions, the Park (Continued)
Assist system can assist the driver during
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

front or rear, depending on the object's When the system is off, PARK ASSIST OFF is
Warning (Continued) location, or the driver's seat will pulse five shown on the display. This message
available at speeds greater than 9 km/h times. Beeps for front are higher pitched disappears after a short period of time.
(6 mph). To prevent injury, death, than the rear. The beeps may be muted by If the vehicle has a trailer hitch attached,
or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, pressing the on screen mute button. select ON - ATTACHED using the
always check the area around the vehicle infotainment system menus to allow Park
and check all mirrors before moving Assist to function properly. Park Assist is
forward or backing. able to compensate for a trailer hitch up to
0.3 m (1 ft) in length and width. Park Assist
How the System Works may not function properly with larger trailer
The vehicle may have a Park hitches and provide inaccurate information
Assist amphitheatre-like display on the of objects in the rear
cluster with bars that represent the Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer to
estimated location of a detected object and prevent unwanted beeps and when a bike
the vehicle’s distance from the object. As a Turning the System On and Off rack is attached to ensure proper operation.
detected object becomes closer, more bars The Park Assist System can be turned on or When the System Does Not Seem to Work
light up and change color from yellow to off using the infotainment system. To view Properly
amber to red. Vehicles equipped with RPA available settings for this feature, touch the
will show the amphitheater at the rear of The following messages may be shown on
Settings icon on the infotainment home
the vehicle, and if equipped, FRPA will show the display:
page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of
the amphitheater at the front and rear. available options and select “Collision/ SERVICE PARK ASSIST
The system warns the driver with beeps Detection Systems”. If this message displays, check the following
against potentially hazardous obstacles in Turning the Park Assist System on or off conditions:
the path of the vehicle. When an object in also turns the Backing Warning and Reverse . The sensors may not be clean. Keep the
the driving path is first detected in the rear, Automatic Braking (RAB) on or off at the
one beep will be heard from the rear, or the vehicle's front and rear bumpers free of
same time. mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. For
driver's seat will pulse two times if equipped
with Safety Alert Seat. When an object is cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care
very close, five beeps will sound from the 0 406.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. The Park Assist sensors may be covered Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
by frost or ice. Frost or ice can form Warning (Continued)
around and behind the sensors and may If equipped, under certain conditions parking space, such as movement of an
not always be seen; this can occur after Enhanced Automatic Parking Assist (APA) can
adjacent vehicle, or a person or object
washing the vehicle in cold weather. The use sensors based on sonar technology
entering the parking space. APA does not
message may not clear until the frost or along the vehicle’s front, rear and sides to
detect a parking spot and automatically park detect or avoid traffic that is behind or
ice has melted. alongside of the vehicle. Always be
the vehicle. The vehicle will automatically
If this message displays and the above maneuver into a detected spot moving at or prepared to stop the vehicle during the
conditions do not exist, take the vehicle to near idle speed. It does this by parking maneuver.
your dealer for repair. automatically steering, braking, accelerating,
PARK ASSIST OFF and gear shifting. The driver must always be How to Activate Automatic Parking
prepared to apply braking if necessary. A To activate APA, press O on the Home
If the Park Assist System does not activate
display and beeps help to guide the parking Page of the infotainment display for the
due to a temporary condition, this message
maneuvers. system to begin searching for a parking
is shown on the display. This can occur
under the following conditions: space while driving forward at no greater
. The driver has disabled the system.
{ Warning than 30 km/h (18 mph). By default, APA
APA may not always detect objects in the searches for parallel parking spaces to the
. An object is currently blocking the rear
parking space, objects that are not rigid right of the vehicle up to the sensors’ range
sensors (for example, bike rack, tailgate, of 1.5 m (5 ft). To search for a parking space
trailer hitch, etc.) Once the object is (e.g. shrubs and chain-link fences), objects
below the bumper, objects high off the to the left, turn on the left turn signal or,
removed, Park Assist will return to normal if available, change the side selection in the
operation. ground (e.g. flatbed trucks), hanging
infotainment display. To switch the parking
. The bumper is damaged. Take the vehicle objects, objects below ground level (e.g.
mode between parallel and perpendicular
to your dealer for repairs. large potholes), or moving objects (e.g.
pedestrians, cyclists, vehicles). Always press and hold O while searching for a
. Other conditions, such as vibrations from valid parking spot or, if available, change the
a jackhammer or the compression of air verify that the parking space is
parking mode in the infotainment display.
brakes on a very large truck, are affecting appropriate for parking a vehicle. APA
system performance. may not respond to changes in the APA cannot park in all empty parking spots.
(Continued) The parking spot must:
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Be sufficiently large to fit the vehicle accelerates, and shifts gears into the parking is off. If the system is able to determine a
comfortably. spot, check surroundings. Be prepared to path out of the parking spot, a screen will
. Have an adjacent vehicle, wall, or pillar stop to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, be displayed for unparking options. Similar
for the system to align to. or objects. to automatic parking, follow the displayed
A progress arrow displays the status of the instructions and check surroundings as the
parking maneuver. Once automatic parking vehicle unparks.
is finished and the vehicle has come to a full Once automatic unparking is finished and
stop, FINAL POSITION - PRESS BRAKES the vehicle has come to a full stop, FINAL
message will be displayed. Press and hold POSITION - PRESS BRAKES message will be
the brakes, and APA will beep and display a displayed. Press and hold the brakes, and
PARKING COMPLETE message. Shift the APA will beep and display a TAKE CONTROL
vehicle to P (Park) and apply the parking message. The vehicle is now positioned such
brake. that the path to exit the parking spot is free
of obstructions. Shift into D (Drive) to start
After completely passing an eligible parking driving away.
spot, a beep sounds and a red stop symbol
is displayed in the driver information center.
Generally, APA selects the nearest empty
parking spot behind the vehicle, but under
some conditions may select a space that is
further back. Slow down and bring the
vehicle to a complete stop to begin.
Follow the displayed instructions. When
instructed to drive in reverse, shift to How to Activate Automatic Parallel Spot
R (Reverse) while holding the brakes. The Unparking Assist
steering wheel will vibrate briefly as a To activate parallel spot unparking assist,
reminder to remove hands from the steering press the soft-touch button or hard switch
wheel. Release the brakes slowly when the O after turning on the vehicle while
vibration stops to begin automatic parking. leaving it in P (Park) and the parking brake
As the vehicle automatically steers, brakes,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

How to Cancel Automatic Parking or . Maneuver the vehicle on a steep hill. Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)
Automatic Unparking . Detect whether a parking space is legal or
To cancel automatic parking or automatic restricted. Backing Warning and Reverse Automatic
unparking at any time, pressO or "X" on . Detect pavement markings or lines Braking (RAB)
the infotainment display and be prepared to . Park the vehicle closely lined up with the If equipped, vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
resume control of the vehicle. APA holds the vehicle next to it, particularly if the spot Control (ACC) have the Backing Warning
vehicle until the parking brake or brake is is approached at an angle or if the System and Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)
applied, or the vehicle is shifted into parking space is angled. system. When in R (Reverse), Backing
P (Park). To start driving away, press the . Park exactly centered in a very large spot. Warning alerts of rear objects at vehicle
brakes and shift into D (Drive). . Always detect short curbs. speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph), and
RAB may automatically brake hard at speeds
Certain vehicle conditions and driver . Operate while towing any trailer. between 1–32 km/h (0.5–20 mph).
interferences may also cancel automatic . Function the vehicle is raised or lowered
parking: by air suspension (if equipped). The Backing Warning System will beep once
. The driver manually steers the vehicle. from the rear when an object is first
. Detect or automatically react to
. The maximum allowed speed is exceeded.
detected, or pulse twice on both sides of the
approaching traffic when exiting a
Safety Alert Seat. When the system detects
. There is a failure with the APA system. parallel spot
a potential crash, beeps will be heard from
. Electronic stability control or antilock When the System Does Not Seem to Work the rear, or five pulses will be felt on both
brakes are activated. Properly sides of the Safety Alert Seat. There may
. The parking brake is applied or vehicle is If the vehicle does not reverse into the also be a brief, sharp application of the
shifted into Park (P). expected parking space, the system could be brakes.
. Driver unbuckles seat belt and maneuvering the vehicle into a previously
opens door. detected space. { Warning
System Limitations The Backing Warning System only
operates at speeds greater than 8 km/h
Automatic Parking Assist has certain
(5 mph). It does not detect children,
limitations. The system cannot:
pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects
. Maneuver the vehicle at speeds exceeding
(Continued)
5 km/h (3 mph).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
below the bumper or that are too close vehicle. It may not brake or stop in time the brakes, check the RVC and check the
or too far from the vehicle. In some to avoid a crash. It will not brake for area around the vehicle to make sure it is
situations, such as at higher backing objects when the vehicle is moving at safe to proceed.
speeds, there may not be enough time very low speeds. It does not detect
for the short, sharp application of the children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, Unexpected braking events are possible with
vehicle brake system to occur. To prevent or objects below the bumper or that are a static installed accessory, such as a bike
injury, death, or vehicle damage, even too close or too far from the vehicle. To rack or hitch-mounted cargo carrier.
with the Backing Warning System, always prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage,
check the area around the vehicle and even with RAB, always check the area
Rear Pedestrian Alert
check all mirrors before backing. around the vehicle before and while If equipped, and under certain conditions,
backing. this feature can provide alerts for a
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), if the pedestrian within the system’s range
system detects the vehicle is backing too Pressing the brake pedal after the vehicle directly behind the vehicle. This feature only
fast to avoid a crash with a detected object comes to a stop will release RAB. If the works in R (Reverse) below 12 km/h (8 mph),
behind your vehicle in your path, it may brake pedal is not pressed soon after the and detects pedestrians up to 8 m (26 ft)
automatically brake hard to a stop to help stop, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) may be away during daytime driving. During
avoid or reduce the harm caused by a set. When it is safe, press the accelerator nighttime driving, feature performance is
backing crash. pedal firmly at any time to override RAB. very limited.
{ Warning { Warning
RAB may not avoid many types of There may be instances where
backing crashes. Do not wait for the unexpected or undesired automatic
automatic braking to apply. This system braking occurs. If this happens, either
is not designed to replace driver braking press the brake pedal or firmly press the
and only works in R (Reverse) when an accelerator pedal to release the brakes Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator
object is detected directly behind the from the RAB system. Before releasing
(Continued) (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

When a pedestrian is detected within the
Warning (Continued) Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
system’s range directly behind the vehicle,
this symbol flashes amber on the . The RVC is blocked by dirt, snow, System
infotainment display, along with five beeps or ice. If equipped, Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
from the rear, or if equipped, two pulses . The RVC, taillamps, or back-up lamps displays a red warning triangle with a left
from both sides of the driver seat. When a are not cleaned or in proper working or right pointing arrow on the infotainment
pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle, condition. display to warn of traffic coming from the
the symbol flashes red on the infotainment left or right. This system detects objects
display, along with ten beeps from the rear, . The vehicle is not in R (Reverse).
coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left
or if equipped, seven pulses from both sides To help avoid death or injury, always or right side of the vehicle. When an object
of the driver seat. check for pedestrians around the vehicle is detected, either three beeps sound from
before backing up. Be ready to take the left or right or three Safety Alert Seat
{ Warning action and apply the brakes. See pulses occur on the left or right side,
Rear Pedestrian Alert does not Defensive Driving 0 207. Keep the RVC, depending on the direction of the detected
taillamps, and back-up lamps clean and in vehicle.
automatically brake the vehicle. It also
does not provide an alert unless it good repair. Driving With a Trailer
detects a pedestrian, and it may not Use caution while backing up when towing
detect all pedestrians if: Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off or a trailer. The RCTA feature is automatically
Alert. To view available settings from the disabled when a trailer is attached to the
. The pedestrian is not directly behind
infotainment screen, touch Settings > vehicle.
the vehicle, fully visible to the Rear Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > Rear
Vision Camera (RVC), or standing Pedestrian Detection. Turning the Features On or Off
upright.
If equipped, alerts can be set to beeps or To view available settings for this feature,
. The pedestrian is part of a group. touch the Settings icon on the infotainment
seat pulses. To view available settings from
. The pedestrian is a child. the infotainment screen, touch Settings > home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the
. Visibility is poor, including nighttime Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > list of available options and select “Collision/
conditions, fog, rain, or snow. Alert Type. Detection Systems”.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Assistance Systems for Driving { Warning
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a FCA is a warning system and does not
forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA),
apply the brakes. When approaching a
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB), Lane Keep
slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead
Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA),
Night Vision System, Lane Change Alert too rapidly, or when following a vehicle
(LCA), and/or Automatic Emergency Braking too closely, FCA may not provide a
(AEB) can help to avoid a crash or reduce warning with enough time to help avoid
a crash. It also may not provide any FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA
crash damage. system detects a vehicle ahead. When a
warning at all. FCA does not warn of
vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, indicator will display green. Vehicles may
System bridges, construction barrels, or other not be detected on curves, highway exit
objects. Be ready to take action and ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a
The FCA system may help to avoid or apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving
reduce the harm caused by front-end vehicle ahead is partially blocked by
0 207. pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not
crashes. When approaching a vehicle ahead
too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert detect another vehicle ahead until it is
FCA can be disabled through vehicle completely in the driving lane.
on the windshield and rapidly beeps or personalization. To view available settings
pulses the driver seat. FCA also lights an for this feature, touch the Settings icon on
amber visual alert if following another the infotainment home page. Select
{ Warning
vehicle much too closely. “Vehicle” to display the list of available FCA does not provide a warning to help
FCA detects vehicles within a distance of options and select “Collision/Detection avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle.
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at Systems”. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if
speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can or ice, or if the windshield is damaged.
detect vehicles to distances of approximately It may also not detect a vehicle on
110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. winding or hilly roads, or in conditions
See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) that can limit visibility such as fog, rain,
0 248. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

from the front, or both sides of the Safety shows the current setting on the DIC.
Warning (Continued) Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Additional button presses will change this
or snow, or if the headlamps or Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may setting. The chosen setting will remain until
windshield are not cleaned or in proper prepare for driver braking to occur more it is changed and will affect the timing of
condition. Keep the windshield, rapidly which can cause a brief, mild both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating
headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in deceleration. Continue to apply the brake Alert features. The timing of both alerts will
good repair. pedal as needed. vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the
Tailgating Alert vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will
Collision Alert occur. Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert timing.
The range of selectable alert timings may
not be appropriate for all drivers and driving
conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA
The vehicle ahead indicator will display timing setting automatically changes the
With Head-Up Display amber when you are following a vehicle following gap setting (Far, Medium,
ahead much too closely. or Near).
Selecting the Alert Timing Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for
turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
objects that are not vehicles, or shadows.
These alerts are normal operation and the
Without Head-Up Display vehicle does not need service.
When your vehicle approaches another Cleaning the System
detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA The Collision Alert control is on the steering
If the FCA system does not seem to operate
display will flash on the windshield. Also, wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to
eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound properly, this may correct the issue:
Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Clean the outside of the windshield in Cruise Control (ACC) above 4 km/h (2 mph). AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete
front of the rearview mirror. It can detect vehicles up to approximately stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this
. Clean the entire front of the vehicle. 60 m (197 ft). happens, AEB may engage the Electric
. Clean the headlamps. Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
{ Warning stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the
Automatic Emergency AEB is an emergency crash preparation
accelerator pedal.
Braking (AEB) feature and is not designed to avoid
crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the { Warning
If equipped, the AEB system may help avoid
vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its AEB may automatically brake the vehicle
or reduce the harm caused by front-end
crashes. AEB also includes Intelligent Brake operating speed range and only responds suddenly in situations where it is
Assist (IBA). When the system detects a to detected vehicles. unexpected and undesired. It could
vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling respond to a turning vehicle ahead,
AEB may not: guardrails, signs, and other non-moving
in the same direction that you may be
about to crash into, it can provide a boost . Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or objects. To override AEB, firmly press the
to braking or automatically brake the hilly roads. accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.
vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the . Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles
severity of crashes when driving in a with a trailer, tractors, muddy Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
forward gear. Depending on the situation, vehicles, etc. IBA may activate when the brake pedal is
the vehicle may automatically brake . Detect a vehicle when weather limits applied quickly by providing a boost to
moderately or hard. This Automatic visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. braking based on the speed of approach and
Emergency Braking can only occur if a distance to a vehicle ahead.
vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See blocked by pedestrians or other Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 287. objects. movement during this time is normal and
Complete attention is always required the brake pedal should continue to be
The system works when driving in a forward applied as needed. IBA will automatically
gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h while driving, and you should be ready to
disengage only when the brake pedal is
(50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive take action and apply the brakes and/or released.
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ system detects pedestrians up to a distance
{ Warning Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During
IBA may increase vehicle braking in The AEB system does not need service. nighttime driving, system performance is
situations when it may not be necessary. very limited. If equipped, during nighttime
You could block the flow of traffic. If this Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) driving, the Night Vision system can detect
and alert to pedestrians when the vehicle is
occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal System in a forward gear. See Night Vision System
and then apply the brakes as needed.
If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid 0 292.
AEB and IBA can be disabled. To view or reduce the harm caused by front-end
available settings for this feature, touch the crashes with nearby pedestrians when { Warning
Settings icon on the infotainment home driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an
FPB does not provide an alert or
page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of amber indicator, ~, when a nearby automatically brake the vehicle, unless it
available options and select “Collision/ pedestrian is detected ahead. When detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect
Detection Systems”. approaching a detected pedestrian too pedestrians, including children:
quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on
. When the pedestrian is not directly
{ Warning the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses
ahead, fully visible, or standing
the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to
Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer braking or automatically brake the vehicle. upright, or when part of a group.
could cause you to lose control of the This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist . Due to poor visibility, including
vehicle and crash. Turn the system to (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking nighttime conditions, fog, rain,
Alert or Off when towing a trailer. (AEB) system may also respond to or snow.
pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency
A system unavailable message may . If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt,
Braking (AEB) 0 289.
display if: snow, or ice.
. The front of the vehicle or windshield is
The FPB system can detect and alert to . If the headlamps or windshield are not
pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds
not clean. cleaned or in proper condition.
between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with (Continued)
(50 mph). During daytime driving, the
object detection.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Front Pedestrian Alert Automatic Braking
Warning (Continued)
If FPB detects it is about to crash into a
Be ready to take action and apply the pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes
brakes. For more information, see have not been applied, FPB may
Defensive Driving 0 207. Keep the automatically brake moderately or brake
windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor hard. This can help to avoid some very low
clean and in good repair. speed pedestrian crashes or reduce
With Head-Up Display pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically
FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and brake to detected pedestrians between
Brake through vehicle settings. To view 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
available settings from the infotainment Automatic braking levels may be reduced
screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/ under certain conditions, such as higher
Detection Systems. speeds.
Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead FPB may slow the vehicle to a complete
stop to try to avoid a potential collision
Without Head-Up Display with a pedestrian. If this happens, the
vehicle may be held at a stop momentarily.
When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian
Firmly press the accelerator to drive
ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display
forward. If equipped, Pedestrians detected
will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid
by the Night Vision system will not cause
high-pitched beeps will sound from the
automatic braking to occur.
front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat
FPB alerts and automatic braking will not
will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian
occur unless the FPB system detects a
Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare { Warning
pedestrian. When a pedestrian that may
for driver braking to occur more rapidly FPB may alert or automatically brake the
enter the vehicle’s forward path is detected,
which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. vehicle suddenly in situations where it is
the pedestrian ahead indicator will display
Continue to apply the brake pedal as unexpected and undesired. It could falsely
amber.
needed. Cruise control may be disengaged alert or brake for objects similar in shape
when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Warning (Continued) Night Vision System With the Pedestrian Braking system turned
on, Night Vision provides a red Head-Up
or size to pedestrians, including shadows. If equipped, this system can help the driver Display (HUD) alert when the system
see and alert the driver to pedestrians or detects that the vehicle is approaching a
This is normal operation and the vehicle
large animals ahead of the vehicle beyond pedestrian ahead too quickly. In addition, an
does not need service. To override
the area lit by the headlamps. A thermal alert beeps or the Safety Alert Seat pulses,
Automatic Braking, firmly press the heat image of the view ahead is displayed
accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. if equipped. See Front Pedestrian Braking
when it is dark enough outside. If a (FPB) System 0 290.
pedestrian or large animal is detected more
Automatic Braking can be disabled through than 25 m (82 ft) away, a yellow box
vehicle settings.To view available settings appears around the pedestrian or large
{ Warning
from the infotainment screen, touch Settings animal. With the vehicle moving, when the The system does not detect all objects or
> Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > system detects a pedestrian or large animal the vehicle distance from objects. The
Front Pedestrian Detection. may approach or cross the vehicle's path, an system may not provide a warning with
amber pedestrian or animal icon displays enough time to help avoid a crash.
{ Warning and an amber box appears around the
Using the FPB system while towing a identified object. When the system detects
trailer could cause you to lose control of that the vehicle is approaching a pedestrian
the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to or large animal ahead too quickly, the
Alert or Off when towing a trailer. yellow or amber box changes to red.
Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operate properly,
cleaning the outside of the windshield in
front of the rearview mirror may correct the
issue.
1. Low-Beam Headlamps
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

2. High-Beam Headlamps Turn the image off by selecting another path, an amber box displays around the
3. Night Vision System view on the instrument cluster. The night pedestrian or animal on the Night Vision
By selecting a view on the instrument
vision image brightness and contrast can be display and an amber pedestrian icon, ~,
adjusted individually using the touchscreen or animal icon, !, displays on the
cluster, the Night Vision image can be
to the left of the instrument cluster. instrument cluster. This pedestrian icon is
displayed. See Instrument Cluster 0 107. The
Night Vision system can operate only if: Warm objects, such as pedestrians, animals, also shown on the Head-Up Display (HUD).
. The ignition is on. and other moving vehicles, should appear When the system detects the vehicle is
. The vehicle is in P (Park) or a whiter on the Night Vision display. Cold approaching a pedestrian or large animal
objects, such as the sky, signs, and parked too quickly, the amber pedestrian icon or
forward gear.
vehicles, should appear darker. Night Vision animal icon and amber box turns red, and a
. It is dark enough outside. only shows objects that are warmer or red flashing icon, ~ or !, displays on the
. The headlamps are on, except when colder than the surroundings. It does not HUD with rapid beeping or pulsing of the
parked. detect brake lamps, turn signals, emergency Safety Alert Seat, if equipped.
flashers, traffic lights, or sign information.
System pedestrian icons, beeps, and (if
Use this system as an aid by occasionally equipped) Safety Alert Seat pulses can be
glancing at the image. Do not stare at the set to Off through vehicle settings by
image or use the image under well-lit turning off the Front Pedestrian Braking
conditions. system. To view available settings from the
infotainment screen, touch Settings >
{ Warning Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems >
Do not stare at the image while driving Front Pedestrian Detection.
as this might cause important objects
ahead not to be seen. You could crash, { Warning
and you or others could be injured. The Night Vision system does not
automatically apply the brakes. It does
Night Vision Adjustment Controls When a pedestrian or large animal is not provide alerts unless it detects a
detected, a yellow box will be drawn around (Continued)
it. With the vehicle moving when the
pedestrian or animal may be in the vehicle
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

If the vehicle displays SERVICE NIGHT
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) VISION, do not attempt to adjust camera
pedestrian or large animal. The system Be ready to steer and apply the brakes. yourself. See your dealer.
may not detect pedestrians, including For more information, see Defensive
children, or animals: Driving 0 207. Keep the Night Vision Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
. If they are less than 25 m (82 ft) away. sensor clean and in good repair. If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
. If they are not directly ahead in the Night Vision Detection Unavailable and icon avoiding crashes that occur with moving
sensor coverage area, fully visible,
standing upright, or part of a group.
\ is temporarily displayed when the Night vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot
Vision system is unable to detect areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear,
. If the person or animal is moving too pedestrians or animals. It may be caused by the left or right side mirror display will light
quickly through the field of view, such high ambient temperatures or other up if a moving vehicle is detected in that
as a bicyclist. conditions. The message can be dismissed blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and
. If the pedestrian is wearing insulated and the system does not need service. a vehicle is also detected on the same side,
clothing. the display will flash as an extra warning
In rain, snow, or fog the image may not be not to change lanes. Since this system is
. If headlamps are off, except when clear and the direction of the road ahead part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system,
parked. may not be seen. In more severe weather read the entire LCA section before using this
. conditions, the image may be unclear and feature.
If the outside temperature is above
unusable. The system does not need service.
30° c (86° f).
. Due to poor visibility, including in Clean the night vision camera by activating Lane Change Alert (LCA)
heavy fog, rain, or snow. the front windshield washer five times. The If equipped, the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
system will automatically try to clean itself system is a lane-changing aid that can assist
. If the sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, if a blockage is detected. If the Night Vision
rain, or ice. drivers with avoiding lane change crashes
image still looks blurry, use a soft wet cloth with moving vehicles in the side blind zone,
. When traveling faster than 112 km/h to gently clean the sensor camera lens and or blind spot areas or with vehicles rapidly
(70 mph). dry thoroughly. The night vision camera is approaching these areas from behind. When
(Continued) behind the lower front grille below the a vehicle is detected in the blind zone, the
driver side headlamp. LCA warning display will light up in the
corresponding side mirror and will flash if
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

the turn signal is on. The Side Blind Zone When towing a trailer, LCA feature is
Alert (SBZA) system is included as part of disabled. When not towing a trailer, the LCA { Warning
the LCA system. sensor covers a zone of approximately one ESBZA does not alert the driver to
lane over from both sides of the vehicle, vehicles outside of the system detection
{ Warning or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals.
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and It may not provide alerts when changing
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles
2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Drivers are also lanes under all driving conditions. Failure
outside of the system detection zones, warned of vehicles rapidly approaching this
pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may to use proper care when changing lanes
area up to approximately 70 m (230 ft)
not provide alerts when changing lanes may result in injury, death, or vehicle
behind the vehicle.
under all driving conditions. Failure to use damage. Before making a lane change,
proper care when changing lanes may Extended Side Blind Zone Area (ESBZA) always check mirrors, glance over your
result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. If equipped, the ESBZA system is a shoulder, and use the turn signals.
Before making a lane change, always lane-changing aid that assists drivers with
check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, ESBZA Detection Zones
avoiding crashes that occur with moving
and use the turn signals. vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot
areas. The extended side blind zone area
LCA Detection Zones adds the blind zone area along the side of a
trailer that the host vehicle is pulling.
When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the
left or right side mirror display will light up
if a moving vehicle is detected in that
extended blind zone. If the turn signal is 1. SBZA Detection Zone
activated and a vehicle is also detected on 2. ESBZA Detection Zone
the same side, the display will flash as an 3. LCA Detection Zone
extra warning not to change lanes. Since The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning
this system is part of the Lane Change Alert area starts at approximately the middle of
system, read the entire Lane Change Alert the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). The
1. SBZA Detection Zone section before using this feature.
2. LCA Detection Zone Extended Side Blind Zone Alert (ESBZA)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

warning area starts at approximately 3 m zone. If the turn signal is activated in the as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out
(10 ft) to the trailing edge of the vehicle and same direction as a detected vehicle, this to either side of the vehicle or trailer. This is
goes back up to 21 m (69 ft) behind the display will flash as an extra warning not to normal system operation; the vehicle does
vehicle. The maximum trailer length is change lanes. not need service.
12 m (39 ft). LCA/ESBZA displays may not come on when LCA/ESBZA may not always alert the driver
How the System Works passing a vehicle quickly, or when passing a to vehicles in the side blind zone, especially
stopped vehicle. LCA/ESBZA may alert to in wet conditions. The system does not need
The LCA/ESBZA symbol lights up in the side objects attached to the vehicle, such as a to be serviced. The system may light up due
mirrors when the system detects a moving bicycle, or object extending out to either to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other
vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side of the vehicle or trailer. This is normal non-moving objects. This is normal system
extended side blind zone. This indicates it system operation; the vehicle does not need operation; the vehicle does not need service.
may be unsafe to change lanes. Before service.
making a lane change, check the SBZA LCA/ESBZA may not operate when the LCA/
display, check mirrors, glance over your LCA/ESBZA can be disabled through vehicle ESBZA sensors in the left or right corners of
shoulder, and use the turn signals. settings. To view available settings from the the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt,
infotainment screen, touch Settings > snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms.
Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems. For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the
If SBZA is disabled by the driver, the ESBZA Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 406. If the
mirror displays will not light up. DIC displays the system unavailable message
after cleaning both sides of the vehicle
When the System Does Not Seem to toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see
Work Properly your dealer.
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
Display Display LCA/ESBZA displays may not come on when If the DIC displays the system unavailable
passing a vehicle quickly, or when passing a message after cleaning both sides of the
When the vehicle is started, both outside stopped vehicle. The LCA/ESBZA detection vehicle toward the rear corners of the
mirror LCA/ESBZA displays will briefly come zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle, see your dealer
on to indicate the system is operating. vehicle do not move further back when a
trailer is towed. Use caution while changing If the LCA/ESBZA displays do not light up
When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the when vehicles are in the blind zone and the
left- or right-side mirror display will light up lanes when towing a trailer. LCA/ESBZA may
alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such system is clean, the system may need
if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

When ESBZA is disabled for any reason Traffic signs that are detected are:
other than the driver turning it off, the
Caution
. Speed Limit
Extended Side Blind Zone Alert On option The system is intended to assist the
. Constraint Signs
will not be available on the driver within a defined speed range to
personalization menu. discern certain traffic signs. Always pay Display Indication
attention to posted speed limit signs. The currently detected speed limit is
Driving with a Trailer
Do not ignore traffic signs which are not displayed in the DIC until the next speed
Although this system is intended to help limit or end of speed limit sign is detected.
displayed by the system.
drivers avoid lane change crashes, it does
not replace driver vision and therefore The system does not discern any signs The current valid speed limit is displayed
should be considered a lane change aid. other than the conventional traffic signs permanently in the lower line of the DIC or
Even with the ESBZA system, the driver that might give or end a speed limit. upper left of the instrument cluster,
must check carefully for objects outside of It may not detect some electronic speed depending on the vehicle. If a speed sign
the reporting zone (e.g., a fast approaching signs. with an add on sign is detected, a 1
vehicle) or vehicle along the side of the symbol is also displayed.
trailer before changing lanes. Depending on the weather conditions or
problems with traffic signs, a traffic sign The indication of multiple signs on the
Use caution while changing lanes when may not be recognized or a sign different display is possible. A (–) symbol in a frame
towing a trailer. from the actual traffic sign may be indicates there is a sign detected which
cannot be clearly identified by the system.
Traffic Sign Assistant displayed.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
Traffic sign assistant recognizes designated Do not let this special feature tempt you
traffic signs via the front camera located into taking risks when driving. Alert Function
behind the windshield in front of the Always adapt vehicle speed to the road The alert function can be turned on or off
interior rear view mirror, and displays the conditions. from the Traffic Sign Memory page. See
detected speed limit in the Driver Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
Information Center (DIC). Additionally, speed Driver assistance systems do not relieve
limit information from the navigation the driver from full responsibility for Once activated, and if the Traffic Sign
system map database may be used. vehicle operation. Memory page is currently not displayed, a
newly detected speed limit is briefly
displayed as a pop-up alert in the DIC.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Exceeding Indicated Speed Limit Limitations assist at speeds between approximately
60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).
If the indicated traffic sign speed limit is Traffic sign memory may not operate
On some vehicles, the system will instead
exceeded by 5 km/h (3 mph) or more, the correctly if:
operate above 50 km/h (31 mph). LKA may
permanently displayed traffic sign symbol . The area of the windshield, where the assist by gently turning the steering wheel
will flash until the vehicle speed is reduced front camera is located, is not clean or is if the vehicle approaches a detected lane
to or below the indicated speed limit. affected by foreign objects, e.g. stickers, marking. It may also provide a Lane
System Reset window tinting, etc. Departure Warning (LDW) alert if the vehicle
. Traffic signs are completely or partially crosses a detected lane marking. This system
The content of the traffic sign display can covered, are too low or high or difficult to is not intended to keep the vehicle centered
be cleared in the Traffic Sign Menu from the discern. in the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if
Traffic Sign Memory page by selecting Reset . Traffic signs are incorrectly mounted or the turn signal is active in the direction of
and confirmed by pressing the thumbwheel. lane departure, or if it detects that you are
are damaged.
Upon successful reset, a (–) symbol displays . Traffic signs do not comply with the accelerating, braking or actively steering.
until the next traffic sign is detected or approved traffic sign standards. LKA can be overridden by turning the
provided by the navigation system map steering wheel. If the system detects you
. The speed limit is displayed by certain
data. In some cases, traffic sign memory is are steering intentionally across a lane
types of electronic speed signs. marker, the LDW will not be given. Do not
cleared automatically by the system.
. There are adverse environmental expect the LDW to occur when you are
See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124. conditions, e.g. heavy rain, snow, direct intentionally crossing a lane marker.
Navigation System Traffic Sign Detection sunlight or shadows.
The currently displayed sign can either

. The headlights are dirty or not correctly { Warning
aligned when driving at night.
originate from sign detection using the The LKA system does not continuously
. The navigation map data is out of date.
camera, or from the navigation system map steer the vehicle. It may not keep the
data. If the currently displayed sign Lane Keep Assist (LKA) vehicle in the lane or give a Lane
originates from map data and the map Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
information changes, a new sign will be If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due lane marking is detected.
displayed. This may lead to detection of a to unintentional lane departures. This (Continued)
new sign although no sign on the road may system uses a camera to detect lane
have been passed. markings. The LKA system can be ready to
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

lane departure. It may further provide an
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) audible alert or the driver seat may pulse
sensors clean and in good repair. Do not indicating that a lane marking has been
The LKA and LDW systems may not: use LKA in bad weather conditions or on crossed. The system does not provide a Lane
. Provide an alert or enough steering roads with unclear lane markings, such as Departure Warning (LDW) when
assist to avoid a lane departure or construction zones. intentionally steering across a lane marker.
crash.
To turn LKA on and off, press A on the
. Detect lane markings under poor center console. If equipped, the indicator
weather or visibility conditions. This { Warning light on the button comes on when LKA is
can occur if the windshield or Using LKA on slippery roads could cause on and turns off when LKA is disabled. On
headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, loss of control of the vehicle and a crash. some vehicles, a long press of over
or ice; if they are not in proper Turn the system off. three seconds is required to turn LKA off.
condition; or if the sun shines directly
into the camera. When on, A is white, if equipped,
indicating that the system is not ready
. Detect road edges. { Warning
to assist. A is green if LKA is ready to
. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. LKA will not alert the driver if a towed assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the
If LKA only detects lane markings on one trailer crosses into an adjacent lane of steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a
side of the road, it will only assist or travel. Serious injury or property damage detected lane marking. A is amber when
provide an LDW alert when approaching may occur if the trailer moves into assisting. It may also provide a Lane
the lane on the side where it has another lane. Always monitor the trailer Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing
detected a lane marking. Even with LKA position while towing to make sure it is A amber if the vehicle crosses a
and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. within the same lane as the tow vehicle. detected lane marking. Additionally, there
Always keep your attention on the road may be three beeps, or the driver seat may
How the System Works pulse three times, on the right or left,
and maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle damage, LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the depending on the lane departure direction.
injury, or death could occur. Always keep windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to
the windshield, headlamps, and camera detect lane markings. It may provide brief
(Continued) steering assist if it detects an unintended
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Take Steering The LKA system does not need service. Clean
The LKA system does not continuously steer the outside of the windshield behind the
the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active rearview mirror.
driver steering, an alert and chime may be LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur
provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the
may become temporarily unavailable after road, temporary or construction lane
repeated take steering alerts. markings, or other road imperfections. This
is normal system operation; the vehicle does
When the System Does Not Seem to not need service. Turn LKA off if these
Work Properly conditions continue.
The system performance may be
affected by: Surround Vision Recorder
. Close vehicles ahead. If equipped, this system records the 360° Insert an SD card into the card reader in the
. Sudden lighting changes, such as when camera views to an SD card. Only images trunk. Disable the system from the playback
driving through tunnels. are recorded, no sound. An SD card will be screen before removing the SD card from
. Banked roads.
needed for this system. The minimum the reader. Do not remove the card while
recommended SD card specifications are at recording is enabled. This could corrupt the
. Roads with poor lane markings, such as least 64GB, with an exFAT file system, and a video file and/or the SD card.
two-lane roads. video class of V30 or greater. Other files should not be stored on the
If the LKA system is not functioning Continuous use of the Surround Vision same SD card as the surround vision
properly when lane markings are clearly Recorder will degrade the performance of recorder files. Storing other files on the
visible, cleaning the windshield may help. the SD card and will require replacement of same card may increase recording start up
A camera blocked message may display if the SD card over time. and playback time or result in a loss
the camera is blocked. Some driver of data.
assistance systems may have reduced
performance or not work at all. An LKA or
LDW unavailable message may display if the
systems are temporarily unavailable. This
message could be due to a blocked camera.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Rewind : Touch to rewind the video. Touch . Once the SD card is full, the oldest files
again to increase speed. Continue touching will be overwritten. Saved files will not be
to stop rewinding. overwritten.
Play/Pause : Touch to play or pause a To Delete Data : Remove the SD card from
recorded video. the vehicle and insert into a PC to manually
delete the file.
Fast Forward : Touch to fast forward the
video. Touch again to increase speed. Video player unavailable can occur if:
Continue touching to stop fast forward. . No SD card is present.
To Activate : Touch Video Recorder on the Save : Touch to save a video. This protects . An empty SD card is present.
Home Page. Touch the red dot. The red dot the video from being erased. Once the SD . The video files are the wrong format.
will illuminate when the video recorder is card is full, the oldest files will be . The video files are corrupt.
on. It will remain on until it has been overwritten unless they have been saved. . The SD card is full.
turned off. Recording will start after exiting
Camera Views : When opening the Video . There is a system error.
the playback screen. Advise other drivers
Recorder, the previous file will show all
and occupants of the vehicle that video Other files should not be stored on the
camera views and can be played. Icons in
images are being recorded. same SD card as the surround vision
the upper right corner of each view indicate
To Deactivate : Touch Video Recorder on the which camera. Touch one of the views to recorder files. Storing other files on the
Home Page. Touch the red dot. zoom to only that camera view. Touch again same card may increase recording start up
to return to all camera views. Press X at any and playback time or result in a loss of
Select from the following when the vehicle data. An error message may be displayed if
is in P (Park). time to exit the video recorder app.
no surround vision recorded video file is
Exit : Touch X to exit this application and The latest recorded video file can be played. available for playback.
return to the previous app. In addition:
. The recorded video is stored in
Video List : Touch to display a list of the five-minute-long files.
most recent and saved videos. Touch the
. All files can be viewed on the playback
delete button next to the name to delete a
saved video. app or when the SD card is read by a
personal computer (PC).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Fuel Caution (Continued)
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel
Top Tier Fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by
GM recommends the use of TOP TIER volume, such as mid-level ethanol
Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, blends (16–50% ethanol), E85,
reduce engine deposits, and maintain or FlexFuel.
optimal vehicle performance. Look for the Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
. Fuel with any amount of methanol,
TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com specification D4814 with a posted octane
rating (R+M)/2 of 91 or greater is methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These
for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline fuels can corrode metal fuel system
marketers and applicable countries. recommended. If unavailable, unleaded
gasoline with a posted octane rating of parts or damage plastic and rubber
87 may be used, but will result in reduced parts.
performance and driveability. If heavy . Fuel containing metals such as
knocking is heard when using gasoline rated methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
at 91 or greater, the engine needs service. tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. the emissions control system and
Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels spark plugs.
greater than 15% by volume. . Fuel with a posted octane rating of
less than the recommended fuel. Using
Prohibited Fuels this fuel will lower fuel economy and
performance, and may decrease the
Caution life of the emissions catalyst.
Do not use fuels with any of the
Recommended Fuel following conditions; doing so may Fuels in Foreign Countries
damage the vehicle and void its The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for warranty: octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For
Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel (Continued) fuel not to use in a foreign country, see
supplement.
Prohibited Fuels 0 302.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Fuel Additives Warning (Continued)
The fuel door unlocks when the vehicle
doors are unlocked. See Remote Key
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly . Read and follow all the instructions on Operation 0 8.
recommended for use with your vehicle. the fuel pump island.
If your country does not have TOP TIER
. Turn off the engine when refueling.
Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil materials away from fuel.
change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever . Do not leave the fuel pump
occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and unattended.
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus
−Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s . Avoid using electronic devices while
engine fuel deposit free and performing refueling.
optimally. . Do not re-enter the vehicle while
pumping fuel.
Filling the Tank . Keep children away from the fuel
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the pump and never let children To open the fuel door, push and release the
Duramax diesel supplement. pump fuel. rearward center edge of the door.
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a The capless refueling system does not have
side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See metallic object to discharge static a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill
Fuel Gauge 0 108. electricity from your body. nozzle, begin fueling.
. Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is
{ Warning inserted too quickly. This spray can { Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently happen if the tank is nearly full, and is Overfilling the fuel tank by more than
and can cause injury or death. more likely in hot weather. Insert the three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may
fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss
Follow these guidelines to help avoid cause:
noise to stop before beginning to
injuries to you and others: flow fuel. (Continued)
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Warning (Continued) Filling a Portable Fuel Container
. Vehicle performance issues, including
engine stalling and damage to the fuel
{ Warning
system. Never fill a portable fuel container while
. Fuel spills.
it is in the vehicle. Static electricity
discharge from the container can ignite
. Under certain conditions, fuel fires. 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter.
the fuel vapor. You or others could be
2. Insert and latch the funnel into the badly burned and the vehicle could be
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds capless fuel system. damaged. To help avoid injury to you
after you have finished pumping before
removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from and others:
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See
{ Warning . Dispense fuel only into approved
Exterior Care 0 406. Push the fuel door Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel containers.
closed until it latches. container without using the funnel . Do not fill a container while it is
adapter may cause fuel spillage and
inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in
{ Warning damage the capless fuel system. This a pickup bed, or on any surface other
could cause a fire. You or others could be than the ground.
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do
badly burned and the vehicle could be
not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with
damaged.
flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or the inside of the fill opening before
by notifying the station attendant. Leave 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter operating the nozzle. Maintain contact
the area immediately. and return it to the storage location. until filling is complete.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel materials away from fuel.
Container
. Avoid using electronic devices while
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be pumping fuel.
filled from a portable fuel container:
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. State laws may require the use of
Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) extended side view mirrors. If your
General Towing Information covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a visibility is limited or restricted while
trailer only if all the steps in this section towing, install extended side view mirrors
Only use towing equipment that has been have been followed. Ask your dealer for on your vehicle, even if not required.
designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer . Do not tow a trailer during the first 800
advice and information about towing a
or trailering dealer for assistance with km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent
trailer with the vehicle.
preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read damage to the engine, axle, or other
the entire section before towing a trailer. parts.
Driving with a Trailer
To tow a disabled vehicle, see Transporting . Perform the first oil change before heavy
a Disabled Vehicle 0 401. To tow the vehicle Trailering is different than just driving the
towing.
behind another vehicle such as a motor vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking, durability, . Do not drive over 800 km/h (50 mph) and
home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing do not make starts at full throttle during
0 402. and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering
requires the proper use of correct the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer
equipment. towing.
Driving Characteristics and . Tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul Mode is
Towing Tips The following information has many
recommended for heavier trailers. See
time-tested, important trailering tips and
Driver Mode Control 0 240. If the
{ Warning safety rules. Many of these are important
transmission downshifts too often, a
for your safety and that of your passengers.
You can lose control when towing a lower gear may be selected using Manual
Read this section carefully before towing a
trailer if the correct equipment is not Mode. See Manual Mode 0 229 or
trailer.
used or the vehicle is not driven properly. Manual Mode (V-Series) 0 230.
When towing a trailer:
For example, if the trailer is too heavy or If equipped, the following driver assistance
. Become familiar with, and follow all state features should be turned off when towing
the trailer brakes are inadequate for the
load, the vehicle may not stop as and local laws that apply to trailer a trailer:
expected. You and others could be towing. These requirements vary from . Park Assist
state to state.
seriously injured. The vehicle may also be . Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
damaged, and the repairs would not be . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

If equipped, the following driver assistance that the cargo and trailer are secure and
features should be turned to alert or off Warning (Continued) that the lamps and any trailer brakes are
when towing a trailer, unless equipped with . Also adjust the climate control system working.
Super Cruise: to a setting that brings in only outside
. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) air. See “Climate Control Systems” in Towing with a Stability Control System
. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) the Index. When towing, the stability control system
For more information about carbon might be heard. The system reacts to
If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), vehicle movement caused by the trailer,
the LCA detection zones that extend back monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 225.
which mainly occurs during cornering. This is
from the side of the vehicle do not move normal when towing heavier trailers.
further back when a trailer is towed. Use Towing a trailer requires experience. The
caution while changing lanes when towing a combination of the vehicle and trailer is Following Distance
trailer. longer and not as responsive as the vehicle
itself. Get used to the handling and braking Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle
If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert RIM of the combination by driving on a level ahead as you would when driving without a
(RCTA, RTCB, and RAB), these features will be road surface before driving on public roads. trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking
disabled when towing a trailer. and sudden turns.
The trailer structure, the tires, and the
brakes must be all be rated to carry the Passing
{ Warning intended cargo. Inadequate trailer
When towing a trailer, exhaust gases More passing distance is needed when
equipment can cause the combination to towing a trailer. The combination of the
may collect at the rear of the vehicle and operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as
enter if the liftgate, trunk/hatch, Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts quickly and is much longer than the vehicle
or rear-most window is open. and attachments, safety chains, electrical alone. It is necessary to go much farther
connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See beyond the passed vehicle before returning
When towing a trailer:
Towing Equipment 0 313. If the trailer has to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid
. Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ electric brakes, start the combination
hatch, or rear-most window open. passing on hills if possible.
moving and then manually apply the trailer
. Fully open the air outlets on or under brake controller to check the trailer brakes
the instrument panel. work. During the trip, occasionally check
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Backing Up The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the When parking your vehicle and your trailer
transmission to a lower gear if the on a hill:
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with
transmission shifts too often under heavy 1. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do
one hand. To move the trailer to the left,
loads and/or hilly conditions. not shift into P (Park). Turn the wheels
move that hand to the left. To move the
trailer to the right, move that hand to the When towing at higher altitudes, engine toward the curb if facing downhill or
right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, coolant will boil at a lower temperature into traffic if facing uphill.
have someone guide you. than at lower altitudes. If the engine is 2. Have someone place chocks under the
turned off immediately after towing at high trailer wheels.
Making Turns altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle 3. When the wheel chocks are in place,
could show signs similar to engine gradually release the brake pedal to
Caution overheating. To avoid this, let the engine allow the chocks to absorb the load of
Turn more slowly and make wider arcs run, preferably on level ground, with the the trailer.
when towing a trailer to prevent damage transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes
to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns before turning the engine off. If the 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
overheat warning comes on, see Engine parking brake and shift into P (Park).
could cause the trailer to contact the
vehicle. Overheating 0 350. 5. Release the brake pedal.
Parking on Hills Leaving After Parking on a Hill
Make wider turns than normal when towing,
so trailer will not go over soft shoulders, 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, { Warning . Start the engine.
or other objects. Always signal turns well in To prevent serious injury or death, . Shift into the desired gear.
advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. always park your vehicle and trailer on a . Release the parking brake.
level surface when possible.
Driving on Grades 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
before starting down a long or steep the chocks.
downhill grade. If the transmission is not 4. Stop and have someone pick up and
shifted down, the brakes may overheat and store the chocks.
result in reduced braking efficiency.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Launching and Retrieving a Boat Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before Pulling the Trailer from the Water
backing the trailer into the water to prevent 1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
Backing the Trailer into the Water
damage to the electrical circuits on the
trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer 2. Start the engine and shift into a gear.
{ Warning after removing the trailer from the water. 3. Release the parking brake.
. Have all passengers get out of the If the trailer has electric brakes that can 4. Let up on the brake pedal.
vehicle before backing onto the sloped function when the trailer is submerged, it 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of
part of the ramp. Lower the driver and might help to leave the electrical trailer the chocks.
passenger side windows before connector attached to maintain trailer brake
backing onto the ramp. This will functionality while on the boat ramp. 6. Stop and have someone pick up and
provide a means of escape in the store the chocks.
To back the trailer into the water:
unlikely event the vehicle slides into 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water.
the water. 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in
Four-Wheel Drive High or Automatic 8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been
. If the boat launch surface is slippery, driven from the sloped part of the boat
Four-Wheel Drive.
have the driver remain in the vehicle ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from
with the brake pedal applied while the 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive
boat is being launched. The boat the boat is floating, but no further than mode that is appropriate for the road
launch can be especially slippery at necessary. conditions.
low tide when part of the ramp was 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do
previously submerged at high tide. Do not shift into P (Park) yet. Caution
not back onto the ramp to launch the 4. Have someone place chocks under the If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the
boat if you are not sure the vehicle front wheels of the vehicle. vehicle begins to slide toward the water,
can maintain traction. remove your foot from the accelerator
5. Gradually release the brake pedal to
. Do not move the vehicle if someone is allow the chocks to absorb the load of pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek
in the path of the trailer. Some parts the trailer. help to have the vehicle towed up
of the trailer might be underwater and the ramp.
6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
not visible to people who are assisting
parking brake and shift into P (Park).
in launching the boat.
7. Release the brake pedal.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Maintenance when Trailer Towing Trailering is different than just driving the Trailering Weight Ratings
vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in
The vehicle needs service more often when When towing a trailer, the combined weight
handling, acceleration, braking, durability,
used to tow trailers. See Maintenance of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and
and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering
Schedule 0 415. It is especially important to trailer contents must be below all of the
takes correct equipment, and it has to be
check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, maximum weight ratings for the vehicle,
used properly.
cooling system, and brake system before including:
and during each trip. The following information has many . Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
time-tested, important trailering tips and . Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on
safety rules. Many of these are important
the trailer hitch are tight. . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
for your safety and that of your passengers.
Engine Cooling when Trailer Towing Read this section carefully before pulling a . Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear (GAWR-RR)
trailer. . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating conditions. Trailer Weight See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment”
See Engine Overheating 0 350. under Towing Equipment 0 313 to determine
{ Warning if equalizer bars are required to obtain the
Trailer Towing maximum trailer weight rating.
Never exceed the towing capacity for
If equipped with a diesel engine, see the your vehicle. See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing
Duramax diesel supplement. Equipment 0 313 to determine if brakes are
Safe trailering requires monitoring the required based on the trailer weight.
Caution weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside The only way to be sure the weight is not
Towing a trailer improperly can damage temperature, dimensions of the front of the exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh
the vehicle and result in costly repairs trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is the tow vehicle and trailer combination,
not covered by the vehicle warranty. To used to tow a trailer. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual
tow a trailer correctly, follow the weights for each of these items.
directions in this section and see your
dealer for important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

A trailering information label on the driver To check that the weight of the vehicle and
side door center pillar (B-pillar) shows tow trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle,
rating information for your vehicle. follow these steps:
1. Start with the "curb weight" from the
{ Warning Trailering Information Label.
You and others could be seriously injured 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with
or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the cargo and ready for the trip.
trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. 3. Add the weight of all passengers.
The vehicle may be damaged, and the
4. Add the weight of all cargo in the
repairs would not be covered by the vehicle.
vehicle warranty.
5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars,
section have been followed. Ask your or sway bars.
Gross Combined Weight (GCW) Alert
dealer for advice and information about 6. Add the weight of any accessories or If equipped, the Gross Combined Weight
towing a trailer. aftermarket equipment added to the (GCW) Alert can display a message in the
vehicle. Driver Information Center (DIC), indicating
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) that the estimated combined weight of the
The resulting weight cannot exceed the vehicle and trailer may exceed the vehicle’s
GCWR is the total allowable weight of the GCWR value shown on the Trailering Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR),
completely loaded vehicle and trailer Information Label. under certain circumstances. See "Gross
including any fuel, passengers, cargo, Combined Weight Rating" section above. The
equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed The gross combined weight can also be
confirmed by weighing the vehicle and vehicle does not actually measure the
the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for loaded weight of your vehicle or trailer.
the vehicle is on the Trailering Information trailer on a public scale. The vehicle and
trailer should be loaded for the trip with It uses vehicle data to estimate these
Label. weights after you begin a trip.
passengers and cargo.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

The alert will not activate unless: GCWR is only one of the maximum weight Maximum Trailer Weight
. The feature is turned on in the Trailering ratings applicable to your vehicle and trailer.
The maximum trailer weight rating is
application, see Trailering App 0 324. The GCW Alert does not estimate whether
calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a
. The vehicle-trailer combination is driven the vehicle alone exceeds the GVWR, the
driver, a front seat passenger, and all
with enough acceleration events for the rear-axle weight exceeds GAWR-RR, the
required trailering equipment. This value
software algorithm to estimate the trailer exceeds the maximum trailer weight
represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle
combined vehicle and trailer weight rating or the trailer tongue weight exceeds
can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce
the maximum trailer tongue weight rating.
. The estimated weight could exceed the the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR,
Always verify that the weight of the vehicle,
vehicle’s maximum GCWR. GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load,
vehicle contents, trailer, trailer contents and
or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.
If you see the alert message, stop the trailer tongue are below all of these
vehicle when it is safe and check whether maximum weight ratings. See "Maximum Use the Trailering Information Label to
the vehicle and trailer are overloaded using Trailer Weight" section below. determine how much the trailer can weigh.
a scale. See “Maximum Trailer Weight” later A step bumper trailer hitch can only support
in this section. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
a total trailer weight up to 2 271 kg
For information about the vehicle maximum (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to
{ Warning load capacity, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 215. the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating
When calculating the GVWR with a trailer to be sure it is higher than the total trailer
Always determine the actual weights of
attached, the trailer tongue weight must be weight.
the loaded vehicle and trailer using a
included as part of the weight the vehicle is
vehicle scale before beginning a trip. carrying.
Never use the GCW Alert to determine
whether the vehicle and trailer are
properly loaded or overloaded. Do not
drive with an overloaded vehicle or
trailer. Death, serious injury, or property
damage could occur.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue
weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb) for a conventional
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
trailer hitch.
is the allowable trailer tongue weight that
the vehicle can support using a conventional The trailer tongue weight contributes to the
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes
the overall trailer weight to stay within the the curb weight of your vehicle, any
maximum trailer tongue weight rating while passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer
still maintaining the correct trailer load tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers,
balance. cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum
allowable tongue weight the vehicle can
carry, which also reduces the maximum
allowable trailer weight.
Trailer Load Balance The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10–
15% of the total loaded trailer weight (2).
The correct trailer load balance must be Some specific trailer types, such as boat
maintained to ensure trailer stability. trailers, fall outside of this range. Always
Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the
trailer sway. recommended trailer tongue weight for each
trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for
your vehicle, hitch and trailer.
The trailer load balance percentage is
calculated as: weight (1) divided by
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating weight (2) times 100.
for a conventional trailer hitch is shown on
the Trailering Information Label.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

After loading the trailer, separately weigh Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Towing Equipment
the trailer and then the trailer tongue and (GAWR-RR)
calculate the trailer load balance percentage Hitches
to see if the weights and distribution are The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be
supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do
appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer
not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle,
{ Warning
weight is too high, it may be possible to
with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded In order to avoid serious injury or
transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle.
If the trailer tongue weight is too high or for the trip including the weight of the property damage, always follow the hitch
too low, it may be possible to rearrange trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing manufacturer's instructions when securing
some of the cargo inside of the trailer. hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR after your draw bar/coupling device to the
applying the weight distribution spring bars. vehicle's hitch receiver.
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the Ensure that the draw bar/coupling device
shortest hitch extension available to position is secured with a locking retainer pin or
the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will other means such that rotation of the pin
help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue or locking mechanism will not cause the
weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. pin to back out or loosen during use.
If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch Failure to correctly secure the draw bar/
receiver, choose a carrier that positions the coupling device to the receiver can result
load as close to the vehicle as possible. in separation of the hitch/receiver while
Make sure the total weight, including the towing.
carrier, is no more than half of the
maximum allowable tongue weight for the
vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the
Trailering Information Label.
Ask your dealer for trailering information or
assistance.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Conventional Hitch Hitch Cover To reinstall hitch cover:
A conventional hitch is bolted to the frame 1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle to the
or cross member of the tow vehicle, and is vehicle and push the upper tabs into the
generally rated Class 2, 3, or 4. slots in the bumper.
Always use the correct hitch equipment for 2. Push the bottom of the cover forward
your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going until the lower tabs line up with the
by, and rough roads can affect the trailer lower slots.
and the hitch. 3. Snap the hitch cover into place by
Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle pushing the upper corners forward (1).
helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer 4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower
combination. Many trailers can be towed tabs (2).
using a weight-carrying hitch which has a Consider using mechanical sway controls
coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional
eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers To remove hitch cover, if equipped: about sway controls or refer to the trailer
may require a weight-distributing hitch that 1. Remove the two fasteners on the lower manufacturer's recommendations and
uses spring bars to distribute the trailer tabs (2). instructions.
tongue weight between your vehicle and
trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue 2. Pull the lower edge of the cover to Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment
Weight Rating” under Trailer Towing 0 309 about a 45 degree angle.
A weight-distributing hitch may be useful
for weight limits with various hitch types. 3. Pull the cover upward to disengage the with some trailers. Use the following
upper attachments (1). guidelines to determine if a
Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper
hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns weight-distributing hitch should be used.
to prevent contact between your trailer and
your bumper.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Trailer Weight Weight-Distributing Hitch Usage Hitch Distribution
Up to 2 720 kg (6,000 lb) Not Required 50%
Over 2 720 kg (6,000 lb) Required 50%
Towing 5. Install and adjust the tension in the

1. Position the trailer so that the trailer is weight distributing bars per the
ready to connect (Keep trailer detached). manufacturer’s recommendations so that
the height of the front fender is
2. Measure the height of the top of the approximately H2- [(H2-H1)/2] (half way
front wheel opening at the fender to the between the two measured ride heights).
ground (H1).
6. Visually inspect the trailer and weight
3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not distributing hitch to ensure that the
attach weight distribution bars at manufacturer’s recommendations have
this time. been met.
4. Measure the height of the top of the
front wheel opening on the fender to
the ground (H2).
1. Front of Vehicle
2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm)
H1 1000
H2 1050
H2-H1 50
(H2-H1)/2 25
H2- [(H2-H1)/2] 1025
Towing with the Four Corner Air Suspension 5. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not 8. Disable air suspension air suspension
System attach weight distribution bars at "Service Mode."
1. Adjust the vehicle air suspension to this time. 9. Air suspension will automatically adjust
"Normal Ground Clearance Height." 6. Measure the height of the top of the ride height following Step 8.
2. Position the vehicle so that the trailer is front wheel opening on the fender to 10. Visually inspect the trailer and
ready to connect (Keep trailer detached). the ground (H2). weight-distributing hitch to ensure that
3. Enable air suspension “Service Mode” in 7. Install and adjust the tension in the the manufacturer’s recommendations
the center infotainment screen under weight distributing bars per the have been met.
Settings > Vehicle > Suspension. manufacturer’s recommendations so that
the height of the front fender is
4. Measure the height of the top of the approximately H2- [(H2-H1)/3] (1/3
front wheel opening at the fender to the between the two measured ride heights,
ground (H1). below the secondary ride height {H2}).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm)
H1 1 000
H2 1 060
H2−H1 60
(H2−H1)/3 20
H2−[(H2−H1)/3] 1 040
Tires to the attaching points on the bumper; State or local regulations may require
. Do not tow a trailer while using a otherwise, safety chains should be attached trailers to have their own braking system if
compact spare tire on the vehicle. to holes on the trailer hitch. the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of certain minimums that can vary from state
. Tires must be properly inflated to support
the trailer to help prevent the tongue from to state. Read and follow the instructions for
loads while towing a trailer. See Tires
contacting the road if it becomes separated the trailer brakes so they are installed,
0 369 for instructions on proper tire
from the hitch. Always leave just enough adjusted, and maintained properly. Never
inflation.
slack so the combination can turn. Never attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic
Safety Chains allow safety chains to drag on the ground. brake system. If you do, both the vehicle
anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may
Always attach chains between the vehicle Trailer Brakes not function, which could result in a crash.
and the trailer, and attach the chains to the
holes on the trailer hitch platform. Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must Trailer Wiring Harness
Instructions about safety chains may be be equipped with brake systems and with
brakes for each axle. Trailer braking The seven-pin trailer connector is mounted
provided by the hitch manufacturer or by
equipment conforming to Canadian in the bumper. This connector can be
the trailer manufacturer.
Standards Association (CSA) requirement plugged into a seven-pin universal
If the trailer being towed weighs up to heavy-duty trailer connector available
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed through your dealer.
recommended.
step bumper, safety chains may be attached
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Use only a round, seven-wire connector with Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake Trailer Connection and Lamp Messages
flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 controller owner's manual to determine wire
When a trailer is properly connected and
specifications for proper electrical color coding of the electric trailer brake
working, no trailer connection or lamp
connectivity. controller. The wire colors on the brake
messages appear on the DIC. However; if
The seven-wire harness contains the controller may be different from the vehicle.
the vehicle detects an issue with a trailer
following trailer circuits: Trailer Lamps connection or lamp, you may see the
. Yellow/Grey: Left Stop/Turn Signal following DIC message(s):
Always check that all trailer lamps are
. Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn Signal . TRAILER DISCONNECTED CHECK
working at the beginning of each trip, and
. Grey/Brown: Taillamps periodically on longer trips. CONNECTION appears when a connected
. White: Ground trailer is disconnected. It appears
If equipped, the Trailering App will monitor immediately when the vehicle is on,
. White/Green: Back-up Lamps the right turn/brake circuit, left turn/brake or upon the next start-up if the trailer
. Red/Green: Battery Feed circuit, running lamp circuit, and reverse was disconnected while the vehicle was
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake lamp circuits on the trailer. Driver off. Check the trailer connection as
Information Center (DIC) messages and appropriate.
To help charge a remote (non-vehicle) Trailering App alerts display if lighting circuit
battery, change drive mode to Tow Haul. . CHECK TRAILER XXX LAMP appears when
issues are detected on the trailer. there is a detected lamp or wiring fault
If the trailer is too light for Tow/Haul Mode,
turn on the headlamps to help charge the When trailers cannot be detected, the on the trailer. Check the trailer wiring and
battery. trailer-related DIC messages and/or lamps.
Trailering App alerts will not be displayed.
Electric Brake Control Wiring Provisions Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Pressing START LIGHT TEST in the Trailering
These wiring provisions are included with App automatically activates trailer lamps. When properly connected, the trailer turn
the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring The Trailering App is not a substitute for signals should will illuminate to indicate the
package. These provisions are for an electric manually inspecting your trailer lamps. See vehicle is turning, changing lanes,
brake controller. Trailering App 0 324. or stopping. When towing a trailer, the
arrows on the instrument cluster will
The harness should be installed by your illuminate even if the trailer is not properly
dealer or a qualified service center. connected or the bulbs are burned out.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Tow/Haul Mode Integrated Trailer Brake Control System automatically adjusts to minimize trailer
wheel lock-up. This does not imply that the
For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer
trailer has StabiliTrak/ESC.
mode, see Driver Mode Control 0 240. Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with
electric trailer brakes or most electric over If the vehicle brakes, ABS, or StabiliTrak/ESC
Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy
hydraulic trailer brake systems. These systems are not functioning properly, the
trailer or a large or heavy load.
instructions apply to both types of electric ITBC system may not function fully or at all.
Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most trailer brakes. Make sure all of these systems are fully
effective when the vehicle and trailer operational to allow the ITBC system to
combined weight is at least 75% of the function properly.
vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating
The ITBC system is powered through the
(GCWR). See “Maximum Trailer Weight”
vehicle's electrical system. Turning the
under Trailer Towing 0 309.
ignition off will also turn off the ITBC
Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing system. The ITBC system is fully functional
a heavy trailer or carrying a large or only when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
heavy load: This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control
Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The
. through rolling terrain
power output to the trailer brakes is
{ Warning
. in stop-and-go traffic proportional to the amount of vehicle Connecting a trailer that has an air brake
. in busy parking lots braking. This available power output to the system may result in reduced or
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide complete loss of trailer braking, including
when lightly loaded or not towing will not range of trailering situations. increased stopping distance or trailer
cause damage; however, it is not The ITBC system is integrated with the instability which could result in serious
recommended and may result in unpleasant vehicle brakes, Antilock Brake System (ABS), injury, death, or property damage. Only
engine and transmission driving and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control use the ITBC system with electric or
characteristics and reduced fuel economy. (ESC) systems. In trailering conditions that electric over hydraulic trailer brake
cause the ABS or StabiliTrak/ESC systems to systems.
activate, power sent to the trailer brakes
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Trailer Brake Control Panel Trailer Brake DIC Display Page relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
The ITBC display page indicates: displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain
setting.
. Trailer Gain setting
. Output to the trailer brakes The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - - - -” on
the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the
. Trailer connection
following occur:
. System operational status.
. No trailer is connected.
To display: . A trailer without electric brakes is
. Scroll through the DIC menu pages connected, no DIC message will display
. Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button . A trailer with electric brakes has become
. Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply disconnected, a CHECK TRAILER WIRING
Lever message displays on the DIC
. There is a fault present in the wiring to
TRAILER GAIN: Press the Trailer Gain button
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever to recall the current Trailer Gain setting. the trailer brakes, a CHECK TRAILER
Each press and release of the gain buttons WIRING message displays on the DIC
2. Trailer Symbol
3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons will then change the Trailer Gain setting. . The ITBC system is not working due to a
Press the Trailer Gain (+) or (−) to adjust. fault, a SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
The ITBC control panel is on the instrument Press and hold to continuously adjust the message displays in the DIC
panel to the left of the steering column. The Trailer Gain. To turn the output to the
control panel allows adjustment to the Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever
trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain setting to
amount of output, referred to as Trailer 0.0. This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to Slide this lever left to apply the trailer
Gain, available to the trailer brakes and 10.0 with a trailer connected or electric brakes independent of the vehicle
allows manual application of the trailer disconnected. brakes. Use this lever to adjust Trailer Gain
brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the to achieve the proper power output to the
DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a trailer brakes. This lever may also be used
display power output to the trailer brakes. trailer with electric brakes is connected. to request additional trailer braking at any
Output to the trailer brakes is based on the time. The trailer and the vehicle brake lamps
amount of vehicle braking present and
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

will come on when either vehicle brakes or Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will
manual trailer brakes are applied and than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may display if:
properly connected. result in an incorrect gain setting. . The ITBC system first determines
Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer connection to a trailer with electric brakes
Gain adjustment buttons, to just below and then the trailer harness becomes
Trailer Gain should be set for a specific the point of trailer wheel lock-up, disconnected from the vehicle.
trailering condition and it must be indicated by trailer wheel squeal or tire
readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle
smoke when a trailer wheel locks. is stationary, this message will
loading, or road surface conditions change.
Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if automatically turn off in about
towing a heavily loaded trailer. In this 30 seconds. This message will also turn
{ Warning case, adjust the Trailer Gain to the off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer
Trailer brakes that are over-gained or highest allowable setting for the towing harness is reconnected.
under-gained may not stop the vehicle condition. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle
and the trailer as intended and can result 3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time vehicle is moving, this message will continue
in a crash. Always follow the instructions loading, trailer loading, or road surface until the vehicle is turned off. This
to set the Trailer Gain for the proper conditions change or if trailer wheel message will also turn off if it is
trailer stopping performance. lock-up is noticed at any time while acknowledged or if the trailer harness is
towing. reconnected.
To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to
condition: Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages
the trailer brakes. This message will
1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer TRAILER BRAKES CONNECTED: This message continue as long as there is an electrical
attached on a level road surface will briefly display when a trailer with fault in the trailer wiring. This message
representative of the towing condition electric brakes is first connected to the will also turn off if it is acknowledged.
and free of traffic at about 32 to vehicle. This message will automatically turn
off in about 10 seconds. This message can To determine whether the electrical fault is
40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
be acknowledged before it automatically on the vehicle side or trailer side of the
the Manual Trailer Brake apply lever.
turns off. trailer wiring harness connection:
1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness
from the vehicle.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

2. Turn the vehicle off. A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and
3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the vehicle repair problems with the trailer. However,
back to RUN. any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not
covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact
4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer
reappears, the electrical fault is on the repairs and trailer warranty information.
vehicle side.
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control
If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak warning light will
reappears when connecting the trailer wiring Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce
harness to the vehicle, the electrical fault is Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control vehicle speed by gradually removing your
on the trailer side. (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway
TRAILER BRAKES DISABLED SERVICE side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. continues, StabiliTrak can help slow the
REQUIRED: This message will display when If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC vehicle down. TSC will not function if
there is a problem with the ITBC system. detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle StabiliTrak is turned off. See Traction
If this message continues over multiple brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 238.
restarts, have the vehicle serviced. to help reduce excessive trailer sway.
If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING, TRAILER
If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake
Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an
{ Warning
BRAKES DISABLED SERVICE REQUIRED, Trailer sway can result in a crash and in
electric brake system, StabiliTrak may also
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKES, HOLD LAST KNOWN serious injury or death, even if the
apply the trailer brakes.
GAIN, or REDUCED TRAILER BRAKING vehicle is equipped with TSC.
message displays while driving, the ITBC
system may not be fully functional or may If the trailer begins to sway, reduce
not function at all. When traffic conditions vehicle speed by gradually removing your
allow, carefully pull the vehicle over to the foot from the accelerator. Then pull over
side of the road and turn the vehicle off. to check the trailer and vehicle to help
Check the wiring connection to the trailer correct possible causes, including an
and turn the vehicle back on. If either of improperly or overloaded trailer,
these messages continues, either the vehicle unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch
or trailer needs service. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle
configuration, or improperly inflated or brakes, or other malfunctions, and result tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff
incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See in a crash. You or others could be sidewalls to help prevent sway and to
Towing Equipment 0 313 for trailer seriously injured or killed. Before using support heavy loads. These features can
ratings and hitch setup recommendations. one of these devices: make it difficult to determine if the trailer
. Ask the device or trailer manufacturer tire pressures are low only based on a visual
Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway if the device has been thoroughly inspection.
Control Devices tested for compatibility with the Always check all trailer tire pressures before
Some trailers may come equipped with an make, model, and year of your vehicle each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer
electronic device designed to reduce or and any optional equipment installed tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire
control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment on your vehicle. blow-outs.
manufacturers also offer similar devices that . Before driving, check the trailer brakes
If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire
connect to the wiring between the trailer are working properly, if equipped. pressure monitoring system, see the trailer
and the vehicle. These devices may interfere Drive the vehicle with the trailer tire pressure monitoring system description
with the vehicle’s trailer brake systems or attached on a level road surface that and the trailering app.
other systems, including integrated is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h
anti-sway systems, if equipped. Messages (20-25 mph) and fully apply the Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer
related to trailer connections or trailer manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, tire sidewall will show the week and year
brakes could appear on the DIC. The effects check the trailer brake lamps and the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire
of these aftermarket devices on vehicle other lamps are functioning correctly. manufacturers recommend replacing tires
handling or trailer brake performance is not more than six years old.
. If the trailer brakes are not operating
known. Overloading is another leading cause of
properly at any time, or if a DIC
message indicates problems with the trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer
{ Warning trailer connections or trailer brakes, with more weight than the tires are
Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway carefully pull the vehicle over to the designed to support. The load rating is
control devices could result in reduced side of the road when traffic located on the trailer tire sidewall.
trailer brake performance, loss of trailer conditions allow.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Always know the maximum speed rating for 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately When a trailer is electrically connected and
the trailer tires before driving. This may be one minute and 45 seconds, or until the a trailer profile has not been created, there
significantly lower than the vehicle tire test deactivates. will be an option to create a profile, use a
speed rating. The speed rating may be on Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer.
the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is automatically end after one minute and After the pop-up is displayed three times,
not shown, the default trailer tire speed 45 seconds. Don’t Remind Me will display and touching
rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). that will turn off the trailer detection
The sequence also deactivates when any of pop-up. To turn the Trailer Detection Alert
Trailering App the following occur: on, select ON in the Settings tab.
. The vehicle is turned off.
Trailer Lights App When a trailer is electrically connected and
. The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). after a Trailer Profile has been created, the
If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the . The brake pedal is pressed. trailer detection pop-up will appear with a
home page of the infotainment screen. list of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made
. The turn signal is activated.
Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and . The hazard warning lights are activated. on the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer
off to determine if they are working. The Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles
test follows this sequence: Trailering App listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by
1. The running lights turn on first and selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching
If equipped, the Trailering App is on the
remain on throughout the sequence. Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No
home page of the infotainment screen.
trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will
2. The brake lights turn on for about If equipped this feature allows profiles for dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle
two seconds. connected trailers to be created to view from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the
3. The left turn signal light flashes three status, to store and track trailer usage active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the
times. information, and to set up towing assistance pop-up.
4. The right turn signal light flashes three features.
Create a Trailer Profile
times. The Trailering App Preview will appear when 1. Touch Create Profile on the trailer
5. The reverse lights turn on for about the Trailering App is opened for the first detection pop-up or touch + Add Trailer
two seconds. time from the Home Page. Touch GET Profile in the Trailering App.
STARTED in the Trailering App to go into
the app. 2. Create a name for the trailer.
3. Select the trailer type.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

4. Select Save Profile. Trailer Feature Setup vehicle’s brake lamps will flash, and all
A pop-up will indicate the setup is complete. working trailer lamps will flash. It then
Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
Touch DONE to complete the process or moves to the next sensor.
To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
touch TRAILER FEATURE SETUP to set up the To cancel the process touch Stop.
setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off,
Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer Tire The recommended tire pressure must be
touch No.
Pressure Monitoring System, if equipped, entered for the trailer tires. This allows the
maintenance reminders, or towing Trailer Tire Pressure Setup
vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is
assistance, if equipped. If the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring high or low.
Import a Trailer Profile System (TTPMS) is detected, touch the Tire
TTPMS must learn the location of the
Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire
A trailer profile saved to an OnStar account installed tire sensors to show correct air
pressure monitoring. Touch Yes to set up
can be imported to the vehicle. pressure and temperature for each tire. To
the sensors or touch No to return to the
1. Touch + Add Trailer Profile in the set up, use one of the following options or
previous screen.
Trailering App see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The
The trailer tire pressure sensors can transmit learning process must be repeated when the
2. Touch Import Profile on the pop-up. up to 7 m (23 ft) from the hitch receiver of trailer tires are rotated or replaced. See
3. Select a trailer profile from the list. the vehicle. “Editing a Trailer Profile” later in this section
4. Touch IMPORT. A trailer must be electrically connected to for tire pressure sensor relearn information.
A pop-up will indicate the import was the vehicle before starting the Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can
successful. Touch OK to return to the trailer sensor-to-vehicle learn process. be purchased separately to learn the sensor
list and select the trailer profile. The Tow/ After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors locations.
Haul Mode reminder, Brake Gain Setting and screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual Manual Method: Without the tool, the air
Trailer Tire Pressure sensor learning, Method (described below) to learn each tire pressure can be increased or decreased in
if equipped, do not import. sensor, during which the current tire number each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the
will be highlighted. maximum inflation pressure found on the
Each sensor has a maximum of two minutes tire sidewalls. Make sure to re-adjust tire
to learn, shown by a timer. After a sensor is pressure to the recommended level when
learned, a checkmark appears next to the the process is complete.
tire, the vehicle horn will sound, the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Sensor Learning Steps Trailer Profile. Follow the on-screen prompts. Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1300 cm
To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn The maximum number of reminders is 50. (511.8 in). Measure from center of coupler to
process: Select No to return to the previous screen. furthest rear point on the trailer.
1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen. Towing Assistance 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range,
The horn chirps twice and the Learning this feature will be unavailable.
To set up towing assistance features, 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected.
Active screen appears on the if equipped, touch the Towing
infotainment display. Assistance icon. 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to
2. Start with the driver side front complete calibration.
trailer tire. Touch Yes to begin set up or touch No to
return to the previous screen. Trailer Length Indicator Setup
3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or
adjust the air pressure of this tire until 1. Select the number of axles on the trailer. 1. Follow instructions to drive forward to
the horn chirps and all working vehicle 2. Enter trailer dimensions complete calibration.
and trailer lights flash. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup
The process stops without saving the complete setup for available features.
Trailer dimensions must be in range to
sensor locations if this step takes more Certain trailer features require a compatible enable this feature.
than two minutes. trailer profile be configured and selected. . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) –
4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3 A compatible trailer is a box type trailer 1200 cm (472.4 in). Measure from center
for each sensor. The horn chirps twice (cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional of coupler to furthest rear point on the
when all sensors are completed. hitch. trailer.
5. Return to the vehicle to complete the Rear Trailer Guidance Setup, If Equipped If trailer dimensions are out of range, this
setup. feature will be unavailable.
A rear trailer camera must be mounted on
Maintenance Reminders the trailer and electrically connected to the Status View
To set up maintenance reminders, touch the vehicle before rear trailer guidance feature
can be used. See Assistance Systems for The Status view shows:
Trailer Maintenance icon. Select Yes to set
Parking or Backing 0 274. . Vehicle
up the maintenance reminders for the
Trailer dimensions must be in range to . Connections
enable this feature. . Tires
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Maintenance System on the infotainment screen. The (DIC). The infotainment display will also
. Cameras Trailer Detection Alert setting must be show the connection issue in the Connection
enabled for the alert to display when a Status view.
Upon entry, the most recent items will be
trailer is connected. When a trailer is If a trailer connection is not detected, the
shown.
connected and the vehicle is off, the Trailering App will not display the
Connections Trailering App System will periodically pulse Connection Status screen.
the lighting circuits of the trailer to verify it
is still connected. The trailer lights may Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected
periodically flash as a result of this trailer The Trailering App System monitors for
connection detection. These flashes may be electrical faults on the trailer lights.
more visible in dark ambient light A message about the lighting issue will
environments. The flashing or flickering appear on the DIC. The infotainment display
lights are a normal condition and the will also show the lighting issue in the
Trailering App System has built-in Connection Status view. Repair your trailer
protections to prevent the battery from lights if needed. A trailer lighting issue is
draining. When Theft Alert is also enabled not covered by your GM warranty.
1. Trailer Electrical Diagnostics the frequency and pattern of this flashing
will change. Diagnose View
2. Light Test Start Button
If a connected trailer becomes disconnected, Touch Diagnose to see more information
Connections: OK about the connection problem.
a message about the trailer disconnect will
If a trailer connection is detected without appear on the DIC immediately (if vehicle is This view will display the names of the
any faults, the view will display NO FAULTS on) or the next time the vehicle is started (if trailer connector pins, a graphic of the trailer
DETECTED. trailer was disconnected while vehicle is off). connector, and a graphic of the back of the
Trailer Connections Status Check your trailer connection if needed. trailer.
When a trailer is connected, the Trailering Connection Problem Any connector pin that failed will be amber
App System detects the trailer connection If any of the trailer connections are lost, a color, and the location of the corresponding
using the Stop/Turn Signal lighting circuits message about the connection issue will connection will be highlighted on the
and alerts the driver by requesting a trailer appear on the Driver Information Center graphic of the back of the trailer.
profile setup through the Trailering App
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

The Running Lights connection may not . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). Maintenance
detect partial outages. Activate the light test . The brake pedal is pressed.
to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test” . The turn signal is activated.
following. . The hazard warning lights are activated.
Light Test
Tires
Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer
lights on and off to determine if they are
working. The test follows this sequence:
1. The running lights turn on first and
remain on throughout the sequence.
2. The brake lights turn on for about 1. List of Maintenance Reminders
two seconds. 2. Add a New Maintenance Reminder
3. The left turn signal light flashes three The Maintenance Status view displays
times. reminders. Touch a reminder to edit.
4. The right turn signal light flashes three 1. Trailer Tire Pressure/Temperature Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to go
times. to the Select New Reminder view.
Tire Pressure and Temperature
5. The reverse lights turn on for about The progress bar turns yellow when the
two seconds. If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process
maintenance item reaches 90% complete.
6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately was completed, the status view will display
the current tire pressure and temperature of The progress bar turns red when the
one minute and 45 seconds, or until the
the trailer tires related to the active Trailer maintenance item reaches 100% complete.
test deactivates.
Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the Maintenance Notifications
Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will color of the pressure value will be amber.
automatically end after one minute and . Touch Service Complete to reset the
If a sensor malfunctions, the values are
45 seconds. maintenance reminder.
dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service
Tire Pressure Monitoring System”, the . Touch Remind Me Later to delay the
The sequence also deactivates when any of
vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for reminder.
the following occur:
. The vehicle is turned off. service.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

. Touch X next to Upcoming Alerts (90%) Vehicle . Vehicle
to dismiss the alert. It will not appear . Connections
again. . Cameras, if equipped
. Touch X next to Maintenance Due (100%)
to delay the alert to the next ON/OFF The Trailer Status view displays mileage
cycle. information. Touch to edit, and follow the
on-screen prompts. Mileage and fuel
Always follow all of the maintenance economy will reset after the trailer
instructions that came with your trailer. disconnects. The Cameras Status view
displays status of trailer cameras. Touch a
Cameras connected camera to preview the camera
image.
1. Transmission Fluid Temperature
2. Average Fuel Economy with Trailer Accessory/No Trailer Status View
Profile
If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active,
Average Fuel Economy trailer status information is not available.
Touch to view the average fuel economy of Checklist View
the vehicle while the Trailer Profile is active.
This view shows the recommended steps to
Transmission Temperature take before towing a trailer.
1. Rear Trailer Not Connected/Preview, View the temperature of the transmission Touch the box next to each item if that step
if equipped fluid by looking at the graphic. The graphic has been completed.
2. Interior Trailer Not Connected/Preview, will indicate a dangerous level if the
temperature is at 130 °C–150 °C (270 °F– Touch p to access a detailed view of
if equipped
300 °F). each step. Within each detailed view, touch
The Cameras Status view displays status of Next and Previous to navigate between
trailer cameras. Guest Trailer Status View steps.
Touch a connected camera to preview the Touch the Guest Trailer Profile for the status Touch Clear All to clear the completed
camera image. views. statuses from all items in the current
The Guest Trailer Profile Status view shows: checklist.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Custom Checklist Items All personalization features are based on the No Trailer Connected
settings for each driver in vehicle When there is no trailer connected, Trailer
For each of the Trailer Profile checklists,
personalization. The list of Trailer Profiles is Profiles cannot be activated but most
there is an option to create custom items to
based on vehicle personalization settings. options can be edited.
view in the checklist. The custom item will
appear at the bottom of the checklist. Guest Trailer Trailer Brake Gain Memory
Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active The system can memorize the brake gain
Trailer Profile, trailer detection, connections setting of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer
If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if no status, theft, and the Tow/Haul reminder
trailer is connected, the checklist will show Profile. When a Trailer Profile or Guest
alerts can be sent. The system will not track Trailer Profile is selected, and a brake gain
all of the checklists associated with Custom total mileage or fuel economy, but the
Trailer Profiles in addition to default setting is set for that Trailer Profile, a quick
system will track trip mileage and fuel notice will appear to indicate that the
checklists. economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active. system has recalled that profile’s brake gain
Trailers View The Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System setting.
or maintenance reminders cannot be set up
Touch the Trailers tab to view, activate, for a Guest Trailer Profile. The Guest Trailer If a Trailer Profile is already active and the
create, edit, or delete Trailer Profiles. Profile cannot be edited. brake gain setting had been set for that
Trailer Profile, the quick notice will trigger
If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer Touch p to learn more about the Guest whenever the vehicle is turned on.
Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile. Trailer option.
If there was an error in setting the brake
There can be up to five Custom Trailer Accessory/No Trailer gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a
Profiles on the vehicle.
If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active, notification. This pop-up will not appear if
The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer alerts will not be sent and the system will the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there
are in order of the most frequently used. not track mileage or fuel economy. The is no trailer connected.
The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific
below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest maintenance reminders cannot be set up for trailering condition and must be adjusted
Trailer Profile. the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. The anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading,
Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be or road surface conditions change.
edited.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Editing a Trailer Profile Tire Pressure Setup On the Learn Sensors screen. Touch Relearn
Touch to set up the Trailer Tire Pressure to overwrite the current sensors and begin
Trailer Profile View
Monitoring System (TTPMS) for the Trailer the relearning process. See “Trailer Tire
Touch to edit any of the following options Pressure Setup” previously in this section.
Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup”
in the Trailer Profile view: On the Learn Sensors screen, touch Next to
previously in this section for details on the
. Trailer Name setup. Also, touch Tire Pressure Setup if the go to the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure
. Towing Assistance Setup, if equipped trailer tires were rotated or if the tire screen.
. Tire Pressure Setup, if equipped pressure sensors in the tires were replaced On the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure
. Trailer Maintenance for this Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need screen, touch a number on the keypad to
. Edit Mileage
to relearn the tire sensors and their change the recommended tire pressure for
locations. the trailer’s tires. This will change the
. Reset Average Fuel Economy
If TTPMS had been set up previously, the number at which the vehicle displays alerts
Touch Save to save the new value to the Select Number of Sensors screen will appear related to trailer tire pressure. Touch Done
Trailer Profile. Touching Back will still save after touching Tire Pressure Setup. If the to return to the Trailer Profile view.
the previously entered information. number of sensors has changed, select the
Trailer Name number and touch Next. Trailer Maintenance
Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use If a new number of sensors is selected, the Touch to view a list of maintenance
at least one character and no spaces. Relearn Sensors pop-up will appear. Touch reminders for the Trailer Profile.
Touch Save. Cancel to go back or touch Relearn to Touch a reminder to view, reset, delete,
overwrite the current sensors and begin the or edit it.
Towing Assistance Setup
relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Pressure
A trailer should be connected to complete Setup” previously in this section. Reset Reminder
this portion of profile setup. Touch Maintenance Complete in the
If number of sensors has not changed, touch
Touch to set up towing assistance features Next and the Learn sensors screen will reminder view to reset the reminder. On the
for the Trailer Profile. See "Towing appear. pop-up, touch Reset to reset the time and
Assistance" for details on the setup. mileage values for the reminder. Touch
Cancel to return to the previous view and
nothing will change.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Edit Reminder Effect on Maintenance Reminders Settings View
Touch to edit the mileage or time settings If the mileage is reset or changed, and Within the Trailering App, touch the Settings
for the reminder. Touch Save to save the mileage has already accumulated, any tab to modify the following settings:
new settings to the Trailer Profile. maintenance reminders that have been set . Trailer Detection Alert
Delete Reminder up will be adjusted accordingly. . Maintenance Alerts
Touch to delete the maintenance reminder. Reset Average Fuel Economy . Theft Alert
On the pop-up, touch Delete to delete the Touch to reset the average fuel economy for . Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
reminder or touch Cancel to return to the the Trailer Profile. Touch Reset to change, . Trailer Length Indicator
previous view and nothing will change. or touch Cancel to go back to the
previous view. Trailer Detection Alert
New Maintenance Reminder
Delete/Remove Trailer The Trailer Detection Alert setting will be on
Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to set by default. Turn it off to disable the Trailer
up a new reminder. Suggested reminders Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all Detection pop-up from displaying when a
that were previously set will have of its settings. trailer is connected. The Guest Trailer Profile
checkmarks next to them. Suggested On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the will become the active Trailer Profile, unless
reminders that have not been set will have Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel another Trailer Profile is selected manually
empty boxes next to them. The maximum to dismiss the pop-up and return to the through the Trailering App. If this setting is
number of reminders is 50. previous view. disabled while a Custom Trailer Profile is
Edit Mileage Remove will be displayed if there is a active, that Trailer Profile will remain the
Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage. connected OnStar plan active with the active profile until the trailer is
Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero, vehicle. Removing a trailer profile will disconnected.
or enter a new value and touch Save. remove the profile from the vehicle but the Maintenance Alerts
Touching back will return to the Trailer profile will still be associated with the user
Profile view. account. However, if there is not a Touch Maintenance Alerts to view the
connected OnStar plan then the remove Maintenance Alerts settings page. These
button will read DELETE and the profile will alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the
be deleted permanently settings for each Trailer Profile must be
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

turned on or off. Touch a profile to view if the setting is on for the active Trailer If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is
more information or adjust the setting for Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or on for a Trailer Profile, each time the vehicle
that profile. connected service plan and the smartphone is turned on a reminder will appear to turn
The setting will be on by default for each number has been added to the account for on Tow/Haul Mode when the Trailer Profile
profile. All Maintenance Alerts for that active this notification. is active.
Trailer Profile will be received. If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is
Turn a setting off to not receive any of the Profile, the smartphone will not receive this on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not
Maintenance Alerts when that Trailer Profile security notification even if the Trailer appear when the Trailer Profile is active.
is active. Profile is active.
Trailer Length Indicator
Theft Alert Tow/Haul Mode Reminder Touch Trailer Length Indicator to view the
A theft alert can be set if a trailer is This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul Trailer Length Indicator settings page. If this
connected and the alert is enabled. When Mode when towing a trailer. See Driver setting is ON a guideline is displayed in the
the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is Mode Control 0 240. side mirror camera view to indicate the rear
off, an alarm will sound. Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder in Settings of the attached trailer. If this setting is OFF
to view the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder the guideline will not be displayed.
Touch Theft Alert in Settings to view the
Theft Alert settings page. These alerts are settings page. These alerts are based on the This setting will default to OFF if the trailer
based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings Trailer Profile, so the settings for each length indicator feature is not set up. See
for each Trailer Profile must be turned on or Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. "Towing Assistance" for details on the setup.
off. Touch a profile to view more Touch a profile to view more information or
information or adjust the setting for that to adjust the setting for that profile.
profile. This setting will default to OFF for each
This setting will be off by default for each Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer
Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Profile.
Profile.
A smartphone will receive a notification that
the trailer related to the selected Trailer
Profile is disconnected from the vehicle,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/11/22

Conversions and Add-Ons { Warning
Add-On Electrical Equipment Certain mobile radio equipment,
like amplifiers and antennas used for
{ Warning two-way communication, can interfere
with some vehicle systems. Always
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for ensure this equipment is supplied with
vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ proper local grounding. Follow all of the
Maintenance testing. See Malfunction instructions that came with the
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 114. equipment and see your GM dealer for
A device connected to the DLC — such as additional mobile radio installation
an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior instructions.
tracking device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's
operation and cause a crash. Such devices 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not
may also access information stored in the operating.
vehicle’s systems.
The vehicle has an airbag system. Before
attempting to add anything electrical to the
Caution vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 72 and
Some electrical equipment can damage Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
the vehicle or cause components to not Vehicle 0 72.
work and would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical equipment.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 335

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Vehicle Care Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 382
General Information Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . 384
California Perchlorate Materials Headlamp Aiming Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . 384
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 385
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 336 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Bulb Replacement
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . 336 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 339 Electrical System Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Jump Starting
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 398
Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 345 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 361
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . 345 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . 365 Towing the Vehicle
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 367 Transporting a Disabled Vehicle . . . . . . . 401
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Wheels and Tires Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Appearance Care
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 372
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 376
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . 377
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
336 Vehicle Care

General Information special handling may apply. See GM Accessories are designed to complement
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ and function with other systems on the
For service and parts needs, visit your perchlorate. vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the
dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
and GM-trained and supported service Accessories and Modifications installed by a dealer technician.
people. Adding non-dealer accessories or making Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: modifications to the vehicle can affect Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 72.
vehicle performance and safety, including
such things as airbags, braking, stability, Vehicle Checks
ride and handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, Driver Assistance Doing Your Own Service Work
Systems, and electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability control.
These accessories or modifications could { Warning
even cause malfunction or damage not It can be dangerous to work on your
covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle if you do not have the proper
Damage to suspension components caused knowledge, service manual, tools,
by modifying vehicle height outside of or parts. Always follow owner’s manual
factory settings will not be covered by the procedures and consult the service
vehicle warranty. manual for your vehicle before doing any
California Perchlorate Materials service work.
Damage to vehicle components resulting
Requirements from modifications or the installation or use If doing some of your own service work, use
of non-GM certified parts, including control the proper service manual. It tells you much
Certain types of automotive applications, module or software modifications, is not
such as airbag initiators, seat belt more about how to service the vehicle than
covered under the terms of the vehicle this manual can. To order the proper service
pretensioners, and lithium batteries warranty and may affect remaining
contained in electronic keys, may contain manual, see Publication Ordering
warranty coverage for affected parts. Information 0 435.
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material –
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 337

This vehicle has an airbag system. Before Hood To open the hood:
attempting to do your own service work, 1. Pull the hood release lever with the
see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 72.
{ Warning i symbol. It is on the lower left side
For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, of the instrument panel.
If equipped with remote vehicle start, open turn the vehicle off before opening the
the hood before performing any service
hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will
work to prevent remote starting the vehicle
accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. start when the hood is opened. You or
others could be injured.
Keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the date of any service
work performed. See Maintenance Records
0 422.
{ Warning
Components under the hood can get hot
Caution from running the engine. To help avoid
Even small amounts of contamination can the risk of burning unprotected skin,
cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not never touch these components until they
allow contaminants to contact the fluids, have cooled, and always use a glove or
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. towel to avoid direct skin contact. 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate
the secondary release lever under the
Clear any snow from the hood before front center of the hood. Push the
opening. secondary hood release lever to the right
to release.
3. After you have partially lifted the hood,
the gas strut system will automatically
lift the hood and hold it in the fully
open position.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
338 Vehicle Care

To close the hood: The Driver Information Center (DIC) will
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler display a message if the hood is not fully
caps are on properly, and all tools are closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and
removed. turn off the vehicle, check the hood for
obstructions, and close the hood again.
2. Pull the hood down until the strut Check to see if the message still appears on
system is no longer holding up the hood. the DIC.
3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make
sure the hood is latched completely.
Repeat this process with additional force
if necessary.
{ Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is
not latched completely. The hood could
open fully, block your vision, and cause a
crash. You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely before
driving.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 339

Engine Compartment Overview
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
6.2L V8 Engine (L87)

16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
340 Vehicle Care

1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 398.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See
Jump Starting - North America 0 398.
3. Battery - North America 0 354.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 361.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 342.
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 347.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 342.
8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap.
See Cooling System 0 347.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 346.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid
0 353.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer
Fluid 0 351.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 341
6.2L V8 Supercharged Engine (LT4)

1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine 8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure
Starting - North America 0 398. Oil” under Engine Oil 0 342. Cap. See Cooling System 0 347.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See 9. Charge Air Coolant Surge Tank and
Jump Starting - North America 0 398. Cooling System 0 347. Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 347.
3. Battery - North America 0 354. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add 10. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 346.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 361. Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 342.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
342 Vehicle Care

11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid Checking Engine Oil dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel
0 353. or cloth, then push it back in all the way.
Check the engine oil level regularly, every
12. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Remove it again, keeping the tip down,
650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer and check the level.
trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
Fluid 0 351. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 339 for When to Add Engine Oil
the location.
Engine Oil
For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” { Warning
in the Duramax diesel supplement. The engine oil dipstick handle may be
To ensure proper engine performance and hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or
long life, careful attention must be paid to glove to touch the dipstick handle.
engine oil. Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect your If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at
investment: message displays, check the oil level. the tip of the dipstick and the engine has
. Use engine oil approved to the proper been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L
Follow these guidelines: (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then
specification and of the proper viscosity . To get an accurate reading, park the
grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right
vehicle on level ground. Check the engine Engine Oil” later in this section for an
Oil” in this section.
oil level after the engine has been off for explanation of what kind of oil to use. For
. Check the engine oil level regularly and at least two hours. Checking the engine engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities
maintain the proper oil level. See oil level on steep grades or too soon after and Specifications 0 424.
“Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add engine shutoff can result in incorrect
Engine Oil” in this section. readings. Accuracy improves when Caution
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate checking a cold engine prior to starting. Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above
time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 344. Remove the dipstick and check the level.
or below the acceptable operating range
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See . If unable to wait two hours, the engine shown on the dipstick are harmful to the
“What to Do with Used Oil” in this must be off for at least 15 minutes if the engine. If the oil level is above the
section. engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if operating range (i.e., the engine has so
the engine is not warm. Pull out the (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 343

Specification
Caution (Continued)
much oil that the oil level gets above the Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the
dexosR specification. Engine oils that have
cross-hatched area that shows the proper
been approved by GM as meeting the
operating range), the engine could be dexosR specification are marked with the
damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit dexosR approved logo.
driving of the vehicle, and seek a service
professional to remove the excess oil. Caution
Failure to use the recommended engine
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 339 for oil or equivalent can result in engine
the location of the engine oil fill cap.
damage not covered by the vehicle
Add enough oil to put the level somewhere warranty.
in the proper operating range. Push the
dipstick all the way back in when through. Viscosity Grade
Caution
Selecting the Right Engine Oil (6.2L L87 Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil for Failure to use the recommended engine
Engine) the 6.2L L87 Engine. oil or equivalent can result in engine
Selecting the right engine oil depends on When selecting an oil of the appropriate damage not covered by the vehicle
both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade, it is recommended to select warranty.
viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids an oil of the correct specification. See
and Lubricants 0 419. “Specification” earlier in this section. Viscosity Grade
Specification Selecting the Right Engine Oil (6.2L LT4 Use Mobil1 ESP Formula dexosR SAE 0W-40
Supercharged Engine) viscosity grade engine oil for the 6.2L LT4
Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the Supercharged Engine.
dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have Selecting the right engine oil depends on
been approved by GM as meeting the both the proper oil specification and When selecting an oil of the appropriate
dexos1 specification are marked with the viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids viscosity grade, it is recommended to select
dexos1 approved logo. and Lubricants 0 419. an oil of the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
344 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Engine Oil Life System If the system is ever reset accidentally, the
oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
Do not add anything to the oil. The When to Change Engine Oil since the last oil change. Remember to reset
recommended oils meeting the dexos
This vehicle has a computer system that the oil life system whenever the oil is
specification are all that is needed for good
indicates when to change the engine oil and changed.
performance and engine protection.
filter. This is based on a combination of How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
Engine oil system flushes are not
factors which include engine revolutions,
recommended and could cause engine Reset the system whenever the engine oil is
engine temperature, and miles driven. Based
damage not covered by the vehicle changed so that the system can calculate
on driving conditions, the mileage at which
warranty. the next engine oil change. To reset the
an oil change is indicated can vary
considerably. For the oil life system to work system:
What to Do with Used Oil
properly, the system must be reset every 1. Using the vehicle information screen
Used engine oil contains certain elements time the oil is changed. controls on the right side of the
that can be unhealthy for your skin and instrument cluster, display OIL LIFE on
could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil When the system has calculated that oil life
has been diminished, it indicates that an oil the screen. See Vehicle Information 0 127
stay on your skin for very long. Clean your . When remaining oil life is low, the
skin and nails with soap and water, or a change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will
good hand cleaner. Wash or properly SOON message comes on. Change the oil as
appear on the display.
dispose of clothing or rags containing used soon as possible within the next 1 000 km
engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under 2. Touch RESET on the screen to clear the
about the use and disposal of oil products. the best conditions, the oil life system CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message and
might indicate that an oil change is not reset the oil life at 100%.
Used oil can be a threat to the environment. necessary for up to a year. The engine oil Be careful not to reset the oil life display
If you change your own oil, be sure to drain and filter must be changed at least once a accidentally at any time other than after
all the oil from the filter before disposal. year and at this time the system must be the oil is changed. It cannot be reset
Never dispose of oil by putting it in the reset. Your dealer has trained service people accurately until the next oil change.
trash or pouring it on the ground, into who will perform this work and reset the
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. system. It is also important to check the oil
Recycle it by taking it to a place that regularly over the course of an oil drain
collects used oil. interval and keep it at the proper level.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 345

The oil life system can also be reset as checking and changing the transmission fluid When to Change the Engine Air Filter
follows: in these vehicles. Because this procedure is
When the Driver Information Center (DIC)
1. Display OIL LIFE on the vehicle difficult, this should be done at the dealer.
displays a message to replace the engine air
information screen. See Vehicle Contact the dealer for additional information
filter at the next oil change, follow this
Information 0 127. or the procedure can be found in the service
timing.
manual. See Publication Ordering
2. Fully press and release the accelerator Information 0 435. When the DIC displays a message to replace
pedal three times within five seconds. the engine air filter soon, replace the engine
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Caution air filter at the earliest convenience.
message is not on, the system is reset. Use of the incorrect automatic The system must be reset after the engine
The system is reset when the CHANGE transmission fluid may damage the air filter is changed.
ENGINE OIL SOON message is off. vehicle, and the damage may not be
If the DIC displays a message to check the
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message covered by the vehicle warranty. Always engine air filter system, see your dealer.
comes back on when the vehicle is started, use the correct automatic transmission
the engine oil life system has not been fluid. See Recommended Fluids and How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life
reset. Repeat the procedure. Lubricants 0 419. System
To reset:
Automatic Transmission Fluid Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled
maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
When to Check and Change Automatic Schedule 0 415. Be sure to use the 2. Access the Air Filter Life screen from the
Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in Recommended Vehicle Information main screen in the
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Fluids and Lubricants 0 419. infotainment system. See Vehicle
Duramax diesel supplement. Information 0 127 for instructions on
Engine Air Filter Life System navigating and selecting items.
It is usually not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level. The only reason for If equipped, this feature provides the engine
fluid loss is a transmission leak or air filter’s remaining life and best timing for
overheated transmission. This vehicle is not a change. The timing to change an engine
equipped with a transmission fluid level air filter depends on driving and
dipstick. There is a special procedure for environmental conditions.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
346 Vehicle Care

How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter { Warning
If part replacement is necessary, the part
Do not start the engine or have the engine
running with the engine air cleaner/filter must be replaced with one of the same
housing open. Before removing the engine part number or with an equivalent part.
air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine Use of a replacement part without the
air cleaner/filter housing and nearby same fit, form, and function may result
components are free of dirt and debris. Do in personal injury or damage to the
not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or vehicle.
3. Touch Reset on the display screen. components with water or compressed air.
4. Touch Yes to confirm the reset. 2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/
To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ filter.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter filter:
3. Lower the cover, slide it into the
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the assembly, then secure with the three
Duramax diesel supplement. screws.
The engine air cleaner/filter is on the driver 4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life
side of the engine compartment. See Engine system after replacing the engine air
Compartment Overview 0 339. filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System
0 345.
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter { Warning
If the vehicle is not equipped with the Operating the engine with the air
engine air filter life system see Maintenance cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
Schedule 0 415 for intervals on inspecting to be burned. Use caution when working
and replacing the engine air cleaner filter. 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) on the engine. Do not start the engine or
drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/
1. Remove the three screws, tilt the cover, filter off, as flames may be present if the
and slide it out of the assembly. engine backfires.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 347

Caution Warning (Continued) Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can Use of a replacement part without the If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can
easily get into the engine, which could same fit, form, and function may result easily get into the engine, which could
damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ in personal injury or damage to the damage it. Always have the air cleaner/
filter in place when driving. vehicle. filter in place when driving.
2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ Cooling System

filter.
If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel
3. Lower the cover, slide it into the engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
assembly, then secure with the seven
screws. The cooling system allows the engine to
maintain the correct working temperature.
4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life
system after replacing the engine air
filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System
0 345.
{ Warning
6.2L V8 Supercharged Engine (LT4) Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
1. Remove the seven screws, tilt the cover,
to be burned. Use caution when working
and slide it out of the assembly.
on the engine. Do not start the engine or
drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/
{ Warning filter off, as flames may be present if the
If part replacement is necessary, the part engine backfires.
must be replaced with one of the same 1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out
part number or with an equivalent part. of View)
(Continued) 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
348 Vehicle Care

What to Use Caution (Continued)
{ Warning
An underhood electric fan can start up { Warning to the engine cooling system and the
even when the engine is not running and vehicle, which would not be covered by
Plain water, or other liquids such as the vehicle warranty.
can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, alcohol, can boil before the proper
and tools away from any underhood coolant mixture will. With plain water or Never dispose of engine coolant by putting
electric fan. the wrong mixture, the engine could get it in the trash, or by pouring it on the
too hot but there would not be an ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of
overheat warning. The engine could catch water. Have the coolant changed by an
{ Warning fire and you or others could be burned. authorized service center, familiar with legal
Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes requirements regarding used coolant
or hoses, or other engine parts. They can Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable disposal. This will help protect the
be very hot and can burn you. Do not water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: environment and your health.
run the engine if there is a leak; all . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C
coolant could leak out. That could cause
Checking Coolant
(−34 °F), outside temperature.
an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C The coolant surge tank is in the engine
leak before driving the vehicle. (265 °F), engine temperature. compartment on the driver side of the
. Protects against rust and corrosion.
vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview
Engine Coolant 0 339.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled . Helps keep the proper engine The vehicle must be on a level surface when
with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant checking the coolant level.
temperature.
is designed to remain in the vehicle for
5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), Caution
whichever occurs first.
Do not use anything other than a mix of
The following explains the cooling system DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM
and how to check and add coolant when it Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
is low. If there is a problem with engine water. Anything else can cause damage
overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 350. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 349
{ Warning Caution
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can Failure to follow the specific coolant fill
burn you. Coolant contains ethylene procedure could cause the engine to
glycol and it will burn if the engine parts overheat and could cause system
are hot enough. damage. If coolant is not visible in the
surge tank, contact your dealer.
{ Warning If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add

coolant.
Plain water, or other liquids such as
alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. With plain water or
Check to see if coolant is visible in the the wrong mixture, the engine could get
coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the too hot but there would not be an
coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it overheat warning. The engine could catch
cools down. The coolant level should be at fire and you or others could be burned.
or above the indicated mark. If it is not, 1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure
there may be a leak in the cooling system. cap when the cooling system, including
the coolant surge tank pressure cap and
If coolant is visible but the coolant level is { Warning upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.
not at or above the indicated mark, see the Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
following sections on how to add coolant to Turn the pressure cap slowly
cooling system are under pressure. counterclockwise about one full turn. If a
the coolant surge tank following.
Turning the pressure cap, even a little, hiss is heard, wait for that to stop.
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant can cause them to come out at high A hiss means there is still some
Surge Tank speed and you could be burned. Never pressure left.
turn the cap when the cooling system,
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly,
“Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait and remove it.
supplement for the proper coolant fill for the cooling system and pressure cap
to cool. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the
procedure. proper mixture to the full cold mark.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
350 Vehicle Care

4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap Check to see if the engine cooling fan(s) are
off, start the engine and let it run until
Caution running. If the engine is overheating, the
the engine coolant temperature gauge Do not run the engine if there is a leak fans should be running. If they are not, do
indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F). in the engine cooling system. This can not continue to run the engine. Have the
By this time, the coolant level inside the cause a loss of all coolant and can vehicle serviced.
coolant surge tank may be lower. If the damage the system and vehicle. Have
any leaks fixed right away. If Steam is Coming from the Engine
level is lower, add more of the proper
Compartment
mixture to the coolant surge tank until
the level reaches the indicated mark. The vehicle has several indicators to warn of
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
engine overheating. { Warning
There is a coolant temperature gauge and Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
6. Verify coolant level after the engine is
an engine coolant temperature warning light cooling system are under pressure.
shut off and the coolant is cold.
If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure in the vehicle's instrument cluster. See Turning the pressure cap, even a little,
Steps 1–6. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 110 can cause them to come out at high
and Engine Coolant Temperature Warning speed and you could be burned. Never
Caution Light 0 119. turn the cap when the cooling system,
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait
coolant loss and engine damage may STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE for the cooling system and pressure cap
occur. Be sure the cap is properly and ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED to cool.
tightly secured. messages in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). If No Steam is Coming from the Engine
Compartment
Engine Overheating If the decision is made not to lift the hood
when this warning appears, get service help The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the right away. See Roadside Assistance Program the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
Duramax diesel supplement. 0 430. message, along with a low coolant
If the decision is made to lift the hood, condition, can indicate a serious problem.
make sure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 351

If there is an engine overheat warning, but continue to drive normally and have the conditioning system, the fans may change
no steam is seen or heard, the problem may cooling system checked for proper fill and to high speed and an increase in fan noise
not be too serious. Sometimes the engine function. may be heard. This is normal and indicates
can get a little too hot when the vehicle: If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and that the cooling system is functioning
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. park the vehicle right away. properly. The fans will change to low speed
. Stops after high-speed driving. when additional cooling is no longer
If there is still no sign of steam and the required.
. Idles for long periods in traffic. vehicle is equipped with an engine driven
. Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 309. cooling fan, push down the accelerator until The electric engine cooling fans may run
the engine speed is about twice as fast as after the engine has been turned. off. This is
If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or normal and no service is required.
the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE normal idle speed for at least five minutes
message appears with no sign of steam, try while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is Washer Fluid
this for a minute or so: still there, turn off the engine and get
everyone out of the vehicle until it What to Use
1. Turn the air conditioning off. cools down.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest When windshield washer fluid needs to be
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine added, be sure to read the manufacturer's
temperature and to the highest fan
for five minutes while parked. If the warning instructions before use. Use a fluid that has
speed. Open the windows as necessary.
is still displayed, turn off the engine until it sufficient protection against freezing in an
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the cools down. area where the temperature may fall below
road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and freezing.
let the engine idle. Engine Fan
If the engine coolant temperature gauge is Adding Washer Fluid
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
no longer in the overheat zone or an Duramax diesel supplement. The vehicle has a low washer fluid message
overheat warning no longer displays, the on the DIC that comes on when the washer
vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the If the vehicle has electric cooling fans, the
fluid is low. The message is displayed for
vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a fans may be heard spinning at low speed
15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle.
safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in during most everyday driving. The fans may
When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID
front. If the warning does not come back on, turn off if no cooling is required. Under
message displays, washer fluid will need to
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high
be added to the windshield washer fluid
outside temperatures, or operation of the air
reservoir.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
352 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) Caution
. Fill the washer fluid tank only Continuing to drive with worn-out brake
three-quarters full when it is very cold. linings could result in costly brake
This allows for fluid expansion if repairs.
freezing occurs, which could damage
the tank if it is completely full. Some driving conditions or climates can
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are
Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Brakes first applied, clearing up following several
Engine Compartment Overview 0 339 for applications. This does not mean something
reservoir location. Disc brake linings have built-in wear
is wrong with the brakes.
indicators that make a high-pitched warning
Caution sound when the brake linings are worn and Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary
. Do not use washer fluid that contains new linings are needed. The sound can come to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires
any type of water repellent coating. and go or can be heard all the time when are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear
This can cause the wiper blades to the vehicle is moving, except when applying and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper
chatter or skip. the brake pedal firmly. sequence to torque specifications. See
Capacities and Specifications 0 424.
. Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze)
in the windshield washer. It can { Warning Brake pads should be replaced as complete
damage the windshield washer system The brake wear warning sound means axle sets.
and paint. that soon the brakes will not work well. Brake Pedal Travel
. Do not mix water with ready-to-use That could lead to a crash. When the
washer fluid. Water can cause the brake wear warning sound is heard, have See your dealer if the brake pedal does not
solution to freeze and damage the the vehicle serviced. return to normal height, or if there is a
washer fluid tank and other parts of rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be
the washer system. a sign that brake service may be required.
. When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer instructions
for adding water.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 353

Replacing Brake System Parts How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System sound when the brake pads are worn can
still determine when the pads should be
Always replace brake system parts with The system will automatically detect when
replaced. See Brakes 0 352.
new, approved replacement parts. If this is significantly worn brake pads are replaced.
not done, the brakes may not work When the ignition is turned on after new To turn off the brake pad life system:
properly. The braking performance can pads and wear sensors are installed, a 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See
change in many ways if the wrong brake message will display. Follow the prompts to Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
parts are installed or if parts are improperly reset the system.
2. Select the Brake Pad Life menu.
installed. The brake pad life system can also be 3. Select DISABLE.
Brake Pad Life System manually reset:
To turn the brake pad life system back on,
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See
When to Change Brake Pads follow the above steps but select ENABLE in
Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
Step 2.
This vehicle has a system that estimates the 2. Select the Brake Pad Life menu.
remaining life of the front and rear brake 3. Select front or rear pads as appropriate. Brake Fluid
pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), along with 4. Select YES on the confirmation message.
a percentage for each axle. The system must Repeat for pads on the other axle if they
be reset every time the brake pads are were also replaced.
changed. How to Disable the Brake Pad Life
When the system has determined that the System
brake pads need to be replaced, a message The brake pad life system can be turned off.
will display, which may include mileage The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled
This may be necessary if aftermarket brake with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as
remaining. pads without wear sensors are installed. indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine
Brake pads should always be replaced as When the system is turned off, the front Compartment Overview 0 339 for the
complete axle sets. and rear brake pad life percentages will not location of the reservoir.
display. However, the built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched warning
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
354 Vehicle Care

Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
surface, the brake fluid level should be If too much brake fluid is added, it can braking leading to a possible injury.
between the minimum and maximum marks spill on the engine and burn, if the Always use the proper GM approved
on the brake fluid reservoir. engine is hot enough. You or others could brake fluid.
be burned, and the vehicle could be
There are only two reasons why the brake
damaged. Add brake fluid only when
fluid level in the reservoir may go down: Caution
work is done on the brake hydraulic
. Normal brake lining wear. When new
system. If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's
linings are installed, the fluid level goes painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, damaged. Immediately wash off any
. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. the brake warning light comes on. See Brake painted surface.
Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. System Warning Light 0 115.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which Battery - North America
degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. The original equipment battery is
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals
and the area around the cap before maintenance free. Do not remove the cap
to prevent increased stopping distance. See and do not add fluid.
removing it. Maintenance Schedule 0 415.
Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid Refer to the replacement number shown on
What to Add the original battery label when a new
does not correct a leak. If fluid is added
when the linings are worn, there will be too Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid battery is needed. See Engine Compartment
much fluid when new brake linings are from a clean, sealed container. See Overview 0 339 for battery location.
installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 419. The vehicle has an Absorbent Glass Mat
only when work is done on the brake (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of a
hydraulic system. { Warning standard 12-volt battery will result in
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid reduced 12-volt battery life.
could result in damage to the brake When using a 12-volt battery charger on the
system. This could result in the loss of 12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an
(Continued) AGM battery setting on the charger.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 355

If available, use the AGM setting on the Vehicle Storage How to Check Lubricant
charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts. To get an accurate reading, the vehicle
Follow the charger manufacturer's { Warning should be on a level surface.
instructions.
Batteries have acid that can burn you and
Stop/Start System gas that can explode. You can be badly
This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut hurt if you are not careful. Always wear
off the engine to help conserve fuel. See eye protection. See Jump Starting - North
Stop/Start System 0 222. America 0 398 for tips on working
around a battery without getting hurt.
{ Warning
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
negative (−) cable from the battery to keep
related accessories can expose you to the battery from running down.
chemicals including lead and lead
compounds, which are known to the Extended Storage: Remove the black,
State of California to cause cancer and negative (−) cable from the battery or use a
birth defects or other reproductive harm. battery trickle charger.
1. Fill Plug
Wash hands after handling. For more Four-Wheel Drive 2. Drain Plug
information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. Transfer Case If the level is below the bottom of the fill
plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case,
If the vehicle is equipped with Four-Wheel some lubricant will need to be added. Add
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 1.
Drive, be sure to perform the lubricant enough lubricant to raise the level to the
checks described in this section. bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not
When to Check Lubricant to overtighten the plug.
Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 415 to What to Use
determine how often to check the lubricant. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
0 419 to determine what kind of lubricant
to use.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
356 Vehicle Care

Front Axle and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer ability: With the engine running, shift to
When to Check Lubricant case and/or drive axles and should be P (Park). Then release the parking brake
It is not necessary to regularly check the replaced. followed by the regular brake.
front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or Contact your dealer if service is required.
an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could Park Brake and P (Park)
indicate a problem. Have it inspected and Mechanism Check Wiper Blade Replacement
repaired. This service can be complex. See
Windshield wiper blades should be inspected
your dealer. { Warning for wear or cracking.
Do not directly power wash the transfer When you are doing this check, the For the proper type and size, see
case and/or front/rear axle output seals. vehicle could begin to move. You or Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 420.
High pressure water can overcome the seals others could be injured and property
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated could be damaged. Make sure there is Caution
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer room in front of the vehicle in case it
case and/or drive axles and should be Allowing the wiper arm to touch the
begins to roll. Be ready to apply the windshield when no wiper blade is
replaced.
regular brake at once should the vehicle installed could damage the windshield.
Rear Axle begin to move. Any damage that occurs would not be
When to Check Lubricant covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle
allow the wiper arm to touch the
It is not necessary to regularly check the facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the
regular brake, set the parking brake. windshield.
rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or
an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could . To check the parking brake's holding
indicate a problem. Have it inspected and ability: With the engine running and the
repaired. This service can be complex. See transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove
your dealer. foot pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by
Do not directly power wash the transfer
the parking brake only.
case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
High pressure water can overcome the seals
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 357

Front Wiper Blade Replacement Rear Wiper Blade Replacement Glass Replacement
To replace the wiper blade assembly: To replace the rear wiper blade: If the windshield or front side glass must be
1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away 1. With the rear wiper in the off position, replaced, see your dealer to determine the
from the windshield. open the liftglass to access the rear correct replacement glass.
wiper arm/blade.
The rear wiper blade will not lock in a
Windshield Replacement
vertical position so use care when pulling HUD System
it away from the vehicle.
The windshield is part of the HUD system.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, be
sure to get one that is designed for HUD or
the HUD image may look out of focus.
If the windshield needs to be replaced and
the vehicle is equipped with a front camera
sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
2. Press the button in the middle of the GM replacement windshield is
wiper arm connector, and pull the wiper 2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage recommended. The replacement windshield
blade away from the arm connector. the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out must be installed according to GM
of the blade assembly (3). specifications for proper alignment. If it is
3. Remove the wiper blade.
3. Push the new blade assembly securely in not, these systems may not work properly,
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade they may display messages, or they may
replacement. the wiper arm hook until the release
lever clicks into place. not work at all. See your dealer for proper
windshield replacement.
4. Return the wiper arm and blade
assembly to the rest position on the
glass.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
358 Vehicle Care

Acoustic Windshield Caution
The vehicle is equipped with an acoustic Do not apply tape or hang any objects
windshield. If the windshield needs to be from gas struts. Also do not push down
replaced be sure to get an acoustic or pull on gas struts. This may cause
windshield so you will continue to have the
damage to the vehicle.
benefits an acoustic windshield can provide.
Gas Strut(s) See Maintenance Schedule 0 415.
Your vehicle may be equipped with gas

strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and
holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system
in full open position.
Trunk
{ Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood,
trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others
could be seriously injured. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service
immediately. Visually inspect the gas
struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other Hood
damage periodically. Check to make sure
the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with
enough force. If struts are failing to hold
the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate.
Have the vehicle serviced.
Liftgate
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 359

Headlamp Aiming Electrical System
Front Headlamp Aiming Electrical System Overload
Headlamp aim has been preset and should The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to
need no further adjustment. protect against an electrical system
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the overload.
headlamp aim may be affected. When the current electrical load is too
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
see your dealer. protecting the circuit until the current load
returns to normal or the problem is fixed.
Bulb Replacement This greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by electrical
For the proper type of replacement bulbs, problems.
or any bulb changing procedure not listed in
Fuses and circuit breakers protect the wires
this section, contact your dealer.
that provide the power to the devices in
Caution your vehicle.
Do not replace incandescent bulbs with If there is a problem on the road and a fuse
aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This needs to be replaced, the same amperage
can cause damage to the vehicle electrical fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature
system. of the vehicle that is not needed to use and
replace it as soon as possible.
LED Lighting To check a fuse, look at the band inside the
fuse. If the band is broken or melted,
This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad Replacing a Blown Fuse
replacement of any LED lighting assembly, fuse with a fuse of the identical size and
contact your dealer. 1. Turn off the vehicle.
rating.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
360 Vehicle Care

2. Locate the fuse puller on the instrument 3. Use the fuse puller to remove the fuse damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow
panel end cap. See the Instrument Panel from the top or side, as shown above. from the windshield before using the
Fuse Block 0 365. 4. If the fuse must be replaced windshield wipers.
immediately, spare fuses are also If the overload is caused by an electrical
provided on the instrument panel end problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get
cap or borrow a replacement fuse with it fixed.
the same amperage from the fuse block.
Choose a vehicle feature that is not Fuses and Circuit Breakers
needed to safely operate the vehicle.
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Repeat Steps 2-3.
protected from short circuits by a
5. Insert the replacement fuse into the combination of fuses and circuit breakers.
empty slot of the blown fuse. This greatly reduces the chance of damage
At the next opportunity, see your dealer to caused by electrical problems.
replace the blown fuse.
{ Danger
Headlamp Wiring
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked
An electrical overload may cause the lamps with their ampere rating. Do not exceed
to go on and off, or in some cases to the specified amperage rating when
remain off. Have the headlamp wiring replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use
checked right away if the lamps go on and of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can
off or remain off. result in a vehicle fire. You and others
Windshield Wipers could be seriously injured or killed.
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy
snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop
until the motor cools and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected from
electrical overload, overload due to heavy
snow or ice may cause wiper linkage
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 361

Engine Compartment Fuse Block Caution
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Spilling liquid on any electrical
Duramax diesel supplement. component on the vehicle may damage
The engine compartment fuse block is in the it. Always keep the covers on any
engine compartment, on the driver side of electrical component.
the vehicle.
{ Warning The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
A fuse puller is available in the left
instrument panel fuse block.
Installation or use of fuses that do not the fuses, relays, and features shown.
meet GM’s original fuse specifications is
dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result
in a fire. You or others could be injured
or killed, and the vehicle could be
damaged.
See Accessories and Modifications 0 336 and

General Information 0 336.
To check or replace a blown fuse, see
Electrical System Overload 0 359.
Lift the cover to access the fuse block.

16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
362 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

1 – 4 – 7 ELM 4 – Exterior
2 – 6 ELM 7 – Exterior Lighting Module 4
3 – Lighting Module 7 8 –
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 363

9 ELM 5 – Exterior 25 REC 1 – Rear Electrical 45 Secondary Axle Motor
Lighting Module 5 Center 1 46 Engine Control Module
10 ELM 6 – Exterior 26 Camera Wash (ECM) Ignition
Lighting Module 6 27 Horn 47 OBD Engine
11 LRR/FRT SRR – Long 28 Headlamp RT – Right 48 –
Range Radar/Front
Short Range Radar 29 Headlamp LT – Left 49 Transmission Auxiliary
30 ELM 3 – Exterior Oil Pump
12 –
Lighting Module 3 50 A/C Clutch
13 Washer Front
31 ELM 1 – Exterior 51 TCCM – Transfer Case
14 Washer Rear Lighting Module 1 Control Module
15 REC 2 – Rear Electrical 32 – 52 Front Wiper
Center 2
33 Not R/C 53 –
16 Power Sounder
34 – 54 Left Taillamps
17 EBCM – Electronic Brake
Control Module 37 MISC Body Ignition 1 55 Trailer Back-up Lamp
Battery 1 38 MISC Body Ignition 2 56 SADS – Semi Active
19 DC/AC Inverter 39 Upfitter Damping System
20 IECR 2 – Instrument 40 MISC Instrument 57 Spare
Electrical Center Right 2 Panel (IP) 58 Starter Motor
21 – 41 Trailer Parking Lamps 60 Powertrain Sensor 2
22 IECL 1 – Instrument 42 Right Taillamp 61 Automatic Lamp Control
Electrical Center Left 1 (ALC) Main
44 Trailer Tow
24 Fuel Heater
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
364 Vehicle Care

62 ICCM/CVS/DEF – 76 Electric Power Running 92 Cool Fan Clutch AERO
Integrated Chassis Boards Shutter
Control Module/Canister 78 ECM – Engine Control
Vent Solenoid/Diesel Module Relays Usage
Exhaust Fluid
79 Cabin Cool Pump 17W 5 –
63 Trailer Brake
80 Powertrain Sensor 1 18 DC/AC Inverter
65 –
81 Right Trailer Stop 23 Fuel Heater
66 Left Cool Fan Motor Turn Lamp 35 Trailer Park Lamp
67 AFM 2 – Active Fuel 82 TIM 1 – Trailer Interface
Management 2 36 Run/Crank
Module 1
68 Automatic Lamp Control 43 Secondary Axle Motor
83 FTZM – Fuel Tank Zone
(ALC) Motor Module 59 A/C Clutch
69 Starter Pinion 84 Trailer Battery 64 Starter Motor
71 Cool Fan Motor Lower 85 Auxiliary Water Pump 70 Starter Pinion
72 Right Cool Fan Motor/ 86 ECM – Engine Control 77 Powertrain
Lower Module
73 Left Trailer Stop 87 Injector B Even
Turn Lamp
88 02 B Sensor
74 TIM 2 – Trailer Interface
Module 2 89 02 A Sensor
75 DEFC – Diesel Exhaust 90 Injector A Odd
Fluid Controller 91 Engine Control Module
(ECM) Throttle Control
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 365

Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The right instrument panel fuse block access

door is on the passenger side edge of the
instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse block.
A fuse puller is available on the right
instrument panel end cap.
There are relays on the back of the fuse The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
block. To access, press the tabs and remove the fuses, relays, and features shown.
the fuse block. Fuses Usage
F1 Right Door
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
366 Vehicle Care

F2 Left Door F22 Heated Wheel F34 Out of Park
F3 Universal Garage Door F23 – F40 –
Opener (UGDO)/OnStar F24 – F41 –
Hands-free Calling (OHC)/
Camera F25 Special Equipment Option F42 Electric Park Brake Switch
(SEO)/UPFITTER F43 RSE/MFC – Rear Seat
F4 BCM 2 – Body Control
Module 2 F26 USB/Special Equipment Infotainment/Multi-Func-
Option(SEO) Retained tional Control
F5 Displays Accessory Power (RAP) F44 –
F6 Front Blower F27 Auxiliary Power Outlet F45 Radio Module
F8 Left Door Panel (APO)/Retained Accessory
Power F46 –
F10 Tilt/Column Lock
F28 – F47 –
F11 DLC/ICM – Data Link
Connector/Column Lock/ F30 SDM/AOS/DMS/NVM – F48 TCM – Telematics Control
Integrated Center Stack Sensing and Diagnostic Module
F12 Central Gateway Module Module/Automatic F49 BCM 1 – Body Control
(CGM)/Onstar Occupant Sensing/Driver Module 1
Monitor System/Night
F14 Right Door Panel Vision Module F50 –
F17 Steering Wheel Control F31 BCM 3 – Body Control F51 –
F18 – Module 3 F52 –
F19 – F32 Center Stack Module F53 –
(CSM)/USB
F20 – F54 Sunroof
F33 BCM 4 – Body Control
F21 – Module 4
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 367

Fuses Usage Relays Usage
F55 APO 3 – Auxiliary Power K4 RAP/ACCY 2 – Retain
Outlet 3 Accessory Power/
F56 DC/DC CNV BATT 1 – Direct Accessory 2
Current/Direct Current K5 –
Converter Battery 1
F57 DC/DC CNV BATT 2 – Direct Rear Compartment Fuse Block
Current/Direct Current
Converter Battery 2
F58 Spare
F59 –
Circuit Usage
Breakers
CBO1 APO 1 – Auxiliary Power
Outlet 1
CBO2 APO 2 – Auxiliary Power
Outlet 2
The rear compartment fuse block is behind
Relays Usage the access panel on the left side of the
compartment.
K1 –
Pull the panel out by grabbing the finger The vehicle may not be equipped with all of
K2 RAP/ACCY 1 – Retain
access slot at the rear edge. the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Accessory Power/
Accessory 1
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
368 Vehicle Care

F01 RFA – Remote Function F15 Heated Seat Module Row 1 F29 –
Actuator (Battery 2) F30 –
F02 WCM – Wireless Charging F16 RH CINCH Latch – Right F31 Amp – Amplifier
Module Hand Cinch Latch
F32 –
F03 Heated Seat Module Row 1 F17 Memory Seat Module
(Battery 1) Passenger F33 ICCM – Integrated Chassis
Control Module
F04 Memory Seat Module F18 Rear Wiper
(MSM) Driver F34 Heated Seat Module Row 2
F19 Motor Seatbelt Driver
F05 – F35 HFCR – Hands Free Closure
F20 Rear Defogger Release
F06 – F21 – F36 ELM – Exterior Lighting
F07 Amp Aux 2 – Amplifier F22 Rear HVAC Display Control Module
Auxiliary 2
F23 EOCM – External Object F37 –
F08 – Calculation Module F38 Power Slide Console
F09 SEO UPFTR 2 – Special F24 Amp Aux 3 – Amplifier
Equipment Upfitter 2 F39 –
Auxiliary 3
F10 Motor Seatbelt Passenger F40 –
F25 OBS DET – Obstacle
F11 Power Folding Seat Row 2 Detection F41 –
F12 GBS – Glass Breakage F26 RDCM – Rear Drive Control F42 –
Sensor Module F43 UPA – Universal Park Assist
F13 – F27 Amp Aux 1 – Amplifier F44 –
F14 – Auxiliary 1
F28 VPM – Video Processing
Module
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 369

Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)
F45 AFL AHL – Adaptive maintain the recommended
Forward Lighting/ Tires
Automatic Headlamp
pressure. Tire pressure should be
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality checked when the tires are cold.
Leveling tires made by a leading tire
F46 Rear HVAC Blower Motor manufacturer. See the warranty manual . Overinflated tires are more likely
for information regarding the tire to be cut, punctured, or broken by
F47 LH CINCH Latch – Left Hand
warranty and where to get service. For a sudden impact — such as when
Cinch Latch
additional information refer to the tire hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the
F48 Power Seat Recline Module recommended pressure.
manufacturer.
F49 Lift Glass . Worn or old tires can cause a
F50 Driver Power Seat { Warning crash. If the tread is badly worn,
F51 Power Liftgate Module . Poorly maintained and improperly replace them.
used tires are dangerous. . Replace any tires that have been
F52 Passenger Power Seat
. Overloading the tires can cause damaged by impacts with
Relays Usage overheating as a result of too potholes, curbs, etc.
much flexing. There could be a . Improperly repaired tires can cause
K53 –
blowout and a serious crash. See a crash. Only your dealer or an
K54 – Vehicle Load Limits 0 215. authorized tire service center
K55 L/GLASS . Underinflated tires pose the same should repair, replace, dismount,
danger as overloaded tires. The and mount the tires.
resulting crash could cause serious (Continued)
injury. Check all tires frequently to
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
370 Vehicle Care

offer the same level of traction or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed
Warning (Continued) performance as winter tires on snow or rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's
. Do not spin the tires in excess of ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 370. maximum speed capability.
56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow, mud, ice,
Winter Tires Low-Profile Tires
etc. Excessive spinning may cause This vehicle was not originally equipped If the vehicle has 275/50R22 size tires,
the tires to explode. with winter tires. Winter tires are designed they are classified as low-profile tires.
for increased traction on snow and
See Tire Pressure for High-Speed ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter Caution
Operation 0 375 for inflation pressure tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice Low-profile tires are more susceptible to
or snow covered roads is expected. See your
adjustment for high-speed driving. damage from road hazards or curb impact
dealer for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection. Also, than standard profile tires. Tire and/or
All-Season Tires wheel assembly damage can occur when
see Buying New Tires 0 382.
This vehicle may come with all-season tires. coming into contact with road hazards
These tires are designed to provide good With winter tires, there may be decreased like potholes, or sharp edged objects,
overall performance on most road surfaces dry road traction, increased road noise, and or when sliding into a curb. The warranty
and weather conditions. Original equipment shorter tread life. After changing to winter does not cover this type of damage. Keep
tires designed to GM's specific tire tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
tires set to the correct inflation pressure
performance criteria have a TPC specification handling and braking.
and when possible, avoid contact with
code molded onto the sidewall. Original If using winter tires: curbs, potholes, and other road hazards.
equipment all-season tires can be identified . Use tires of the same brand and tread
by the last two characters of this TPC code, type on all four wheel positions. Tire Sidewall Labeling
which will be “MS.” . Use only radial ply tires of the same size,
Consider installing winter tires on the load range, and speed rating as the Useful information about a tire is
vehicle if frequent driving on snow or original equipment tires. molded into the sidewall. The example
ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires shows a typical passenger vehicle tire
Winter tires with the same speed rating as sidewall.
provide adequate performance for most the original equipment tires may not be
winter driving conditions, but they may not available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 371

(3) DOT (Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
Transportation) : The Department of and number of plies in the sidewall and
Transportation (DOT) code indicates that under the tread.
the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Department of Transportation Motor (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are
Vehicle Safety Standards. required to grade tires based on three
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last performance factors: tread wear,
four digits of the Tire Identification traction, and temperature resistance.
Number indicate the tire manufactured For more information, see Uniform Tire
date. The first two digits represent the Quality Grading 0 384.
week and the last two digits, the year. (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load
Passenger/Spare Tire For example, the third week of the year Limit : Maximum load that can be
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of carried and the maximum pressure
0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday
combination of letters and numbers through Saturday) of each year. needed to support that load. For
used to define a particular tire's width, information on recommended tire
height, aspect ratio, construction type, (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : pressure see Tire Pressure 0 374 and
and service description. See the "Tire The letters and numbers following the Vehicle Load Limits 0 215.
Size" illustration in this section. DOT code are the TIN. The TIN shows
the manufacturer and plant code, tire (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a
(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria size, and date the tire was temporary spare tire until the road tire
Specification) : Original equipment tires manufactured. The TIN is molded onto is repaired and replaced. This spare tire
designed to GM's specific tire both sides of the tire, although only should not be driven on over 112 km/h
performance criteria have a TPC one side may have the date of (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when
specification code molded onto the manufacture. pulling a trailer, with the proper
sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare
or exceed all federal safety guidelines. Tire 0 398.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
372 Vehicle Care

Tire Designations item (3) of the illustration, it would Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a
mean that the tire's sidewall is tire's height to its width.
Tire Size 75 percent as high as it is wide. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords
The example shows a typical passenger (4) Construction Code : A letter code is that is located between the plies and
vehicle tire size. used to indicate the type of ply the tread. Cords may be made from
construction in the tire. The letter "R" steel or other reinforcing materials.
means radial ply construction; the letter Bead : The tire bead contains steel
"D" means diagonal or bias ply wires wrapped by steel cords that hold
construction. the tire onto the rim.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire wheel in inches. the plies are laid at alternate angles
(6) Service Description : These less than 90 degrees to the centerline
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The characters represent the load index and of the tread.
United States version of a metric tire speed rating of the tire. The load index
sizing system. The letter "P" as the first Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air
represents the load carrying capacity a pressure in a tire, measured in kPa
character in the tire size means a tire is certified to carry. The speed
passenger vehicle tire engineered to (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square
rating is the maximum speed a tire is inch) before a tire has built up heat
standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim certified to carry a load.
Association. from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 374.
(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number Tire Terminology and Definitions DOT Markings : A code molded into the
indicates the tire section width in Air Pressure : The amount of air inside sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire
millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. the tire pressing outward on each is in compliance with the U.S.
square inch of the tire. Air pressure is Department of Transportation (DOT)
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The
indicates the tire height-to-width expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi
(pounds per square inch). DOT code includes the Tire Identification
measurements. For example, if the tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 373

designator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure : The Recommended Inflation Pressure :
tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a cold Vehicle manufacturer's recommended
brand, and date of production. tire can be inflated. The maximum air tire inflation pressure as shown on the
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. pressure is molded onto the sidewall. tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 374 and
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 215. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating Vehicle Load Limits 0 215.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for a tire at the maximum permissible Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in
for the front axle. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for that tire. which the ply cords that extend to the
Limits 0 215. Occupant Distribution : Designated beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
seating positions. centerline of the tread.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of Rim : A metal support for a tire and
Limits 0 215. an asymmetrical tire that has a upon which the tire beads are seated.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side particular side that faces outward when Sidewall : The portion of a tire between
of an asymmetrical tire, that must mounted on a vehicle. The side of the the tread and the bead.
always face outward when mounted on tire that contains a whitewall, bears Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code
a vehicle. white lettering, or bears manufacturer, assigned to a tire indicating the
brand, and/or model name molding maximum speed at which a tire can
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air that is higher or deeper than the same
pressure. operate.
moldings on the other sidewall of
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used the tire. Traction : The friction between the tire
on light duty trucks and some and the road surface. The amount of
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used grip provided.
multipurpose passenger vehicles. on passenger cars and some light duty
Load Index : An assigned number trucks and multipurpose vehicles. Tread : The portion of a tire that comes
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds into contact with the road.
to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
374 Vehicle Care

Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, original equipment tire size and
Warning (Continued)
sometimes called wear bars, that show recommended inflation pressure. See
across the tread of a tire when only “Tire and Loading Information Label” Overinflated tires, or tires that have
1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See under Vehicle Load Limits 0 215. too much air, can result in:
When It Is Time for New Tires 0 382.
Tire Pressure . Unusual wear
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Tires need the correct amount of air . Poor handling
Standards) : A tire information system
that provides consumers with ratings pressure to operate effectively. . Rough ride
for a tire's traction, temperature, and . Needless damage from road
treadwear. Ratings are determined by { Warning hazards
tire manufacturers using government Neither tire underinflation nor
testing procedures. The ratings are overinflation is good. Underinflated The Tire and Loading Information label
molded into the sidewall of the tire. tires, or tires that do not have on the vehicle indicates the original
See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 384. enough air, can result in: equipment tires and the correct cold
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number . Tire overloading and overheating, tire inflation pressures. The
of designated seating positions which could lead to a blowout recommended pressure is the minimum
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the . Premature or irregular wear
air pressure needed to support the
rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load vehicle's maximum load carrying
. Poor handling capacity.
Limits 0 215.
. Reduced fuel economy for
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : For additional information regarding
internal combustion engine how much weight the vehicle can carry,
Load on an individual tire due to curb vehicles
weight, accessory weight, occupant and an example of the Tire and Loading
weight, and cargo weight. . Reduced range for electric vehicles Information label, see Vehicle Load
(Continued) Limits 0 215. How the vehicle is loaded
Vehicle Placard : A label permanently affects vehicle handling and ride
attached to a vehicle showing the
vehicle's capacity weight and the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 375

comfort. Never load the vehicle with is necessary. If the inflation pressure is
Warning (Continued)
more weight than it was designed to low, add air until the recommended
carry. pressure is reached. If the inflation inflation pressure adjustment for
pressure is high, press on the metal high-speed operation. When speed limits
When to Check and road conditions allow the vehicle to
stem in the center of the tire valve to
Check the pressure of the tires once a release air. be driven at high speeds, make sure the
month or more. tires are rated for high-speed operation,
Re-check the tire pressure with the tire are in excellent condition, and are set to
Do not forget the spare, if the vehicle gauge. the correct cold tire inflation pressure for
has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire 0 398 the vehicle load.
Put the valve caps back on the valve
for additional information.
stems to keep out dirt and moisture.
Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High
How to Check Use only valve caps designed for the Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be require inflation pressure adjustment when
to check tire pressure. Proper tire damaged and would not be covered by driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h
inflation cannot be determined by the vehicle warranty. (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire
looking at the tire. Check the tire inflation pressure to the corresponding value
Tire Pressure for High-Speed in the table for the tire size on the vehicle.
inflation pressure when the tires are Operation
cold, meaning the vehicle has not been
driven for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
{ Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
Remove the valve cap from the tire (100 mph) or higher, puts additional
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly strain on tires. Sustained high-speed
onto the valve to get a pressure driving causes excessive heat buildup and
measurement. If the cold tire inflation can cause sudden tire failure. This could
pressure matches the recommended cause a crash, and you or others could be
pressure on the Tire and Loading killed. Some high-speed rated tires require
Information label, no further adjustment (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
376 Vehicle Care

High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures
Tire Size Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi)
275/50R22 111H 270 kPa (39 psi)
Return the tires to the recommended cold As an added safety feature, your vehicle has Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
tire inflation pressure when high-speed been equipped with a tire pressure TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a the system is not operating properly. The
0 215 and low tire pressure telltale when one or more TPMS malfunction indicator is combined
Tire Pressure 0 374. of your tires is significantly under-inflated. with the low tire pressure telltale. When the
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure system detects a malfunction, the telltale
Tire Pressure Monitor System telltale illuminates, you should stop and will flash for approximately one minute and
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) check your tires as soon as possible, and then remain continuously illuminated. This
uses radio and sensor technology to check inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving sequence will continue upon subsequent
tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors on a significantly under-inflated tire causes vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
monitor the air pressure in your tires and the tire to overheat and can lead to tire exists.
transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver failure. Under-inflation also reduces energy When the malfunction indicator is
located in the vehicle. efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect illuminated, the system may not be able to
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. detect or signal low tire pressure as
should be checked monthly when cold and Please note that the TPMS is not a intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for
inflated to the inflation pressure substitute for proper tire maintenance, and a variety of reasons, including the
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer it is the driver's responsibility to maintain installation of replacement or alternate tires
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a has not reached the level to trigger TPMS from functioning properly. Always
different size than the size indicated on the illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure check the TPMS malfunction telltale after
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure telltale. replacing one or more tires or wheels on
label, you should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 377

your vehicle to ensure that the replacement inflate the tires to the recommended The TPMS can warn about a low tire
or alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure shown on the Tire and Loading pressure condition but it does not replace
TPMS to continue to function properly. Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 377. 0 215. 0 380, Tire Rotation 0 381, and Tires 0 369.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 435. A message to check the pressure in a Caution
specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low tire Tire sealant materials are not all the
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation same. A non-approved tire sealant could
pressure warning light and the DIC warning
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure message come on at each ignition cycle damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is until the tires are inflated to the correct damage caused by using an incorrect tire
designed to warn the driver when a low tire inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC sealant is not covered by the vehicle
pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. warranty. Always use only the GM
mounted onto each tire and wheel For additional information and details about approved tire sealant available through
assembly, excluding the spare tire and the DIC operation and displays, see Driver your dealer or included in the vehicle.
wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor Information Center (DIC) 0 124.
the air pressure in the tires and transmit the
The low tire pressure warning light may TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
tire pressure readings to a receiver located
in the vehicle. come on in cool weather when the vehicle is The TPMS will not function properly if one
first started, and then turn off as the vehicle or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or
is driven. This could be an early indicator inoperable. When the system detects a
that the air pressure is getting low and malfunction, the low tire pressure warning
needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. light flashes for about one minute and then
A Tire and Loading Information label shows stays on for the remainder of the ignition
the size of the original equipment tires and cycle. A DIC warning message also displays.
the correct inflation pressure for the tires The malfunction light and DIC warning
When a low tire pressure condition is when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits message come on at each ignition cycle
detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire 0 215, for an example of the Tire and until the problem is corrected. Some of the
pressure warning light located on the Loading Information label and its location. conditions that can cause these to come
instrument cluster. If the warning light Also see Tire Pressure 0 374. on are:
comes on, stop as soon as possible and
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
378 Vehicle Care

. One of the road tires has been replaced . Operating electronic devices or being near Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires
with the spare tire. The spare tire does facilities using radio wave frequencies that have illuminated the low tire pressure
not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS warning light.
light and the DIC message should go off sensors to malfunction.
after the road tire is replaced and the If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it { Warning
sensor matching process is performed cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Overinflating a tire could cause the tire
condition. See your dealer for service if the to rupture and you or others could be
Process" later in this section. TPMS malfunction light and DIC message
. The TPMS sensor matching process was
injured. Do not exceed the maximum
come on and stay on. pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See
not done or not completed successfully
after rotating the tires. The malfunction Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 370 and
light and the DIC message should go off Vehicle Load Limits 0 215.
This feature provides visual and audible
after successfully completing the sensor alerts outside the vehicle to help when
matching process. See "TPMS Sensor If the tire is overinflated by more than
inflating an underinflated tire to the 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple
Matching Process" later in this section. recommended cold tire pressure. times and the turn signal lamp will continue
. One or more TPMS sensors are missing or
When the low tire pressure warning light to flash for several seconds after filling
damaged. The malfunction light and the stops. To release and correct the pressure,
DIC message should go off when the comes on:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. while the turn signal lamp is still flashing,
TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor briefly press the center of the valve stem.
matching process is performed 2. Set the parking brake firmly. When the recommended pressure is reached,
successfully. See your dealer for service. 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). the horn sounds once.
. Replacement tires or wheels do not match
4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. If the turn signal lamp does not flash within
the original equipment tires or wheels.
The turn signal lamp will flash. 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire,
Tires and wheels other than those
recommended could prevent the TPMS When the recommended pressure is the tire fill alert has not been activated or is
from functioning properly. See Buying reached, the horn sounds once and the not working.
New Tires 0 382. turn signal lamp will stop flashing and If the hazard warning flashers are on, the
briefly turn solid. tire fill alert visual feedback will not work
properly.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 379

The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a
properly under the following conditions: minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).
. There is interference from an external A dash (-) or pressure value will display in
device or transmitter. the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
. The air pressure from the inflation device 0 124. A warning message displays in the
is not sufficient to inflate the tire. DIC if a problem occurs during the relearn
process.
. There is a malfunction in the TPMS.
. There is a malfunction in the horn or turn Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring
signal lamps. Operation
. The identification code of the TPMS If equipped, the Trailer Tire Pressure
sensor is not registered to the system. Monitoring System (TTPMS) is designed to
. The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. monitor the pressure of the trailer tires and
warn the driver when a low pressure Contact your trailer service center or tire
If the tire fill alert does not operate due to service center to have the pressure sensors
TPMS interference, move the vehicle about condition exists. TTPMS sensors for four tires
are provided. The system can accommodate installed inside the trailer tires. The
1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. technician should insert the sensor stem
If the tire fill alert feature is not working, a trailer with up to six tires if additional
sensors are purchased from the dealer. Also, through the hole in the trailer wheel. When
use a tire pressure gauge. the sensor is correctly positioned, the nut on
the system can be paired with up to five
individual trailers. the sensor stem should be tightened to
TPMS Sensor Matching Process — Auto 8 Y (6 lb ft). When mounting the trailer
Learn Function Prior to use, the vehicle must learn the tire onto the trailer wheel be careful not to
Each TPMS sensor has a unique sensors by following the learning process. damage the sensor.
identification code. The identification code See Trailering App 0 324.
The Trailering App can be used to view the
needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel tire pressures after the recommended trailer
position after rotating the tires or replacing tire pressures have been entered. Refer to
one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a the trailer tire placard on the trailer or the
tire is installed, the vehicle must be trailer tire sidewall for the recommended
stationary for about 20 minutes before the tire pressure.
system recalculates. The following relearn
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
380 Vehicle Care

The system is compatible with trailer tires TTPMS Malfunction Message performed successfully. See "TTPMS
that have placard pressure values from 103 - Sensor Learning Process" under Trailering
The TTPMS will not function properly if one
689 kpa (15 - 100 psi). The hole in the wheel App 0 324.
or more of the trailer tire sensors are
for the tire stem must be 11.43 mm . Operating electronic devices or being near
missing or inoperable. If the system detects
(0.453 in) in diameter. Use of the pressure facilities using radio wave frequencies
a malfunction, a DIC message indicates that
sensors on a wheel with a different stem similar to the TTPMS could cause
the system requires service. Some of the
hole size could result in loss of air from interference to the TTPMS which could
conditions that can cause the service
the tire. cause loss of signal reception from the
message to occur are:
If a low trailer tire pressure condition is sensor.
. One of the trailer tires has been replaced
detected, the TTPMS displays a warning with the spare tire which does not have a . If the system does not receive the signal
message on the DIC. If the warning message learned TTPMS sensor. The DIC message from an individual sensor, an error
is displayed, stop as soon as possible and should turn off after the pressure sensor message may not occur until the vehicle
inflate the tires to the recommended is installed in the tire, and the learning has been driver for a period of time.
pressure shown on the tire placard on the process is performed successfully. See If the TTPMS is not functioning properly, it
trailer. "TTPMS Sensor Learning Process" under cannot detect or signal a low tire condition.
In addition, the TTPMS monitors the Trailering App 0 324. See your dealer for service if the DIC
temperature of the trailer tires. If the . The TTPMS sensor learning process was message comes on and stays on when the
system detects a high temperature on one not done or not completed successfully. trailer tire pressures have been checked and
or more of the trailer tires, a warning The DIC message should go off after determined to be correct.
message will be displayed on the DIC. If this successfully completing the sensor
warning message is displayed, stop as soon learning process. See "TTPMS Sensor Tire Inspection
as possible, and inspect the overheated Learning Process" under Trailering App We recommend that the tires, including
trailer tire. Common causes for high trailer 0 324.
tire temperature are underinflation,
the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be
. One or more TTPMS sensors are missing inspected for signs of wear or damage
overloading, or tire damage. or damaged. The DIC message should go at least once a month.
off when the TTPMS sensors are installed
and the sensor learning process is Replace the tire if:
. The indicators at three or more
places around the tire can be seen.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 381

. There is cord or fabric showing See When It Is Time for New Tires Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
through the tire's rubber. 0 382 and See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
. The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, Wheel Replacement 0 385. 0 377.
or snagged deep enough to show Check that all wheel nuts are properly
cord or fabric. tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque”
. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. under Capacities and Specifications
. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other 0 424 and “Removing the Flat Tire and
damage that cannot be repaired well Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire
because of the size or location of the Changing 0 387.
damage.
{ Warning
Tire Rotation Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
Tires should be rotated according to the parts to which it is fastened, can
interval listed in the maintenance cause wheel nuts to become loose
schedule. See Maintenance Schedule Use this rotation pattern when rotating over time. The wheel could come off
0 415. the tires. and cause a crash. When changing a
Tires are rotated to achieve a more wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
Do not include the spare tire in the tire places where the wheel attaches to
uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation.
rotation is the most important. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
Adjust the front and rear tires to the or paper towel can be used; however,
Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate recommended inflation pressure on the use a scraper or wire brush later to
the tires as soon as possible, check for Tire and Loading Information label after remove all rust or dirt.
proper tire inflation pressure, and check the tires have been rotated. See Tire
for damaged tires or wheels. If the Pressure 0 374 and
unusual wear continues after the Vehicle Load Limits 0 215.
rotation, check the wheel alignment.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
382 Vehicle Care

Lightly coat the inner diameter of the Number (TIN) molded into one side of the
wheel hub opening with wheel bearing tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN
grease after a wheel change or tire indicate the tire manufactured date. The
rotation to prevent corrosion or rust first two digits represent the week and the
last two digits, the year. For example, the
build-up. third week of the year 2020 would have a
4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the
{ Warning first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of
Do not apply grease to the wheel each year.
mounting surface, wheel conical Vehicle Storage
seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts.
Grease applied to these areas could Tires age when stored normally mounted on
cause a wheel to become loose or a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell stored for at least a month in a cool, dry,
come off, resulting in a crash. when it is time for new tires. Treadwear clean area away from direct sunlight to slow
indicators appear when the tires have only aging. This area should be free of grease,
When It Is Time for New Tires 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. gasoline, or other substances that can
See Tire Inspection 0 380 and deteriorate rubber.
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, Tire Rotation 0 381.
driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road Parking for an extended period can cause
conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in
applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a
one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the
including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the
and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires.
how fast aging takes place. GM recommends
that tires, including the spare if equipped, Buying New Tires
be replaced after six years, regardless of
tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use GM has developed and matched specific
the tire manufacture date, which is the last tires for the vehicle. The original
four digits of the DOT Tire Identification equipment tires installed were designed
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 383

to meet General Motors Tire replaced at the same time. If proper
Performance Criteria Specification (TPC rotation and maintenance have been { Warning
Spec) system rating. When replacement done, all four tires should wear out at Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle
tires are needed, GM strongly about the same time. However, if it is may cause the wheel rim flanges to
recommends buying tires with the same necessary to replace only one axle set develop cracks after many miles of
TPC Spec rating. of worn tires, place the new tires on driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail
the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 381. suddenly and cause a crash. Use only
GM's exclusive TPC Spec system
radial-ply tires with the wheels on
considers over a dozen critical
specifications that impact the overall { Warning the vehicle.
performance of the vehicle, including Tires could explode during improper
Winter tires with the same speed rating
brake system performance, ride and service. Attempting to mount or
as the original equipment tires may not
handling, traction control, and tire dismount a tire could cause injury or
be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR
pressure monitoring performance. GM's death. Only your dealer or authorized
speed rated tires. Never exceed the
TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire service center should mount or
winter tires’ maximum speed capability
tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the dismount the tires.
when using winter tires with a lower
tires have an all-season tread design, speed rating.
the TPC Spec number will be followed
by MS for mud and snow. See Tire { Warning If the vehicle tires must be replaced
Sidewall Labeling 0 370 for additional Mixing tires of different sizes (other with a tire that does not have a TPC
information. than those originally installed on the Spec number, make sure they are the
vehicle), brands, tread patterns, same size, load range, speed rating, and
GM recommends replacing worn tires in construction (radial) as the original
or types may cause loss of vehicle
complete sets of four. Uniform tread tires.
control, resulting in a crash or other
depth on all tires will help to maintain
vehicle damage. Use the correct size, The Tire and Loading Information label
the performance of the vehicle. Braking
brand, and type of tire on all wheels. indicates the original equipment tires
and handling performance may be
adversely affected if all the tires are not on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 215.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
384 Vehicle Care

Different Size Tires and Wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall between
If wheels or tires are installed that are a The following information relates to the
different size than the original equipment tread shoulder and maximum section
system developed by the United States width. For example:
wheels and tires, vehicle performance, National Highway Traffic Safety
including its braking, ride and handling Administration (NHTSA), which grades Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
characteristics, stability, and resistance to
rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has
tires by treadwear, traction, and All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to
electronic systems such as antilock brakes, temperature performance. This applies Federal Safety Requirements In Addition
rollover airbags, traction control, electronic only to vehicles sold in the United To These Grades.
stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the States. The grades are molded on the
performance of these systems can also be sidewalls of most passenger car tires. Treadwear
affected. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading The treadwear grade is a comparative
(UTQG) system does not apply to deep rating based on the wear rate of the
{ Warning tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tire when tested under controlled
If different sized wheels are used, there tires with nominal rim diameters of conditions on a specified government
may not be an acceptable level of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some test course. For example, a tire graded
performance and safety if tires not limited-production tires. 150 would wear one and one-half (1½)
recommended for those wheels are
While the tires available on General times as well on the government course
selected. This increases the chance of a as a tire graded 100. The relative
Motors passenger cars and light trucks
crash and serious injury. Only use GM performance of tires depends upon the
specific wheel and tire systems developed
may vary with respect to these grades,
they must also conform to federal actual conditions of their use, however,
for the vehicle, and have them properly and may depart significantly from the
installed by a GM certified technician. safety requirements and additional
General Motors Tire Performance norm due to variations in driving habits,
Criteria (TPC) standards. service practices and differences in road
See Buying New Tires 0 382 and
Accessories and Modifications 0 336. characteristics and climate.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 385

Traction corresponds to a level of performance such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the
which all passenger car tires must meet vehicle is vibrating when driving on a
The traction grades, from highest to smooth road, the tires and wheels may
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for
grades represent the tire's ability to proper diagnosis.
stop on wet pavement as measured represent higher levels of performance
under controlled conditions on specified on the laboratory test wheel than the Wheel Replacement
government test surfaces of asphalt and minimum required by law. Warning:
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked,
concrete. A tire marked C may have The temperature grade for this tire is or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts
poor traction performance. Warning: established for a tire that is properly keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts,
The traction grade assigned to this tire inflated and not overloaded. Excessive and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
is based on straight-ahead braking speed, underinflation, or excessive wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum
traction tests, and does not include loading, either separately or in wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, combination, can cause heat buildup any of these conditions exist.
or peak traction characteristics. and possible tire failure. Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that
is needed.
Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire
Each new wheel should have the same
The temperature grades are A (the Balance load-carrying capacity, diameter, width,
highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and offset, and be mounted the same way as
tire's resistance to the generation of balanced at the factory to provide the the one it replaces.
heat and its ability to dissipate heat longest tire life and best overall Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts,
when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
alignment and tire balancing are not sensors with new GM original equipment
on a specified indoor laboratory test necessary on a regular basis. Consider an
wheel. Sustained high temperature can parts.
alignment check if there is unusual tire wear
cause the material of the tire to or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one
degenerate and reduce tire life, and side or the other. Some slight pull to the
excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the
sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
386 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Tire Chains more likely to leak out slowly. But if there
ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
Using the wrong replacement wheels, { Warning
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a
dangerous. It could affect the braking and Do not use tire chains. There is not
enough clearance. Tire chains used on a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side.
handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and
and cause loss of control, resulting in a vehicle without the proper amount of
grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
crash. Always use the correct wheel, clearance can cause damage to the maintain lane position, and then gently
wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. brake to a stop, well off the road,
replacement. The area damaged by the tire chains if possible.
could cause loss of control and a crash.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts
Use another type of traction device only much like a skid and may require the same
{ Warning if its manufacturer recommends it for the correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing
Replacing a wheel with a used one is vehicle's tire size combination and road the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten
dangerous. How it has been used or how conditions. Follow that manufacturer's the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and
far it has been driven may be unknown. instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the
It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. drive slowly and readjust or remove the road, if possible.
When replacing wheels, use a new GM traction device if it contacts the vehicle.
original equipment wheel. Do not spin the wheels. If traction { Warning
devices are used, install them on the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
of the drive axle only. permanent damage to the tire.
Caution Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven
The wrong wheel can also cause If a Tire Goes Flat on while severely underinflated or flat
problems with bearing life, brake cooling, It is unusual for a tire to blow out while may cause a blowout and a serious crash.
speedometer or odometer calibration, driving, especially if the tires are maintained Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has
headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much been driven on while severely
ground clearance, and tire or tire chain (Continued)
clearance to the body and chassis.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 387

etc.). Removal of some weight may improve When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the
Warning (Continued) the ability to fit the jack under the vehicle following example as a guide to assist in the
underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or at the correct jacking location. placement of the wheel blocks (1),
an authorized tire service center repair or if equipped.
replace the flat tire as soon as possible. { Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The
vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over
{ Warning or fall causing injury or death. Find a
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to level place to change the tire. To help
do maintenance or repairs is dangerous prevent the vehicle from moving:
without the appropriate safety equipment 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
and training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for 2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).
changing a flat tire. If it is used for 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
anything else, you or others could be with an N (Neutral) transfer case 2. Flat Tire
badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips position, be sure the transfer case is
in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). The following information explains how to
off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
use the jack and change a tire.
vehicle, only use it for changing a 4. Turn off the engine and do not
flat tire. restart while the vehicle is raised. Tire Changing
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and 5. Do not allow passengers to remain Before changing a flat tire, see “Hands-Free
wheel damage by driving slowly to a level in the vehicle. Operation” under Liftgate 0 19.
place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on Performance Brake Package RPO J49
the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard both sides of the tire at the opposite
Warning Flashers 0 139. corner of the tire being changed. The original spare tire/wheel will not fit
onto the front axle if equipped with the
If your vehicle is loaded at or near
performance brake package RPO J49. If there
maximum cargo capacity, it may be difficult
is a flat tire on the front axle, a tire/wheel
to fit the jack under the vehicle due to the
from the rear axle must be used to make
environment (shoulder slope, road debris,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
388 Vehicle Care

the repair. The spare tire will then replace 2. Perform all steps in Removing the Flat The third row driver side seat may
the tire/wheel that is removed from the Tire and Installing the Spare Tire again need to be folded to access the trim
rear axle. this time replacing the flat front tire panel door.
If equipped with the performance brake with the rear tire.
package RPO J49, and the flat tire is on the 3. Proceed to Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
front axle, stop after performing all steps in and Tools.
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools and do
the following. Otherwise, continue with the
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
procedure: The equipment needed to change a flat tire
is stored in the rear of the vehicle. The
jacking tools are under the load floor,
secured with velcro straps. The jack is
behind a door in the trim panel on the
driver side.
2. Turn the jack knob counterclockwise to

release the jack and wheel blocks from
the bracket. If equipped, remove the
wheel blocks from the jack and place
the wheel blocks on both sides of the
tire at the opposite corner of the tire
being changed. See If a Tire Goes Flat
1. Remove the rear tire and replace it with 0 386 for more information on the
the spare tire by performing all steps in placement of the wheel blocks. Place
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the the jack and wheel blocks near the tire
Spare Tire. being changed.
1. Pull to open the trim panel door.

16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 389

Use the following tools: To access the spare tire, refer to the
following graphics and instructions:
Short Wheel Base Shown, Extended Wheel

Base Similar
3. Lift the load floor. Remove the jacking 1. Jack
tools and place them near the tire 2. Wheel Blocks 1. Hoist Assembly
being changed. 3. Jack Handle 2. Hoist Shaft
4. Jack Handle Extensions 3. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole
5. Wheel Wrench 4. Jack Handle Extension
5. Wheel Wrench
6. Spare Tire Lock
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Up)
10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
11. Hoist Cable
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
390 Vehicle Care

4. Insert the open end of the extension (7)
through the hole in the rear bumper (8)
(hoist shaft access hole).
Be sure the hoist end of the extension
(7) connects to the hoist shaft. The
ribbed square end of the extension is
used to lower the spare tire.
5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
to lower the spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel wrench until
the spare tire can be pulled out from
under the vehicle.
1. Open the hoist shaft access cover (3) on 3. Assemble the jack handle extensions (4) 6. Pull the spare tire out from under the
the bumper to access the spare tire and wheel wrench (5), as shown. vehicle.
lock (6).
2. To remove the spare tire lock (6), insert
the mechanical key, turn it clockwise and
then pull it straight out.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 391

7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with
some slack in the cable to access the
tire/wheel retainer.
2. If the vehicle has a center cap that

covers the wheel fasteners, place the
chisel end of the wheel wrench in the
slot on the wheel and gently pry the 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the
Tilt the retainer and pull it and the cable
cap out. wheel nuts. Turn the wheel wrench
and spring through the center of the
wheel. If the wheel has a bolt-on hub cap, counterclockwise to loosen the wheel
loosen the plastic nut caps by turning nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet.
8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire.
the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the plastic nut caps will be retained in the
hub cap after it is removed from the
{ Warning
Spare Tire To avoid personal injury and vehicle
wheel.
1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See damage, disable the power assist steps
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 386 for more before using a jack or placing an object
information. under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps
0 27.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
392 Vehicle Care

Caution
Only raise the vehicle from the jacking
locations shown. Raising the vehicle from
the rear could damage the frame or other
components. The damage may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Vehicle Jacking Locations

4. Position the jack lift head as shown, at
the jacking location nearest the flat tire.
The jack must not be used in any other
position. Some Examples of Where Not to Jack
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 393
{ Warning Warning (Continued) { Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted overextended position or not lower fully. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips Do not attempt to force the jack higher parts to which it is fastened, can
off the jack, you could be badly injured once the height limit is reached. cause wheel nuts to become loose
or killed. Never get under a vehicle when over time. The wheel could come off
it is supported only by a jack. 5. Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel and cause a crash. When changing a
wrench clockwise in the jack. Raise the
vehicle far enough off the ground so
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
places where the wheel attaches to
{ Warning there is enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
Raising the vehicle with the jack or paper towel can be used; however,
improperly positioned can damage the use a scraper or wire brush later to
vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To remove all rust or dirt.
help avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head
into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
{ Warning
The jack has a feature to limit its travel
to prevent overextension. When the
height limit is reached, an increase in
6. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
resistance if felt when attempting to
raise the jack farther. Raising the jack 7. Remove the flat tire.
past the height limit can damage the jack
pin and cause the jack to lock into an
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
394 Vehicle Care

8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel
bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare Warning (Continued)
wheel. accessory locking wheel nuts. See
9. Place the spare tire on the Capacities and Specifications 0 424 for
wheel-mounting surface. original equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts Caution
because the nuts might come loose. The
vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead
crash. to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To
avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly
10. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each 12. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross tighten the wheel nuts in the proper
nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench sequence as shown by turning the wheel sequence and to the proper torque
to tighten the nuts until the wheel is wrench clockwise. specification. See Capacities and
held against the hub. Specifications 0 424 for the wheel nut
11. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise { Warning torque specification.
to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack Wheel nuts that are improperly or
completely. When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire,
incorrectly tightened can cause the
also reinstall either the center cap or the
wheels to become loose or come off. The bolt-on hub cap, depending on which one
wheel nuts should be tightened with a the vehicle has.
torque wrench to the proper torque . For center caps, line up the tab on the
specification after replacing. Follow the
center cap with the slot in the wheel. The
torque specification supplied by the cap only goes in one way. Place the cap
aftermarket manufacturer when using on the wheel and press until it snaps into
(Continued) place.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 395

. For bolt-on hub caps, line up the plastic If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22
nut caps with the wheel nuts and tighten Caution size tires, the flat tire must be stored inside
clockwise by hand to get them started. Always store the spare tire or flat tire of the vehicle using the flat tire secure strap
Then tighten with the wheel wrench with the valve stem pointed up. Stowing inside the glove box. See “Storing a Flat Tire
until snug. a tire with the valve stem pointed down Inside of the Vehicle” later in this section.
could result in damage to the wheel. If the vehicle has 265/65R18 or 275/55R20
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools
size tires, store the flat tire under the rear
{ Warning Caution of the vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Refer
to the following graphics and instructions:
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment The tire hoist is designed to be raised
in the passenger compartment of the and lowered with tension on the cable.
vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden If the hoist must be raised or lowered
stop or collision, loose equipment could without a tire attached, do so only by
strike someone. Store all these in the hand, and at a slow pace, to avoid
proper place. damaging the mechanism. Do not use
power tools.
{ Warning
Failure to follow these tire storage { Warning
instructions carefully could result in An improperly stored spare tire could
personal injury or property damage if the come loose and cause a crash. To avoid
hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. personal injury or property damage,
Make sure the tire is stored securely always store the spare tire when the 1. Hoist Assembly
before driving. vehicle is parked on a level surface. 2. Hoist Shaft
3. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole
4. Jack Handle Extension
5. Wheel Wrench
6. Spare Tire Lock
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
396 Vehicle Care

8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 6. Raise the tire fully against the underside
Caution of the vehicle by turning the wheel
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Up)
10. Tire/Wheel Retainer Use of an air wrench or other power wrench clockwise until you hear two
11. Hoist Cable tools with the hoist mechanism is not clicks or feel it skip twice. The cable
recommended and could damage the cannot be overtightened.
1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at the rear
system. Use only the tools supplied with
of the vehicle with the valve stem
pointed up, and to the rear. the hoist mechanism.
2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Separate
the tire/wheel retainer from the guide
pin. Pull the pin through the center of
the wheel. Tilt the retainer down
through the center wheel opening.
Make sure the retainer is fully seated
across the underside of the wheel.
7. Make sure the tire is stored securely.

Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire.
If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench
4. Insert the open end of the extension (7) to tighten the cable.
through the hole in the rear bumper (8)
(hoist shaft access hole). Repeat this tightness check procedure
when checking the spare tire pressure
5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make according to the scheduled maintenance
sure the retainer is seated in the wheel information or any time the spare tire is
opening. handled due to service of other
components.
3. Assemble the jack handle extensions (4)
and wheel wrench (5).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 397

Storing the Tools folded down, the flat tire cannot be
stored and must be left in a safe
To store the tools:
location, to be picked up at a later time.
1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, jack
3. Once there is sufficient space in the rear
handle, and jack handle extensions) to
of the vehicle, lift the flat tire and place
the tool bag. Use the velcro straps to
it on top of the load floor, with the
secure the tool bag under the load floor
valve stem pointed up.
in the cargo area.
2. Position the jack and wheel blocks in the
driver side trim panel over the
wheelhouse.
3. Turn the jack knob clockwise until the
Correctly Stored jack is secured tight in the mounting
bracket. Be sure to position the holes in
the base of the jack onto the pin in the
mounting bracket.
4. Close the trim panel door.
Storing a Flat Tire Inside of the Vehicle
If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22
size tires, the flat tire must be stored inside 4. Remove the flat tire secure strap from
of the vehicle in the cargo area using the the glove box and place the loop end of
flat tire secure strap inside the glove box. the strap through the cargo tie-down.
Place the hook end of the strap through
1. Store the tools. See “Storing the Tools” the loop and pull it until the strap is
earlier in this section. fastened securely to the tie-down.
Incorrectly Stored 2. The third row seat must be folded down
to provide sufficient space to store the
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. flat tire. If the third row seat cannot be
9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access cover.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
398 Vehicle Care

After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to
stop as soon as possible and check that the drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel
spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is drive and a different size spare tire is
made to perform well at speeds up to installed, drive only in two-wheel drive.
112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not
inflation pressure, so you can finish match the original road tires and wheels in
your trip. size and type, do not include the spare in
Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired the tire rotation.
or replaced and installed back onto the If equipped with a temporary use full-size
vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall.
will be available in case it is needed again. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 370. This spare
Do not mix tires and wheels of different tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h
5. Route the hook end of the strap through sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when
the wheel, as shown. spare tire and its wheel together. pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation
6. Attach the hook to the other cargo Caution pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as
tie-down in the rear of the vehicle. soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a tire for future use.
7. Tighten the strap.
different size spare tire is installed, do
Full-Size Spare Tire not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat Jump Starting
tire is repaired and/or replaced. The
If this vehicle came with a full-size spare vehicle could be damaged and the repairs
tire, it was fully inflated when new, Jump Starting - North America
would not be covered by the warranty.
however, it can lose air over time. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
Never use four-wheel drive when a
Check the inflation pressure regularly. See Duramax diesel supplement.
Tire Pressure 0 374 and different size spare tire is installed on the
Vehicle Load Limits 0 215 for information vehicle. For more information about the vehicle
regarding proper tire inflation and loading battery, see Battery - North America 0 354.
the vehicle. For instructions on how to The vehicle may have a different size spare
remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire tire than the road tires originally installed
Changing 0 387. on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 399

If the vehicle battery (or batteries) has run
down, you may want to use another vehicle Warning (Continued)
and some jumper cables to start your If you do not follow these steps exactly,
vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps some or all of these things can hurt you.
to do it safely.
{ Warning Caution
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and Ignoring these steps could result in costly
related accessories can expose you to damage to the vehicle that would not be
chemicals including lead and lead covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying
compounds, which are known to the to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling
State of California to cause cancer and it will not work, and it could damage the
birth defects or other reproductive harm. vehicle. Connection Points and Sequence
Wash hands after handling. For more
information go to 1. Discharged Battery Positive (+)
Caution Terminal
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
If the jumper cables are connected or 2. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 1. removed in the wrong order, electrical 3. Good Battery Negative (−) Terminal
shorting may occur and damage the 4. Discharged Battery Negative (−)
{ Warning vehicle. The repairs would not be covered Grounding Point
Batteries can hurt you. They can be by the vehicle warranty. Always connect The good battery positive (+) terminal and
dangerous because: and remove the jumper cables in the the good battery negative (–) terminal are
correct order, making sure that the cables on the battery of the vehicle providing the
. They contain acid that can burn you.
do not touch each other or other metal. jump start.
. They contain gas that can explode or
The discharged battery positive (+) terminal
ignite. and the discharged battery negative (–)
. They contain enough electricity to grounding point are on the passenger side
burn you. of the vehicle.
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
400 Vehicle Care

The discharged battery positive (+) terminal If they are, it could cause an unwanted not needed. This will avoid sparks and
is under a cover. Open the cover to expose ground connection. You would not be help save both batteries. And it could
the terminal. able to start your vehicle, and the bad save the radio!
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a grounding could damage the electrical 5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and
12-volt battery with a negative ground systems. locate the positive (+) and negative (−)
system. To avoid the possibility of the vehicles terminal locations on that vehicle.
rolling, set the parking brake firmly on
Caution both vehicles involved in the jump start { Warning
If the other vehicle does not have a procedure. Put the automatic
An electric fan can start up even when
12-volt system with a negative ground, transmission in P (Park) before setting
the parking brake. If you have a the engine is not running and can injure
both vehicles can be damaged. Only use you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools
a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the
transfer case is in a drive gear, not in away from any underhood electric fan.
negative ground for jump starting.
N (Neutral).
2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel { Warning
Caution
engine with two batteries, you should
know before you begin that, especially in If any accessories are left on or plugged Using a match near a battery can cause
cold weather, you may not be able to in during the jump starting procedure, battery gas to explode. People have been
get enough power from a single battery they could be damaged. The repairs hurt doing this, and some have been
in another vehicle to start your diesel would not be covered by the vehicle blinded. Use a flashlight if you need
engine. If your vehicle has more than warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or more light.
one battery, using the battery that is unplug all accessories on either vehicle Battery fluid contains acid that can burn
closer to the starter will reduce electrical when jump starting. you. Do not get it on you. If you
resistance. This is located on the
passenger side, in the rear of the engine accidentally get it in your eyes or on
4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles.
compartment. your skin, flush the place with water and
Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged
into the accessory power outlets. Turn get medical help immediately.
3. Get the vehicles close enough so the
jumper cables can reach, but be sure the off the radio and all the lamps that are
vehicles are not touching each other.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 401

8. Do not let the other end touch metal. Towing the Vehicle
{ Warning Connect it to the good battery
Fans or other moving engine parts can positive (+) terminal. Use a remote Transporting a Disabled Vehicle
injure you badly. Keep your hands away positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
from moving parts once the engine is has one. Caution
running. 9. Connect one end of the black negative Incorrectly transporting a disabled vehicle
(−) cable to the good battery negative may cause damage to the vehicle. Use
6. Check that the jumper cables do not (−) terminal. Use a remote negative (−)
proper tire straps to secure the vehicle to
have loose or missing insulation. If they terminal if the vehicle has one.
do, you could get a shock. The vehicles the flatbed tow truck. Do not strap or
Do not let the other end touch anything hook to any frame, underbody,
could be damaged too. until the next step. or suspension component not specified
Before you connect the cables, here are 10. Connect the other end of the negative below. Do not move vehicles with drive
some basic things you should know. (−) cable to the discharged battery axle tires on the ground. Damage is not
Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a negative (−) grounding point.
remote positive (+) terminal if the covered by the vehicle warranty.
vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a 11. Start the vehicle with the good battery
heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to and run the engine for a while.
12. Try to start the vehicle that had the
Caution
a remote negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one. dead battery. If it will not start after a The vehicle may be equipped with an
few tries, it probably needs service. electric parking brake and/or an
Do not connect positive (+) to negative
(−) or you will get a short that would Jumper Cable Removal electronic shifter. In the event of a loss of
damage the battery and maybe other 12-volt battery power, the electric parking
Reverse the sequence exactly when brake cannot be released, and the vehicle
parts too. And do not connect the
removing the jumper cables. cannot be shifted to N (Neutral). Tire
negative (−) cable to the negative (−)
terminal on the dead battery because After starting the disabled vehicle and skates or dollies must be used under the
this can cause sparks. removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle non-rolling tires to prevent damage while
7. Connect one end of the red positive (+) for several minutes. loading/unloading the vehicle. Dragging
cable to the discharged battery the vehicle will cause damage not
positive (+) terminal. covered by the vehicle warranty.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
402 Vehicle Care

The vehicle must be in N (Neutral) and the Front Attachment Points
Caution electric parking brake must be released
The vehicle may be equipped with a tow when loading the vehicle onto a flatbed tow
eye. Improper use of the tow eye may truck.
cause damage to the vehicle and is not . If the vehicle is equipped with car wash
covered by the vehicle warranty. mode and has 12-volt battery power, refer
If equipped, use the tow eye to load the to “Car Wash Mode” under Automatic
vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a Transmission 0 225 to place the vehicle in
flat road surface, or to move the vehicle N (Neutral).
a very short distance at a walking pace. . If the 12-volt battery is dead and/or the
The tow eye is not designed for off-road engine will not start, the vehicle will not
recovery. The vehicle must be in move. Try to jump start the vehicle. Refer
N (Neutral) with the electric parking to Jump Starting - North America 0 398
brake released when using the tow eye. and if the jump start is successful, retry
the “Car Wash Mode” procedure. The vehicle is equipped with specific
Contact a professional towing service if the . If jump starting is unsuccessful, the attachment points to be used to pull the
disabled vehicle must be transported. GM vehicle will not move. Tire skates or vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat
recommends a flatbed tow truck to dollies must be used under the non-rolling road surface. Do not use these attachment
transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to tires to prevent vehicle damage. points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud
help reduce approach angles, if necessary. or sand.
If equipped, a tow eye may be located near Recreational Vehicle Towing
the spare tire or emergency jack. Do not use
the tow eye to pull the vehicle from the Recreational vehicle towing means towing
snow, mud, sand, or ditch. Tow eye threads the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a
may have right or left-hand threads. Use motor home. The two most common types
caution when installing or removing the of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy
tow eye. and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing
the vehicle with all four wheels on the
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 403

ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle
Caution Dinghy Towing
with two wheels on the ground and two
Use of a shield mounted in front of the Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
wheels on a dolly.
vehicle grille could restrict airflow and
Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s
instructions. See your dealer or trailering cause damage to the transmission. The
professional for additional advice and repairs would not be covered by the
equipment recommendations. vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the towing
Here are some important things to consider vehicle.
before recreational vehicle towing:
. Before towing the vehicle, become V-Series Vehicles Only
familiar with the local laws that apply to
recreational vehicle towing. These laws Caution
may vary by region. Dolly towing or dinghy towing may
. What is the towing capacity of the damage the vehicle. Always put the
towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow vehicle on a flatbed truck or trailer.
vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. Caution
. What is the distance that will be The vehicle was neither designed nor If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed
traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions intended to be towed with any of its wheels with all four wheels on the ground, the
on how far and how long they can tow. on the ground. If your vehicle is disabled drivetrain components could be damaged.
. Is the proper towing equipment going to and needs to be towed, see Transporting a The repairs would not be covered by the
be used? See your dealer or trailering Disabled Vehicle 0 401. vehicle warranty.
professional for additional advice and
equipment recommendations. Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be
. Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as towed with all four wheels on the ground.
preparing the vehicle for a long trip,
make sure the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
404 Vehicle Care

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles To dinghy tow: 8. Release the parking brake only when you
1. Position the vehicle being towed behind are confident it is secured to tow vehicle
the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a and will not roll.
level surface. Before going on to the next step, be
2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed sure to take the mechanical key with
to the tow vehicle. you. It will be needed to re-enter the
vehicle after the power is disconnected.
3. Apply the parking brake and start the See “Drive Door Key Lock Cylinder
engine. Access” under Door Locks 0 15.
4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See 9. Disconnect the negative battery cable at
“Shifting into N (Neutral)” under the battery and secure the nut and bolt.
Four-Wheel Drive 0 231 for the proper Cover the negative battery post with a
procedure. Check that the vehicle is in non-conductive material to prevent any
N (Neutral) by shifting the transmission contact with the negative battery
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles to R (Reverse) and then to D (Drive). terminal.
with a two speed transfer case that has an There should be no movement of the
N (Neutral) and a 4n setting. vehicle while shifting. Caution
5. Shift the transmission to P (Park). Failure to disconnect the negative battery
{ Warning Caution cable or to have it contact the terminals
Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's can cause damage to the vehicle.
transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause Failure to tow the vehicle with the
the vehicle to roll even if the transmission in P (Park) can cause 10. Move the steering wheel to make sure
transmission is in P (Park). You or others damage to the transmission. the steering column is unlocked.
could be injured. Set the parking brake
6. Turn off the engine. Caution
before shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral). 7. Place the vehicle in accessory mode by If the steering column is locked, vehicle
pressing the start button without damage may occur.
stepping on the brake pedal.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 405

11. Rock the vehicle to make sure the “Shifting out of N (Neutral)” under Dolly Towing
parking brake is not set and transfer case Four-Wheel Drive 0 231. See your dealer
is in N (Neutral). if the transfer case cannot be shifted out
of N (Neutral).
Caution
5. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m by
Towing the vehicle with the parking shifting the transmission to R (Reverse)
brake set can damage it. Always release and then to D (Drive). There should be
the parking brake prior to towing the movement of the vehicle while shifting.
vehicle. 6. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and
turn off the vehicle.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
7. Set the parking brake.
Before disconnecting the towed vehicle:
8. Release the parking brake.
1. Park on a level surface.
9. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow
2. Connect the battery. vehicle.
3. Apply the brake pedal. 10. Reset any lost presets.
The outside temperature display will
{ Warning default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with
The vehicle can roll when the brake pedal normal usage.
is released. Always apply and hold the
brake pedal when setting the parking
brake. Make sure the parking brake is
fully engaged before releasing the brake
pedal.
4. Start the engine and shift the transfer

case out of N (Neutral) to 2 m. See
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
406 Vehicle Care

Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and
Caution Caution after, to remove all cleaning agents
Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, completely. Dried on cleaning agents may
on the ground, or vehicle damage could or abrasive cleaning agents as they can stain the finish.
occur. This damage would not be covered damage the vehicle's paint, metal, Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or
by the vehicle warranty. or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it an all-cotton towel to avoid surface
would not be covered by the vehicle scratches and water spotting.
Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with warranty. Approved cleaning products can
either the front or the rear tires on the be obtained from your dealer. Follow all Cleaning Underhood Components
ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel manufacturer directions regarding correct
drive, regardless of transfer case. Caution
product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate disposal of Do not power wash any component
Appearance Care any vehicle care product. under the hood that has this e
symbol.
Exterior Care
Caution This could cause damage that would not
Locks be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm
de-icing agent only when absolutely vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding underhood components. The use of these
necessary, and have the locks greased after 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in chemicals should be avoided.
using. See Recommended Fluids and damage or removal of paint and decals.
Lubricants 0 419. Recommend water only.
Washing the Vehicle If using an automatic car wash, follow the If a pressure washer is used, use with care.
car wash instructions. The windshield wiper The following criteria must be followed:
To preserve the vehicle finish, wash it often and rear window wiper, if equipped, must . Water pressure must be kept below
and out of direct sunlight. be off. Remove any accessories that may be 14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI).
damaged or interfere with the car wash . Water temperature must be below 80 °C
equipment. (180 °F).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 407

. Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle . Use only approved cleaning solutions for
spray pattern or wider must be used. Caution aluminum, chrome or stainless steel.
. Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) Machine compounding or aggressive Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain
away from all surfaces. polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint alkaline substances and can damage the
finish may damage it. Use only moldings.
Finish Care non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish according to the manufacturer’s
wax materials is not recommended. on the vehicle. instructions.
If painted surfaces are damaged, see your . Do not use cleaners that are not intended
dealer to have the damage assessed and To keep the paint finish looking new, keep for automotive use.
repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium the vehicle garaged or covered whenever . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle
chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, possible.
after washing to protect and extend the
road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings molding finish.
chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they remain Caution Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,
on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as Emblems, Decals, and Stripes
Failure to clean and protect the bright
soon as possible. If necessary, use
metal moldings can result in a hazy Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft
non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe
white finish or pitting. This damage cloth, and a car washing soap to clean
for painted surfaces to remove foreign
would not be covered by the vehicle exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and
matter.
warranty. stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing
Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing the Vehicle" previously in this section.
should be done to remove residue from the The bright metal moldings on the vehicle Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some
paint finish. See your dealer for approved are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To have a UV protective coating. Do not clean
cleaning products. prevent damage always follow these or wipe them when dry.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated cleaning instructions:
Do not use any of the following on lamp
plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch
covers:
wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. before applying any cleaning solution.
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
408 Vehicle Care

. Washer fluids and other cleaning agents Shutter System blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup
in higher concentrations than suggested of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause
by the manufacturer. wiper streaking.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or
cleaners. damaged. Damage can be caused by
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat,
. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers sun, snow, and ice.
while the lamps are illuminated, due to
excessive heat generated. Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
Caution weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal
Failure to clean lamps properly can cause better, and eliminate sticking or squeaking.
damage to the lamp cover that would Lubricate weatherstrips at least once a year.
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Hot, dry climates may require more
The vehicle may have a shutter system frequent lubrication. Black marks from
designed to help improve fuel economy. rubber material on painted surfaces can be
Caution Keep the shutter system clear of debris, removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See
snow, and ice. If the check engine light is Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 419.
Using wax on low gloss black finish activated, please check to see if the shutter
stripes can increase the gloss level and system is clear of debris, snow, or ice. Tires
create a non-uniform finish. Clean low
Windshield and Wiper Blades Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean
gloss stripes with soap and water only. the tires.
Clean the outside of the windshield with
Air Intakes glass cleaner. Caution
Clear debris from the air intakes, between Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or Using petroleum-based tire dressing
the hood and windshield, when washing the paper towel soaked with windshield washer products on the vehicle may damage the
vehicle. fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a
windshield thoroughly when cleaning the (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 409

Control arm ball joints and outer tie rod
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) ends are maintenance-free.
tire dressing, always wipe off any cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through
overspray from all painted surfaces on an automatic car wash that uses silicon Body Component Lubrication
the vehicle. carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges,
Damage could occur and the repairs liftgate hinges, steel fuel door hinge and
Wheels and Wheel Trim would not be covered by the vehicle power assist step hinges, unless the
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and warranty. components are plastic. Applying silicone
water to clean the wheels. After rinsing grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth
thoroughly with clean water, dry with a Brake System will make them last longer, seal better, and
soft, clean towel. Once dry, wax as desired. eliminate sticking or squeaking
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for
proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, Underbody Maintenance
Caution chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear
Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect Caution
may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Avoid pressure washing the vehicle frame.
washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts. Use of high-pressure washers can result
been sprayed with magnesium chloride or Steering, Suspension, and Chassis in removal of corrosion protection and
calcium chloride. These are used on roads possible vehicle damage.
Components
for conditions such as dust and ice.
Always wash the chrome with soap and Visually inspect steering, suspension, and At least twice a year, spring and fall, use
water after exposure. chassis components for damaged, loose, plain water to flush any corrosive materials
or missing parts or signs of wear at least from the underbody. Take care to
once a year. thoroughly clean any areas where mud and
Caution Inspect power steering for proper other debris can collect. If equipped with
To avoid surface damage on wheels and attachment, connections, binding, cut/ power assist steps, extend them and then
wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, punctured tie rod boots that could allow use a high pressure wash to clean all joints
chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, water intrusion, cracks, chafing, etc. and gaps.
or brushes. Use only GM approved Visually check constant velocity joint boots
(Continued) and axle seals for leaks.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
410 Vehicle Care

Do not directly power wash the transfer irregular dark spots etched into the paint When using liquid soap cleaners, follow the
case and/or front/rear axle output seals. surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this directions on the specific cleaner or soap
High pressure water can overcome the seals section. solution for dilution instructions.
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer Interior Care Caution
case and/or axles and should be replaced. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly To prevent damage:
Sheet Metal Damage clean the vehicle's interior. Before using . Never use a razor or any other sharp
cleaners, read and follow all safety object to remove soil from any interior
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet instructions on the label. While cleaning the surface
metal repair or replacement, make sure the interior, open the doors and windows to get
body repair shop applies anti-corrosion . Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
proper ventilation. Newspapers or dark
material to parts repaired or replaced to garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s . Never rub any surface aggressively or
restore corrosion protection. interior. with too much pressure.
Original manufacturer replacement parts will . Do not get any exposed electrical
provide the corrosion protection while Caution components wet.
maintaining the vehicle warranty. Immediately remove cleaners, hand . Do not use laundry detergents or
lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do
Finish Damage from all interior surfaces or permanent not use solutions that contain strong
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches damage may result. or caustic soap.
with touch-up materials available from your
dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery
finish damage can be corrected in your Caution when cleaning.
dealer's body and paint shop. Use cleaners specifically designed for the . Do not use solvents or cleaners
surfaces being cleaned to prevent containing solvents.
Chemical Paint Spotting
permanent damage to the vehicle. Apply . Do not use disinfecting wipes that are
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack all cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth. scented or contain bleach. Do not use
painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, Do not spray cleaners on any switches or wipes or cleaners that show a color
ring-shaped discolorations, and small, controls. (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 411

Caution (Continued) Speaker Covers
Warning (Continued)
transfer to the wipe or change the Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so
that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean slippery. Your foot could slip while
appearance of the interior surface operating the vehicle, and you could lose
when used. spots with water and mild soap.
control, resulting in a crash. You or
. Do not use scented or gel-type hand Coated Moldings others could be injured.
sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
contact with interior surfaces of the Fabric/Carpet/Suede
vehicle, blot immediately and clean . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge
with a soft cloth dampened with a or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft
mild soap and water solution. water. brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum
. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy brush attachment is being used, only use it
Interior Glass water. on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as possible:
To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabric Vinyl/Rubber . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets left Continue blotting until no more soil can
behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floor
mats, use a soft cloth and/or brush be removed.
use a commercial glass cleaner after
cleaning with plain water. dampened with water to remove dust and . For solid soils, remove as much as
loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use possible prior to vacuuming.
Caution a mild soap and water solution.
To clean:
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth
cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive
{ Warning with water. Microfiber cloth is
cleaners or aggressive cleaning may Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, recommended to prevent lint transfer to
damage the rear window defogger. wax-based products, or cleaners that the fabric or carpet.
increase gloss on vinyl/rubber floor and 2. Remove excess moisture by gently
Cleaning the windshield with water during mats. These cleaners can permanently wringing until water does not drip from
the first three to six months of ownership change the appearance and feel of the the cleaning cloth.
will reduce tendency to fog. vinyl/rubber and can make the floor
(Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
412 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the
gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap.
Caution (Continued)
cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse these surfaces after cleaning and allow
to prevent forcing the soil into the thoroughly and air dry before next use. them to dry naturally. Never use heat,
fabric. steam, or spot removers. Do not use
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area Caution liquids that contain alcohol or solvents on
until there is no longer any color Do not attach a device with a suction cup leather seats. Do not use cleaners that
transfer from the soil to the cleaning to the display. This may cause damage contain silicone or wax-based products.
cloth. and would not be covered by the vehicle Cleaners containing these solvents can
5. If the soil is not completely removed, warranty. permanently change the appearance and
use a mild soap solution followed only feel of leather or soft trim, and are not
by plain water. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other recommended.
If the soil is not completely removed, it may
Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint
Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,
be necessary to use a commercial upholstery especially on the instrument panel. Reflected
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden Surfaces
glare can decrease visibility through the
area for colorfastness before using a Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from windshield under certain conditions.
commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. knobs and crevices on the instrument
If ring formation occurs, clean the entire cluster. Use a soft microfiber cloth Caution
fabric or carpet. dampened with water to remove dust and Use of air fresheners may cause
After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, permanent damage to plastics and
excess moisture. use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a
painted surfaces. If an air freshener
mild soap and water solution.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle comes in contact with any plastic or
Information and Radio Displays Caution painted surface in the vehicle, blot
immediately and clean with a soft cloth
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces Soaking or saturating leather, especially
dampened with a mild soap solution.
or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle perforated leather, as well as other
Damage caused by air fresheners would
brush to remove dirt that can scratch the interior surfaces, may cause permanent
not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a damage. Wipe excess moisture from
microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners (Continued)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Vehicle Care 413

Cargo Cover and Convenience Net Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats
Warning (Continued)
If equipped, wash with warm water and Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to
mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the unlock each retainer and remove.
Rinse with cold water, and then dry floor mat does not interfere with the
completely. pedals.
Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor
Keep belts clean and dry. mat use:
. The original equipment floor mats are
{ Warning designed for your vehicle. If the floor
mats need to be replaced, it is
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. recommended that GM-certified floor
It may severely weaken the webbing. In mats are purchased. Non-GM floor mats
a crash, they might not be able to may not fit properly and may interfere
provide adequate protection. Clean and with the pedals. Always check that the
rinse seat belt webbing only with mild floor mats do not interfere with the
soap and lukewarm water. Allow the pedals. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer
webbing to dry. . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is openings over the carpet retainers and
not equipped with a floor mat retainer on snapping into position.
Floor Mats the driver side floor.
Make sure the floor mat is properly secured
. Use the floor mat with the correct side
in place.
{ Warning up. Do not turn it over.
. Do not place anything on top of the Verify the floor mat does not interfere with
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not the pedals.
properly installed, it can interfere with driver side floor mat.
the pedals. Interference with the pedals . Use only a single floor mat on the Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather
can cause unintended acceleration and/or driver side. Mats and Floor Liners)
increased stopping distance which can . Do not place one floor mat on top of
See “Vinyl/Rubber” under Interior Care
(Continued) another. 0 410 for important cleaning information.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
414 Service and Maintenance

Service and Maintenance General Information Caution
Your vehicle is an important investment. Damage caused by improper maintenance
General Information This section describes the required can lead to costly repairs and may not be
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance Schedule schedule to help protect against major repair Maintenance intervals, checks,
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 expenses resulting from neglect or inspections, recommended fluids, and
inadequate maintenance. It may also help to lubricants are important to keep the
Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) maintain the value of the vehicle if it is vehicle in good working condition.
Multi-Point Vehicle sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to
Inspection (MPVI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 have all required maintenance performed. Do not have chemical flushes that are not
approved by GM performed on the
Special Application Services Your dealer has trained technicians who can
vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 perform required maintenance using genuine
cleaners, or lubricants that are not
replacement parts. They have up-to-date
approved by GM could damage the
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and tools and equipment for fast and accurate
diagnostics. Many dealers have extended vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that
Parts
evening and Saturday hours, courtesy are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 transportation, and online scheduling to
assist with service needs. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are
Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . 420
the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is
Maintenance Records Your dealer recognizes the importance of recommended to have your dealer perform
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 providing competitively priced maintenance these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
and repair services. With trained technicians, Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep
the dealer is the place for routine the vehicle in good working condition,
maintenance such as oil changes and tire improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle
rotations and additional maintenance items emissions.
like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Service and Maintenance 415

Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance wheel alignment. See When It Is Time for
maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - New Tires 0 382 and
be more frequent checks and services. The Severe Service. Wheel Replacement 0 385.
Additional Required Services - Normal are for . Perform Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection.
vehicles that: { Warning See Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI)
. Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be 0 417.
recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior
Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the Care 0 406.
Load Limits 0 215.
required information, proper tools, and Extended Idle Use
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not,
within legal driving limits. see your dealer to have a trained When the vehicle is used in a way that
. Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your requires extended idle time, one hour of use
Recommended Fuel 0 302. Own Service Work 0 336. shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi).
See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124 for
Refer to the information in the Maintenance
hourmeter.
Schedule Additional Required Services - Maintenance Schedule
Normal Service. Additional Required Services — Normal
The Additional Required Services - Severe are Tire Rotation and Required Services Service
for vehicles that are: Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi)
Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi)
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Tires are rotated to achieve a more uniform . Check engine oil level and oil
weather. wear for all tires. The first rotation is the life percentage. If needed, change engine
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous most important. oil and filter, and reset oil life system. Or
terrain. Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
. Frequently towing a trailer. tires as soon as possible, check for proper message displays, have the engine oil and
. Used for high speed or competitive tire inflation pressure, and check for filter changed within the next 1 000 km/
driving. damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual 600 mi. If driven under the best
wear continues after the rotation, check the conditions, the engine oil life system may
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service.
not indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and filter
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

must be changed at least once a year and window fogging, or odors. Your GM Severe Conditions Requiring More
the oil life system must be reset. Your dealer can help determine when to Frequent Maintenance*
trained dealer technician can perform this replace the filter. . Public service, military, or commercial use
work. If the engine oil life system is reset Every 96 000 km (60,000 mi) vehicles to include the following:
accidentally, service the vehicle within
. Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug ‐ Ambulances, police cars, and
5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service.
Reset the oil life system when the oil is wires and/or boots. 6.2L LT4 Supercharged emergency rescue vehicles.
changed. See Engine Oil Life System Engine. ‐ Civilian vehicles such as light duty
0 344. Every 156 000 km (97,500 mi) pick-up trucks, SUVs, and passenger
. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE . Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug cars that are used in military
message displays, the engine air filter wires and/or boots. 6.2L L87 Engine. applications.
should be replaced at the next engine oil . Change transfer case fluid, if equipped ‐ Recovery vehicles such as tow trucks
change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR with 4WD. Do not directly power wash and flatbed single vehicle carriers or
FILTER SOON message displays, the the transfer case and/or front/rear axle any vehicle that is consistently used in
engine air filter should be replaced at the output seals. High pressure water can towing trailers or other loads.
earliest convenience. Reset the engine air overcome the seals and contaminate the ‐ High use commercial vehicles such as
filter life system after the engine air filter transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will courier delivery vehicles, private
is replaced. See Engine Air Filter Life decrease the life of the transfer case and/ security patrol vehicles, or any vehicles
System 0 345. or axles and should be replaced. that operate on a 24–hour basis.
Every 36 000 km (22,500 mi) Every 161 000 km (100,000 mi) ‐ Any vehicle consistently operated in a
. Replace passenger compartment air filter. . Replace hood and/or body lift support gas high sand or dust environment such as
Or every 24 months, whichever comes struts. Or every 10 years, whichever those used on oil pipelines and similar
first. More frequent passenger comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 358. applications.
compartment air filter replacement may . Vehicles that are regularly used for short
be needed if driving in areas with heavy Every 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
trips of 6 km (4 mi) or less.
traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, . Drain and fill engine cooling system. Or
every six years, whichever comes first. The oil life indicator will show you when
or environmental allergens. Passenger
See Cooling System 0 347. to change the oil and filter. Under severe
compartment air filter replacement may
conditions the indicator may come on
also be needed if there is reduced airflow,
before 12 000 km (7,500 mi).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

* Footnote: Under extreme driving Owner Checks and Services The technician will perform the following
conditions listed above, it may be checks on your vehicle. For a complete list
Every Five Years
necessary to replace your spark plugs at of checks, inspections, and services, see your
more frequent intervals. For further . Replace brake fluid. dealer.
assistance in determining the most Every Seven Years Some items may not apply to your vehicle
suitable service maintenance intervals for . Replace Air Conditioning Desiccant every and/or region.
your vehicle, please contact your seven years. The air conditioning system
authorized GM Dealer. requires maintenance every seven years. Diagnostics
Extreme service is for vehicles mainly This service requires replacement of the . OnStar active, if equipped
driven off-road in four-wheel drive or used desiccant to help the longevity and . Service history/recall check
in farming, mining, forestry, or snow efficient operation of the air conditioning
plowing. system. This service can be complex. See Engine Oil and Filter
your dealer. . Engine oil
Additional Required Services — Severe
. Oil life monitor
Service
Multi-Point Vehicle ‐ Reset oil life monitor
Every 72 000 km (45,000 mi)
. Change automatic transmission fluid and Inspection (MPVI) Exterior Lights
filter. A Multi Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) . Visual inspection
. Change transfer case fluid, if equipped completed by a GM dealer technician is a
maintenance assessment of your vehicle. Windshield and Wipers
with 4WD. Do not directly power wash
The benefit of the MPVI is to identify and . Visual inspection
the transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water can inform the customer of service items that Battery
overcome the seals and contaminate the require immediate attention and those that
may require attention in the future. . Battery visual inspection
transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer case and/ . Battery test results
or axles and should be replaced. . Battery cables and connections
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Systems, Fluids, and Visible Leak Brakes Special Application Services
Inspection . Check brake system
. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only:
. Engine oil Lubricate chassis components every oil
Visible and Functional Inspections
. Transmission change.
. Seat belt components
. Drive axle . Have underbody flushing service
. Exhaust system
. Transfer case performed. See "Underbody Maintenance"
. Accelerator pedal
. Engine cooling system in Exterior Care 0 406.
. Passenger compartment air filter,
. Power steering, if equipped if equipped
. Fuel system . Engine air filter
. Windshield washer fluid . Hoses
Tire Inspection . Belts
. Tire pressure, tread depth, and wear . Shocks and struts
. Rotation, if applicable . Steering components
. Alignment check, optional . Axle boots or driveshaft and u-joints
. Reset tire pressure monitor . Compartment lift struts, if equipped
. Check tire sealant expiration date, . Floor mats secured, no interference with
if equipped pedals
. Check spare tire, if equipped . Horn
. Ignition lock, if equipped
. Starter switch
. Evaporative control system
Lubricate
. Chassis components
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubrication Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System
0 347.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1
full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 342.
Front Axle (4WD Only) and Rear Axle. See your dealer.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.
Hinge Pins, Power Assist Steps, Liftgate Hinge,
and Fuel Door Hinge
Transfer Case (4WD Only) See your dealer.
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant. See your dealer.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification, can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
84121219 A3244C
I6.2L (L87) with high capacity air cleaner
84121217 A3246C
I6.2L (L87) without high capacity air cleaner
84989107 A3295C
I6.2L (LT4)
Oil Filter
12707246 PF63
I6.2L V8 Engine (L87)
12707246 PF63
I6.2L V8 Supercharged Engine (LT4)
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13540923 CF206C
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs
12622441 41-114
I6.2L V8 Engine (L87)
12642722 41-128
I6.2L V8 Supercharged Engine (LT4)
Wiper Blades
84278338 —
IDriver Side – 55 cm (22 in)
84278338 —
IPassenger Side – 55 cm (22 in)
84215609 —
IRear – 30 cm (12 in)
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed
in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Technical Data 423

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification
There may be a large barcode on the
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 423 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information:
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Data . Model designation
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 424 . Paint information
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 . Production options
If there is not a large barcode on this label,
then you will find this same information on
This legal identifier is in the front corner of a label inside of the glove box.
the instrument panel, on the driver side of
the vehicle. It can be seen through the
windshield from outside. The Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) also appears on
the Vehicle Certification label and certificates
of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is the
engine code. This code identifies the
vehicle's engine, specifications, and
replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Specifications 0 424 for the vehicle's
engine code.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
424 Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 419.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge
amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Cooling System*
14.3 L 15.1 qt
I6.2L (L87)
14.6 L 15.4 qt
I6.2L (LT4 Supercharged Engine) Engine Cooling System
5.3 L 5.6 qt
I6.2L (LT4 Supercharged Engine) Low Temperature Coolant System
Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Fuel Tank
90.8 L 24.0 gal
IShort Wheelbase
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Technical Data 425
Capacities
Application
Metric English
106.0 L 28.0 gal
ILong Wheelbase
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Rear Axle
1.5 L 1.6 qt
IMechanical Limited Slip
1.5 L 1.6 qt
IElectronic Limited Slip
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level
after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
6.2L V8 Engine (L87) L 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
6.2L V8 Supercharged Engine (LT4) 9 0.725–0.875 mm (0.028–0.034 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
426 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
Duramax diesel supplement.
6.2L Supercharged Engine (LT4)
6.2L Engine (L87)

16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Customer Information 427

Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 436
Customer Information
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Information Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 427 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important
Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 to your dealer and to Cadillac. Normally,
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or
(TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved
Online Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 by your dealer's sales or service
GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 the best intentions of all concerned,
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 430 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern
Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 432 has not been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 432 the following steps should be taken:
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 435 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 435 member of dealership management.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved
Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been
Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service or parts
States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 manager, contact the owner of your
Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager.
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of
Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 concern cannot be resolved by your
dealership without further help, in the U.S.,
call the Cadillac Customer Assistance Center
at 1-800–458–8006. In Canada, call the
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care Centre at
1-888-446-2000.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
428 Customer Information

We encourage you to call the toll-free disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the
number in order to give your inquiry interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited event that you do not feel your concerns
prompt attention. Have the following Warranty. Although you may be required to have been addressed after following the
information available to give the Customer resort to this informal dispute resolution procedure outlined in Steps One and Two,
Assistance representative: program prior to filing a court action, use of General Motors of Canada Company wants
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is the program is free of charge and your case you to be aware of its participation in a
available from the vehicle registration or will generally be heard within 40 days. no-charge mediation/arbitration program.
title, or the plate at the top left of the If you do not agree with the decision given General Motors of Canada Company has
instrument panel and visible through the in your case, you may reject it and proceed committed to binding arbitration of owner
windshield. with any other venue for relief available disputes involving factory-related vehicle
. Dealership name and location. to you. service claims. The program provides for the
You may contact the BBB AUTO LINE review of the facts involved by an impartial
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
Program using the toll-free telephone third party arbiter, and may include an
When contacting Cadillac, remember that number or write them at the following informal hearing before the arbiter. The
your concern will likely be resolved at a address: program is designed so that the entire
dealer's facility. That is why we suggest dispute settlement process, from the time
following Step One first. BBB AUTO LINE a Division of you file your complaint to the final decision,
BBB National Programs, Inc. should be completed in about 70 days. We
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General 1676 International Drive believe our impartial program offers
Motors and your dealer are committed to Suite 550 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions
making sure you are completely satisfied McLean, VA 22102 because it is informal, quick, and free of
with the new vehicle. However, if you
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 charge.
continue to remain unsatisfied after
following the procedure outlined in www.bbbautoline.org For further information concerning eligibility
Steps One and Two, you can file with the This program is available in all 50 states and in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Better Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINE the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,
Program to enforce your rights. by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. or call the Cadillac Customer Care Centre,
General Motors reserves the right to change 1-888-446-2000, or write to:
The BBB AUTO LINE Program is an
out-of-court program administered by BBB eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its
National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive participation in this program.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

General Motors Cadillac Customer Care From U.S. Virgin Islands: Online Account
Centre 1-800-496-9994
General Motors of Canada Company Create a Cadillac Account (U.S.) at
500 Wentworth Street W Canada cadillac.com
Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5
Cadillac Customer Care Centre Learn more about your vehicle features,
The inquiry should be accompanied by the General Motors of Canada Company shop for and manage your connected
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 500 Wentworth Street W services and OnStar plans, and access
Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5 diagnostic information specific to your
Customer Assistance Offices vehicle.
1-888-446-2000 (English/French)
Cadillac is committed to assisting customers. Cadillac Roadside Assistance: 1-800-882-1112 Membership Benefits
Visit us online at www.cadillac.com/support
(U.S.) or www.my.cadillac.ca (Canada) to Overseas E : Download owner’s manuals and view
chat with us or find answers to commonly vehicle-specific how-to videos.
Contact the local General Motors
asked questions, tips, vehicle how-to Business Unit. G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
instructions, and available support services. Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule
Need more help? Use the phone numbers or Customer Assistance for Text service appointments.
mailing addresses below for additional Telephone (TTY) Users I : View service records from your
assistance.
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of dealership and add your own.
United States and Puerto Rico hearing, or speech-impaired and who use
Text Telephones (TTYs), Cadillac has TTY D : Select a dealer and view locations,
Cadillac Customer Assistance Center equipment available at its Customer maps, phone numbers, and hours.
Cadillac Motor Car Division Assistance Center. Any TTY user can
P.O. Box 33169 r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
communicate with Cadillac by dialing: information.
Detroit, MI 48232-5169 1-800-833-2622. TTY users in Canada can dial
1-800-458-8006 1-800-263-3830. J : View active recalls or search by Vehicle
1-800-833-2622 (For Text Telephone devices Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle
(TTYs)) Identification Number (VIN) 0 423.
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-224-1400
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

H : Manage your profile and payment adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Location of the vehicle
information. View your GM Rewards Card such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Model, year, color, and license plate
earnings and My Cadillac Rewards points. scooter lift for the vehicle. number of the vehicle
To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification
F : Chat with online help representatives.
see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Number (VIN), and delivery date of the
Visit cadillac.com and create an account Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. vehicle
today. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call . Description of the problem
1-800-833-9935.
Cadillac Owner Centre (Canada) Coverage
mycadillac.ca General Motors of Canada also has a
Mobility program. See cadillaccanada.ca, Services are provided for the duration of the
Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre at or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for vehicle’s powertrain warranty.
mycadillac.ca (English) or my.cadillac.ca details. TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
(French) to access similar benefits to the In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is
covered. In Canada, a person driving the
U.S. site. Roadside Assistance Program vehicle without permission from the owner
GM Mobility Reimbursement U.S.: 1-800-224-1400. is not covered.
Program Canada: 1-800-882-1112. Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors
Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. Only): North America and Cadillac reserve the right
1-888-889-2438. to make any changes or discontinue the
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days Roadside Assistance program at any time
a year. without notification.
Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and Cadillac
reserve the right to limit services or
This program is available to qualified When calling Roadside Assistance, have the payment to an owner or driver if they
applicants for cost reimbursement, up to following information ready: decide the claims are made too often, or the
certain limits, of eligible aftermarket . Your name, home address, and home same type of claim is made many times.
telephone number
. Telephone number of your location
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Cadillac Owner Privileges™ reimbursed during the Powertrain . Legal fines
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of warranty period. Items considered are . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of
enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the hotel, meals, and rental car or a vehicle snow tires, chains, or other traction
nearest service station. being delivered back to the customer, up devices
.
to 500 miles.
Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an
vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Cadillac Technician Roadside Assistance area that is not accessible to the service
unlock may be available if you have (U.S. Only) vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or
OnStar. For security reasons, the driver maintained public road, which includes ice
must present identification before this Cadillac's exceptional Roadside Assistance is and winter roads. Off-road use is not
service is given. more than an auto club or towing service. covered.
.
It provides every Cadillac owner in the
Emergency Tow from a Public Road or
United States with the advantage of Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased
Highway: Tow to the nearest Cadillac
contacting a Cadillac advisor and, where Vehicles
dealer for warranty service, or if the
available, a Cadillac trained dealer technician . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7
vehicle was in a crash and cannot be
who can provide on-site service. liters. Diesel fuel delivery may be
driven. Assistance is not given when the
vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, A dealer technician will travel to your restricted. Propane and other fuels are
or snow. location within a 30-mile radius of a not provided through this service.
. Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat participating Cadillac dealership. If beyond . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is
tire with a spare tire. The spare tire, this radius, we will arrange to have your car required.
if equipped, must be in good condition towed to the nearest Cadillac dealership. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
and properly inflated. It is your Each technician travels with a specially Pre-authorization, original detailed
responsibility for the repair or equipped service vehicle complete with the receipts, and a copy of the repair orders
replacement of the tire if it is not covered necessary Cadillac parts and tools required are required. Once authorization has been
by the warranty. to handle most roadside repairs. received, the Roadside Assistance advisor
. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start Services Not Included in Roadside will help you make arrangements and
a dead battery. Assistance explain how to receive payment. Items
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Service: If considered are hotel, meals, and rental
. Impound towing caused by violation of car or a vehicle being delivered back to
your trip is interrupted due to a warranty any laws
failure, incidental expenses may be the customer, up to 800 km.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

. Alternative Service: If assistance cannot If your dealer requests you to bring the Shuttle Service
be provided right away, the Roadside vehicle for service, you are urged to do so This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle
Assistance advisor may give you as early in the work day as possible to service within reasonable time and distance
permission to get local emergency road allow for same-day repair. parameters of your dealer's area.
service. You will receive payment, up to
$100, after sending the original receipt to Courtesy Transportation Program Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures To enhance your ownership experience, we If overnight warranty repairs are needed,
may be covered, however any cost for and our participating dealers are proud to and public transportation is used, the
parts and labor for repairs not covered by offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer expense must be supported by original
the warranty are the owner responsibility. support program for vehicles with the receipts and within the maximum amount
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange
Scheduling Service Appointments period in Canada), Federal Emission, their own transportation, limited
When the vehicle requires warranty service, Extended Powertrain or Electric specific reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses
contact your dealer and request an warranties in both the U.S. and Canada. may be available. Claim amounts should
appointment. By scheduling a service reflect actual costs and be supported by
Several Courtesy Transportation options are
appointment and advising the service original receipts. See your dealer for
available to assist in reducing inconvenience
consultant of your transportation needs, information.
when warranty repairs are required.
your dealer can help minimize your Courtesy Rental Vehicle
inconvenience. Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the may provide an available courtesy rental
manual entitled “Limited Warranty and
service department immediately, keep vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a
Owner Assistance Information” produced for
driving it until it can be scheduled for rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and
new vehicles provides detailed warranty
service, unless, of course, the problem is must be supported by original receipts as
coverage information.
safety related. If it is, please call your well as a signed and completed rental
dealership, let them know this, and ask for Transportation Options agreement and meet state/provincial, local,
instructions. and rental vehicle provider requirements.
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However, if you Requirements vary and may include
are unable to do so, your dealer may offer minimum age requirements, insurance
the following transportation options: coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/
levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, corrosion problems, and may not perform
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts
or rental usage beyond the completion of properly in subsequent collisions.
made with the same materials and
the repair are also your responsibility. Aftermarket parts are not covered by the
construction methods as the parts with
It may not be possible to provide a like GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
which the vehicle was originally built.
vehicle as a courtesy rental. vehicle failure related to such parts is not
Genuine GM Collision parts are the best
covered by that warranty.
choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed
Additional Program Information appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility
All program options, such as shuttle service, preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can
may not be available at every dealer. help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a
Contact your dealer for specific availability. Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your
needs before you ever need collision repairs.
General Motors reserves the right to Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair
unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue be used for repair. These parts are typically center with GM-trained technicians and
Courtesy Transportation at any time and to removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to
resolve all questions of claim eligibility in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts recommend a collision repair center that has
pursuant to the terms and conditions being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable
described herein at its sole discretion. of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment.
GM part may be an acceptable choice to
Collision Damage Repair maintain the vehicle's originally designed Insuring the Vehicle
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it appearance and safety performance; Protect your investment in the GM vehicle
is damaged, have the damage repaired by a however, the history of these parts is not with comprehensive and collision insurance
qualified technician using the proper known. Such parts are not covered by the coverage. There are significant differences in
equipment and quality replacement parts. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the quality of coverage afforded by various
Poorly performed collision repairs diminish related failures are not covered by that insurance policy terms. Many insurance
the vehicle resale value, and safety warranty. policies provide reduced protection to the
performance can be compromised in Aftermarket collision parts are also available. GM vehicle by limiting compensation for
subsequent collisions. These are made by companies other than damage repairs by using aftermarket
GM and may not have been tested for the collision parts. Some insurance companies
vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit will not specify aftermarket collision parts.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

When purchasing insurance, we recommend Gather the following information: Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM
that you ensure that the vehicle will be . Driver name, address, and telephone parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be
repaired with GM original equipment number covered by the GM vehicle warranty.
collision parts. If such insurance coverage is . Driver license number Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but
not available from your current insurance you must live with the repair. Depending on
. Owner name, address, and telephone
carrier, consider switching to another your policy limits, your insurance company
insurance carrier. number
. Vehicle license plate number may initially value the repair using
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the
. Vehicle make, model, and model year
may require you to have insurance that repair professional, and insist on Genuine
ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Insurance company and policy number leased, you may be obligated to have the
Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. . General description of the damage to the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts,
Read the lease carefully, as you may be other vehicle even if your insurance coverage does not
charged at the end of the lease for poor pay the full cost.
quality repairs. Choose a reputable repair facility that uses
quality replacement parts. See “Collision If another party's insurance company is
If a Crash Occurs Parts” earlier in this section. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated
to accept a repair valuation based on that
If there has been an injury, call emergency If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You insurance company's collision policy repair
services for help. Do not leave the scene of See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 68. limits, as you have no contractual limits
a crash until all matters have been taken with that company. In such cases, you can
care of. Move the vehicle only if its position Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair
Process have control of the repair and parts choices
puts you in danger, or you are instructed to as long as the cost stays within reasonable
move it by a police officer. In the event that the vehicle requires limits.
Give only the necessary information to damage repairs, GM recommends that you
police and other parties involved in the take an active role in its repair. If you have
crash. a pre-determined repair facility of choice,
take the vehicle there, or have it towed
For emergency towing, see Roadside there. Specify to the facility that any
Assistance Program 0 430. required replacement collision parts be
original equipment parts, either new
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

Publication Ordering Information For credit card orders only (VISA, Changes or modifications to any of these
MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: systems by other than an authorized service
Service Manuals www.helminc.com. facility could void authorization to use this
Service manuals have the diagnosis and To order by mail, write to: equipment.
repair information on the engine/propulsion, Helm, Incorporated
transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, Attention: Customer Service
Reporting Safety Defects
electrical system, steering system, body, etc. 47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Customer Literature
United States Government
Owner’s manuals are written specifically for Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
owners and are intended to provide basic If you believe that your vehicle has a
operational information about the vehicle. Radio Frequency Statement defect which could cause a crash or
The owner’s manual includes the This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters could cause injury or death, you should
Maintenance Schedule for all models. / receivers / systems that operate on a immediately inform the National
Customer literature publications available for radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ Highway Traffic Safety Administration
purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Part 18 of the Federal Communications (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General
manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Motors.
owner’s manual, warranty manual, Science and Economic Development (ISED)
Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch.
ICES-GEN. may open an investigation, and if it
Current and Past Models Operation is subject to the following two finds that a safety defect exists in a
Service manuals and customer literature are conditions: group of vehicles, it may order a recall
available for many current and past model 1. The device may not cause harmful
and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
year GM vehicles. interference. cannot become involved in individual
To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, problems between you, your dealer,
2. The device must accept any interference
8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. Eastern Time received, including interference that may or General Motors.
cause undesired operation of the device.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Transport Canada Vehicle Data Recording and
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go Defect Investigations and Recalls Privacy
to https://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Division The vehicle has a number of computers that
Administrator, NHTSA 80 Noel Street record information about the vehicle’s
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 performance and how it is driven or used.
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. For example, the vehicle uses computer
Washington, D.C. 20590 Reporting Safety Defects to modules to monitor and control engine and
You can also obtain other information General Motors transmission performance, to monitor the
about motor vehicle safety from conditions for airbag deployment and
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to
https://www.safercar.gov.
Canada) in a situation like this, notify provide antilock braking to help the driver
Reporting Safety Defects to the General Motors. control the vehicle. These modules may
store data to help the dealer technician
Canadian Government In the U.S., call 1-800-458-8006, or write:
service the vehicle or to help GM improve
If you live in Canada, and you believe Cadillac Customer Assistance Center safety or features. Some modules may also
Cadillac Motor Car Division store data about how the vehicle is
that the vehicle has a safety defect, P.O. Box 33169
notify Transport Canada immediately, operated, such as rate of fuel consumption
Detroit, MI 48232-5169 or average speed. These modules may retain
and notify General Motors of Canada
In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000, or write: personal preferences, such as radio presets,
Company. Call Transport Canada at seat positions, and temperature settings.
1-800-333-0510; go to: Canadian Cadillac Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Company Cybersecurity
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
500 Wentworth Street W
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5 GM collects information about the use of
your vehicle including operational and safety
or write to: In Mexico, call 800-466-0805 or related information. We collect this
800-212-234-5522. information to provide, evaluate, improve,
In other Central America and Caribbean and troubleshoot our products and services
Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. and to develop new products and services.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

The protection of vehicle electronics systems that will assist in understanding how a data with the type of personally identifying
and customer data from unauthorized vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is data routinely acquired during a crash
outside electronic access or control is designed to record data related to vehicle investigation.
important to GM. GM maintains appropriate dynamics and safety systems for a short To read data recorded by an EDR, special
security standards, practices, guidelines and period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. equipment is required, and access to the
controls aimed at defending the vehicle and The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to
the vehicle service ecosystem against such data as: the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
unauthorized electronic access, detecting . How various systems in your vehicle were as law enforcement, that have the special
possible malicious activity in related operating; equipment, can read the information if they
networks, and responding to suspected . Whether or not the driver and passenger have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
cybersecurity incidents in a timely, safety belts were buckled/fastened;
coordinated and effective manner. Security GM will not access these data or share it
. How far (if at all) the driver was with others except: with the consent of the
incidents could impact your safety or
compromise your private data. To minimize depressing the accelerator and/or brake vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
security risks, please do not connect your pedal; and, with the consent of the lessee; in response
vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized . How fast the vehicle was traveling. to an official request by police or similar
devices or connect your vehicle to any These data can help provide a better government office; as part of GM's defense
unknown or untrusted networks (such as understanding of the circumstances in which of litigation through the discovery process;
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In crashes and injuries occur. or, as permitted by law. Data that GM
the event you suspect any security incident collects or receives may also be used for GM
impacting your data or the safe operation of Note research needs or may be made available to
your vehicle, please stop operating your EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only others for research purposes, where a need
vehicle and contact your dealer. if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no is shown and the data is not tied to a
data are recorded by the EDR under normal specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
Event Data Recorders driving conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) OnStar
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data
are recorded. However, other parties, such If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR
as law enforcement, could combine the EDR has an active service plan, additional data
is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag may be collected and transmitted through
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data the OnStar system. This includes information
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22

about the vehicle’s operation; collisions
involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle
and its features, including infotainment; and
the location and approximate GPS speed of
the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and
Conditions and Privacy Statement on the
OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information 0 440.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation
system as part of the infotainment system,
use of the system may result in the storage
of destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information. See the
infotainment section for information on
stored data and for deletion instructions.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
OnStar 439
OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to
the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 . Flashing Green: On a call.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Services . Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 speak with an OnStar Advisor.
= Voice Command Button Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR

OnStar Additional Information
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . 440
Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button
> Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region.
This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to:
comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment
connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. If equipped, the infotainment
Security, Navigation, Connections, and system has OnStar controls in the
Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may embedded OnStar app on the Home Page.
require a paid service plan and data plan. Most OnStar functions that can be
OnStar requires the vehicle battery and performed with the buttons can be done
electrical system, cellular service, and GPS using the app. To open the app, touch the
satellite signals to be available and OnStar icon on the Home Page. App
operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing updates require a corresponding service
emergency service providers. OnStar may plan. Features vary by region and model.
collect information about you and your Features are subject to change. For more
vehicle, including location information. See information, see my.cadillac.com/learn or
OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and press Q.
Software Terms for more details including
system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
440 OnStar
Or . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar
OnStar Services Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
commands. Emergency vehicle and help authorities quickly
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot recover it.
Emergency Services require an active safety . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped,
name or SSID and password, if equipped. and security plan. With Automatic Crash OnStar can block the vehicle from being
Press Q to connect to an Advisor to: Response, built-in sensors can automatically restarted.
. Verify account information or update alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
contact information. is immediately connected in to the vehicle
if equipped, OnStar can work with law
to help.
. Get driving directions. enforcement to gradually slow the
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's Press > for a priority connection to an vehicle down.
key operating systems. OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency
service providers, direct them to your exact
Theft Alarm Notification
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
location, and relay important information. If equipped, if the doors are locked and the
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,
Press > to get a priority connection to an Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: a week, to provide a central point of vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
. Get help for an emergency. contact, assistance, and information during a with authorities to recover the vehicle.
. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an crisis.
AMBER Alert. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can
OnStar Additional
. Get assistance in severe weather or other locate a nearby service provider to help with Information
crisis situations and find evacuation a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty
routes. gas tank. In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
Security information at the following times:
If equipped, OnStar provides these services: . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set
up an account.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
OnStar 441
. After change in ownership and at services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
90 days. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming —
Terms: may prevent service.
Transferring Service
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 435.
Press Q to request account transfer . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
eligibility information. The Advisor can . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Services for People with Disabilities
cancel or change account information. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with
Selling/Transferring the Vehicle physical disabilities and medical conditions.
. Press Q to speak with an Advisor.
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help:
immediately to terminate your OnStar or unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to
connected services if the vehicle is disposed has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas.
of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets
wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs.
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners
coverage, network capacity, reception, and . Provide directions to the closest hospital
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to technology compatible with OnStar or or pharmacy in urgent situations.
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor connected services. Service involving location
will update vehicle records and explain information about the vehicle cannot work TTY Users
OnStar or connected service options. unless GPS signals are available, OnStar has the ability to communicate to
unobstructed, and compatible with the deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
How OnStar Service Works OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected customers while in the vehicle. The available
Automatic Crash Response, Emergency services may not work if the OnStar dealer-installed TTY system can provide
Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle equipment is not properly installed or it has in-vehicle access to all OnStar services,
Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside not been properly maintained. If equipment except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Assistance are available on most vehicles. or software is added, connected, Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Not all OnStar services are available or modified, OnStar or connected services
everywhere or on all vehicles. For more may not work. Other problems beyond the
information, a full description of OnStar control of OnStar — such as hills, tall
buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the vehicle,
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
442 OnStar
If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Potential Issues A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of
off through Settings > Apps > Phone. When the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn
OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock
TTY mode is on, phone calls can be made or Navigation route. The Advisor may give a
or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle
received with OnStar using the infotainment verbal route or may ask for a call back after
has been off continuously for an extended
display. the vehicle is driven into an open area.
period of time without an ignition cycle. To
OnStar Personal Identification find out the duration of time that applies Cellular and GPS Antennas
Number (PIN) for the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor by
Cellular reception is required for OnStar to
pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If the send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar
vehicle has not been started for an extended place items over or near the antenna to
services. The PIN will need to be changed
period of time, OnStar can contact Roadside prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal
the first time when speaking with an
Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access reception.
Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact
to the vehicle.
an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
1-888-4ONSTAR. Global Positioning System (GPS)
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a If there is limited cellular coverage or the
Warranty cellular network has reached maximum
large city with tall buildings; in parking
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part garages; around airports; in tunnels and capacity, this message may come on. Press
of the vehicle warranty. underpasses; or in an area with very Q to try the call again or try again after
dense trees. If GPS signals are not driving a few miles into another
Languages available, the OnStar system should still cellular area.
The vehicle can be programmed to respond operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues
in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for could have difficulty identifying the exact
an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, location. OnStar services require a vehicle electrical
Spanish, and French. Available languages . In emergency situations, OnStar can use system, wireless service, and GPS satellite
may vary by country. the last stored GPS location to send to technologies to be available and operating
emergency responders. for features to function properly. These
systems may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
OnStar 443
Add-on Electrical Equipment identify whether updates or changes are for a period of three years after our last
available, or deliver updates or changes. An shipment of this product. This offer is valid
The OnStar system is integrated into the
active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to anyone in receipt of this information.
electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not
to these software updates or changes and *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is
add any electrical equipment. See Add-On
agreement that either OnStar or GM may solely responsible for provisions of related
Electrical Equipment 0 334. Added electrical
remotely deliver them to the vehicle. OSS compliance.
equipment may interfere with the operation
of the OnStar system and cause it to not Privacy
operate.
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may
Vehicle Software Updates be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
that you review it. If you have any
software updates or changes to the vehicle
questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
without further notice or consent. These
updates or changes may enhance or (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with
maintain safety, security, or the operation an Advisor. Users of wireless
of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. communications are cautioned that the
Software updates or changes may affect or privacy of any information sent via wireless
erase data or settings that are stored in the cellular communications cannot be assured.
vehicle, such as saved navigation Third parties may unlawfully intercept or
destinations or pre-set radio stations. access transmissions and private
Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for communications without consent.
any affected or erased data or settings. OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
These updates or changes may also collect
personal information. Such collection is To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,
described in the OnStar privacy statement or MPL, and other open source licenses, that is
separately disclosed at the time of contained in this product, please visit
installation. These updates or changes may https://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
also cause a system to automatically the source code, all referred license terms,
communicate with GM servers to collect warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices
information about vehicle system status, are available for download. This offer is valid
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
444 Connected Services

Connected Services Connected Services Using Voice Commands During a
Planned Route
Connected Services Navigation Functionality of the Voice Command button,
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 connected service plan. For some vehicles, press = to open the
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 OnStar app on the infotainment display.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions
or have them sent to the vehicle’s Send Destination to Vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped. Select Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s
Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services navigation screen, if equipped.
tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or
select a recent or favorite destination. Touch Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download
the navigation icons to select home, address, directions to the vehicle’s navigation system,
or place. A destination transfer from OnStar if equipped. After the call ends, the
will show the detail view of the destination navigation screen will provide prompts to
when it is transferred from OnStar to the begin driving directions. Routes that are sent
Navigation application. See www.onstar.com to the navigation screen can only be
for a coverage map. Services vary by model. canceled through the navigation system.
Map coverage is available in the United See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca
States and Canada. (Canada).
Turn-by-Turn Navigation Connections
1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor.
The following services help with staying
2. Request directions to be downloaded to connected.
the vehicle.
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com
3. Follow the voice-guided commands. (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Connected Services 445

Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The . Check the vehicle fuel level, oil life, or
. Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is tire pressure, if factory-equipped with the
Wi-Fi hotspot and myCadillac mobile app. possible that the icon may not illuminate Tire Pressure Monitor System.
Make these passwords different from even though the vehicle has an active . Send destinations to the vehicle.
each other and use a combination of connection. . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.
letters and numbers to increase the 3. To change the SSID or password, press market only).
security. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,
. Change the default name of the SSID with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the manage settings, and monitor data
(Service Set Identifier). This is the network SSID and password can be changed in consumption, if equipped.
name that is visible to other wireless the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Locate a dealer and schedule service.
devices. Choose a unique name and avoid .
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi Request Roadside Assistance.
family names or vehicle descriptions.
hotspot will connect automatically to your . Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) mobile devices. Manage data usage by take a photo, make a note, and set a
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile timer.
hotspot that provides access to the Internet device, by using the myCadillac mobile app, . Connect with Cadillac on social media.
and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed Features are subject to change. For
seven mobile devices can be connected.
from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. myCadillac mobile app information and
A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
compatibility, see my.cadillac.com.
controls only when it is safe to do so. MyCadillac Mobile App (If Available)
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, An active OnStar or connected service plan
Download the myCadillac mobile app to may be required. A compatible device,
press = to open the OnStar app on the compatible Apple and Android smartphones. factory-installed remote start, and power
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Cadillac users can access the following locks are required. Data rates apply. See
Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi services from a smartphone: www.onstar.com for details and system
or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, limitations.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi if factory-equipped.
hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with
some vehicles, the connection type (no automatic locks.
Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Activate the horn and lamps.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
446 Connected Services

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the
doors or sound the horn and flash the
lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from
restaurants and retailers on your route, help
locate hotels, or book a room. These services
vary by market.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle’s
key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,
if equipped, provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.
See www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations. Features are subject to change.
For updates on feature capabilities, see
my.cadillac.com. Message and data rates
may apply.
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Index 447
Airbag System (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 336 What Will You See after an Airbag
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Adaptive When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 66
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Forward Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Airbags
Forward Lighting (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 72
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Additional Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
OnStar Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Replacing System Parts after a
Adjustments Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 72
Agreements Alarm
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Air Alert
Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 200 Rear Cross Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Rear Pedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . . 203 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Four Corner Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Air Suspension Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Antenna
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 67 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Appearance Care
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 67 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
448 Index
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . .182 B Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Armrest Battery Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 143 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 C
Assistance Systems Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Calibration
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . 354, 398 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 California
Audio Bluetooth Perchlorate Materials
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Automatic Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 179 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 1, 398
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Brake Camera
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Emergency Braking (AEB) Disabled System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Carbon Monoxide
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Parking Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Cargo
Vehicle Hold Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Automatic Transmission Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 230 Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Center Console
Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Reverse Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . .154 Braking System Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Axle Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Charging
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Index 449
Check Engine Light (Malfunction Connections Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
D
Child Restraints Control
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 238
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Controls
Data Collection
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 89 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Child Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Coolant
Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . .173
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Cleaning Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 119
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 200
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Climate Control Systems Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Diagnostics
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 432
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Disabled Vehicle
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Compartments Super . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Door
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Customer Assistance
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Connected Services Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Customer Information
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 435
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 427
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
450 Index
Drive Systems E Engine (cont'd)
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Electric Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Driver Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Electrical Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Driving Electrical System Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 361 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . 305 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 367 Exterior
Distracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Emergency Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Engine Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 F
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Air Filter Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Fan
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 114 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Filter
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 119 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Dual Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Automatic Climate Control System . . . . 197 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Dynamic Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Index 451
Fluid Fuel (cont'd) General Information (cont'd)
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . 171
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Fuses Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Forward Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 361 GM Mobility Reimbursement
Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Four Corner Air Suspension Light . . . . . . . . 120 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Guidance
Four Corner Air Suspension System . . . . . . 243 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 367 Problems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 355
G H
Four-Wheel-Drive
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Frequency Statement
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Gauges Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Front
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Headlamps
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . 138
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System . . . . . . . 290
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fuel
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 137
Dynamic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Transmission Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 304
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . 106 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
General Information Leveling Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Heated
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
452 Index
Heated (cont'd) Infotainment Lamps (cont'd)
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 143
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 200 Inspection Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Multi-Point Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Malfunction Indicator (Check
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Lane
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 144 Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . .57 Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
J
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 200 Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Jump
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
I Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
LATCH System
If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
K Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Indicator
Remote Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
L Leveling Control
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Indicators
Lamps Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Warning Lights and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Lighting
Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . .75
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Information
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 136 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Index 453
Lights Lights (cont'd) Maintenance
Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Recommended Fluids and
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Traction Control System Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Automatic Emergency Braking Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Manual
(AEB) Disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Lock Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 230
Automatic Vehicle Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Locks Massage
Check Engine (Malfunction Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Media
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Messages
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Engine Coolant Temperature Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Mirrors
Four Corner Air Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 32
Gauges and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
M
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
454 Index
Mirrors (cont'd) Oil (cont'd) Parking or Backing
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Mode Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Passenger
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Online Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 376 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) . . . . .417 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Perchlorate Materials Requirements,
N
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Navigation
Outlets Phone
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 182
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 179
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 Port
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Positioning
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 P
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Night Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Park
Power
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 280
O Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Parking
Off-Road Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Oil Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Parking Assist
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Index 455
Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . .172 Rear (cont'd) Replacement Parts (cont'd)
Program Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Replacing
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Proposition 65 Warning Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 LATCH System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . 86
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Rearview Mirrors Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . 63
Proposition 65 Warning, California . . . . . . . 398 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Reporting Safety Defects
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 435 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Recognition General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
R
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Recommended Restraints
Radio
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 419 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 222
Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Recorder Reverse Automatic Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Surround Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Records Ride Control Systems
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Roads
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Reimbursement Program, GM Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Rear
Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Remote Roof
Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Key Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) System . . . . . . 286
Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Replacement Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Locking Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Running Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Pedestrian Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 225
Seat Infotainment (RSI) System . . . . . . . . . 157
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
456 Index
S Seats (cont'd) Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Safety Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Safety Defects Reporting Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 89 StabiliTrak
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Security OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Buckle To Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 336 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 57 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Steps
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 414 Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Storage
Seats Services Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Heated and Ventilated, Front . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Shifting Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
Index 457
Struts T Tires (cont'd)
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 382
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Super Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Towing
Surround Video Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
System Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Brake Pad Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Traction
Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Four Corner Air Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . 238
Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Low-Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 190
Night Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374, 375 Traffic
Rear Cross Traffic Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Sign Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Trailer
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Towing App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Transfer Case
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 384 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 385
16417396) - 2023 - CRC - 5/9/22
458 Index
Transmission Vehicle (cont'd) Warning (cont'd)
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Automatic Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Automatic Hold Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . 106
Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 432 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
Transporting Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Wheels
a Disabled Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
TTY Users Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
U
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Windshield
Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Vehicle Care Winter
Updates
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Vehicle Security Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Wiper
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Using
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
W
V
Warning
Vehicle
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
ai165341138323_23_CAD_Escalade_COV_en_US_85619197A_2022MAY20.pdf 1 5/24/2022 12:56:23 PM
Scan to Access
• Owner’s Manuals
United States • Warranty Information Canada
• Connected Services
• My Cadillac Rewards
• myCadillac Mobile App
2023 ESCALADE
• How-To Videos
C
• Vehicle Diagnostics
M
• Scheduled Maintenance
• Vehicle Features
ESCALADE
Y
CM
• Many Additional Resources
MY
OWNER’S MANUAL
CY
United States Canada
CMY
Customer Assistance United States and Canada Customer Assistance
K 1-800-458-8006 Connected Services 1-888-446-2000
Roadside Assistance 1-888-4-ONSTAR Roadside Assistance
1-800-224-1400 1-800-882-1112
85619197 A 2023

23 Cad Escalade Escalade Esv Om en Us U 85619197a 2022may20 Ins1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

23 Cad Escalade Escalade Esv Om en Us U 85619197a 2022may20 Ins1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ai165341138323_23_CAD_Escalade_COV_en_US_85619197A_2022MAY20.

pdf 1 5/24/2022 12:56:23 PM

Insert to the 2023 Cadillac Escalade Owner’s Manual

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17

If equipped, to close any door, gently push

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof

Seats and Restraints 39

40 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 41

42 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 43

44 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 45

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 47

48 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 49

50 Seats and Restraints

To fold and tumble the seat from the third

2. Lift the lever on the outboard side of the

3. Lift the lever again to release the rear of

{ Warning 2. Pull the strap on the bottom rear of the

Seats and Restraints 51

52 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 53

The third row seatbacks can be folded to

54 Seats and Restraints

1. Ensure the seat belt is in the belt

Seats and Restraints 55

56 Seats and Restraints